Inglés 5FA012720CH (06.

23)

5FA012720CH

SEAT Leon 5D / Sportstourer ­­Inglés (06.23)

Owner’s manual
5D / Sportstourer

Leon
Vehicle identification data Confirmation of receipt of documentation
and vehicle keys
Model:
The following items were delivered
YES NO
with the vehicle:
Vehicle Registration:
On-board documentation
Vehicle identification
number: First key

Date of vehicle registration Second key

or vehicle delivery:
Correct working order of all keys was
checked
SEAT Official Service:
Location:

SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to understand,
that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason no
Date: right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error or
omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Signature of owner: Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act.
Service advisor:
All rights on changes are reserved.

Telephone:
❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.
© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.06.23
Thank you for your con-
fidence
With your new SEAT, you will be able to enjoy
a vehicle with state-of-the-art technology and
top quality features.
We recommend reading this Instruction Manual
carefully to learn more about your vehicle so
you can enjoy all its benefits in your daily driv-
ing.
Information about handling is complemented
with instructions regarding the operation and
maintenance of the vehicle in order to ensure
its safety and maintain its value. Moreover, we
want to give you valuable advice and tips to
drive your vehicle efficiently and respecting the
environment.
We wish you safe and enjoyable motoring.

SEAT, S.A.

WARNING
Read and always observe safety informa-
tion concerning the passenger's front air-
bag ››› page 62, Fitting and using child
seats.
 Table of Contents

Table of Contents Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Set of vehicle keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
158
161
Keyless Access system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 DSG automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Driving on slopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
About this instruction manual . . . . . . . . . 4
Anti-theft alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
General views of the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 6 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 SEAT Drive Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Front exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Braking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Front exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Window controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Rear exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Assistant systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Rear exterior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Interior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Multifunction steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Drive assist sensors and cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Overview (left hand drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Overview (right hand drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Seats and head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Driver information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 ACC - Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Predictive speed adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Headrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 emergency brake assistance system (Front
Instrument cluster operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Infotainment system operation and displays . 34 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Lane Assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Vehicle lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Driving Assist (Travel Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Emergency Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Lane departure warning (Side Assist) . . . . . . . . . 203
Correct sitting position of vehicle occupants . 43 Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Windscreen wiper and rear window wiper sys- Parking and manoeuvring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
PreCrash system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 tems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Park the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Electronic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Transporting children safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Sun protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 General information on parking systems . . . . . 210
In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Park Distance Control Plus (Park Pilot) . . . . . . . 212
Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Rear parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
High-voltage battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Heating, ventilation and cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Parking aid system (Park Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Auxiliary heating (additional heating) . . . . . . . . 139 Reverse Assist (Rear View Camera) . . . . . . . . . . 223
Conservation of the high-voltage battery . . . . 75 Stationary air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Charging the high-voltage battery . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Door opening warning (Exit Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Charging settings in the infotainment system . 81 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
146
Charging cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Driving indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Practical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Starting and stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Driving with electric drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Power sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Operating mode selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

2
 Table of Contents

Data transmissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

SEAT CONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Privacy mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Checking and refilling levels . . . . . . . . . . 322
WLAN access point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Full Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Fluids and consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Wired and wireless connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Infotainment system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
First steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Windscreen washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Overview and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
General instructions for use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Voice control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 48-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Radio mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Media Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Important information about wheels and
Telephone interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Storing objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Positioning the luggage and cargo . . . . . . . . . . . 278 Tyre pressure monitor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Tyre repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Net partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Luggage compartment equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Roof carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Additional service offers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Trailer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Vehicle upkeep and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Fuel and exhaust gas cleaning . . . . . . . 301 Accessories, spare parts and repair work . . . . . 367
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Information for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Fuel types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
AdBlue® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Information stored by the control units . . . . . . . 369
Engine management and emissions control
Vehicle antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Materials and recycling information . . . . . . . . . . 370
Miscellaneous situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Declaration of conformity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Radioelectrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Changing the windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . 309
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Jump start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Indications about the technical data . . . . . . . . . 377
Towing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385

3
 About this instruction manual

About this instruction The direction indicators (left, right, forwards,

backwards) in this manual refer to the direction
NOTICE

manual of travel of the vehicle unless otherwise stated. Texts after this symbol indicate possible
damage to the vehicle.
This instruction manual has been written for
This instruction manual is valid for all variants left-hand drive vehicles. In right-hand drive
and versions of your SEAT model. It describes vehicles, the arrangement of the controls dif- For the sake of the environment
all equipment and models without specifying fers partly from that shown in the illustrations or Texts after this symbol contain information
whether they are optional equipment or model described in the texts. on environmental protection.
variants. As a result, equipment not fitted to
Technical modifications to the vehicle or
your vehicle or only available in certain coun-
safety-critical issues that have arisen since the
tries may be described. Find out about your Note
time of going to press will be included in a sup-
vehicle's equipment in the documentation sup-
plement to the on-board documentation. Texts after this symbol contain additional in-
plied with it and please contact your SEAT Of- formation.
ficial SEAT Service if you require more detailed Trademarks are marked with ®. The ab-
information. sence of this symbol does not guarantee
that the term is not a trademark.
All information provided in instruction manual
corresponds to the information available at the You can access the information in this manual
time of going to press. As the vehicle is under using:
continuous development, it may have differen- ● Thematic table of contents that follows the
ces to the data included in this manual. For this manual’s general chapter structure.
reason, no claims can be made in the event
● Visual table of contents that uses graphics to
of mismatching data, illustrations and descrip-
indicate the pages containing “essential” infor-
tions.
mation, which is detailed in the corresponding
Ensure that the on-board documentation is kept chapters.
in the vehicle at all times if you sell it or lend it to
● Alphabetical index with many terms and syn-
third parties. In addition, SEAT recommends re-
onyms to help you find information.
setting the infotainment system to factory set-
tings to delete all personal data.
WARNING
Some details on the drawings may be different
to your vehicle and they should be interpreted Texts after this symbol contain information
as a standard representation. about safety and warn you about possible
accident or injury risks.

4
 About this instruction manual

Digital instruction manual Related videos

The digital version of the manual can be found The operation of some of the vehicle's features
on SEAT's official website: can be shown as an instruction video:

Fig. 1 SEAT Fig. 2 SEAT

website website

● scan the QR code. ● scan the QR code.

● OR enter the following address in the naviga- ● OR enter the following address in the naviga-
tor website: tor website:
https://www.seat.com/owners/about-my-car/ https://www.seat.com/owners/about-my-car/
manuals.html manuals.html
and select your vehicle. choose your vehicle and then the “Multimedia”
section.

Note
Video instructions are only available in cer-
tain languages.

5
 General views of the vehicle

General views of the vehicle

Front exterior view

Driving assistance sensors ››› page 176 Battery ››› page 334 Charging process display ››› page 78
1 Front multifunction camera B Bonnet Emergency unlocking ››› page 80
2 Front radar Unlocking lever ››› page 324
3 Park distance control sensors Open/close ››› page 324
4 Park assist sensor C Towing the vehicle
A Levels control Tow start ››› page 314
Oil ››› page 330 Towline anchorage ››› page 316
Brake fluid ››› page 328 D Charging socket (hybrid vehicles)

6
 General
Front
views
exterior
of the
view
vehicle

Front exterior view

Driving assistance sensors ››› page 176 B Bonnet

1 Front multifunction camera Unlocking lever ››› page 324
2 Front radar Open/close ››› page 324
3 Park distance control sensors C Towing the vehicle
4 Park assist sensor Tow start ››› page 314
Towline anchorage ››› page 316
A Levels control D Charging socket (hybrid vehicles)
Oil ››› page 330 Charging process display ››› page 78
Brake fluid ››› page 328 Emergency unlocking ››› page 80
Battery ››› page 334

7
 General views of the vehicle

Rear exterior view

Driving assistance sensors ››› page 176 B Towing the vehicle E Action in the event of a puncture
1 Rear view camera Tow-start ››› page 314 Anti-puncture kit ››› page 356
2 Park distance control sensors Towline anchorage ››› page 316 Wheel change ››› page 348
3 Rear radars C Opening and closing
4 Park assist sensor Doors ››› page 96
Central locking ››› page 91
A Rear lid Emergency lock ››› page 98
Opening from outside ››› page 99 D Fuel tank
Emergency opening ››› page 102 Fuel capacity ››› page 377
Open/Close cap ››› page 302

8
 General
Rearviews
exterior
of the
view
vehicle

Rear exterior view

Driving assistance sensors ››› page 176 B Towing the vehicle E Action in the event of a puncture
1 Rear view camera Tow-start ››› page 314 Anti-puncture kit ››› page 356
2 Park distance control sensors Towline anchorage ››› page 316 Wheel change ››› page 348
3 Rear radars C Opening and closing
4 Park assist sensor Doors ››› page 96
Central locking ››› page 91
A Rear lid Emergency lock ››› page 98
Opening from outside ››› page 99 D Fuel tank
Emergency opening ››› page 102 Fuel capacity ››› page 377
Open/Close cap ››› page 302

9
 General views of the vehicle

Interior view

1 Armrest ››› page 287 8 Emergency start ››› page 155 13 Disconnecting the front passenger front
2 Isofix anchors ››› page 63 9 DSG automatic transmission airbag ››› page 56

3 Headrest adjustment ››› page 112 ››› page 162 / Manual gearbox
››› page 161
4 Seat belts ››› page 46
10 Connectivity Box / Wireless Charger
5 Sunroof ››› page 105 ››› page 276
6 Interior mirror ››› page 128 11 Glove compartment ››› page 229
7 Seat adjustment ››› page 110 12 Front passenger airbag ››› page 55

10
 General
Overview
views
(leftof
hand
the vehicle
drive)

Overview (left hand drive)

1 Electric windows ››› page 103 7 Wipers and rear window wiper 14 Start button ››› page 151
2 Exterior mirror adjustment ››› page 129 ››› page 125 15 Auto Hold ››› page 209
3 Control for lighting and demisting windows 8 Infotainment system ››› page 34, 16 Electronic parking brake ››› page 208
››› page 117 ››› page 246
17 Central locking ››› page 91
4 Turn signal and main beam lever 9 Open bonnet lever ››› page 324
››› page 119 10 Fuses ››› page 317
5 Multifunction steering wheel control panels 11 Steering wheel adjustment ››› page 109
››› page 108 12 Steering wheel with driver’s airbag
6 SEAT Digital Cockpit ››› page 18 ››› page 55 / Gear shift paddles for the
Control lamps ››› page 13 Tiptronic ››› page 164
13 Hazard warning lights ››› page 69

11
 General views of the vehicle

Overview (right hand drive)

1 Infotainment system ››› page 34 , 6 Control for lighting and demisting windows 15 Steering wheel adjustment ››› page 109
››› page 246 ››› page 117 16 Steering wheel with driver’s airbag
2 Turn signal and main beam lever 7 Exterior mirror adjustment ››› page 129 ››› page 55 / Gear shift paddles for the
››› page 119 8 Electric windows ››› page 103 Tiptronic ››› page 164
3 Multifunction steering wheel control panels 9 Hazard warning lights ››› page 69 17 Fuses ››› page 317
››› page 108
10 Open bonnet lever ››› page 324
4 SEAT Digital Cockpit ››› page 18
11 Start button ››› page 151
Control lamps ››› page 13
12 Electronic parking brake ››› page 208
5 Wipers and rear window wiper
13 Auto Hold ››› page 209
››› page 125
14 Central locking ››› page 91

12
 Driver
Control
information
lamps

Driver information WARNING Symbol Meaning

If the warning lamps and messages are ig-
Stop driving!
Control lamps nored, faults may occur in the vehicle, it may
stall in traffic, or accidents and serious inju- Fault in the motor coolant system
ries may occur. ››› page 22
Control and warning lamps
● Never ignore warning lamps or text mes-
The warning and control lights can be lit indi- sages. Stop driving!
vidually or in combination and serve as a warn- ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Fault in the high-voltage system coolant
ing, to indicate the presence of an anomaly or
fluid system ››› page 22
to warn of the activation of certain functions.
Some turn on when the ignition is switched on Symbol Meaning Engine oil pressure ››› page 334
and have to be switched off after a certain pe-
riod of time. Stop driving! Stop driving!
Depending on the model, additional text mes- Central warning lamp ››› page 26
sages may be viewed on the instrument panel Steering anomaly ››› page 168
display. These may be purely informative or Fasten your seat belt ››› page 46
they may be advising of the need for action. Stop driving!
Electronic parking brake on Fault in the high voltage system
Depending upon the equipment fitted in the
vehicle, instead of a warning lamp, sometimes
››› page 208 ››› page 79
a symbol may be displayed on the instrument
panel. Stop driving! Stop driving!
The control lamps that light up on the light Fault in the brake system Fault in the electric drive system
control are explained in chapter ››› page 117, ››› page 172 ››› page 157
Lights.
Stop driving
Brake fluid level low ››› page 329
Take control of the vehicle and be ready
to brake! ››› page 184

13
 Driver information

Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning

Lights up: fault in the electronic stability Fuel tank almost empty ››› page 21
Stop driving!
control (ESC) ››› page 174
12 volt battery ››› page 338 Engine oil level ››› page 334
Flashing: Electronic stability control
(ESC) or Traction Control regulating
Stop driving! Presence of water in diesel.
››› page 174
Alternator fault ››› page 337 ››› page 21
TCS manually deactivated, ESC in
“Sport” mode or ECS manually deacti- Steering anomaly ››› page 168
Stop driving!
vated ››› page 174
48 volt battery ››› page 339 Fault in the tyre pressure loss indicator
ABS fault ››› page 174 ››› page 356
Collision warning ››› page 192
Lane departure warning not available ¡Stop driving!
Take control of the steering immediately ››› page 201 Low tyre pressure ››› page 355
››› page 201
Travel assist unavailable Fault in the electric drive system
AdBlue level® too low, OR fault in ››› page 201 ››› page 157
the SCR system ››› page 306,
Fault in the vehicle's lighting Electronic engine sound fault
››› page 306
››› page 117 ››› page 157
Central warning lamp ››› page 26
Fault in the emissions control system Front Assist not available
››› page 308 ››› page 194
Fault in the airbag system or the seat
belt tensioners ››› page 54 Particulate filter clogged Collision warning deactivated
››› page 308 ››› page 194
Front passenger front airbag off
››› page 54 Diesel engine preheating; OR Cruise control fault (GRA)
diesel engine management fault ››› page 182
Front passenger airbag on
››› page 308
››› page 54 Speed limiter not available
Petrol engine management fault ››› page 183
Electronic parking brake fault
››› page 308
››› page 209 Gearbox fault ››› page 167,
Rear fog light on ››› page 117 ››› page 167
Please check brake pad ››› page 172

14
 Driver
Instrument
information
panel

Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning Symbol Meaning

Adaptive cruise control (ACC) not avail- Cruise control (GRA) ››› page 180, Main beam assist active ››› page 120
able ››› page 188 ››› page 185
Take control of the steering
Emergency Assist unavailable Speed limiter active ››› page 182
››› page 203 ››› page 201
Lane Assist (lane keeping system) ac- Front assist switching on ››› page 193
Lane Assist not available
››› page 197 tive. ››› page 196
Distance warning ››› page 192
Emergency Assist regulating Press the brake pedal ››› page 167
››› page 202 Electric mode driving not available
Travel Assist active ››› page 198 ››› page 158
Lane Assist (lane keeping system) regu-
lating ››› page 196 Reference to information in the on-
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) reg-
board documentation ››› page 26
Door opening assistant (Exit Assist) not ulating, no vehicle detected ahead
available ››› page 179 ››› page 185 Remove foot from accelerator
››› page 31
Side Assist (lane change assistance Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) reg-
system) not available ››› page 179 ulating, vehicle detected ahead Service intervals display
››› page 185 ››› page 32
Rear cross traffic alert (RCTA) not avail-
able ››› page 179 Vehicle charging ››› page 78

Battery / 12V power supply

Main beam on or flasher on Instrument panel
››› page 338 ››› page 117
Battery / 48V power supply Introduction
The speed limiter is not active
››› page 340 ››› page 182 The vehicle can be fitted with a instrument
AdBlue level® low, OR fault in the SCR panel digital lap timer or one Digital (SEAT
Start-Stop system activated
system ››› page 306, ››› page 306 Cockpit).
››› page 159
Auto Hold active ››› page 209 After switching the engine on with a 12-volt
Start-Stop system unavailable
battery that is heavily discharged or newly
Turn signals ››› page 117 ››› page 159
changed some system settings (such as the
Exterior temperature below +4 °C time, the date, the personalised comfort set-
Trailer turn signals ››› page 117 (+39 °F) ››› page 24

15
 Driver information

tings and the programming) might be altered or

deleted. Check and correct these settings once
the battery is sufficiently charged.

WARNING
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with
the risk of injury.
● Do not operate the instrument panel con-
trols when driving.
● To reduce the risk of accident and injury,
only make adjustments to the instructions
on the instrument panel display and to the
instructions on the Infotainment system dis-
play when the vehicle is stationary.

16
 Driver
Instrument
information
panel

Analogue instrument panel

Fig. 3 Front passenger airbag located in

instrument panel.

Explanations about the instruments ››› Fig. 3:

1 Revolution counter (with the engine run-
ning, in hundreds of revolutions per minute)
››› page 20.
2 Engine coolant temperature indicator
››› page 22.
3 Indications on the display ››› page 23.
5 Speedometer.
6 Fuel gauge ››› page 21.

17
 Driver information

SEAT Digital Cockpit

Fig. 4 SEAT Digital Cockpit on the instrument

panel (classic view).

1 Control and warning lamps ››› page 13. 4 Screen display ››› page 23.
2 Revolution counter. Revolutions per mi- 5 Speedometer
nute the engine is running››› page 20. 6 Digital speed display
3 Gear engaged or selector lever position. 7 Information Profile ››› page 19.

18
 Driver
Instrument
information
panel

Fig. 5 Hybrid vehicles: SEAT Digital Cockpit on the

instrument panel (classic view).

1 Control and warning lamps ››› page 13. By selecting different information profiles, indi- Information profiles
2 Rev counter and Powermeter. Revolu- cations other than the classic circular instru-
The / buttons on the multifunction steer-
tions per minute the engine is running ments can be displayed, such as navigation
ing wheel can be used to browse through the
››› page 23. data, multimedia information or travel data.
different SEAT Digital Cockpit information.
3 Gear engaged or selector lever position. The 5 views are:
Information on the vehicle status, travel data
4 Screen displays ››› page 23. ● Classic and assistants will be displayed on the left side.
5 Speedometer ● Dynamic On the right side information will be displayed
6 Digital speed display ● Assistance systems on: audio, telephone, compass, navigation ma-
● Navigation noeuvres and the G-force meter.
7 Information Profile ››› page 19.
● Night Depending on the view, the central area of
the SEAT Digital Cockpit displays information
The Digital SEAT Cockpit is a digital instrument All views will display information on the screen about the following:
cluster with a high resolution colour TFT dis- about audio, phone, travel data, vehicle status,
play. It has a 5 views accessible using the but- ● Classic View and Dynamic View: Initial data,
navigation 1) and driving aids1).
ton of the multifunction steering wheel. date, distance travelled and autonomy. Turn-
ing the right thumbwheel on the multifunction

1) Depending on the version.

19
 Driver information

steering wheel: navigation map, road signs, Information that may be displayed in the ● Assist systems.
driving data (clicking on switches between central area of the SEAT Digital Cockpit ● > (close classic view).
the different memories). speedometer
● Assistants View: This is accessed by pressing
● Audio Revolution counter
the button or the button on the multifunc-
tion steering wheel. Turning the right thumb- ● Telephone
The rev counter indicates the number of engine
wheel on the multifunction steering wheel dis- ● Compass revolutions per minute.
plays the list of assistants. Press to turn the ● Navigation indications (the most recent desti-
desired assistant on/off. Together with the gear-change indicator, the
nations are displayed by pressing the arrow on rev counter offers you the possibility of using
● Navigation View: By pressing the button on the right of the multifunction steering wheel) the engine of your vehicle at a suitable speed.
the multifunction steering wheel and then turn- ● > (close classic view).
ing the thumbwheel you can view the map in a The beginning of the red zone of the rev counter
larger or smaller view. If you press the button indicates the maximum speed in any gear after
Information that may be displayed in the running-in and with the engine hot. However,
again, the map returns to automatic scale.
central area of the SEAT Digital Cockpit rev it is advisable to move the selector lever to D
● Night View: The speed is displayed in digital
counter or lift your foot off the accelerator before the
format.
needle reaches the red zone ››› .
● Consumption and average consumption. By
Classic View pressing the arrow on the left of the multifunc- We recommend that you avoid high revs and
tion steering wheel, you can switch between that you follow the recommendations on the
The revolutions per minute and speedometer gear-change indicator. See the additional infor-
the different memories of the travel data.
needles appear in full length by a long press mation in ››› page 146, Selecting the opti-
on the button on the multifunction steering ● Autonomy (fuel tank level).
mal gear.
wheel, regardless of the menu displayed in the ● Lubricating oil and coolant temperature
central area ››› Fig. 4 , ››› Fig. 5. ● Average speed. By pressing the arrow on the
NOTICE
With another long press on the button , the left of the multifunction steering wheel, you can
display returns to the previous view. switch between the different memories of the ● To prevent damage to the engine, the rev
travel data. counter needle should only remain in the red
Or looking in the instrument panel menu for the zone for a short period of time.
Close option using the right hand thumb- ● Other travel data: km travelled and driving
time. By pressing the arrow on the left of the ● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs
wheel on the multifunction steering wheel, and
multifunction steering wheel, you can switch and heavy acceleration and do not make the
then press .
between the different memories of the travel engine work hard.
data.

20
 Driver
Instrument
information
panel

For the sake of the environment Indicator lamps NOTICE

Changing up a gear early will help you to Its lights up yellow. Fuel tank almost Never run the fuel tank completely dry. An
save fuel and minimise emissions and engine empty. The fuel reserve level has been irregular fuel supply can cause misfiring and
noise. reached ››› . Refuel as soon as you unburnt fuel could enter the exhaust system.
have the opportunity. The catalytic converter or the particulate fil-
ter may get damaged!
Fuel gauge Its lights up yellow. Presence of water
in diesel. Turn off the engine and seek
Note
professional assistance.
The small arrow on the fuel gauge next to the
The display only works when the ignition is
fuel pump symbol points out towards the side
switched on.
of the vehicle with the fuel tank flap.
The fuel range is displayed on the instrument
panel.
You can consult the tank capacity of your vehi-
Battery level indicator
cle in ››› page 377. ✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles

WARNING
Fig. 6 Analogue instrument cluster: fuel gauge
When driving with low fuel, the vehicle may
stall in traffic and cause accidents and se-
vere injuries.
● If the fuel tank level is too low, fuel could
reach the engine irregularly, particularly
when driving up or down slopes. Fig. 8 Digital instrument cluster: battery level
● The steering system and the assistant sys- indicator.
tems and brakes do not work when the en-
gine is running irregularly or switches off due The small arrow next to the battery symbol on
Fig. 7 Fuel gauge located in different positions to lack of fuel or an irregular supply thereof. the fuel gauge indicates which side of the vehi-
depending on the view.
● SEAT recommends always refuelling when cle the charging cover is on.
the tank is approximately one quarter full, to
prevent the vehicle from stopping due to a
lack of fuel.

21
 Driver information

B Normal zone. At high outside temperatures If the warning lamp does not go out even
NOTICE
and when making the engine work hard, though the motor coolant level is correct, do
● Never drive with the tank completely the diodes may continue lighting up and not continue to drive or leave the motor running.
empty. Under certain circumstances, the en- reach the upper zone. This is no cause for Seek specialist assistance.
ergy stored in the high-voltage battery may concern, provided the control lamp does
not be sufficient to reach the nearest service
not light up . Control and warning lamps (valid for hybrid
station.
C Warning area. When the engine is working vehicles)
● When the outside temperature is very
hard, especially at high outside tempera-
low, and therefore the high-voltage battery
is very cold, difficulties may arise in start- tures, the diodes may light up in the warn-
ing the internal combustion engine and the ing area. Fault in the high-voltage cool-
together ing circuit
range in the electric driving mode may be The coolant temperature gauge only works with
reduced. when the ignition is switched on. The warning lamps flash red.
In vehicles with digital instrument cluster you
Coolant temperature indicator. can select to view the coolant temperature in Engine coolant
the corresponding menu ››› page 18.
The lamp lights up red.

Control and warning lamps Engine or high-voltage system coolant

level too low, engine or high-voltage
Fault in the engine coolant system system coolant temperature too high.
The LED flashes red. ● Stop driving! Stop the vehicle at the next
Engine coolant opportunity and in a safe place.
The lamp lights up red. ● Switch off the engine and let it cool down.

The motor coolant temperature is too high ● Check the coolant level in the coolant expan-
or the motor coolant level is too low. sion tank ››› page 327.

● Stop driving! Stop the vehicle at the next ● Check the coolant level in the high-voltage
Fig. 9 Analogue instrument panel: engine
coolant temperature display. opportunity and in a safe place. cooling circuit ››› page 326. If the level is too
low DO NOT add coolant. Seek specialist as-
● Switch off the engine and let it cool down.
sistance immediately.
A Cold zone. The engine has not reached
● Check the coolant level in the coolant expan-
operating temperature yet. Avoid high en- If the warning lamp does not go out even
sion tank ››› page 327.
gine speeds and stressing the engine if it though the motor coolant level is correct, do
has not reached operating temperature. not continue to drive or leave the motor running.
Seek specialist assistance.

22
 Driver
Instrument
information
panel

Power meter A finer coloured border indicates how much the

NOTICE
propulsion can currently be used. Depending
● To ensure a long useful life for the engine, ✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles on the selected driving program and the cur-
avoid high revs, driving at high speed and rent availability of electrical power, the boun-
making the engine work hard for approxi- daries of the different colours can vary.
mately the first 15 minutes when the engine
is cold. The phase until the engine is warm The following displays can be seen on the
also depends on the outside temperature. If Power meter: ››› Fig. 10,.
necessary, use the engine oil temperature as A The vehicle recovers electrical energy.
a guide ››› page 25.
B e-Mode electric driving.
● Additional lights and other accessories in
front of the air inlet reduce the cooling effect C The combustion engine must be running.
of the coolant. At high outside temperatures With the Boost function, the vehicle drives
and high engine loads, there is a risk of the for a short period of time with maximum
engine overheating. power from both the electric motor and the
● The front spoiler also ensures proper distri- combustion engine.
bution of the cooling air when the vehicle is
moving. If the spoiler is damaged this can
reduce the cooling effect, which could cause
Fig. 10 Digital instrument cluster: Power meter Status display
the engine to overheat. Seek specialist assis-
The lower left hand side of the rev counter has Possible indications on the instrument panel
tance.
two colour coded areas: display
Green Charge: Energy recovery zone. The instrument cluster can display a variety of
Blue Power %: Electric traction zone. Indicates information, superimposed according to the ve-
the percentage of power used and the hicle's equipment:
maximum amount of power currently avail-
able. ● Doors, bonnet and rear lid open

The power meter shows the usage level of the ● Warning and information messages
electric drive. The power meter bar shows the ● Odometer
current usage level. ● Time ››› page 31
● Indications of the radio and navigation sys-
tem
● Indications of the phone
● Outside temperature
23
 Driver information

● Compass indication Selector lever positions The trip counter (trip1)) shows the distance
● Selector lever positions The current position of the selector control is travelled since the last time it was reset to zero.
● Gear-change recommendation shown on the side of the control and on the ● Set the odometer to zero via the Infotainment
● Combined range (hybrid vehicles) instrument cluster display. When the control is system or the multifunction steering wheel
in the D/S position or in the Tiptronic position, in ››› page 25.
● Display of travel data (multifunction display) some cases, the gear engaged in each case is
and menus for different settings ››› page 25 To reset the trip odometer ( trip ) to 0:
shown on the instrument cluster display .
● Service interval display ››› page 32 ● When in Travel data select trip.

● Speed warning Outside temperature indicator ● Hold the button on the wiper lever
or the button on the multifunction steering
● Speed warning for winter tyres If the outside temperature is lower than approxi-
wheel down for about 2 seconds.
● Start-Stop system status display mately +4 °C (+39 °F), the “ice crystal symbol”
also lights up on the outside temperature in-
››› page 158 Combined operating range display (hy-
dicator. This symbol remains lit until the outside
● Signs detected by the road signs detection temperature exceeds +6 °C (+43 °F) ››› . brid vehicles)
system and warning that the maximum permit-
In the following situations, the displayed exte- The value shown is calculated and updated ac-
ted speed has been exceeded ››› page 28
rior temperature may be higher than the actual cording to the driving style. Therefore, the range
● Indication of active cylinder management temperature due to the heat emitted by the can vary even when the fuel tank is full and the
status (ACT®) ››› page 146 motor: high-voltage battery is fully charged.
● Low consumption driving ● When the vehicle is stationary. Range can be increased by reducing or switch-
● Assistant systems display ing off comfort consumers, e.g. air conditioning
● When driving very slowly.
or seat heating.
Doors, bonnet and rear lid open Gear-change recommendation
Speed warning for winter tyres
When the vehicle is unlocked and while driving, While driving, the instrument panel of certain
the instrument panel display shows if any of the If the maximum set speed is exceeded, this is
vehicles may indicate a gear recommendation
doors, the bonnet or rear lid are opened and, in displayed on the instrument cluster display.
for saving fuel ››› page 146.
some cases, it is also indicated by an audible The speed warning can be set in the infotain-
warning. ment system ››› page 39.
Odometer
The odometer registers the total distance trav-
elled by the car.

1) Applies to vehicles with analogue instrument panel.

24
 Driver
Instrument
information
panel

Compass indication Note Changing memory

Depending on the equipment, when the ignition ● There are different instrument panels and
Vehicles with analogue instrument clusters:
is on, the instrument panel display indicates the therefore the versions and instructions on ● Press the button on the wiper lever
direction in which you are driving with a symbol, the display may vary. In the case of dis- or the button on the multifunction steering
e.g. NW for Northwest. plays without warning or information texts, wheel.
When the Infotainment system is on and there is faults are indicated exclusively by the con-
Vehicles with digital instrument panel:
no route guidance active, the graphic represen- trol warning lamps.
tation of a compass is also shown. ● Some indications on the instrument panel ● Depending on the view, select Driving
screen may be concealed by a sudden data and press the left arrow or the button
event, e.g. an incoming call. on the multifunction steering wheel.
Low consumption driving
● Depending on the equipment, some set- – Since start: The memory is deleted if
Depending on the equipment, when driving, the
tings and instructions can be carried out the journey is interrupted for more than 2
display appears on the instrument panel
or displayed on the infotainment system as hours.
when the vehicle is in low consumption status well.
due to active cylinder management (ACT®) – Since refuel: Display and storage of
● If there are several warnings at the same
››› page 146. the journey data and the consumption val-
time, the symbols will be displayed one after
ues collected. When refuelling, the memory
the other for a few seconds. The symbols will
is deleted.
WARNING stay on until you remove the cause.
● If when switching on the ignition warnings
– Long-term: This memory contains travel
Even when the outside temperature is higher
are shown about existing faults, it might not data up to a maximum of 19 hours and
than freezing temperature, some roads and
be possible to change the settings or show 59 minutes or 99 hours and 59 minutes, or
bridges could be frozen.
the information as described. In this case, go up to a maximum of 1999.9 km or 9999.9
● The “ice crystal symbol” indicates that km. When one of these values is exceeded
to a specialised workshop and request a re-
there may be a risk of freezing. pair. (varies depending on the version of the in-
● At outside temperatures above +4 °C strument panel), the memory is deleted.
(+39 °F), there may be ice even when the “ice
crystal symbol” is not on. Driving data indicator Delete journey data presets
● The outside temperature sensor takes a
The driving data display shows a range of driv- ● Select the memory that you wish to erase.
guideline measurement.
ing data and consumption values. ● Keep the button on the multi-function
steering wheel pressed for approximately 2
Change from one display to another seconds.
● Turn the right thumbwheel of the multifunc-
tion steering wheel ››› page 34.

25
 Driver information

Select the instructions – Average speed: The average speed will ing. The representation of the messages and
be shown after driving for approximately symbols may vary depending on the version of
On the instrument cluster, it is selected man-
100 metres. the instrument panel.
ually using the button on the multifunc-
tion steering wheel. To access the contents of – Boost/Torque: Indicates the power and Existing faults can also be checked man-
the tube, rotate the right hand thumbwheel up/ torque of the combustion engine (does not ually. To do this, open the Vehicle status
down. indicate electric mode). ››› page 33 menu.
– Current consumption: The current fuel – FAS: Reduced assistant indication.
consumption display operates throughout
the journey, in litres/100 km; and with the Oil temperature display2) Priority 1 warning (in red)
engine running and the vehicle stopped, in
The engine reaches its operating temperature The symbol lights up or flashes (in part ac-
litres/hour.
when, under normal driving conditions, the companied by audible warnings). Stop driv-
– Average consumption: The average oil temperature is between 80°C (176°F) and ing! Danger! Check the fault and eliminate
fuel consumption is displayed after driving 120°C (248°F). If a great effort is required from the cause. If necessary, seek professional assis-
for approximately 300 metres. the engine and the outside temperature is high, tance.
– Travelling time: This indicates the the engine oil temperature may increase. This
hours (h) and minutes (min) since the igni- does not present any problem as long as the Priority 2 warning (in yellow)
tion was switched on. warning lamps or ››› page 334 do not
The symbol lights up or flashes (in part accom-
appear on the display.
– Range: Approximate distance in km that panied by audible warnings). Operating faults
can still be travelled if the same driving or the lack of operating fluids can cause dam-
style is maintained. age to the vehicle or a fault. Check the faulty
– AdBlue range or : Approximate dis- Warning and information messages function as soon as possible. If necessary, seek
tance in km that can still be travelled with professional assistance.
The system runs a check on certain com-
the current level of the AdBlue® tank with
ponents and functions when the ignition is
the same driving style. The indication ap- Reference to information in the owner's
switched on and while the vehicle is moving.
pears from a range of less than 2400 km manual
Faults are displayed on the instrument cluster
and cannot be deactivated.1)
display as red and yellow warning symbols3) Further information on any warnings can be
– Distance travelled: Distance covered ››› page 13 accompanied by messages and, found in the owner's manual.
in km (m) after switching on the ignition. depending on the case, even an audible warn-

1) Not available in all countries.

2) Only with digital instrument cluster.
3) With an analogue instrument panel, the warnings are always shown in white.
26
 Driver
Instrument
information
panel

Information message The driver alert system informs the driver when The driver alert system is always switched on
it deduces tiredness due to his/her behaviour at when the ignition is switched on ››› page 39.
It provides information about processes in the
the wheel.
vehicle.
System limitations
Function and operation
Accessing warnings and information The Fatigue detection has certain limitations in-
Fatigue detection determines the driving be- herent to the system. The following conditions
Existing faults can also be checked in the info-
haviour of the driver when starting a journey, can limit the Fatigue detection or prevent it from
tainment system:
making a calculation of tiredness. This is con- functioning.
● Press > Vehicle data > Vehi- stantly compared with the current driving be- ● At speeds below 60 km/h (40 mph).
cle status ››› page 38. haviour. If the system detects that the driver is
tired, an audible warning is given with a sound ● At speeds above 200 km/h (125 mph)
Vehicles with analogue instrument clusters: Ac-
cess the Vehicle menu, then press the but- and an optical warning is shown with a sym- ● When cornering
ton on the multifunction steering wheel or the bol and supplementary message on the instru- ● In sections with roadworks.
button on the windscreen wiper lever ment cluster screen ››› Fig. 11. The message
● On roads in poor condition
and select Warning message memories. on the instrument panel display is shown for
approximately 5 seconds, and depending on ● In unfavourable weather conditions
the case, is repeated. The system stores the last ● When a sporty driving style is employed
Driver alert system (break recom- message displayed. ● In the event of a serious distraction to the
mendation) The warning on the instrument cluster display driver
can be hidden as follows:
Fatigue detection will be restored when the ve-
● Press the button on the multifunction steer- hicle is stopped for more than 15 minutes, when
ing wheel. the ignition is switched off or when the driver
has unbuckled their seat belt and opened the
Conditions of operation door.
Driving behaviour is only calculated on speeds In the event of slow driving during a long period
above about 65 km/h (40 mph) up to around of time (below 60 km/h, 40 mph) the system
200 km/h (125 mph). automatically re-establishes the tiredness cal-
culation. When driving at a faster speed the
Activating and deactivating driving behaviour will be recalculated.
Fig. 11 On the screen of the instrument panel: Fatigue detection can be activated or deacti-
fatigue detection. vated in the infotainment system using the func-
tion button > Assistants > Driver alerts.

27
 Driver information

WARNING Road signs detection system Shown on the display

The smart technology of the driver alert sys- In Germany, on motorways and vehicle roads,
tem cannot overcome the limits imposed by besides speed limits and overtaking provisions
the laws of physics and only works within the the system also displays the end of prohibition
limits of the system. Do not let the comfort signs. The valid speed limit at the time in other
afforded by the Fatigue detection system countries is always shown.
tempt you into taking any risks when driving. The road signs detected by the system are
Take regular breaks, sufficient in length when
displayed on the instrument cluster display
making long journeys.
››› Fig. 12 and, depending on the navigation
● The driver always assumes the responsibil- system fitted in the vehicle, in the infotainment
ity of driving to their full capacity. system as well .
Fig. 12 On the instrument cluster display:
● Never drive if you are tired. examples of recognised signs.
● The system does not detect the tiredness Hazard warning signs are not displayed in the
of the driver in all circumstances. Consult the The dynamic road signs display records stand- infotainment system.
information in the section ››› page 27, Con- ard road signs using a camera fitted to the base
ditions of operation. of the interior mirror, and provides information Road sign detection system messages:
● In some situations, the system may incor- about speed limits, overtaking prohibitions and
There are no road signs available
rectly interpret an intended driving manoeu- warning signs that it recognises.
vre as driver tiredness. ● The system is in its start-up phase.
Within its limitations, the system also displays
● No warning is given in the event of the ef- a additional sign to indicate aspects such as ● OR: the camera has not recognized any man-
fect called microsleep! temporary prohibitions. Even on routes without datory or prohibitive signs.
● Please observe the indications on the in- signs, the system can, if necessary, display the Error: Dynamic road sign display
strument panel and act as is necessary. applicable speed limits.
● There is a fault in the system. Have the system
The dynamic road sign display system is acti- checked by a specialised workshop.
vated whenever the ignition is switched on.
Note Speed warning is currently unavail-
The traffic sign detection system does not work able
● Fatigue detection has been developed for
in all countries. Keep this in mind when travel-
driving on motorways and well paved roads ● The speed warning function of the road sign
ling abroad.
only. detection system is faulty. Have the system
● If there is a fault in the system, have it checked by a specialised workshop.
checked by a specialised workshop.

28
 Driver
Instrument
information
panel

Dynamic road sign display: Clean the left, as it is the one that is applicable at the For trailer mode, the display of speed limits ap-
the windscreen! time. A sign valid only with restrictions, e.g. no plicable to the type of trailer or to the legal pro-
● The windscreen is dirty in the camera area overtaking at certain times, may be displayed. visions can be adjusted. The speed is adjusted
or the camera’s visibility is impaired by weather The warning sign display is not available in all in steps of 10 km/h (5 mph) within the range
conditions. Clean the windscreen. countries and the system may not be able to between 60 and 130 km/h (40 and 80 mph). If
detect all existing warning signs. it is adjusted to a speed greater than that which
Dynamic road sign display: Cur- is permitted in the country in question for driving
rently restricted with a trailer, the system automatically displays
Speed warning
● The navigation system is not transmitting the usual speed limits, e.g. in Germany 80 km/h
data. Check if the navigation system has upda- If the system detects that the permitted speed (50 mph).
ted maps. is exceeded, it may warn the driver with a
If the speed warning for the trailer is deactiva-
“gong” and visually with a message on the
● OR: the vehicle is in a region not included on ted, the system displays the speed limits as if
dash panel display.
the navigation system's map. there were no trailer hitched.
The speed warning can be set or deactivated
No data available
completely in the menu > Assistants > No entry sign
● The traffic sign detection system does not Driver alerts > Road sign detection
work in the current country. The traffic sign recognition system gives a
››› page 39. The speed warning can be set to
warning on the instrument cluster when a no
a value of 0, 5 or 10 km/h (0, 3 or 5 mph) above
Display of traffic signs entry sign is passed on a one-way road or an
the permitted speed.
entrance to a motorway or highway.
After checking and evaluating the information
from the camera, the infotainment system and Trailer mode
Limited operation
actual vehicle data, the system displays up In vehicles equipped with a towing bracket de-
to two current road signs, and a generic addi- The traffic sign detection system has certain
vice from the factory and a trailer that is electri-
tional sign ››› Fig. 12: limitations. The following cases may lead the
cally connected to the vehicle, it is possible to
system to operate with limitations or not at all:
● First: The sign that is currently valid for the activate or deactivate the display of specific
driver is displayed on the left hand side of traffic signs for vehicles with trailer, such as ● In the case of poor visibility, e.g. in snow, rain,
the screen, e.g. a prohibition of driving at over speed limits or overtaking prohibitions. fog or intense mist.
130 km/h (80 mph). It can be activated or deactivated in the info- ● In cases of dazzling, e.g. caused by head-on
● Second: Another traffic sign, such as a warn- tainment system using the button > As- traffic or by the sun.
ing sign, can be displayed in second place. sistants > Driver warnings > Road ● When driving at high speeds.
● Additional sign: If the windscreen wiper is sign detection > Consider trailer
● If the camera is covered or dirty.
working while you are driving, the signal with ››› page 39.
the additional rain sign will be shown first, on

29
 Driver information

● If the traffic signs are partially or totally ob- ● Adapt your speed and driving style to ● Always replace damaged or worn blades
structed, e.g. by trees, snow, dirt or other vehi- suit visibility, weather, road and traffic condi- when required to avoid lines on the camera's
cles. tions. field of vision.
● In the case of traffic signs that do not fulfil the ● Poor visibility, darkness, snow, rain and fog ● Check that the windscreen is not damaged
regulations. may lead to the system failing to display in the area of the camera's field of vision.

● In the case of damaged or bent traffic signs. traffic signs or not displaying them correctly. ● The use of outdated maps on the naviga-
● If the camera's field of vision is dirty, cov- tion system may cause the system to show
● In the case of variable messages on over- traffic signs incorrectly.
ered or damaged, system operation may be
head or gantry signs (LED-based variable traf-
impaired. ● In the waypoints mode of the navigation
fic signs or other lighting units).
system, the traffic sign detection system is
● If the maps on the navigation system are not only partly available.
up-to-date. WARNING
● In the case of adhesives affixed to vehicles The driving recommendations and traffic in-
that depict traffic signs, e.g. speed limits on lor- dications shown on the traffic sign detection Eco-efficient driving assistance
ries. system may differ from the actual current
traffic situation.
● The system may not detect or correctly
WARNING show all the traffic signs.
The technology in the traffic sign detection ● Traffic signs and traffic regulations have
system cannot change the limits imposed by priority over the recommendations and dis-
the laws of physics and only works within the plays provided by the system.
system's limits. Do not let the extra conven-
ience afforded by the traffic sign detection
system tempt you into taking any risks when Note
driving. The system is not a replacement for
driver awareness. To avoid affecting the correct operation of
the system, take the following points into Fig. 13 Eco-efficient driving assistance
consideration: indication (schematic representation).
● Regularly clean the area of vision of the
camera and keep it in a clean state, without Eco-efficient driving assistance helps you drive
snow or ice. with care and with low energy consumption by
● Do not cover the field of vision of the cam- following instructions superimposed in the digi-
era. tal cockpit, depending on the situation.

30
 Driver
Instrument
information
panel

When you approach places such as a junc- Setting the time on analogue the instrument
WARNING
tion, a roundabout or a section of road with a panel
speed limit, the symbol is displayed along The system is not a replacement for driver
awareness. ● When in the Driving data menu, select the
with an event on the digital instrument cluster
Range function ( > Interior > Instru-
››› Fig. 13. ● Adapt your speed and driving style at all
times to suit visibility, weather, road and ment cluster).
As soon as you follow the indication and
traffic conditions. ● Press the button on the multifunction steer-
take your foot off the accelerator, the vehicle
● Traffic signs on the road and traffic regula- ing wheel until the Service menu is displayed on
adapts, based on the selected driving profile
and distance to the incident, brake energy re- tions have priority over eco-driving notes. the instrument panel display ››› page 31.
cuperation and speed. ● Select the menu Time.
Eco-efficient driving assistance uses the trip Note ● Adjust the correct time by turning the
data from the infotainment system and the sen- right thumbwheel of the multifunction steering
● The appearance of the symbols may vary
sors of some assist systems. If no destination wheel.
slightly depending on the equipment and
guidance is active, the most likely route is used. model. System updates may modify or ex-
Pressing the accelerator can cancel the inter- pand the symbols. Service Menu
vention of the assistance at any time. ● When the system is switched on, eco-ef-
ficient driving assistance can also increase In the Service menu various settings can be ad-
Eco-efficient driving assistance can be
recuperation without any indication being justed depending on the features.
switched on and off in the infotainment system,
displayed. This can occur in situations such
in the assistance system settings ››› page 39.
as when the accelerator pedal is released Open the Service menu
Eco-efficient driving assistance is temporarily when a vehicle is driving in front. In this case,
switched off if: energy recuperation is adapted match the Vehicles with digital instrument panel:
speed of the vehicle in front without any indi- ● While in Classic View, go to the Initial
● The gear selector is in the S position.
cation being displayed. Data screen, press the button on the mul-
● The Sport driving program is used.
tifunction steering wheel for about 5 seconds
● Driving with adaptive cruise control (ACC) or and release it.
cruise control (GRA). Time and date
● Next, the Configuration list menu is dis-
When these conditions no longer exist, the as- Setting the time on the infotainment system played, where you can choose between the
sistance is reactivated if it is switched on in the Service menu or the View selection from
assist system settings. ● Press > Settings ››› page 34. where the instrument cluster views can be
Eco-efficient driving assistance is available de- ● Select the menu option Date and time. switched on and off.
pending on the equipment, although not in all
countries.

31
 Driver information

● Vehicles with analogue instrument clusters: Next Service current service message cannot be viewed until
● To open up the Service menu, select the 500 km after the last service. Prior to this, only
This specifies when the next workshop inspec-
Range information profile while in the Driving lines are visible on the display.
tion is scheduled.
data menu, and keep the key pressed on the
multifunction steering wheel for approximately Inspection reminder
5 seconds. When it is released, the Service Service intervals If a service or an inspection has to be carried
menu will be displayed. Now you can browse out soon, a service reminder will be displayed
The service interval display appears on the in-
through the menu using the keys on the multi- when the ignition is switched on.
strument cluster screen and in the infotainment
function steering wheel as usual.
system. The figure displayed are the kilometres that
can still be travelled or the time until the next
Restart the service interval display
There are different versions of instrument pan- service.
Select the Service menu and follow the in- els and infotainment systems, so the versions
structions on the screen of the instrument and instructions on the screens may vary. Service due
panel. SEAT distinguishes between services with en- When it is time for a service or an inspection,
gine oil change (e.g. Oil change service) and an audio warning will sound when the ignition
Restart the oil service services without engine oil change (e.g. Inspec- is switched on, and a spanner symbol may ap-
Select the Reset Oil service menu and tion). pear for a few seconds on the instrument clus-
follow the instructions on the instrument panel In vehicles with Services established by time ter display , along with one of the following
display. or mileage, the service intervals are already messages.
pre-defined. ● Service now!
Reset driving data (vehicles with an ana- In vehicles with LongLife Service, the intervals ● Please have your vehicle inspected
logue instrument cluster) are determined individually. Thanks to techno-
● Oil change service due!
Select the Reset trip menu and follow the logical progress, maintenance work has been
greatly reduced. The oil only needs to be ● Oil change service and inspection
instructions on the instrument panel display to
changed when the vehicle requires it. To calcu- due!
reset the value.
late this variation (max. 2 years), the vehicle's
conditions of use and individual driving styles Consult a service notification
Identifying letters on engine (LDM)
are considered. The advance warning first ap- With the ignition switched on, the engine off
Select the menu Engine code. The identifying pears 20 days before the date established and the vehicle at a standstill, the current serv-
letters of the engine will be shown on the instru- for the corresponding service. The kilometres ice notification can be read:
ment cluster display at the bottom left. (miles) remaining until the next service are al-
ways rounded up to the nearest 100 km (miles)
and the time is given in complete days. The

32
 Instrument
Drivercluster
information
operation

Check the date of the current service on the ● Select Reset Service or Reset Oil
infotainment system: Service (depending on the version or what
Instrument cluster opera-
● Press Settings. you want to do) and press the button on the tion
multifunction steering wheel.
● Select the Data connection menu option
to display information about services.
● The system will ask Do you want to re- Introduction
set?. By pressing the button again, the Serv-
Checking the date on the digital instrument ice is reset. With the ignition switched on, it is possible to
panel: read the different functions of the display by
Do not restart the indicator between the
● The date of the service can only be read scrolling through the menus.
service intervals, otherwise the information dis-
through the Service ››› page 31 menu. played will be incorrect. In vehicles with multifunction steering wheel,
Checking the date on the digital instrument the multifunction display can only be operated
If the oil change service is reset manually, the
panel: with the steering wheel buttons.
service interval display changes to a fixed serv-
● Press and hold the button on the multifunc- ice interval, also in vehicles with Flexible oil Some menu options can only be read when the
tion steering wheel for more than 5 seconds to change service. vehicle is at a standstill.
consult the service message.
Instrument panel menus
Note
Resetting service interval display The number of menus and information items
● The service message disappears after a
If the service was not carried out by a SEAT available will depend on the vehicle’s electron-
few seconds, when the engine is started or
dealership, the display can be reset as follows: ics and features.
when the button is pressed on the multi-
Vehicles with digital instrument panel function steering wheel. ● Vehicle status ››› page 26.

● The service interval display can only be reset ● In vehicles with the LongLife system in ● Driving data ››› page 25.
which the battery has been disconnected for
through the Service ››› page 31 menu. ● Assist systems.
a long period of time, it is not possible to cal-
Vehicles with analogue instrument panel culate the date of the next service. Therefore – Front Assist On/Off ››› page 191
● While in the Range ››› page 25menu, press the service interval display may not be cor- – ACC (only display) ››› page 183
rect. In this case, bear in mind the maximum
the button on the multifunction steering – Lane Assist On/Off ››› page 195
service intervals permitted ››› page 359.
wheel for about 4 seconds and release it. The
● If you reset the display manually, the next – Side Assist On/Off ››› page 203
Services menu is accessed.
service interval will be indicated as in vehi- ● Navigation.
cles with fixed service intervals. For this rea-
● Audio.
son we recommend that the service interval
display be reset by an authorised dealer. ● Telephone.

33
 Driver information

As long as a priority 1 ››› page 26 warning

WARNING
is active, it will not be possible to access any
Infotainment system opera-
Distracting the driver in any way can lead to
an accident and cause injuries.
menu. Some warnings can be confirmed and tion and displays
hidden with the button of the multifunction
● Never use the menus on the instrument steering wheel ››› Fig. 14. Introduction
panel display while the vehicle is in motion.
Select a menu or an informative display The infotainment system brings together impor-
NOTICE tant vehicle functions and systems into a single
● Switch the ignition on.
central control unit, e.g. air conditioning, menu
After charging or changing the 12-volt bat- ● If a message or vehicle symbol is displayed, settings, radio equipment and the navigation
tery, check the system settings. If the power press the button ››› Fig. 14; several times if system.
supply is interrupted, the system settings necessary.
might be incorrect or deleted. The actual number of menus available and the
● To change menus, use buttons or . name of the various options will depend on the
● To open the menu or the information dis- vehicle’s electronics and equipment.
Operation using the multifunction played, press the button or wait a few sec-
steering wheel onds until the menu or the informative display General operating information
opens automatically.
General information on the operation of the in-
fotainment system, as well as on the warning
Changing menu settings and safety instructions that must be taken into
● In the menu displayed, turn the right thumb- account, is found in ››› page 246.
wheel of the multifunction steering wheel until
the desired option of the menu is highlighted. How to move through the different menus
The option appears framed. and select them
● Press the button to make the required mod-
● Switch the ignition on.
ifications. A mark indicates that the system or
function is activated. ● If the infotainment system is off, switch it on.
● The different menus are selected directly on
Fig. 14 Right side of multifunction steering Back to menu selection the touch screen using texts, icons or buttons.
wheel: buttons to the menus and informative
● Press the button or . If the box is checked , the function is activa-
indications on the instrument panel (depending
ted.
on the version).
Pressing the menu button will always take
you to the last menu used.

34
 Infotainment Driver
systeminformation
operation and displays

Any changes made using the settings menus tered or deleted. Check and correct these
are automatically saved on closing those me- settings when the battery is sufficiently
nus charged.

Scroll bar: Some menus and functions show

more content above or below those displayed
on the screen at that time, for example, long
lists of settings. Press on the scroll bar and pull
up or down.

Tutorial
The first time you connect the Infotainment sys-
tem, a system tutorial will open with a brief de-
scription of the main functions and how to use
it.

Help
In the Help menu can be found more informa-
tion and tips for using the infotainment system.

WARNING
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with
the risk of injury. Operating the Infotainment
system while driving could distract you from
traffic.

Note
After starting the engine with a 12-volt bat-
tery that is heavily discharged or recently
replaced, some system settings such as
time, date, personalised comfort settings,
programming and user accounts might be al-

35
 Driver information

Explanation of the function buttons

Fig. 15 Schematic diagram: Overview of the

possible function buttons on the screen

Top part of the screen Bottom part of the screen

The following information is always visible, even Valid for the infotainment system: Connect Sys-
when the infotainment system is turned off tem.
››› Fig. 15: D Main menu display mode:
A Time, Incoming call, or, pre-air condi- : main menu with the 6 main functions
tioning on/off. divided into 2 screens (3 + 3, customisable
by the user by pressing on the function).
B Climabar ››› page 138.
: main menu in tile mode (all functions of
C Status bar. Information bar showing the the Infotainment system)
system status, such as: phone coverage,
E Direct accesses to the functions of the In-
phone charge level, Qi charger status, user
fotainment system (up to 5 functions). By
privacy mode, system notifications, incom-
clicking on the icon you can access the
ing calls and access to the call control unit.
functions or context in question.
F Direct access to the assistants and vehicle
settings ››› page 39.

36
 Infotainment Driver
systeminformation
operation and displays

Initial configuration wizard

Fig. 16 Schematic diagram: Initial configuration

wizard

The initial configuration wizard will help you to E Press to select your home address using
set up your Infotainment system the first time your current position or by manually enter-
you switch it on. ing an address.
Whenever you switch on the infotainment sys- Don't show again Disables the possibility of
tem, the initial setup screen will be displayed changing the settings of the Infotainment
››› Fig. 16 if any parameters have not been set system. If you wish to perform the initial
(marked with “ ”) or if the Don't show again configuration, you must access through
function button has not been pressed. Help.
Function buttons: Start Starts up the Configuration Wizard.
A Press to set day and time. End Once one or more settings have been ap-
plied, press to finalise the setup in the main
B Press to search and store to memory the
menu of the wizard.
radio stations that have the best reception
at that moment. Closes the Configuration Wizard.
C Press to go to the Online Media settings.
D Press to link your mobile phone to the Info-
tainment system.

37
 Driver information

Vehicle information

Fig. 17 Schematic diagram: Vehicle information

and status.

Pressing on Vehicle info in the main

menu opens the Vehicle info menu with the
following submenus:
● Driving data: The average consumption,
average speed, distance travelled, trip dura-
tion and autonomy are shown. It has 3 memo-
ries: “Since start”, “Long-term” and “Since refu-
elling”.
● Vehicle status: The warnings regarding
faults, incidents, memorisation of the tyre pres-
sure or information of the next inspection serv-
ice are displayed.
● e-Info: Shows the electric range and power
flow.

38
 Infotainment Driver
systeminformation
operation and displays

Assist systems and vehicle settings

Fig. 18 Schematic diagram: Assistants and vehicle

settings

Press ››› Fig. 18 A , or Vehicle settings in ● Smart Assistants ● Driver alerts

the main menu to open the assistants and vehi- – Activate / deactivate ESC, stabilisation sys- – Fatigue detection ››› page 27.
cle settings menu. Next, clicking on any of the tems and brake assist ››› page 172. – Dynamic road sign display ››› page 28.
menus located in the left area B , displays the
– Switch the Start-Stop system on / off – Lane departure warning (Side Assist)
settings menu or the selected assist systems on
the display. ››› page 158 ››› page 203.
– Adaptive cruise control (ACC)
The number of assist systems and settings de- – Eco-efficient driving assistant ››› page 30.
pend on the version and the country in ques- ››› page 183.
Drive Profile ››› page 169
tion. – Lane Assist (lane departure warning sys-
tem) ››› page 195. Battery manager ››› page 81
Assistance systems
– Emergency brake assistance system (Front Background lighting ››› page 123
● Parking
Assist) ››› page 191. Settings
– Automatic parking brake activation
– Driving Assist (Travel Assist) ››› page 197 ● Instrument cluster ››› page 23.
››› page 208.
– Emergency Assist ››› page 202 ● Lighting ››› page 122.
– Park assist ››› page 212.
– Hill Descent Control (HDC). ● Mirrors ››› page 127.
– Rear cross traffic alert ››› page 226.
– Predictive speed adjustment ››› page 189. ● Closing ››› page 86.

39
 Driver information

● Lights ››› page 117.

● Windows ››› page 127.
● Tyres ››› page 354.
● Windscreen wipers ››› page 125
● Electric drive (PHEV hybrid vehicles) .
● Seats ››› page 110

40
 Infotainment Driver
systeminformation
operation and displays

Departure menu

Fig. 19 Schematic representation: departure

menu.

In the departure menu you can set some func- Hide

tions before leaving the vehicle. When you
When you leave the vehicle, the departure
switch off the ignition, the departure menu is
menu is hidden automatically. Depending on
displayed on the infotainment system.
the equipment, it is also hidden after a certain
The inputs that are displayed depend on the amount of time.
equipment and, if applicable, are only available
● Press to manually hide the departure menu.
under certain conditions. Examples of adjusta-
ble functions are:

● Close windows
● Interior monitoring
● Exit lighting

41
 Safety

● Make sure all luggage is secured ● Always reduce your speed as appropriate for
Safety ››› page 278. road, traffic and weather conditions.
● Make sure that no objects can interfere with ● When travelling long distances, take breaks
Safe driving the pedals. regularly - at least every two hours.
● Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors ● If possible, avoid driving when you are tired or
Safety first! properly according to your size. stressed.
● Ensure that the passengers in the rear seats
WARNING
always have the head restraints in the in-use WARNING
● This manual contains important informa- position ››› page 112.
tion about the operation of the vehicle, both Driving under the influence of alcohol, drugs,
● Instruct passengers to adjust the head re- medication or narcotics may result in severe
for the driver and the passengers. The other
sections of the on-board documentation also straints according to their height. accidents and even loss of life.
contain further information that you should ● Protect children with appropriate child seats ● Alcohol, drugs, medication and narcotics
be aware of for your own safety and for the and properly applied seat belts ››› page 60. may significantly alter perception, affect re-
safety of your passengers. action times and safety while driving, which
● Assume the correct sitting position. Instruct
● Ensure that the on-board documentation is could result in the loss of control of the vehi-
your passengers also to assume a proper sit-
kept in the vehicle at all times. This is espe- cle.
ting position ››› page 43.
cially important when lending or selling the
vehicle to another person. ● Fasten your seat belt securely. Instruct your
passengers also to fasten their seat belts prop- Safety equipment
erly ››› page 45.
Before driving Never put your safety or the safety of your pas-
sengers in danger. In the event of an accident,
For your own safety and the safety of your Factors influencing safety the safety equipment may reduce the risk of
passengers, always note the following points injury. The following points cover part of the
As a driver, you are responsible for yourself and
before every trip: safety equipment in your SEAT1):
your passengers.
● Make sure that the vehicle's lights and turn ● Optimised seat belts for all seats.
● Always pay attention to traffic and do not get
signals are working properly. ● Seat belt tensioners on the driver, front pas-
distracted by passengers or telephone calls.
● Check tyre pressure. senger and rear side seats.
● Never drive when your driving ability is im-
● Ensure that all windows provide a clear and paired (e.g. by medication, alcohol, drugs). ● Seat belt force limiters on the driver, front
good view of the surroundings. passenger and rear side seats.
● Observe traffic laws and speed limits.

1) Depending on the version/market.

42
 Correct sitting position
Safetyof vehicle occupants

● Red warning lamp and, if applicable, seat Safety is everybody's business.

belt status indication.
● Front airbags for driver and passenger.
● Side airbags for driver and passenger.
Correct sitting position of
● Side airbags for the rear seats. vehicle occupants
● Head airbags on both sides of the vehicle.
Correct position on the seat
● Central airbag between the driver and front
passenger.
● Knee airbag.
● Yellow airbag control lamp . Fig. 21 Correct belt web and headrest
positions
● Yellow warning lamp on
the roof console.
The correct sitting positions for the driver and
● Yellow warning lamp on passengers are shown below.
the roof console.
If your physical constitution prevents you from
● Control units and sensors. maintaining the correct sitting position, contact
● Optimised and height-adjustable headrests. a specialised workshop for help with any spe-
● Adjustable steering column. Fig. 20 The correct distance between the cial devices. The seat belt and airbag can only
driver and the steering wheel must be at least provide optimum protection if a correct sitting
● ISOFIX/i-Size anchor points for child seats. position is adopted. SEAT recommends taking
25 cm (10 inches).
● Child seat top tether attachment points. your car in for technical service.
The safety equipment mentioned above works For your own safety and to reduce the risk of
together to provide you and your passengers injury in the event of an accident or sudden
with the best possible protection in the event braking or manoeuvre, SEAT recommend the
of an accident. However, these safety systems following positions:
can only be effective if you and your passen-
gers are sitting in a correct position and use this Valid for all vehicle occupants:
equipment properly.
● Adjust the headrest so that its upper edge is
at the same level as the top of your head, or as
close as possible to the same level as the top of

43
 Safety

your head and under no circumstances below ● Adjust the height of the seat so that you can
WARNING
eye level. Keep the back of your neck as close reach the top of the steering wheel.
as possible to the headrest ››› Fig. 21. Sitting in an incorrect position may increase
● Always keep both feet in the footwell so that
the risk of severe or lethal injuries in the
● Short people must fully lower the headrest you have the vehicle under control at all times.
event of sudden braking or manoeuvring, in
completely, even if your head is below its upper case of collision or accident and if the air-
edge. For the passenger, the following applies: bags deploy.
● Tall people must fully raise the headrest. ● Move the seat backrest to an almost upright ● Before starting the car, all passengers
● Always keep your feet in the footwell while position so that your back rests completely must be sitting in a correct position and stay
the vehicle is in motion. against it. like that for the entire journey. This also ap-
plies to a correct use of the seat belt.
● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ● Move the seat as far back as possible (mini-
● The maximum amount of people in the ve-
››› page 45. mum 25 cm between the chest and the instru-
ment panel check translation). If you are sitting hicle is the same as the amount of seats with
closer than 25 cm, the airbag system cannot seat belts.
The following also applies to the driver:
protect you properly. ● For children, always use a protection sys-
● Move the seat backrest to an almost upright tem that is approved and suited for their
position so that your back rests completely weight and height ››› page 60.
against it. Number of seats ● While driving, always keep your feet in the
● Adjust the steering wheel so that it is at a footwell. Never place them over the seat or
The vehicle has 5 seats, 2 in the front and 3 in
distance of at least 25 cm (10 inches) from the the dash panel, for example, or outside the
the rear. All seats are equipped with a safety
sternum ››› Fig. 20 and can hold it with both belt.
window. Otherwise the airbag and seat belt
hands on the sides, on the outside, with the may offer insufficient protection and also in-
arms slightly flexed. Check the official documentation for the num- crease the risk of injury in the event of an
ber of occupants approved for your vehicle. accident.
● The steering wheel must always point to-
wards the chest and never towards the face.
● Adjust the seat lengthwise so that you can Risks of sitting in an incorrect posi-
fully step on the pedals with your knees slightly tion
bent and there is a distance between the knee
area and the instrument panel of at least 10 cm If seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at all,
(4 inches) ››› Fig. 21. the risk of severe or lethal injuries increases.
Seat belts can provide optimal protection only
if the belt web is properly worn. Incorrect sitting
positions substantially reduce the protective
function of seat belts and, therefore, increase

44
 Seat
Safety
belts

the risk of severe or even lethal injuries. The risk Properly worn seat belts hold the occupants
WARNING
of severe or fatal injuries is especially height- in the proper position. They also help prevent
ened when a deploying airbag strikes a vehicle Sitting in an incorrect position increases the uncontrolled movements that may result in seri-
occupant who has assumed an incorrect sitting risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event ous injury and reduce the risk of being thrown
position. The driver is responsible for all people, of accidents and sudden braking or manoeu- out of the vehicle in case of an accident.
vres.
particularly children, inside the vehicle. Vehicle occupants wearing their seat belts cor-
● All occupants must sit correctly during the
The following list contains examples of incor- rectly benefit greatly from the ability of the
journey and wear the seat belt correctly.
rect sitting positions that could be dangerous belts to absorb kinetic energy. In addition, the
for all vehicle occupants. ● Occupants of the vehicle that are not sit- front part of your vehicle and other passive
ting correctly, not wearing the seat belt or safety features (such as the airbag system) are
are not at a proper distance of the airbag risk
When the vehicle is in motion: designed to absorb the kinetic energy released
suffering very serious or lethal injuries, espe-
in a collision. Taken together, all these features
● Never stand in the vehicle. cially if the airbags deploy and strike them.
reduce the releasing kinetic energy and conse-
● Never stand on the seats. quently, the risk of injury. This is why it is so
● Never kneel on the seats. important to fasten seat belts before every trip,
Seat belts even when "just driving around the corner".
● Never tilt your seat backrest too far to the
rear. Ensure that your passengers wear their seat
Introduction
● Never lean against the instrument panel. belts as well. Accident statistics have shown
that wearing seat belts is an effective means of
● Never lie on the rear seats. substantially reducing the risk of injury and im-
● Never sit on the front edge of a seat. proving the chances of survival when involved
● Never sit sideways. in a serious accident. Furthermore, properly
worn seat belts improve the protection provi-
● Never lean out of a window.
ded by airbags in the event of an accident. For
● Never put your feet out of a window. this reason, wearing a seat belt is required by
● Never put your feet on the instrument panel. law in most countries.
● Never place your feet on the bench or on the Although your vehicle is equipped with airbags,
backrest of the seat. the seat belts must be fastened and worn. The
● Never travel in a footwell. front airbags, for example, are only triggered in
Fig. 22 Drivers with properly worn seat belts
some cases of head-on collision. The front air-
● Never sit on the armrests. will not be thrown forward in the event of
bags will not be triggered during minor frontal
● Never travel without wearing the seat belt. sudden braking.
or side collisions, rear-end collisions, overturns
● Never travel in the luggage compartment. or accidents in which the airbag trigger thresh-
old value in the control unit is not exceeded.

45
 Safety

Important safety instructions for the use of ● Never use seat belt clips, fastening rings or ● Fasten your seat belt securely.
seat belts similar items to alter the position of the belt ● Instruct your passengers to fasten their seat
webbing. belts properly before driving off.
● Always wear the seat belt as described in this
section. ● Frayed or torn seat belts or damage to ● Protect children by using a child seat ac-
the connections, belt retractors or parts of cording to the child's height and weight
● Ensure that the seat belts can be fastened at the buckle could cause severe injuries in the
all times and are not damaged. ››› page 60.
event of an accident. Therefore, you must
check the condition of all seat belts at regu- When starting to drive, if the vehicle's speed
WARNING lar intervals. exceeds approx. 25 km/h (15 mph) and the seat
● If seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at ● Seat belts which have been worn in an ac- belts are not fastened or are unfastened while
all, the risk of severe injuries increases. The cident and have been stretched must be re- driving, a warning sound will be heard for a few
optimal protection from seat belts can be placed by a specialised workshop. Renewal seconds. In addition, the warning lamp on the
achieved only if you use them properly. may be necessary even if there is no ap- instrument cluster display flashes.
● Never allow two passengers (even chil- parent damage. The belt anchorage should The lamp goes out when the ignition is on
dren) to share the same seat belt. also be checked. and all occupants have fastened their seat
● Never unbuckle a seat belt while the vehi- ● Do not attempt to repair a damaged seat belts.
cle is in motion. Risk of fatal injury. belt yourself. The seat belts must not be re-
● The seat belt should never lie on hard or moved or modified in any way. Rear seat belts fastened display
fragile objects (such as glasses or pens, etc.) ● The belts must be kept clean, otherwise
because this can cause injuries. the retractors may not work properly.
● Do not allow the seat belt to be damaged
or jammed, or to rub on any sharp edges.
Seat belt buckled indication
● Never wear the seat belt under the arm or
in any other incorrect position. It lights up red
● Bulky and unfastened clothing (such as an The driver or one of the passengers have
overcoat over a sweater) impairs the proper not fastened their seat belts.
fit and function of the seat belts, reducing
The control lamp lights up to remind the
their capacity to protect.
driver to fasten their seat belt.
● The slot in the seat belt buckle must not be
blocked with paper or other objects, as this Before starting the vehicle: Fig. 23 Instrument cluster: indication of the
can prevent the latch plate from engaging status of the rear seat seat belts.
securely.

46
 Seat
Safety
belts

Depending on the version of the model, when Head-on collisions and the laws of The effects of the laws of physics in the case of
the ignition is switched on, the status display of a head-on collision are easy to explain: the mo-
physics
the belts ››› Fig. 23 informs the driver on the in- ment a vehicle starts moving, a type of energy
strument panel display whether the occupants called “kinetic energy” starts acting on both the
of the rear seats have their seat belts fastened. vehicle and its passengers.
The amount of “kinetic energy” depends on the
It indicates that the corresponding seat is speed of the vehicle and on the weight of the
empty. vehicle and of its passengers. The higher they
Indicates that the seat is occupied and the are, the more energy there is to be “absorbed”
occupant is wearing the seat belt. in the event of an accident.
The most significant factor, however, is the
If a rear seat occupant unfastens his/her seat
speed of the vehicle. If the speed doubles from
belt while driving, the symbol lights up for
25 km/h (15 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), for
a maximum of 60 seconds. If you drive faster
Fig. 24 A driver not wearing a seat belt may be example, the corresponding kinetic energy is
than approx. 25 km/h (15 mph), an audio signal
thrown forward violently. multiplied by four.
sounds for a few seconds.
Given that the passengers of the vehicle in our
If a seat belt is fastened or unfastened while example do not have their seat belts fastened,
driving in some of the rear seats, the seat belt in the event of a collision the entire amount of
status is displayed for approximately 30 sec- the passengers' kinetic energy will be only ab-
onds. sorbed by the mentioned impact.
Even at speeds of 30 km/h (19 mph) to 50 km/h
(30 mph), the forces acting on bodies in a colli-
sion can easily exceed one tonne (1000 kg). At
greater speed these forces are even higher.
Vehicle occupants not wearing seat belts are
not “attached” to the vehicle. In a head-on col-
Fig. 25 Any rear seat occupants not wearing lision, they will move forward at the same speed
a seat belt may be thrown forward violently, their vehicle was travelling just before the im-
hitting the driver who is wearing the seat belt. pact. This example applies not only to head-on
collisions, but to all accidents and collisions.
Even at low speeds the forces acting on the
body in a collision are so great that it is not pos-
sible to brace oneself with one's hands. In the

47
 Safety

event of a head-on collision, vehicle occupants Releasing the seat belt

not wearing a seat belt will be thrown uncon-
Only unfasten the seat belt when the vehicle
trollably forward and will collide, for example,
has come to a standstill ››› .
against the steering wheel, instrument panel or
windscreen ››› Fig. 24. ● Press the red button on the buckle ››› Fig. 27.
The latch plate is released from the buckle.
It is also important for rear passengers to wear
seat belts properly, as they could otherwise be ● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up
thrown forward violently through the vehicle in- easily and the trim will not be damaged.
terior in an accident. If a rear seat occupant
is not wearing a seat belt, they are not only en- WARNING
dangering themselves but also the occupants Fig. 27 Release the seat belt's latch plate. ● The seat belt cannot offer its full protec-
of the front seats ››› Fig. 25.
tion unless the seat backrest is in an upright
Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occu- position and the seat belt is worn correctly,
Fastening and unfastening the seat pants in the position that most protects them according to your size.
in the event of an accident or sudden braking ● Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehicle
belt
››› . is in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries
in the event of an accident or sudden brak-
Fastening the seat belt ing.
Fasten your seat belt before each trip. ● The seat belt itself, or a loose seat belt,
can cause severe injuries if the belt moves
● Adjust the front seat and head restraint cor-
from hard areas of the body to soft areas
rectly ››› page 43. (e.g. the stomach).
● Engage the seat backrest of the rear seat in
an upright position ››› .
● Pull the latch plate and place the belt web-
bing evenly across your chest and lap. Do not
Fig. 26 Insert the latch plate of the seat belt twist the seat belt when doing so ››› .
into the buckle. ● Insert the buckle plate in the buckle of the
correct seat ››› Fig. 26.
● Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is
securely engaged in the buckle.

48
 Seat
Safety
belts

Correct position of the seat belt will hold the vehicle occupants in the optimum
WARNING
position to ensure the airbag provides the max-
imum protection. The seat belt must therefore An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause
always be worn and the webbing correctly severe or fatal injuries in the event of an acci-
positioned. dent.
● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie
Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe or
on the centre of the shoulder, never across
even fatal injuries ››› page 43, Correct sitting
the neck or the arm.
position of vehicle occupants.
● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comforta-
● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie bly on the torso
on the centre of the shoulder, never across the
● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across
neck or the arm, under the arm or behind the
the pelvis, never across the stomach. The
shoulder.
seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on
Fig. 28 Correct seat belt and headrest ● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis Pull the belt tight if necessary to
positions, viewed from front and the side. the pelvis, never across the stomach. take up any slack.
● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably. ● In the case of pregnant women, the ab-
Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up any dominal strap of the seat belt should pass
slack. as low as possible across the pelvic area,
resting flat and “surrounding” the abdomen
In the case of pregnant women, the seat belt
››› Fig. 29.
should pass uniformly over the chest and as
● Do not twist the seat belt while it is fas-
low as possible through the pelvic area with the
tened.
strap flat so it does not press down on the ab-
domen; in addition, it must be used throughout ● Once the seat belt is positioned correctly,
the entire pregnancy ››› Fig. 29. don't pull it away from your body with your
hand.

Adapting the position of the belt webbing to ● Do not lie the seat belt across rigid or frag-
ile objects, e.g. glasses, pens or keys.
your size
Fig. 29 Position of seat belt during pregnancy. ● Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings or
The position of the seat belt can be adapted by similar instruments to alter the position of the
adjusting the height of the front seats. belt webbing.
Seat belts offer their maximum protection in
the event of an accident and reduce the risk
of sustaining severe or fatal injuries only when
they are properly positioned. Furthermore, if the
webbing is correctly positioned, the seat belt

49
 Safety

protection can tension the front seat belts auto- Reversible belt tensioning (proactive occu-
Note
matically if they are worn1). The two belts are pant protection)
If your physical constitution prevents you loosened again if an accident does not happen
from maintaining the correct position of the A reversible tensioning of the seat belts may
or when the critical situation passes. Proactive
belt webbing, contact a specialised work- occur in certain driving situations ››› page 51.
occupant protection is ready to operate again
shop for help with any special devices to en- For example:
sure the optimum protection of the seat belt
››› page 51.
● in the event of sudden brakes
and airbag. SEAT recommends taking your
car in for technical service. Seat belt tensioner ● in the event of oversteering or understeering
The seat belts on the front seats and, depend- ● in the event of minor collisions
ing on the equipment, side rear seats are fitted
Automatic retractor, tensioner and with tensioners. Belt force limiter
belt force limiter The tensioners are activated by sensors in the Depending on the equipment and the country
Vehicle seat belts are part of the vehicle’s event of severe head-on, side and rear colli- in question, in the event of an accident, the seat
safety system ››› page 43. This system has the sions (in hybrid vehicles they are also activated belt force limiter reduces the force the seat belt
following important functions: in the event of a roll-over), and they tension exerts on the body.
the seat belts in a direction opposite their ex-
tension.
Automatic belt retractor Note
If the seat belt is slack, the tensioner tightens
The seat belt shoulder straps on the driver's ● After certain driving situations, the reversi-
it. This cushions the movement of occupants
and front passenger seats, as well as those on ble belt tensioners may be left permanently
forwards towards the impact.
the rear side seats (and, depending on equip- tensioned1). In this case, to loosen the belt, it
ment, also the seat belt of the central rear The belt pre-tensioners work in combination must be removed manually while the vehicle
seat) are fitted with automatic retractors. This with the airbag system. The belt pre-tensioners is stationary and then replaced correctly.
device ensures complete freedom of movement activate in combination with some of the air-
● The relevant safety requirements must be
when the shoulder strap is pulled gently or bags, depending on the collision type.
observed if the vehicle or any components of
during normal driving. However, during sudden When activated, a fine powder may be re- the system are to be scrapped. Specialised
braking, when driving in the mountains, around leased. This is completely normal and it is not workshops are aware of these requirements.
bends and when accelerating, the retractor an indication of fire in the vehicle.
locks the seat belt if it extends rapidly.
In critical driving situations, e.g. in the event
of emergency braking or in the case of over-
steer and understeer, the proactive occupant

1) Only if fitted with the PreCrash System.

50
 PreCrash
Safety
system

Maintenance and disposal of seat ● Automatic closing of the windows until they
For the sake of the environment
are just cracked open and, depending on the
belt tensioners Airbag modules and belt tensioners may equipment, of the sunroof.
contain perchlorate.
The belt tensioners are components of the seat ● In the event of overturning, depending on the
belts that are installed in the seats of your Observe the legal requirements for their dis- equipment, activation of the belt tensioners.
vehicle. If you work on the belt tensioners or posal.
Depending on how critical the driving situation
remove and install parts of the system when
is, the belts are either tightened individually, or
performing other repair work, the seat belt may
both belts at the same time.
be damaged. The consequence may be that, PreCrash system
in the event of an accident, the belt tensioners
In addition to Front Assist
function incorrectly or may not function at all. How it works
So that the effectiveness of the seat belt ten- In vehicles with Front Assist ››› page 191,
The PreCrash system is an assistance system within the limits of the system, information is
sioner is not reduced and that removed parts
that actives a series of measures to protect the assessed on the risk of collision with the vehicle
do not cause any injuries or environmental pol-
occupants of the vehicles in potentially risky in front. The functions of the PreCrash system
lution, regulations, which are known to the spe-
situations, but which cannot prevent a collision. may also be activated if there is a high likeli-
cialised workshops, must be observed.
It only works completely if no special driving hood of a rear-end collision, or during the acti-
profile is selected and if there are no operating vation of Front Assist.
WARNING anomalies.
Improper handling and home repairs to seat In addition to the Emergency Assist system
belts, automatic retractors and belt tension- Basic features In vehicles with emergency assist, driver status
ers may increase the risk of serious or fa-
Depending on the legal provisions of the coun- information is assessed within the limitations of
tal injuries. The tensioners may not activate,
even though they should, or they may acti- try and the features of the vehicle, in critical this system. The following PreCrash systems
vate unexpectedly. situations (e.g. in certain cases of emergency may be activated if a lack of activity is detec-
braking or loss of control of the vehicle by the ted:
● Never repair, adjust, or disassemble and
reassemble seat belt components or ten-
driver) the following functions can be activated ● Reversible seat belt tensioning of the driver's
sioners. Always have this work carried out by separately or at the same time when the vehi- seat belt.
a specialist workshop. cle is travelling faster than approximately 30
● Automatic closing of the windows until they
km/h (20 mph).
● Seat belts, tensioners and their automatic are just cracked open and, depending on the
retractors cannot be repaired and have to be ● Reversible tensioning of front seat belts that equipment, of the sunroof.
replaced. are fastened.
● Operation of the hazard warning lights.

51
 Safety

Activation of the PreCrash system WARNING Airbag system

The PreCrash system can be partially deac- The PreCrash system cannot overcome the
tivated by deactivating the traction and/or limits imposed by the laws of physics; it only Why is it so important to wear a seat
stability control, depending on the equip- works within the limits of the system. Risks belt and to sit correctly?
ment. When these vehicle safety controls are that compromise safety are never justified by
switched on (by default, every time the ignition the use of this system. The system is not a re- For the inflating airbags to achieve the best
is turned on), the system is fully activated. placement for driver awareness and cannot protection, the seat belt must always be worn
prevent a collision. properly and the correct sitting position must
Driving profile selection settings ● Adapt your speed and safe distance to be assumed.
the vehicle in front of you at all times to suit
In vehicles with driving profile selection, Pre- The airbag system is not a substitute for seat
the visibility, weather, road and traffic condi-
Crash adapts to suit the special vehicle belts, but it is an integral part of the vehicle's
tions.
configuration of the corresponding profile overall passive safety system. Please bear in
››› page 169. ● The system is not always able to recognise mind that the airbag system can only work ef-
objects. fectively when the vehicle occupants are wear-
Limited operation ● The system may not react to people or ing their seat belts correctly and have adjus-
animals or objects that cross length-wise or ted the head restraints properly. Therefore, it is
The PreCrash system is not available or only that are hard to detect. most important to properly wear the seat belts
has limited availability in the following situa- at all times, not only because this is required by
● Metallic objects (e.g. fences) or other ele-
tions: ments of the public road or adverse weather law in most countries, but also for your safety
● When the TCS and/or ESC is off. conditions can hinder its operation and thus ››› page 45, Seat belts.
its ability to detect collision risk.
● When driving in reverse. The airbag inflates in a matter of seconds, so if
● Never ignore the warning lamps that light you are not properly seated when the airbag is
● When the airbag control unit is not operating
up or the messages shown on the dashboard. triggered, you may sustain fatal injuries. There-
properly.
fore, it is essential that all vehicle occupants as-
● When there is a fault in the system itself, in the
sume a correct sitting position while travelling.
ESC or in the Front Assist. WARNING
Sharp braking before an accident may cause a
Distracting the driver in any way can lead to
Troubleshooting an accident and cause injuries.
passenger not wearing a seat belt to be thrown
forward into the area of the deploying airbag.
If the PreCrash is not working correctly, the ● Never change settings on the Infotainment
In this case, the inflating airbag may inflict criti-
message System unavailable or System System while driving.
cal or fatal injuries on the occupant. This also
with limited functions is shown perma- applies to children.
nently on the instrument cluster screen. Get the
system checked by a SEAT Official Service.

52
 Airbag
Safety
system

Always maintain the greatest possible distance ● To reduce the risk of injury from an inflating There is a fault in the system if the control
between yourself and the front airbag. This airbag, always wear the seat belt properly lamp :
way, the front airbags can completely deploy ››› page 45. ● does not light up when the ignition is switched
when triggered, providing their maximum pro-
tection. on ››› page 54,

The most important factors for triggering the Description of the airbag system ● turns off after 4 seconds after the ignition is
airbag are the type of accident, the angle of switched on,
The airbag system offers additional protection
impact and the vehicle speed. ● turns off and then lights up again after the
for the occupants in combination with the seat
ignition is switched on,
Whether or not the airbags are activated de- belts.
pends primarily on the vehicle deceleration ● illuminates or flashes while the vehicle is mov-
rate resulting from the collision and detected ing.
The airbag system comprises the following
by the control unit. If the vehicle deceleration
modules (as per vehicle equipment):
occurring during the collision and measured by The airbag system is not triggered if:
the control unit remains below the specified ● Electronic control unit
● the ignition is switched off
reference values, the front, side and/or curtain ● Front airbags for driver and passenger
airbags will not be triggered. Take into account ● there is a minor frontal collision
● Knee airbag for the driver
that the visible damage in a vehicle involved ● there is a minor side collision
in an accident, no matter how serious, is not a ● Side airbags
● there is a rear-end collision
determining factor for the airbags to have been ● Central airbag for the driver
● in the event of the vehicle overturning if the
activated. ● Head airbag dynamic characteristics measured by the con-
● Airbag control lamp on the instrument trol unit are too low,
WARNING panel ››› page 54 ● the impact speed is lower than the reference
Wearing the seat belt incorrectly or assum- ● Key-operated switch for front passenger air- value programmed in the control unit.
ing an incorrect sitting position can lead to bag
critical or fatal injuries
● Control lamp for disabled/enabled status of
● All vehicle occupants, including children, the front passenger airbag.
who are not properly belted can sustain criti-
cal or fatal injuries if the airbag is triggered. The airbag system operation is monitored elec-
Children up to 12 years old should always tronically. The airbag control lamp will illumi-
travel on the rear seat. Never transport chil- nate for a few seconds every time the ignition is
dren in the vehicle if they are not restrained switched on (self-diagnosis).
or the restraint system is not appropriate for
their age, size or weight.

53
 Safety

Activation factors ● Rear side airbag on the side of the accident.

WARNING
The conditions that lead to the airbag system ● Central airbag.
● The seat belts and airbags can only pro-
vide maximum protection if the occupants activating in each situation cannot be general-
are seated correctly ››› page 43. ised. Some factors play an important role, such In an accident with airbag activation:
as the properties of the object the vehicle hits ● the interior lights switch on (if the interior light
● If a fault has occurred in the airbag sys-
(hard/soft), angle of impact, vehicle speed, etc. switch is in the courtesy light position);
tem, have the system checked immediately
by a specialised workshop. Otherwise there Deceleration trajectory is key for airbag activa- ● the hazard warning lights switch on;
is a danger that during a collision, the system tion.
may fail to trigger, or not trigger correctly. ● all doors are unlocked;
The control unit analyses the collision trajec-
● the fuel supply to the engine is cut;
tory and activates the respective restraint sys-
tem. ● in hybrid vehicles, the high voltage system is
Airbag activation switched off;
If the deceleration rate is below the predefined
The airbags deploy extremely rapidly, within reference value in the control unit the airbags ● an emergency call is started.
thousands of a second, to provide additional will not be triggered, even though the accident
protection in the event of an accident. A fine may cause extensive damage to the car.
dust may develop when the airbag deploys.
Airbag system control lamps
This is normal and it is not an indication of fire in The following airbags are triggered in seri- Lights up on the instrument cluster
the vehicle. Fault in the airbag system and seat belt
ous head-on collisions:
The airbag system is only ready to function tensioners. Have the system checked im-
● Driver airbag.
when the ignition is on. mediately by a specialised workshop.
● Front passenger front airbag
In special accidents instances, several airbags
may activate at the same time. ● Knee airbag for the driver. Lights up on the roof console
● Head airbags. Front passenger front airbag deactivated.
In the event of minor head-on and side colli- Check if the airbag should be kept deacti-
sions, rear-end collisions, overturning or rollover vated.
of the vehicle, airbags do not activate. In the event of serious side collisions, some
(or all) of the following airbags can be acti- Lights up on the roof console
Airbags only activate if the vehicle overturns in Front passenger front airbag activated. The
the hybrid plug-in version of the vehicle. vated (depending on the severity of the col-
control lamp turns off automatically 60
lision): seconds after the ignition is switched on.
● Curtain (head) airbag on the side of the acci-
dent.
● Front side airbag on the side of the accident.

54
 Airbag
Safety
system

Several warning and control lamps light up for ● Do not mount a child seat in the front pas-
a few seconds when the ignition is switched senger seat or remove the mounted child
on, signalling that the function is being verified. seat! The front passenger front airbag may
They will switch off after a few seconds. deploy during an accident in spite of the
If the airbag and seat belt tensioner system fault.
control lamp remains on or flashes, it indi-
cates a malfunction in the airbag and seat NOTICE
belt tensioner system ››› . Have the system
Always pay attention to any lit control lamps
checked immediately by a specialised work-
and to the corresponding descriptions and
shop.
instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle
If the front passenger airbag has been deacti- or harm to the occupants. Fig. 31 Front passenger airbag located in dash
vated, the warning lamp remains lit on the panel.
roof console to remind you that the airbag is
deactivated. If, with the front passenger airbag Front airbags The driver's front airbag is housed in the steer-
deactivated, this lamp does not remain lit or ing wheel and that of the front passenger, on
if it is lit along with the control lamp on the the dash panel. Airbags are identified by the
instrument panel, there is a fault in the airbag word “AIRBAG”.
system ››› . If the control lamp is flashing, The airbag covers open and remain attached
there is a fault in the disabling of the airbag to the steering wheel and instrument panel
system ››› . Have the system checked imme- when the driver and front passenger air-
diately by a specialised workshop. bags are triggered, respectively ››› Fig. 30 ,
WARNING ››› Fig. 31.
In conjunction with the seat belts, the front
In the event of a fault in the airbag and seat
belt tensioner system, the airbags and seat airbag system gives the front occupants addi-
belts may not trigger correctly, may fail to tional protection for the head and chest in the
Fig. 30 Driver’s airbag in the steering wheel.
trigger or may even trigger unexpectedly. event of a severe frontal collision ››› .
● The vehicle occupants run the risk of sus- In addition, in certain head-on collisions, the
taining severe or fatal injuries. Have the sys- head airbag is triggered on both sides of the
tem checked immediately by a specialised vehicle.
workshop.
Their special design allows the controlled es-
cape of the propellant gas when an occupant
puts pressure on the bag. Thus, the head and

55
 Safety

chest are protected by the airbag. After the ● Insert the key blade into the slot provided
collision, the airbag deflates sufficiently to al- in the front passenger airbag disconnection
low visibility. switch ››› Fig. 32. About 3/4 of the key should
enter; this is as far as it will go.
WARNING
● Turn the key gently to change its position to
● The deployment space between the front (deactivate) or to (activate). If you have
passengers and the airbags must not in any difficulty, ensure that you have inserted the key
case be occupied by other passenger, pets as far as it will go.
and objects.
● Close the front passenger door.
● The airbags provide protection for just one
accident; replace them once they have de- ● When deactivating the airbag, switch the ig-
ployed.
Fig. 33 On the roof console: passenger airbag nition on and check that the control lamp
deactivation control lamp. remains lit ››› Fig. 33.
● It is also important not to attach any
objects such as cup holders or telephone ● When reactivating the airbag, check that
Deactivate the front passenger front airbag
mountings to the surfaces covering the air- when the ignition is switched on, the con-
bag units. only if you have to use a rear-facing child seat
trol lamp does not light up and the lamp
in the front passenger seat.
lights up for 60 seconds and then turns off.
SEAT recommends fitting the child seat in the
Activate and deactivate front pas- rear seat to avoid having to deactivate the front
WARNING
senger front airbag passenger airbag.
● The driver of the vehicle is responsible for
When the front passenger airbag is deactiva-
disabling or switching on the airbag.
ted, this means that only the front passenger
front airbag is deactivated. All the other airbags ● Always switch off the ignition before disa-
in the vehicle remain activated. bling the front passenger airbag! Failure to
do so could result in a fault in the airbag de-
activation system.
Deactivate and activate the front passenger
● Never leave the key in the airbag disabling
front airbag
switch as it could get damaged or enable or
● Switch the ignition off. disable the airbag during driving.
● Open the passenger side door. ● If for any reason an airbag is deactivated,
reactivate it as soon as possible so that it
● Remove the key shaft from the vehicle key.
can fulfil its protective function.
Fig. 32 Switch for activating and deactivating
the front passenger airbag.

56
 Airbag
Safety
system

Central airbag When triggered, the central airbag fills the

WARNING
marked zone (deployment zone) ››› Fig. 35. For
this reason, never place or fix objects in this Improper manipulation of the driver and front
passenger seats can prevent the central air-
zone ››› .
bag from operating correctly and cause seri-
The central airbag triggers in the case of a side ous injuries.
collision or if the vehicle overturns, reducing the
● Never remove the front seats from the vehi-
risk of vehicle occupants suffering injuries.
cle or modify their components.
● If the backrest side bolsters are subjected
WARNING to a lot of force, the central airbag may not
When triggered, the airbag inflates at high trigger correctly,it may not trigger at all or if
speed in milliseconds. may trigger unexpectedly.
● Have a specialised repair shop immedi-
Fig. 34 In the inner padding of the driver's seat ● Always keep the central airbag deploy-
ately repair any damage to the original seat
backrest: central airbag. ment zone clear.
upholstery or seams in the area of the cen-
● Never attach objects to the central airbag tral airbag module.
cover or the deployment zone.
● Do not allow other people, animals or ob-
jects to get between the occupants of the Side airbags
front seats and the airbag deployment zone.
Make sure that all vehicle occupants, includ-
ing children, follow this rule.
● Never use upholstery or seat covers that
have not been explicitly authorised for the
seats of the vehicle. Otherwise, the side air-
bag will not be able to deploy if triggered.

Fig. 35 Fully inflated central airbag

(deployment zone).

The central airbag is installed for the front seats

and is located in the inner padding of the driv-
er's seat backrest.
Fig. 36 Side airbag in driver's seat.
The location of the central airbag is indicated
by the inscription “AIRBAG” ››› Fig. 34.

57
 Safety

WARNING ● The built-in coat hooks should be used only

for lightweight clothing. Do not leave any
● If you do not wear a seat belt, if you lean
heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pock-
forward, or are not seated correctly while the ets.
vehicle is in motion, you are at a greater risk
of injury if the side airbag system is triggered ● Great forces, such as hard blows or kicks,
in an accident. must not be exerted upon the backrest bol-
ster because the system may be damaged.
● In order for the side airbags to provide
In this case, the side airbags would not be
their maximum protection, the prescribed sit- triggered.
ting position must always be maintained with
seat belts fastened while travelling. ● Under no circumstances should protective
covers be fitted over seats with side airbags
Fig. 37 Illustration of completely inflated side ● In a side-on collision the side airbags will
unless the covers have been approved for
airbag on left side of vehicle. not work if the sensors do not correctly use in your vehicle. Because the airbag de-
measure the pressure increase on the inte- ploys from the side of the backrest, the use
The side airbags are located in the backrests rior of the doors, due to air escaping through of conventional seat covers would obstruct
of the front seats and in the sides of the rear the areas with holes or openings in the door the side airbag, seriously reducing the air-
seat, depending on the vehicle's configuration panel. bag's effectiveness.
››› Fig. 36, ››› Fig. 37. ● Never drive if the interior door panels have ● Any damage to the original seat upholstery
been removed or if the panels have not been or around the seams of the side airbag units
Its location is marked with the word “AIRBAG” on correctly fitted. must be repaired immediately by a special-
the upper part of the back of the seats or on the ● Occupants of the outer seats must never ised workshop.
lower coverings with the word AIRBAG in relief. carry any objects or pets in the deployment ● The airbags provide protection for just one
space between them and the airbags, or al- accident; replace them once they have de-
In conjunction with the seat belts, the side air-
low children or other passengers to travel ployed.
bag system provides additional protection for
in this position. It is also important not to at-
the upper body in the event of a severe side tach any accessories (such as cup holders) ● Any work on the side airbag system or re-
collision ››› . to the doors. This would impair the protection moval and installation of the airbag compo-
offered by the side airbags. nents for other repairs (such as removal of
In a side collision, the side airbags reduce the
the front seat) should only be performed by a
risk of injury to passengers to the areas of the ● Ensure that children are correctly seated
specialised workshop. Otherwise, faults may
body facing the impact. In addition to their nor- in their seats and that their heads are not occur during the airbag system operation.
mal protection, the seat belts also hold the in the deployment zone of the side airbags
passengers in the event of a side collision; this ››› Fig. 37, as deploying airbags could hit
is how these airbags provide maximum protec- them and cause serious injury.
tion.

58
 Airbag
Safety
system

Head-protection airbags The head-protection airbags reduce the risk of ● The built-in coat hooks should be used only
injury to passengers in the front and rear side for lightweight clothing. Do not leave any
seats facing the impact. heavy or sharp-edged objects in the pock-
ets. Please, do not hang the clothes on coat
hangers.
WARNING
● The airbags provide protection for just one
● In order for the head-protection airbags
accident; replace them once they have de-
to provide their maximum protection, the pre- ployed.
scribed sitting position must always be main-
tained with seat belts fastened while travel- ● Any work on the head-protection airbag
ling. system or removal and installation of the air-
bag components for other repairs (such as
● For safety reasons, the curtain airbag must
removal of the roof lining) should only be
be disabled in those vehicles fitted with a performed by a specialised workshop. Oth-
Fig. 38 Location and deployment area of the screen dividing the interior of the vehicle. erwise, faults may occur during the airbag
head-protection airbag. See your technical service to make this ad- system operation.
justment.
● The side and head airbags are managed
Head-protection airbags are on both sides of ● There must be no other persons, animals
through sensors located in the interior of the
the passenger compartment, above the doors or objects between the occupants of the front doors. To ensure the correct operation
››› Fig. 38 and their location is indicated with outer seats and the deployment space of the of the side and curtain airbags neither the
the word “AIRBAG”. head-protection airbags so that the head- doors nor the door panels should be modi-
protection airbag can deploy completely fied in any way (e.g. fitting loudspeakers). If
In combination with the seat belts, the Side without restriction and provide the greatest the front door is damaged, the airbag system
Curtain Protection® airbags provide additional possible protection. Therefore, sun blinds may not work correctly. All work carried out
which have not been expressly approved for
protection for the upper part of the body of on the front door must be done in a special-
use in your vehicle may not be attached to ised workshop.
vehicle occupants in the event of serious side
the side windows.
collisions or the vehicle overturning ››› .
● Ensure that children are correctly seated
in their seats and that their heads are not
The framed area is covered by the head-pro-
in the deployment zone of the head airbags
tection airbag when it is deployed (deployment
››› Fig. 38, as deploying airbags could hit
area) ››› Fig. 38. Therefore, objects should
them and cause serious injury.
never be placed or mounted in this area ››› .
In the event of a side collision the curtain airbag
is triggered on the impact side of the vehicle.

59
 Safety

Knee airbag The framed area (deployment area) ››› Fig. 40 The laws of physics involved and the forces
is covered by the knee airbag when it is de- acting in a collision apply also to children
ployed. Objects should never be placed or ››› page 47. But unlike adults, children do not
mounted in this area. have fully developed muscle and bone struc-
tures. This means that children are subject to a
greater risk of injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of injuries, children must al-
● The knee airbag is deployed in front of the
ways use special child restraint systems when
driver's knees. Always keep the deployment
travelling in the vehicle.
areas of the knee airbags free.
● Never not fix objects to the cover or in the We recommend the use of child safety
deployment area of the knee airbag. products from the Original Accessories Pro-
gramme, which includes systems for all ages
● Adjust the driver's seat so that there is a
Fig. 39 On the driver side: location of airbag made by “Peke” (not for all countries) (see
distance of at least 10 cm (4 inches) between
for knees. www.seat.com).
your knees and the location of the this air-
bag. If your physical constitution prevents These systems have been especially designed
you from meeting these requirements, make and approved, complying with the ECE-R44.
sure you contact a specialised workshop. regulation.
SEAT recommends securing the child seats
shown on the website as described below:
Transporting children
safely ● Child seats in the opposite direction of travel
(group 0+): ISOFIX and support leg (ROMER
BABY SAFE 3 i-SIZE + ISOFIX BASE / PEKE G0
Introduction
i-SIZE + i-SIZE BASE).
For safety reasons, as we have learned from ● Child seats in the direction of travel (group 1):
Fig. 40 On the driver side: action radius of accident statistics, we recommend that chil- ISOFIX (PEKE G1 TRIFIX i-SIZE).
airbag for knees. dren under 12 years of age travel in the rear ● Forward-facing child seats (group 2): seatbelt
seats. Depending on their age, height and and ISOFIX (ROMER BRITAX KIDFIX i-SIZE. In ad-
The knee airbag is located on the driver side weight, children travelling in rear seats must use dition, the child seat’s attachment point for the
below the dash panel ››› Fig. 39. Airbags are a child seat or a seat belt. For safety reasons, “SecureGuard” lap belt must be used, and the
identified by the word “AIRBAG”. the child seat should be installed in the rear “SICT” side impact protection system located
seat, behind the front passenger seat or in the at the rear of the child seat must be adjus-
centre back seat.

60
 Transporting
Safety
children safely

ted. Adjust only the “SICT” closest to the door. Child seats by weight group Child seats by approval category
Please follow the child seat manufacturer's us-
The child seats are grouped into 5 categories: Child seats may have the approval category
age instructions).
of universal, semi-universal, vehicle specific (all
● Child seats directed towards the front of the according to the ECE-R44 standard) or i-Size
vehicle (group 3): safety belt (TAKATA MAXI). Age group Weight of the child (according to the ECE-R129 standard).
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and ob- Group 0 Up to 10 kg ● Universal: child seats with universal approval
serve any statutory requirements when instal- can be installed in all vehicles. There is no need
Group 0+ Up to 13 kg
ling and using child seats. Always read and to consult any list of models. In the case of
note ››› page 62. Group 1 From 9 to 18 kg universal approval for ISOFIX, the child seat is
We recommend you always carry the man- Group 2 From 15 to 25 kg additionally provided with a Top Tether belt.
ufacturer's Child Seat Instruction Manual to- ● Semi-universal: semi-universal approval, in
Group 3 From 22 to 36 kg
gether with the on-board documentation. addition to the standard requirements of univer-
sal approval, requires safety devices to lock
Child seats that have been tested and ap- the child seat, which require additional test-
Child seats group classification
proved under the ECE R44 or ECE-R129 stand- ing. Child seats with semi-universal approval
ards bear the ECE-R44 or ECE-R129 test marks include a list of vehicle models for which they
on the seat (the letter E in a circle with the test can be installed.
number below it). ● Vehicle-specific: vehicle-specific approval
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and ob- requires a dynamic test of the child seat for
serve any statutory requirements when instal- each vehicle model separately. Child seats
ling and using child seats. with vehicle-specific approval also include a list
of vehicle models for which they can be instal-
We recommend you to always include the
led.
manufacturer's Child Seat Instruction Manual
together with the on-board documentation. ● i-Size: child seats with i-Size approval must
meet the requirements prescribed in the ECE-
SEAT recommends you use child seats from the
Fig. 41 Examples of child seats. R 129 standard in relation to installation and
Original Accessories Catalogue. These child
safety. Child seat manufacturers can tell you
seats have been designed and tested for use in
which seats have i-Size approval for this vehi-
Use only child seats that are officially approved our vehicles. You can find the right child seat for
cle.
and suitable for the child. your model and age group at our dealers.
These seats are subject to the ECE-R44 or
ECE-R129 standards. ECE-R stands for: Eco-
nomic Commission for Europe Regulation.

61
 Safety

Fitting and using child seats Warnings about fitting a child seat seat as the ground clearance is lower than in
other places and the support bracket will not
Take the following general warnings into ac-
allow the seat to remain sufficiently stable.
count if you are going to fit a child seat. They
are valid for all child seats regardless of their ● When fitting a child seat on the front passen-
attachment system. ger seat, the seat must be moved backwards
as far as possible and placed in the highest
● Please read and follow the child seat manu-
position. The backrest must also be put in a
facturer's operating instructions.
vertical position1).
● The child seat should preferably be fitted to
the rear seat behind the front passenger seat
Important information about the front pas-
so that the child can exit the vehicle on the
Fig. 42 Airbag sticker: on the passenger side senger front airbag
pavement side.
sunshade blind. A sticker with important information about the
● Set the height of the seat belt such that it
adapts to the child seat naturally, without twist- passenger airbag is located on the passenger's
ing. The lowest position of the seat belt height sunshade blind and/or on the passenger side
regulator must be used with rear-facing child door frame ››› Fig. 42.
seats. Read and always observe the safety informa-
● To correctly use a child seat in the back, the tion included in the following chapters:
front backrest must be adjusted so that there ● Safety distance with respect to the passen-
is no contact with the child seat in the back in ger airbag ››› page 52.
the case that it goes opposite to the direction
● Objects between the passenger and the pas-
of the car. In the case of front facing restraint
senger side airbag ››› in Front airbags on
systems, the front backrest must be adjusted so
page 56.
that there is no contact with the child's feet.
● For a correct assembly of the child's seat on The passenger side front airbag, when enabled,
the rear seats, adjust or dismount the headrest, is a serious risk for a child that is facing back-
Fig. 43 Airbag sticker: on the rear frame of the ward since the airbag can strike the seat with
passenger side door. in order to prevent contact with the seat.
such force that it can cause serious or fatal inju-
● If a semi-universal type chair is to be installed, ries. Children up to 12 years old should always
in which the method of attachment to the car travel on the rear seat.
is through the seat belt and support bracket,
it should never be installed in the central rear

1) Compliance with current national legislation and the manufacturer's instructions is required when using or installing child seats.
62
 Transporting
Safety
children safely

Therefore we strongly recommend you to trans- ● Never allow a child to be transported in a tween the seat cushion and the backrest of
port children on the rear seats. This is the safest vehicle without being properly secured, or the vehicle's back seat (on the sides). ISOFIX
location in the vehicle. Alternatively, the front to stand up or kneel on a seat while travel- attachment systems are used mainly in Europe
passenger airbag can be disabled with a key- ling. In an accident, the child could be flung ››› page 64. If necessary, ISOFIX attachment
operated switch ››› page 56. When transport- through the vehicle, causing possibly fatal may have to be supplemented with a Top
ing children, use a child seat suitable for the injuries to themselves and to the other vehi- Tether belt or a support bracket.
age and size of each child ››› page 61. cle occupants.
● Automatic three-point seat belt. Whenever
● Never leave a child alone in the child seat possible, it is preferable to attach the child
or in the vehicle. seats with the ISOFIX system rather than at-
WARNING
● Children who are less than 1.50 m tall must taching them with an automatic three-point
● If a child seat is secured to the front pas- not wear a normal seat belt without a child seat belt ››› page 68.
senger seat, the risk to the child of sustaining seat, as this could cause injuries to the ab-
critical or fatal injuries in the event of an ac- Additional attachment:
dominal and neck areas during a sudden
cident increases. braking manoeuvre or in an accident. ● Top Tether: the Top Tether belt is guided over
● An inflating front passenger airbag can ● When a child seat is mounted in the rear the back of the rear seat and attached to an
strike the rear-facing child seat and project seats, the door child-proof lock should be anchor point with a hook. Anchor points are lo-
it with great force against the door, the roof cated at the back of the rear seat backrest on
activated ››› page 98.
or the backrest. the luggage compartment side ››› page 66.
● Never install a child seat facing back- The rings for retaining the Top Tether belt are
wards on the front passenger seat unless Attachment systems marked with an anchor symbol.
the front passenger front airbag has been ● Support bracket: some child seats rest on
disabled. Risk of potentially fatal injuries to Depending on the country, different attach-
the floor of the vehicle with a support bracket.
the child! However, if necessary, the front ment systems are used for safely installing child
The support bracket prevents the child seat
passenger front airbag must be deactivated seats.
from tipping forward in the event of impact.
››› page 56 . If the passenger seat has
Child seats fitted with a support bracket should
a height adjustment option, move it to the Attachment systems overview
highest, most upright position. If you have a only be used in the passenger seat and side
fixed seat, do not install any child restraint ● ISOFIX: ISOFIX is a standardised attachment rear seats ››› . For the assembly of this type
system in this location. system allowing quick and safe attachment of of seat you should also consult the list of ap-
● For those vehicles that do not include a key child seats in the vehicle. ISOFIX attachment es- proved vehicles for this assembly, available in
lock switch to deactivate the airbag, the ve- tablishes a rigid connection between the child the instructions for child restraint systems.
hicle must be taken to a technical service. Do seat and the car body.
not forget to reconnect the airbag when an The child seat has two rigid attachment clips,
adult wants to sit in the front passenger seat. called connectors. These connectors are fit-
ted into the ISOFIX attachment rings found be-

63
 Safety

Recommended systems for attaching child WARNING support leg of the child seat should not raise
seats the base of the child seat off the surface of
Incorrect use of the support bracket can the vehicle's seat.
SEAT recommends attaching child seats as fol- cause serious or fatal injury.
lows: ● Make sure the support bracket is correctly
● Baby carriers or child seats in the opposite and safely installed. Securing the child seat with the ISO-
direction of travel: ISOFIX and support bracket ● When the base of the child seat is sup- FIX or i-Size system
or i-Size. porting the child’s weight, the support foot
● Child seats in the direction of travel: ISOFIX should not hang in the air or be supplemen- The marking of ISOFIX or i-Size anchor points
and Top Tether. ted with objects. In addition, make sure that depends on the equipment and the country in
the base of the child seat is always suppor- question.
ted by the surface of the vehicle's seat. The
See the following tables to understand the
compatibility of the ISOFIX/i-Size systems in the
vehicle:

Vehicle ISOFIX positions

Electrical equip- Front passenger seat

Weight group Size classa) Rear side seat Rear central seat
ment airbag enabled airbag disabled
F ISO/L1 X X X X
Baby carrier
G ISO/L2 X X X X
Group 0 to 10 kg E ISO/R1 X IL IL X
E ISO/R1 X IL IL X
Group 0+ to 13 kg D ISO/R2 X IL IL X
C SO/R3 X IL IL X

64
 Transporting
Safety
children safely

Electrical equip- Front passenger seat

Weight group Size classa) Rear side seat Rear central seat
ment airbag enabled airbag disabled
D ISO/R2 X IL IL X
C ISO/R3 X IL IL X
Group I 9 to 18 kg B ISO/F2 X IL, IUF IL, IUF X
B1 ISO/F2X X IL, IUF IL, IUF X
A ISO/F3 X IL, IUF IL, IUF X
Group II 15 to 25 kg B2/B3 ISO/B2/B3b) X IL IL X
Group III 22 to 36 kg B2/B3 ISO/B2/B3b) X IL IL X
IUF: Suitable for forward-facing ISOFIX universal child restraint systems approved for use in this weight group.
IL: It is suitable for certain ISOFIX child restraint systems (CRS) that can be for the specific vehicle, restricted or semi-universal categories. Take the child seat
manufacturer's vehicle list into account.
X: ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems for this weight group or size class.
a) The indication of class according to size corresponds to the authorised bodyweight for the child seat. In child seats with universal or semi-universal approval, the
class according to size is indicated on the ECE approval label. The indication of class according to size is stated on the corresponding child seat.
b) The headrest must be removed and the backrest reclined to install it on front seats.

Vehicle i-Size positions

Front passenger seat

Rear side seat Rear central seat
airbag enabled airbag disabled
X i-U i-U X
i-U: Position suitable for forward- or rear-facing i-Size child restraint systems with universal certification.
X: Position not suitable for i-Size child restraint systems.

65
 Safety

Securing the child seat with the ISOFIX or Child seats with the ISOFIX or i-Size and Top
i-Size system Tether attachment system can be purchased
from technical services.

WARNING
The securing rings are designed only for use
with ISOFIX or i-Size and Top Tether system
child seats.
● Never secure other child seats that do not
have ISOFIX, i-Size or Top Tether systems, or
Fig. 46 Rear seats: fitting a child seat with the safety belts or any other objects to the se-
ISOFIX system. curing rings – as this can result in potentially
fatal injuries to the child.
Fig. 44 Rear seat: die cut slots to access the
You must follow the child seat manufacturer's ● Ensure that the child seat is correctly se-
ISOFIX / iSize securing rings.
instructions. cured to the ISOFIX or i-Size rings and the Top
The location of the ISOFIX or i-Size anchor Tether.
points is indicated by a symbol ››› Fig. 44 ,
››› Fig. 45. In some vehicles, the rings are se-
cured to the seat frame and, in others, they are
Top Tether securing belts
secured to the rear floor.
● First open the cut-out section behind the
marked grooves to access the retaining rings
››› Fig. 44.
● Press the child seat onto the ISOFIX or iSize
retaining rings until it is heard to engage se-
Fig. 45 Front passenger seat: location of the curely ››› Fig. 46. If the child seat is equipped
i-Size fastening rings. with Top Tether anchor points, secure it to the
correspondent ring ››› page 66. Follow the
child seat manufacturer’s instructions.
● Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure Fig. 47 Rear seats: adjustment and assembly
that it is properly anchored. according to the Top Tether belt.

66
 Transporting
Safety
children safely

Securing the retainer strap

● Follow the manufacturer's instructions to de-
ploy the child seat Top Tether retaining strap.
● Position the belt under the headrest (accord-
ing to the instructions of the seat itself, lift or
remove the headrest if necessary) ››› Fig. 47 ,
››› Fig. 48.
● Slide the strap and secure it properly with the
anchor on the rear seat backrest ››› Fig. 49 ,
Fig. 48 Passenger seat: adjustment and Fig. 50 Rear of front passenger seat backrest:
››› Fig. 50.
assembly according to the Top Tether belt. Top Tether strap anchor. ● Firmly tighten the strap following the manu-
facturer's instructions.
Child seats with a Top Tether system are fitted
with an additional strap for fastening to an an- Releasing the retaining strap
chor point in the vehicle. This anchor point is ● Loosen the strap following the manufacturer's
located on the rear of the rear seat backrest instructions.
and of the front passenger seat backrest (iden-
tified with the symbol ) and provides better ● Push the lock and release it from the anchor-
retention. ing support.

The objective of this system is to reduce for-

ward movements of the child seat in a head-on WARNING
collision, to reduce the risk of injuries that may An undue installation of the safety seat will
Fig. 49 Rear part of the rear seats: securing be caused to the child’s head by impacting increase the risk of injury in the event of a
rings for the Top Tether strap. against any element of the inside of the vehicle. crash.
● Never tie the retainer strap to a hook in the
Using the Top Tether in rear-facing mounted luggage compartment.
seats ● Never secure or tie luggage or other items
Currently, there are very few rear-facing child to the lower anchorages (ISOFIX) or the up-
safety seats that have Top Tether. Please care- per ones (Top Tether).
fully read and follow the seat manufacturer in-
structions to learn the proper way to install the
Top Tether strap.

67
 Safety

Fitting a child seat using the seat You will find any necessary information on the
WARNING
child seat’s orange ECE approval label.
Child restraint anchors are designed to sup- belt
The following table shows the different fitting
port the loads of properly adjusted child
If you want to fit a universal approval category options.
restraint systems. Under no circumstances
(U) child seat in your vehicle, you must check
should they be used to attach adult seat
belts, harnesses or other items or equipment that the seat is approved for your vehicle.
to the vehicle.

Front passenger seata) Rear central

Weight group Rear side seat
Airbag enabledc) Airbag deactivatedc) seatb)

Group 0 up to 10 kg X U U U
Group 0+ up to 13 kg X U U U
Rear-facing X U U U
Group I 9 to 18 kg
Forward-facing U X U U
Group II 15 to 25 kg U X U U
Group III 22 to 36 kg U X U U
X: Not compatible for the installation of seats install chairs in this configuration.
U: Suitable for universal restraint systems for use in this weight group.
a) Compliance with current national legislation and the manufacturer's instructions is required when using or installing child seats.
b) For semi-universal chairs where the securing system is the car safety belt and the support bracket, do not use them in the centre rear seat or the third row.
c) Seats without height adjustment should be placed in their rearmost position. Seats with height adjustment should be placed in their rearmost and highest

position.

68
 In case Safety
of emergency

6. Follow the legal provisions of each country

Fitting a child seat using the seat belt
In case of emergency (reflective vest, warning triangles, light bea-
con, etc.).
Hazard warning lights
7. Always carry the key with you when leaving
the vehicle.
All turn signals flash simultaneously when the
hazard warning lights are switched on. The two
turn signal turn signal lamps and the turn
signal lamp in the switch will flash at the
same time. The simultaneous hazard warning
lights also work when the ignition is switched
off.
Fig. 51 On rear seats: installing a child seat.
While the hazard warning lights are on, you can
● Put the seat belt in place and pass it through signal a direction or lane change, e.g. during
the child seat according to the instructions of Fig. 52 Dashboard: switch for hazard warning towing, by operating the turn signal lever. The
the child seat manufacturer. lights. hazard warning lights remain switched off dur-
ing this time.
● Make sure that the seat belt is not twisted.
The hazard warning lights are used to draw the
● Insert the latch plate into the seat's buckle Emergency braking warning
attention of other road users to your vehicle in
until you hear the engagement click. emergencies. If the vehicle brakes suddenly and continuously
If your vehicle is stationary: at a speed of more than 80 km/h (50 mph), the
WARNING brake light flashes several times per second to
1. Park the vehicle at a safe distance from
When travelling, children must be secured in road traffic. warn the vehicles driving behind. If you continue
the vehicle with a restraint system suitable braking, the hazard warning lights will come
2. Press the button to switch on the hazard on automatically when the vehicle comes to a
for age, weight and size.
warning lights ››› . standstill. They switch off automatically when
● Always read and observe information and
warnings concerning the use of child seats 3. Apply the electronic parking brake. the vehicle starts to move again.
››› page 62. 4. Stop the engine.
5. Engage 1st gear in vehicles with a manual
gearbox, or press the parking lock button P
in vehicles with automatic transmission.

69
 Safety

WARNING Behaviour in the event of an accident WARNING

● The risk of an accident increases if your or fire In the event of fire, an explosion may occur
vehicle breaks down. Always use the hazard and substances harmful to health may be re-
Actions to take in the event of a fire or acci-
warning lights and a warning triangle (or leased, which can cause serious injury.
light beacon, depending on the country) to dent
● Never stay near the burning vehicle.
draw the attention of other road users to For your own safety and that of other passen-
your stationary vehicle.
gers, the following points should be observed in
● Never leave anybody inside the vehicle, the order given ››› : Emergency call service
particularly children or anybody who may
● Switch off the engine.
need help. This is especially important when
the doors are locked. Individuals locked in ● If possible, switch on the hazard warning
the vehicle can be exposed to very high or lights ››› page 69.
very low temperatures.
● Follow the legal provisions of each country
● Due to the high temperatures that the cat- (reflective vest, warning triangles, light beacon,
alytic converter can reach, never park in etc.).
an area where the catalytic converter could
come into contact with highly inflammable ● If necessary, get any people out of the haz-
materials, for example dry grass or spilt pet- ard area and apply first aid.
rol. This could start a fire. ● Notify the emergency services.
● Wait at a safe distance from the scene of the
Fig. 53 On the roof console: controls for voice
Note accident for the emergency services to arrive.
services.
● The 12-volt vehicle battery will run down ● In case of fire, do not attempt to extinguish
if the hazard warning lights are left on for a the fire yourself or remain near the vehicle.
long time (even if the ignition is switched off).
● The use of the hazard warning lights de- WARNING
scribed here is subject to the relevant statu-
For your own safety, do not ignore this impor-
tory requirements.
tant check list, otherwise accidents and seri-
ous injuries could occur.
● Always complete the operations on the
check list and always bear in mind the gen-
eral safety measures.

70
 In case Safety
of emergency

● Off: the eCall service is not available. Starting an emergency call manually
● Flashes in red, approx. 20 seconds after ● Briefly press the button cover and open the
swing on the ignition: the eCall service is de- cover ››› Fig. 54.
activated.
● Press and hold the emergency call button
● Lights up red: system failure. The eCall serv- for a few seconds ››› Fig. 54 1 . The emer-
ice is available with certain restrictions. SEAT gency call is activated and a voice connection
suggests going to a specialised workshop. is established with the emergency coordination
● Lights up green: the eCall service is availa- centre.
ble. The system works correctly. If you press the emergency call button inadver-
● Flashes green: There is an ongoing voice tently, hang up the call immediately:
Fig. 54 Emergency call button.
connection. ● Press the emergency call button again until
Depending on the equipment, an emergency the control light stays green.
call system may be located on the roof con- Emergency call service1)
sole. The automatic emergency call is only activated Integrated battery
The following voice services can be run by if the ignition is switched on. The integrated battery ensures that the emer-
pressing the buttons , and ››› Fig. 53: If the airbags or, if applicable, the seatbelt ten- gency call system (eCall) remains available for
● information call sioners are triggered, a connection is automat- some time even if the 12-volt battery has been
ically established with the emergency coordi- disconnected or has failed.
● assistance call
nation centre. The automatic emergency call If the integrated battery discharges or is de-
● emergency call service. cannot be interrupted by pressing the button fective, a message stating this is displayed on
A built-in control unit establishes the connec- ››› Fig. 54 1 . the instrument cluster display. Go to a special-
tion. If the emergency coordination centre's ques- ised workshop and ask for the battery to be
When a voice service is activated, a connection tions are not answered, the corresponding as- replaced.
is established with a phone line. sistance measures are implemented.
EDR data transmission ››› page 369
Control lamp The person on the other end of the line uses When an emergency call is made, the legally
the language of the country in which you are required data is transmitted to the emergency
There is a control lamp on the control
driving. coordination centre so that the necessary as-
››› Fig. 53 (arrow). It shows the following sta-
tuses: sistance measures can be determined.

1) Only available in certain countries.

71
 Safety

Vehicle location data is continuously overwrit- ● The components of the vehicle required for
ten. This means that the vehicle is not subject to the emergency phone call are damaged or do
permanent monitoring. not get enough power.
The data related to the emergency call is only ● In some countries, the emergency call service
processed to ensure the correct operation of may not be available and depending on the
the emergency call system (eCall). The system location of the vehicle, the control lamp LEDs,
will automatically delete the data related to the and even the operation of the different types of
call a few hours after the call is activated. calls, could have a specific behaviour.
The sent data includes:
Assistance call1)
● The vehicle's current position at the time the
emergency call is activated. With the breakdown call you can directly re-
● Vehicle identification number (VIN) quest specialised help in the event of a break-
down.
● Type of vehicle and type of drive.
Parallel to the voice call, some vehicle data is
● Type of activation (automatic or manual).
transmitted, e.g. your current location.
● Type of call.
● Direction in which the vehicle was travelling Information call1)
at the time the emergency call was activated.
With a information call, a call is placed to the
● Moment of the collision. customer care service of SEAT. S.A.
● Estimated number of vehicle occupants.
Note
Situations in which the emergency call serv-
● Breakdown service and information calls
ice may be restricted
can incur an additional cost on your tele-
● The emergency call is made from an area phone bill.
with weak or no mobile and GPS signal, as well ● The operation of the eCall system, which is
as e.g. tunnels, between very tall buildings, ga- required by law, may be limited if an infotain-
rages, underground walkways, mountains and ment system is retrofitted.
valleys.

1) Only available in certain countries.

72
 High-voltage
Safety instructions
battery

High-voltage battery ● Never damage, modify or remove the or-

ange high voltage cables or disconnect them
● In the event of a fire, leave the danger area
and call the fire department.
from the high voltage network. ● Always inform the fire fighters and the
Safety instructions ● Never open, modify or remove the cover emergency service that the vehicle is fitted
from the high-voltage battery. with a high-voltage battery.
Introduction ● Work on the high-voltage system, as well
as on any systems that may be indirectly in-
Valid for: hybrid vehicles WARNING
fluenced by it, should only be carried out by
specialized personnel with the correspond- If works are performed on the high-voltage
WARNING ing qualifications and training. system and on the high-voltage components
● Work in the immediate vicinity of high-volt- in an inappropriate manner, this may lead
The vehicle’s high-voltage network and the
age cables and high-voltage components to faults in the operation, accidents and inju-
high-voltage battery are hazardous and can
with tools that are sharp, give off shavings or ries.
cause burns and other injuries, including fa-
tal electric shocks. that have heat sources, such as hot air, ther- ● Work on the high-voltage system must
mal bonding or welding work, may only be only be performed by authorized specialized
● It should always be assumed that the high- performed after disconnecting the voltage. services with the corresponding permit.
voltage battery is fully charged and that all The high voltage should only be disconnec-
of its components are live. This may also be ted by specialized personnel with the corre-
the case when the ignition is switched off. sponding qualifications and training. NOTICE
● Never touch the high-voltage cables, the ● All SEAT guidelines and standards must be If the vehicle suffers an accident or collision
high-voltage battery or its poles, or allow followed when performing any work on the with an obstacle, the high-voltage battery
them to come into contact with jewellery or high-voltage system and the high-voltage must be checked by specialized personnel
other metal objects, especially if the high- battery. with the corresponding qualifications and
voltage cables, the high-voltage battery or
● The gases that are emitted or leaked from training.
its poles are damaged.
the high-voltage battery may be toxic or
● Never take it upon yourself to perform any flammable.
type of work on the high-voltage network, on NOTICE
● Damage to the vehicle or high voltage bat-
the high-voltage cables or the high-voltage
tery could cause an immediate or delayed If the 12-volt vehicle battery has been dis-
battery.
leak of toxic gases. The emitted gases could connected, discharged or replaced, there is
● Never open or perform maintenance or also cause a fire. Do not inhale the gases. a chance that the combustion engine may
repairs on components or parts of the high not initially turn off automatically after mov-
● Never touch the liquids that spill from the
voltage network, or disconnect them from ing off. If this situation lasts for several days,
this network. high voltage battery and do not touch the
emitted gases, particularly if the battery is contact a qualified specialized workshop.
damaged. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT partner for
this.

73
 High-voltage battery

High voltage warning lettering ››› Fig. 56

1 High voltage can cause serious injury or
Valid for: hybrid vehicles
even death. Never touch the battery poles
with bare fingers, tools, jewellery or other
metal objects.
2 The high-voltage battery contains hazard-
ous liquid and solid substances. Emitted
gases can cause severe burns and blind-
ness. Suitable eye protection and protec-
tive clothing must always be worn when
working on the high voltage battery to pre-
vent battery fluid coming into contact with
Fig. 56 High-voltage battery warning the skin and eyes. If the battery fluid comes
lettering. into contact with the skin or eyes, the af-
fected areas should be rinsed with clean
running water for at least 15 minutes, and
Warning lettering on the vehicle then a doctor should be consulted immedi-
ately.
The following parts of the vehicle can be
identified with the depicted warning lettering 3 The high-voltage battery may burn. The
››› Fig. 55, ››› Fig. 56: high-voltage battery should never be ex-
Fig. 55 Warning lettering.
posed to fire, sparks or naked flame. The
● Covers and lids behind which live high-volt-
high voltage battery must always be han-
age components are located. dled with care to avoid damage and fluid
● All the high-voltage components, including leakages.
the high-voltage battery. 4 The high-voltage battery should always be
● Under the front bonnet. kept out of the reach of children.
The warning lettering ››› Fig. 55 and indi- 5 You will find further information and warn-
cate high electrical voltage. ings in the usage instructions and workshop
The components of the high voltage system documentation.
can become very hot and should not be 6 Incorrect handling of the high-voltage bat-
touched ››› Fig. 55 . tery can cause serious injuries or death.
Never disassemble the high voltage battery
or remove its cover.

74
 Charging
High-voltage
the high-voltage
batterybattery

7 Maintenance work on the high-voltage Please also observe the applicable SEAT war- ● Do not expose the vehicle to outside temper-
battery must only be performed by spe- ranty conditions for the high-voltage battery. atures below -30 °C or above 60 °C for more
cialized personnel with the corresponding than 24 hours.
qualifications and training. Never modify Conservation instructions ● To improve comfort and performance, make
the high-voltage battery. When the high- sparse use of the stationary air conditioning
SEAT recommends the following conservation
voltage battery is open, ensure it does not (depending on the equipment), particularly in
instructions:
come into contact with water or other liq- temperatures lower than -15 °C ››› page 143.
uids. Liquids may cause short circuits, elec- ● If possible, charge the high-voltage battery
trical shocks and burns. when a low charge level is displayed on the
instrument cluster, or when the electric range is NOTICE
low ››› page 21. The high-voltage battery must not be used
Conservation of the high- ● It is advisable to not charging the high-volt- as a stationary power supply. This can cause
irreversible damage to the high-voltage bat-
voltage battery age battery when only a short trip has been
made in full electric mode. tery.

Conservation instructions ● As much as possible avoid fully discharging

the high-voltage battery, such as by leaving NOTICE
Valid for: hybrid vehicles the vehicle parked for a prolonged time with a If the vehicle is parked for a long time with
low load level. The charge level must not drop the high-voltage battery discharged, it may
Reliability and capacity of the high-voltage below 20 % for long periods of time ››› . no longer be possible to charge the bat-
battery ● When the high-voltage battery has been tery or start the vehicle. Irreversible damage
charged to 100 %, start driving immediately if could be caused to the high voltage battery
In principle, lithium ion batteries are subject to in the long term.
possible.
ageing and wear and tear throughout their use-
● Charge the high-voltage battery at regular
ful life due to their physical and chemical char-
Vehicle parking times intervals.
acteristics. Correct handling of the high-volt-
age battery makes an essential contribution to ● If there is a frost, do not park the vehicle for
keeping it in a reliable state in the long term several hours with a charge level of lower than
and to achieving high battery capacity and 40 % ››› .
Charging the high-voltage
range. Therefore, it is extremely important to re-
spect the following conservation instructions for
● If you plan to leave your vehicle stationary for battery
prolonged periods of time, park with a charge
the high voltage battery. These maintenance
level of at least 30 %. This situation occurs, for Introduction
instructions are essential for maintaining the ve-
example, when you leave your vehicle at the
hicle's value over time.
airport before a trip. Valid for: hybrid vehicles

75
 High-voltage battery

Check that the driving mode is deactivated and ● Always complete the charging process be-
WARNING
that the charging cable and infrastructure are fore unplugging the connector from the elec-
in perfect condition. If the battery is charged in an inappropri- trical network. Otherwise the charging cable
ate manner, if no consideration is given to and the electrical installation may also be
the appropriate safety measures or the high- damaged.
Types of charging
voltage battery is used in an inadequate
The following charging types are possible for manner, this could lead to short circuits,
the vehicle: electrical shocks, explosions, fires, burns and Note
serious injuries, even death.
● Charging with alternating current (AC) at ● To charge the high-voltage battery using
a public or home charging station (Mode 3 ● Always respect the stipulated order of the
alternating current (AC), SEAT recommends
charging) ››› page 77: operations to avoid the risk of suffering an
using a home charging station or another
electric shock or serious injuries due to the
Charges at high power. The maximum achieva- type of charging station and charging with
residual energy in the charging accumulator.
ble charging power depends on the charging maximum charging power. These charging
● Please observe the safety and handling options are more efficient than using a do-
station and charging cable that is used and the
instructions of the charging cable supplied mestic power socket.
performance of the vehicle's charger.
with the vehicle ››› page 82.
● Please note the technical data on your ve-
● Charging with alternating current (AC)
● When charging, only use power sockets hicle's charging power. For more information,
at a household socket (Mode 2 charging) that are appropriately fitted, have been please contact a SEAT dealer.
››› page 77: checked and are not damaged, as well as
● The high-voltage battery can only be
The electrical installation of the house must electrical installations that are in perfect
charged at charging stations that meet the
have been checked and be in perfect working working order. Duly qualified technicians
requirements of the country in questions and
order ››› . You must plan for a longer charg- should check the power sockets and the
at least one of the following standards:
ing time, e.g. overnight. electrical installation on a regular basis.
– IEC 61851 and IEC 62196 (Europe)
● Never charge the vehicle in places where
● Charging with direct current (DC) at a fast ● In the event of very low or very high tem-
there is a danger of explosion. The com-
charging station (Mode 4 charging): peratures, it may only be possible to charge
ponents of the charging cable can cause
Direct current charging is not compatible with sparks and, therefore, may ignite flammable the high-voltage battery in a limited manner.
this vehicle. fumes or explosives.
● Always protect the connectors from mois-
Protection against current leakage Identification of compatible charg-
ture and from water and other fluids getting
inside directly. ing infrastructure
The vehicle is fitted with a direct current (DC)
leakage protection device. This prevents any ● For safety reasons, never perform other
Valid for: hybrid vehicles
current leakage that may occur during charg- works on the vehicle while charging.
ing from reaching the house's electrically in-
stallation through the charging cable.

76
 Charging
High-voltage
the high-voltage
batterybattery

Indicators ››› Fig. 58

Voltage up to 500 volts
Voltage of up to 1000 volts.
The indicators are located on the vehicle's
charging socket, on components of the lo-
cal charging infrastructure (charging station,
Fig. 57 Identification of alternating current socket) and on the charging cable. The indica-
(AC) and type 2 connector. tors refer to charging connection standards ac-
cording to IEC 62196.
Fig. 59 Behind the battery charging cover on
WARNING the front left-hand side: Charging socket
Charging the vehicle at unverified electrical
installations can cause serious injury and ››› Fig. 59
damage. 1 Charging process display
● If there is no indicator or if the charging in- 2 Charging socket
frastructure is unknown, an electrical instal-
Fig. 58 Identification of direct current (DC) lation expert should be consulted first. The battery charger installed in the vehicle
and the vehicle's CCS connector converts alternating current from the public
supply into direct current.
Charging with alternating current AC charging station or socket cable: The vehi-
Compatibility between vehicles and charg- (AC) cle’s high-voltage battery can be charged us-
ing infrastructure ing alternating current (AC) through the corre-
Valid for: hybrid vehicles sponding charging socket 2 .
The following indicators according to the
EN 17186 standard provide information about
whether the infrastructure's charging connec- Connecting the charging cable
tors are suitable for the vehicle ››› . ● Firstly, connect the charging cable to the
socket, or public or home charging station.
Indicators ››› Fig. 57 Next, fully unwind it.
In the vehicle ● Charging cable for domestic power sock-
ets: The protection device performs a self-test
At the charging station
››› page 84.

77
 High-voltage battery

● With the vehicle unlocked, the battery charg- Interrupt the charging process If the vehicle is not used for a long period of
ing cover opens when it is pressed ››› Fig. 59. time, the high-voltage battery must be charged
The charging process can be interrupted:
● Plug the charging connector into the charg- at least once every four months.
● Unlock the vehicle.
ing socket. Check that the charging connector
● Press the function button to end the charging Note
is fully plugged in.
process. The charging process display on the If you leave the charging cable connected
The connector locks automatically.
charging socket lights up in white 1 . after charging, the vehicle's electrical con-
The LED (charging process display) on the ● Unlock the vehicle to unlock the charging sumers will not drain the high-voltage bat-
charging socket lights up 1 . The indicator tery.
connector.
lamp lights up on the instrument cluster dis-
play. To restart the charging process just press the

You can set the charging as required in the info-

function button to start the charging process. Charging process display
tainment system ››› page 81. Valid for: hybrid vehicles
After charging

Automatic start of the charging process When the high-voltage battery is fully charged,
the charging process display on the charging
If programmed charging is not activated, the socket lights up green.
charging process starts immediately. The exter-
nal charging infrastructure must be active. ● Unlock the vehicle.
● Unplug the charging connector from the
Most public charging stations require authenti-
cation to start the process. It is important to ver- charging socket within 30 seconds.
ify that the authentication has been performed ● Disconnect the charging cable from the
correctly, otherwise it could cause a system power supply and replace the protective cap.
malfunction. ● Close the charging cover and make sure you
hear it click into place. Fig. 60 Behind the battery charging socket
During the charging cover: charging process indicator.
The indicator lamp flashes green on the in- First charge and charging after a long time
strument cluster. If the high-voltage battery is new or has
The charging process indicator on the charging not been charged for a long time, the maxi-
socket flashes green 1 . The charging connec- mum charge level of the battery can only be
tor is locked. reached after several charging processes. This
is for technical reasons and is not a vehicle
If the charging process indicator lights up red,
malfunction.
there is a fault ››› page 78.

78
 Charging
High-voltage
the high-voltage
batterybattery

2 Flashing: The high-voltage battery is On

charging. ● The vehicle has been unlocked.
3 Short flashes: Programmed charging is ac- ● OR: The charging connector has been un-
tive. The charging process has not yet star- plugged from the charging socket.
ted.
Off
Yellow LED ››› Fig. 61
● After unlocking or locking the vehicle, the
4 Flashing: The parking lock P has not been lighting switches off automatically after a while.
enabled.
5 Always on: No electrical network has been
Troubleshooting
detected. Arrange an inspection of the
power supply and network. Seek professio- Valid for: hybrid vehicles
nal assistance.
Red LED ››› Fig. 61 The electrical system is not working
6 Flashing: Error in the charging system. properly. Stop safely!
Fig. 61 On the inside face of the cover
The charging process cannot start or has
of the battery charging socket: sticker with The warning lamp lights up red. A message is
paused.
information on the charging process display. displayed in this regard.
Always on: The charging connector has
not been locked. Unplug the charging con- There is a fault in the high voltage system. The
nector and plug it back in to the charging high voltage components may be damaged
An LED light on the charging socket ››› Fig. 60 socket, making sure it is properly inserted. ››› .
(arrow) shows the status of the charging proc- If the problem persists, check the compati- It is not possible to charge the high-voltage
ess. bility of the cable or ask a professional for battery.
A sticker on the battery charging cover pro- help.
● The vehicle must be parked in a safe
vides information on the meaning of the LEDs
place. Park the vehicle outdoors as soon as it is
››› Fig. 61. Charging socket lighting
possible and safe to do so.
In the dark, the charging socket's side lighting ● Switch off the drive system.
Charging process displays: (white LED) can facilitate orientation in the vehi-
● Seek professional assistance.
Green LED ››› Fig. 61 cle:
1 Always on: Charge completed success-
fully.

79
 High-voltage battery

Error: drive system. Stop safely! Before visiting a specialist workshop, you can
try the following solutions:
If this message is displayed on the instrument
● Plug the charging cable back in.
cluster and you also detect a burning or gassy
smell or smoke, please note and follow the ● Check that the charging settings are as de-
steps below: sired: “immediate” or “programmed”.
● Stop driving! Stop the vehicle immedi- ● Check that the charging connector is plug-
ately, taking into account the traffic situation. ged in correctly.
● Choose a safe place outdoors, away from ● Check if a fault is displayed on the charging
buildings or vehicles, canopies, covered car station or, depending on the equipment, on the
parks or similar places. charging cable protection device.
Fig. 62 Between the left wing panel and
● Switch the ignition off. If the fault cannot be rectified, contact a spe- the engine bonnet hinge: Charging connector
● Before leaving the vehicle, make sure it is im- cialist workshop immediately. manual release mechanism puller.
mobilised (parking brake, parking lock P).
● Leave the ignition key on the dash panel or in WARNING
Unlocking the charging connector
a visible place. High-voltage components, including the bat-
● Make sure that no people or animals remain tery and high-voltage cables, may be live Prerequisites:
inside the vehicle. and damaged. The high voltage system volt- ● The charging connector is plugged in cor-
age is dangerous and can cause burns, other
● Notify the emergency services. rectly.
injuries and fatal electric shocks.
● The vehicle is unlocked.
WARNING ● Do not touch the high voltage components!
● The charging process has ended or has
If there is a risk of fire in the high-voltage bat- paused ››› page 75.
tery cells, toxic gases may be generated or
Emergency release of the charging The manual release mechanism must be used if
high-voltage components may be live. There
is a risk of severe burns, serious injury or fatal connector these prerequisites are met and it is still impos-
electric shock. sible to unplug the charging connector ›››
Valid for: hybrid vehicles

The charging process is not possible or has Manual release of the charging connector
been paused The puller for the manual release mechanism
is on the left hand side of the engine compart-
The charging process indicator located next to
ment, above the charging socket ››› Fig. 62.
the charging socket lights up red.

80
 Charging settings
High-voltage
in the infotainment
battery system

● Disconnect the power supply at the charging ● Specify the amount of time for which you
station or electrical socket.
Charging settings in the in- want the high-voltage battery to charge and
● Open the bonnet and make sure it is held in fotainment system the air conditioning to be switched on inside the
place with the prop. vehicle.

● Pull the puller ››› Fig. 62. Battery Manager Menu

Extended independent air conditioning
● Immediately unplug the charging connector. ✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles menu
The Battery Manager allows you to set or ● Set the desired temperature for the inde-
WARNING select departure times for the programmed pendent air conditioning ››› page 143.
If the charging connector unexpectedly re- charging of the high-voltage battery and for
● Warm the seats and windscreen for depar-
mains locked, the fault may be caused by the the vehicle’s electric heating and air condition-
ture: select the seats in the Infotainment system
vehicle or charging station. ing.
or switch on windscreen heating. The active
The manual emergency release can make functions will be switched on during stationary
live contacts accessible. In this case, touch- Open the Battery Manager menu
air conditioning (either due to an immediate
ing the contacts of the charging socket may ● Switch the ignition on. start or departure scheduling) if considered
result in burns, other injuries or a fatal elec- necessary by the air conditioning (cold condi-
tric shock.
● Switch on the infotainment system.
tions).
● Never touch the contacts of the charging ● Select Battery Manager from the main
menu. The air conditioning works both when the vehi-
socket or the charging connector.
cle is connected to the grid and disconnected.
It is possible to change the settings for immedi- If you want to use the high-voltage battery as
ate charging (the next charging process). the power supply, change the setting in the
Note
● Reduce the charging current, e.g. when other Settings menu.
The manual release mechanism of the major consumers are operating on a single line
charging connector should only be used in of the electrical installation at the same time. Charging settings menu
the event of a failure. Charging power is reduced and charging time
It is possible to configure the general settings
is extended.
for the charging process.
● Set the desired temperature for the inde-
● Lower battery charge limit (minimum desired
pendent air conditioning ››› page 143.
charge level of the high voltage battery): a min-
imum range can be ensured with this function.
Departure time settings menu
The vehicle charges directly once it has been
Programmed charging (departure times) can
be set ››› page 82.

81
 High-voltage battery

connected to a charging station or electrical ● Departure time: Time, day of the week or set Notes on the charging cable
socket. The function is available if a departure a single or weekly departure time.
● Handle with care.
time has been activated ››› page 82. ● Air conditioning: the vehicle interior is heated
● Unroll and roll fully.
● Air conditioning using the high-voltage bat- or cooled by the departure time ››› page 143.
tery: If the vehicle is not plugged in to an ● Do not twist or bend it over sharp edges.
● Trough or night-time tariff: a preferred pe-
external network and this option is enabled, riod of time for charging can be set. ● Do not crush it or drive the vehicle over it.
the electric range of the vehicle can be signif- ● Always unplug it by pulling on the connector.
icantly reduced!
Activating the departure time ● Children should not use the charging cable.
Activate the departure time by checking the ● Keep animals away from the charging cable.
Departure time settings box in the departure times overview. ● After use, store it safely and without twisting it.
✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles Displays:
With programmed charging, the battery charge Charging activated at a departure time. Notes on charging connectors and the
can be programmed and delayed so that the charging cable protection device
desired battery level is reached at a certain Air conditioning switched on at a depar- ● Do not touch the charging connector’s con-
time when the vehicle is connected to the ture time. tacts.
charging socket.
The departure time is used regularly. ● Protect from strong sunlight (outside temper-
atures no higher than 50°C or 122°F).
Viewing the departure times
● Do not drop them.
● Select Battery Manager from the Infotain- Charging cable ● Protect from immersion in fluids such as rain
ment main menu.
water.
● Select to open the overview of departure Introduction
● Fit the protective caps after each use.
times.
Valid for: hybrid vehicles
Cleaning the charging cable
Departure time settings
The type of charging cable supplied with the
Clean the surface of the charging cable with a
To set the desired departure time, touch the vehicle basically depends on the technical
dry or slightly damp cloth ››› , ››› .
corresponding function button or check the box specifications of each country, e.g. charging
. connector connections for sockets.
SEAT recommends exclusively using the sup-
plied charging cable.

82
 High-voltage
Charging cable
battery

WARNING WARNING NOTICE

Items that are not secured, or incorrectly se- The charging cable for electrical sockets The charging cable can be damaged if not
cured can cause serious injury during sudden must always be connected directly to an cleaned properly.
manoeuvres or braking, or in the event of an electrical socket. Failure to do so could re- ● Only water should be used for this pur-
accident. sult in fire damage and damage to the charg- pose, and never additional cleaning prod-
● Store the charging cable securely in the ing cable or home electrical installation. ucts.
luggage compartment. ● Never connect the charging cable to an ● Water should be prevented from getting
● Use the organizer/protective cover provi- extension lead, cable reel, power strip or into the contacts.
ded with the cable for this purpose. adapter or timer.

For the sake of the environment

WARNING WARNING
Charging cables must be disposed of in an
Using a charging cable that has been dam- The high voltage system voltage is danger- environmentally friendly way and should not
aged or tampered with can cause serious in- ous and can cause burns, other injuries and be thrown in the household waste.
jury and fatal electric shocks. fatal electric shocks.

● Before each use check that the connectors ● Only clean the charging cable when it is
and the charging cable are undamaged, e.g. unplugged. Note
check for cracks. The maximum charging capacity of the
● Never disassemble the charging cable or safety circuit that is used must be observed.
NOTICE
its components. If the charging cable is planned into an elec-
Seek information regarding the appropriate trical socket on the same circuit as other
● Never use a charging cable that is dam-
charging cable and the maximum permitted consumers, the circuit's fuses may trip.
aged or has been tampered with.
charging current before travelling abroad. If
● If the charging cable does not work prop- possible, use the charging cable supplied in
erly, get a SEAT dealer to check it. the country in question. Charging cable for alternating cur-
rent (AC) charging stations
NOTICE Valid for: hybrid vehicles
The charging cable, as portable electrical
equipment, may have to be checked periodi-
cally. This requires a test adapter.

83
 High-voltage battery

Note
Charging with a charging cable for 16 A is
not possible at some charging stations that
support 32 A. This depends on the charging
station’s equipment.
● Before charging the vehicle, find out about
the available charging technology.

Charging cable for power sockets

Fig. 63 Charging cable for alternating current Fig. 65 On the charging cable for power
(AC) charging stations. Valid for: hybrid vehicles sockets: Indicator lamps on the protection
device.
The maximum charging current is 16 or 32
amps, depending on the vehicle’s features and ››› Fig. 65:
the charging cable that is supplied ››› . 1 Indicator lamp of the connector and the
power supply.
WARNING 2 Control lamp of the protection device
Charging the high-voltage battery with an 3 Control lamp of the vehicle
inappropriate charging cable could cause
short circuits, serious injuries and fatal elec-
4 Failure warning lamp
trical shocks.
Charging cable information
Fig. 64 Charging cable for electrical sockets
WARNING Before using the charging cable, also follow the
instructions displayed on it and on the rear of
The charging cable should not be used as an
the protective device.
extension lead. The charging process could
be affected.
Protection device
The electronic protection device ››› Fig. 65
NOTICE
ensures that the charging connector does not
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions and receive current until it is plugged in to the vehi-
indications when using the charging station. cle's charging connector.

84
 High-voltage
Charging cable
battery

Self-check Temperature control Display ››› Fig. 65 Meaning

When the charging cable is plugged into The charging cable temperature control 1 flashing, 4 on or Failure in the power sup-
the electrical socket, the protective device au- switches on when the charging cable over- flashing ply.
tomatically performs a self-test. During this heats, such as when it has been stored in a lug-
check, all warning and indicator lamps turn on gage compartment exposed to high tempera- 2 flashing, 4 on or Failure in the protection
briefly and go out one after the other. Upon tures or strong sunlight. flashing device.
completion, the operational status at that time 3 flashing, 4 on or Failure in the vehicle.
is displayed. Display ››› Fig. 65 Meaning
flashing
1 , 4 flashing The housing connector
Operating displays has overheated. The charging process pauses or is cancelled.
● Check the instructions located on the back of
One or more control lamps ››› Fig. 65 1 , 2 or 2 , 4 flashing The protection device has
3 light up green.
the protective devices.
overheated.
● Seek professional assistance if the fault per-
Display ››› Fig. 65 Meaning If the charging process continues with a lower sists.
current, both the operating indicator and the
1 ignition The charging cable is
warning lamp ››› Fig. 65 4 flash red.
plugged into the mains Note
● Unplug the charging cable from the mains
1 , 2 on, The high-voltage battery If there is any other mains connection dur-
and wait for it to cool down.
3 flashes slowly is charging. ing the charging process, or if the vehicle is
● If it disconnects again, or the charging cur-
››› page 85 right next to the high voltage cables, charg-
rent reduces and the cause does not seem to ing from an electrical socket is not possible
1 2 and 3 on The charging process is be exposure to an external heat source, make in some cases. Additional mains connections:
complete. The high-volt- sure that the green control lamp is flashing
age battery has charged. ● Connecting a 12 volt battery charger.
››› Fig. 65. To check the charging cable, please
visit a SEAT dealer. Get an establishment that ● Contact with a work tool connect to the
specialises in electrical installations to check mains, such as a vehicle lift.
Set the charging current
the infrastructure connection.
The charging cable limits the charging current
according to the available power supply. Fault display
If the local mains supply does not allow charg- If the red warning light 4 flashes or turns on
ing at the maximum charging current, the without one of the indicator lamps ››› Fig. 65
charging current can be reduced, depending 1 , 2 or 3 also turning on continuously on the
on the charging setting features in the infotain- status indicator, there is a fault.
ment system ››› page 82.

85
 Opening and closing

Opening and closing 3 Unlock only the rear lid.

Press the button until all the turn signals on
Control lamp on the vehicle key
When a button is pressed briefly on the vehicle
the vehicle flash briefly.
key, the control lamp 4 ››› Fig. 66 flashes
Set of vehicle keys You have 2 minutes to open the rear lid.
once briefly, but if pressed for a long period of
Once this time has passed, it will lock
time, it will flash several times, for example, in
Vehicle key again. In addition, the lamp on the key
the convenience opening.
flashes.
If the vehicle key control lamp does not light up
4 Control lamp
when the button is pressed, replace the key's
5 Alarm button. Only press in the event of battery ››› page 87.
an emergency! When the alarm button is
pressed, the vehicle's sounds and the turn Key socket
signals light up for a short time. Press again
to disconnect. Depending on the version, there is a housing
for the key close to the start button ››› Fig. 67.
The vehicle can be locked and unlocked from a Warning! Do not confuse with the location for
distance using the vehicle key ››› page 92. the emergency start ››› page 155.

The vehicle key includes an emitter and bat-

Fig. 66 Vehicle key Spare key
tery. The receiver is in the interior of the vehicle.
The range of the vehicle key with remote con- To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys,
trol and new battery is several metres around the vehicle chassis number is required.
the vehicle. Each new key contains a microchip which must
If it is not possible to open or close the vehicle be coded with the data from the vehicle elec-
using the remote control key, this should be tronic immobiliser. A vehicle key will not work if
re-synchronised ››› page 88 or the battery it does not contain a microchip or the microchip
changed ››› page 87. has not been encoded. This is also true for keys
which are specially cut for the vehicle.
Different keys belonging to the vehicle may be
used. The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be
obtained from a SEAT Official Service, a spe-
Fig. 67 Centre console: vehicle key housing. cialised workshop or an approved key service
qualified to create this kind of key.
1 Unlock the vehicle New keys or spare keys must be synchronised
2 Lock the vehicle before use ››› page 88.

86
 Opening
Set of vehicle
and closing
keys

● Key operation can be greatly influenced by The central locking remote control has the
WARNING
overlapping radio signals close to the vehicle key blade inside it for use in case of emer-
● Never leave children or disabled persons in working in the same range of frequencies, gency locking/unlocking of the driver's door
the vehicle. In case of emergency, they may for example, radio transmitters or mobile tel- ››› page 97.
not be able to leave the vehicle or manage ephones.
on their own. ● Press the ››› Fig. 68 1 button to release the
● Obstacles between the remote control
● An uncontrolled use of the key by third
ring from the key fob and remove the key blade
and the vehicle, bad weather conditions and
2 . Pressing lightly on the ring leaves it fixed as
parties could activate a piece of electrical discharged batteries can considerably re-
equipment (e.g. electric windows), with the a key fob.
duce the range of the remote control.
resulting accident hazard. The doors can be
● If the buttons of the vehicle key are ● Press the ››› Fig. 68 1 button to unlock.
locked using the remote control key. This Press and hold button 1 and at the same
pressed or one of the central locking but-
could become an obstacle for assistance in time pull on the ring in the direction of arrow
tons ››› page 93 is pressed repeatedly in
an emergency situation. ››› Fig. 68 2 to completely remove the key
short succession, the central locking briefly
● Never forget the keys inside the vehicle. An disconnects as protection against overload- shaft.
unauthorised use of your vehicle could result ing. The vehicle is then unlocked. Lock it if
in injury, damage or theft. Therefore always necessary.
take the key with you when you leave the Changing the battery
● Spare remote control keys are available at
vehicle.
your Technical Service, where they must be
matched to the locking system.
NOTICE
All of the vehicle keys contain electronic
Pull out the key blade
components. Protect them from damage, im-
pacts and humidity.

Note
● Only use the key button when you require
the corresponding function. Pushing the but-
ton unnecessarily could accidentally unlock Fig. 69 Vehicle key: open the battery
the vehicle or trigger the alarm. It is also pos- compartment cover.
sible even when you are outside the radius of
action.

Fig. 68 Vehicle key: remove the key shaft.

87
 Opening and closing

WARNING Synchronize the vehicle key

Swallowing a battery with a 20 mm diameter If the button is pressed frequently outside of
or any other button battery can cause seri- the vehicle range, it is possible that the vehicle
ous and even fatal injuries within a very short can no longer be locked or unlocked using the
time. key. In this case, the key must be resynchron-
● Keep the vehicle key and key fobs with bat- ised as described below:
teries out of reach of children.
● Stand next to the vehicle.
● If you suspect that someone may have
● Briefly press the button on the vehicle key
swallowed a battery, seek immediate medi-
cal attention.
twice.
Fig. 70 Vehicle key: removing the battery. OR:
● Remove the emergency key ››› page 86.
SEAT recommends you ask a specialised work- NOTICE
shop to replace the battery. ● Press the button on the key.
● If the battery is not changed correctly, the
The battery is located to the rear of the vehicle vehicle key may be damaged. ● Unlock the vehicle with the emergency key.
key, under a cover. ● Use of unsuitable batteries may damage ● Open the driver’s door. If the vehicle is fitted
the vehicle key. For this reason, always re- with an anti-theft alarm, it will trigger immedi-
Changing the battery place the dead battery with another of the ately ››› page 95.
same voltage, size and specifications.
● Remove the key blade from the vehicle key ● Switch the ignition on. Please note: to turn on
● When fitting the battery, check that the po- the ignition, place the vehicle key at the bottom
››› page 87.
larity is correct. of the central armrest box, as close as possible
● Insert the key blade into the slot ››› Fig. 69,
to the Kessy logo .
press it in the direction of arrow 1 and detach
the cover by levering it 2 . For the sake of the environment This completes the synchronization.
● Remove the battery from the compartment Please dispose of your used batteries cor-
with a suitable fine object ››› Fig. 70. rectly and with respect for the environment.
● Insert the new battery and press it into the
battery compartment ››› .
● Place the cover and press it into the vehicle
key housing until it clicks into place.

88
 Keyless
OpeningAccess
and closing
system

Locking sensor surface on the outside of

Keyless Access system B
the door handle.
Lock the vehicle
● Park the vehicle.
Locking and unlocking with the Key- Depending on the equipment, the vehicle may
● Touch the sensor surface ››› Fig. 72 B on the
have the Keyless Access system. This is a key-
less Access system less locking and starting system that can un-
outside of the door handle. All turn signals flash
once.
lock and lock the vehicle without actively using
its key. For this, it is only necessary that there To check that the vehicle is properly locked,
is a valid vehicle key in the detection area cor- the unlocking function is deactivated for a few
responding to the attempted access to the ve- seconds.
hicle.
Unlocking the rear lid
Configuring the Keyless Access system When the vehicle is locked, the rear lid auto-
The behaviour of the Keyless Access system matically unlocks when it is opened if there is
can be adjusted in the Vehicle settings menu a vehicle key in its proximity zone. The rear lid
of the Infotainment system ››› page 39. locks again after closing.

Fig. 71 Keyless Access: proximity zones. If the Keyless Access function is disabled, its
Temporarily deactivating the Keyless Ac-
operation is limited.
cess system
Unlock the vehicle The “Keyless Access” system’s unlocking func-
● Touch the sensor surface on the inside of the tion can be temporarily deactivated:
handle A . All turn signals flash twice. ● Move the gear lever to position P since other-
wise the vehicle cannot be locked.
If selective opening is fitted, touching the sen-
sor's surface twice unlocks the entire vehicle. ● Lock the vehicle using the button on the
vehicle key.
If the vehicle is not unlocked for an extended
period, the function is deactivated. The function ● Within 5 seconds, touch the sensor on the
will reactivate the next time that the vehicle is outside of the door handle ››› Fig. 72 B once.
unlocked with the remote control. Do not grip the handle while doing so. This tem-
Fig. 72 Driver door lever: sensor surfaces. porarily deactivates the Keyless Access system.
● Check that it is deactivated by pulling the
››› Fig. 72 door handle after at least 10 seconds. It should
A Unlocking sensor surface on the inside of not be possible to open the door.
the door handle.

89
 Opening and closing

The next time, the vehicle can only be unlocked Troubleshooting NOTICE
electronically with the vehicle key. After being
unlocked the next time, the Keyless Access sys- The Keyless Access system does not work The sensor surfaces on the door handles
tem will be activated again ››› . may activate if hit by a jet of water or high
The operation of the sensor surfaces may be pressure steam if there is a valid vehicle key
limited if they are very dirty. in the proximity area. If at least one of the
Permanently disabling the Keyless Access windows is open and the sensor surfaces on
● Clean the sensor surfaces.
system one of the handles permanently activates,
The Keyless Access system can also be perma- all of the windows will close. If the jet of wa-
All turn signals flash four times
ter or steam is briefly moved away from the
nently deactivated in the infotainment system
The key that was last used is still inside the vehi- sensor surfaces of one of the handles and
››› .
cle. redirected towards them, all of the windows
may open.
Convenience functions ● Remove the key and lock the vehicle.

To close all the electric windows and the sun-

Automatic deactivation of the sensor surfa- Note
roof using the comfort function, keep a finger
for a few seconds on the locking sensor surface ces If the message Keyless system faulty
››› Fig. 72 B of the door handle until the win- The sensor surfaces are deactivated in the fol- is displayed on the instrument cluster dis-
dows and roof have closed. lowing cases: play, abnormalities may occur in the opera-
tion of the Keyless Access system. Contact a
How the doors open when touching the sen- ● If the vehicle is not unlocked or locked for a specialised workshop.
sor surface on the door handle will depend on long period of time.
the settings that have been activated in the ● If any of the sensor surfaces are activated
infotainment system, using the function button Note
unusually often.
> Vehicle > Exterior > Central If there is no vehicle key inside the vehicle or
locking. To reactivate the sensor surfaces:
the system fails to detect one, a warning will
● Unlock the vehicle using the button on the display on the instrument cluster screen. This
vehicle key. could happen if any other radio frequency
NOTICE
signal interferes with the key signal or if the
Deactivating the Keyless Access system also key is covered by another object, e.g. a metal
deactivates the sensor controlled opening case.
and closing of the rear lid, although the func-
tion is shown as “active” in the vehicle menu.

90
 Opening
Central
and
locking
closing

Hybrid vehicles: the fuel tank flap remains

Central locking ● Never leave individuals locked in a closed
locked ››› page 302.
and locked vehicle. In case of emergency,
they may not be able to exit the vehicle by When the vehicle is locked, the control lamp
Introduction themselves or get help. of the central locking button lights up yellow.
Central locking functions correctly when all the
doors and the rear lid are correctly shut. If Automatic unlocking (Auto Unlock)
the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be
Description
If one of the following conditions is met, all
locked with the key. Central locking allows all doors, the rear lid and doors and the rear lid are unlocked automati-
the tank flap to be unlocked centrally: cally:
WARNING Hybrid vehicles: the fuel tank flap does not un- ● The electronic parking brake is engaged and
The incorrect use of the central locking sys- lock with the central locking ››› page 302. the ignition is switched off.
tem may cause serious injuries.
● EITHER: the inside door handle is pulled. This
● The central locking system will lock all ● From outside, using the vehicle key
applies when driving at under 15 km/h (9 mph).
doors. A vehicle locked from the inside can ››› page 92.
● OR: in the event of an accident and an airbag
prevent any non-authorised individual from ● From outside with the Keyless Access system
opening the doors and accessing the vehicle.
has been triggered ››› page 94.
››› page 89.
Nevertheless, in case of emergency or acci- Automatic unlocking allows third parties to ac-
● From inside, by pushing the central locking
dent, locked doors will complicate access to cess the interior of the vehicle to provide assis-
the vehicle interior to help the passengers. button ››› page 93.
tance if necessary.
● Never leave children or disabled people
alone in the vehicle. The central locking but- Self-locking system to prevent involuntary
Turn signals
ton can be used to lock all the doors from unlocking
within. Therefore, passengers will be locked The turn signals will flash twice when the vehi-
It is an anti-theft system and prevents the unin- cle is unlocked and once when the vehicle is
inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in the
tentional unlocking of the vehicle. If the vehicle locked.
vehicle can be exposed to very high or very
is unlocked and none of the doors (including
low temperatures. If it does not flash, this indicates that one of the
the boot) are opened within 45 seconds, it re-
● Depending on the time of the year, temper- doors, the rear lid or the bonnet is not closed
locks automatically.
atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can correctly.
be extremely high or extremely low resulting
in serious injuries and illness or even death,
Automatic locking (Auto Lock)
Accidental lock-out
particularly for young children. The vehicle locks automatically at over a speed
The central locking system prevents you from
of approx. 15 km/h (9 mph). The fuel tank flap is
being locked out of the vehicle in the following
unlocked so that you can refuel without getting
situations:
out of the vehicle.

91
 Opening and closing

● If the driver door is open, the vehicle can- ● Unlock: press the button.
Note
not be locked with the central locking switch ● Unlocking the rear lid: hold down the but-
››› page 93. ● Never leave any valuable items in the vehi-
ton for at least 1 second.
cle unattended. Even a locked vehicle is not
Lock the vehicle with the remote control key, a safe. The vehicle will be locked again automatically
when all the doors and the rear lid have been if you do not open one of the doors or the rear
● If the LED on the driver door sill lights
closed. This prevents the accidental locking of lid within 45 seconds after unlocking the car.
up for about 30 seconds when the vehi-
the vehicle. This function prevents the vehicle from remain-
cle is locked, the central locking system or
anti-theft alarm is not working properly. You ing unlocked if the unlocking button is pressed
Central locking settings should have the fault repaired at a SEAT Offi- by mistake. This does not apply if you press the
Central locking settings can be changed in the cial Service or specialised workshop. button for at least one second.
Infotainment system. ● Vehicle interior monitoring by the anti-theft
alarm system will only function as intended if Selective unlocking system
Selective unlocking of the doors
the windows and sunroof are closed.
The selective unlocking system allows you to
● Press the function button > Vehicle
only unlock the driver door and the fuel tank
> Exterior > Central locking > Door
flap. All other doors and the rear lid remain
unlocking. Unlock and lock with the key
locked.
You can choose to unlock all the doors or only
Unlocking the driver's door and tank flap:
the driver door when you unlock the vehicle.
In all the options, the fuel tank flap is also un- ● Press (once) the button on the remote con-
locked. trol key or turn the key once in the opening
direction.
With the Driver setting, when you press the
button on the remote control key once, only the Unlocking all the doors, the rear lid and the tank
driver door is unlocked. If that button is pressed flap simultaneously:
twice, the rest of the doors and the rear lid will ● Within 5 seconds, press (twice) the button
be unlocked. on the remote control key, or turn the key twice
If the button is pressed, all the vehicle doors within 5 seconds in the opening direction.
are locked. At the same time, a confirmation The “Safe” security system and the anti-theft
Fig. 73 Remote control key: keys.
signal is heard. alarm deactivate immediately when only the
● Lock: press the ››› Fig. 73 button. driver door is opened.

● Locking the vehicle without the “Safe” secur- In vehicles with Infotainment system, you can
ity system: push the button again and hold for programme the security central locking system
2 seconds. directly ››› page 91.

92
 Opening
Central
and
locking
closing

Please note the following when using the cen-

WARNING Note
tral locking switch to lock your vehicle:
Observe the safety warnings ››› page 93, Your vehicle will lock automatically when it
● It is not possible to open the doors or the
Safe security system. reaches a speed of about 15 km/h (9 mph)
rear lid from the outside (for safety reasons, e.g.
(Auto Lock) ››› page 91. You can unlock the
when stopped at traffic lights).
vehicle again using the button on the cen-
Note ● The LED in the central locking switch lights up tral locking switch.
● Do not use the remote control key until the when all the doors are closed and locked.
vehicle is visible. ● You can open the doors individually from the
● Other functions of the remote control key inside by pulling the inside door handle. “Safe” security system
››› page 103, Opening and closing the ● The fuel tank flap remains unlocked. Depending on its equipment, the vehicle may
windows.
Hybrid vehicles: the fuel cap remains locked be fitted with the “Safe” security system.
››› page 302. When the vehicle is locked, the “Safe” security
Unlocking and locking from the in- ● In the event of an accident in which the air- system puts the door handles out of operation
bags inflate, doors locked from the inside will and hinders possible attempts by people to ac-
side
be automatically unlocked to facilitate access cess the vehicle. The doors cannot be opened
and assistance. from inside ››› .

Disabling the “Safe” security system

WARNING
● The central locking switch also works with
The “Safe” security system may be disabled in
the ignition switched off, except when the any of the following ways:
“Safe” security system is activated. ● Press the vehicle key button again within 2
● The central locking switch does not oper- seconds.
ate if the vehicle is locked from the outside ● Touch the sensor surface on the outside
and the security system is switched on. of the door handle again within 2 seconds
● Locked doors could delay assistance in an ››› page 89.
Fig. 74 On the centre console: central locking emergency. Do not leave anyone, especially
switch ● Switch the ignition on.
children, in the vehicle.
● OR: deactivate interior monitoring and the
● Lock: press the ››› Fig. 74 button. anti-tow system ››› page 96.
● Unlock: Press the ››› Fig. 74 button again.

93
 Opening and closing

Depending on the equipment, before locking ● The vehicle has been unlocked, but has not
Note
the vehicle temporarily deactivate interior mon- been opened.
itoring and the anti-tow system in the Vehicle If the driver door's is unlocked mechanically
● The ignition has not been switched on.
settings menu of the infotainment system with the vehicle key, only this door is un-
locked and not the entire vehicle. When the ● The rear lid has not been opened.
››› page 96.
ignition is switched on, the “Safe” security ● The vehicle has been unlocked with the lock-
The instrument cluster may display an indica- system on all the doors is deactivated (al- ing cylinder.
tion that the “Safe” security system is switched though they will still be locked) and the cen-
on. ● The vehicle has been locked with the button
tral locking button will be activated.
located in the vehicle interior.
When the “Safe” security system is deactivated,
the following needs to be taken into account:
Troubleshooting What happens when locking the vehicle with
● The vehicle can be opened and unlocked a second key
from the inside using an inside door handle. The control lamp remains on
They key inside the vehicle is blocked and can-
● The anti-theft alarm is active ››› page 95. The red LED on the driver’s door flashes at short not be used to start the engine as soon as the
● The interior monitoring system and the anti- intervals and then stays on. There is a fault in vehicle is locked from the outside with a second
tow system are disabled ››› page 96. the locking system. key. To activate the key inside the vehicle to al-
● Contact a specialised workshop. SEAT rec- low it to switch on the engine, press its button.
“Safe” status ommends visiting a SEAT dealership for this.
The flashing frequency of the diode in the door Locking the vehicle after an airbag is trig-
sill immediately confirms the process. Initially, The turn signals do not flash gered
the diode flashes in a fast sequence for a brief If the turn signals do not flash as a confirmation When an airbag is triggered as a result of an
period, then it stops for approximately 30 sec- when the vehicle is locked: accident, the vehicle is fully unlocked. Depend-
onds and, lastly continues flashing slowly. ing on the extent of the damage, the vehicle
● At least one door or the rear lid are not closed
or may be relocked after the accident as descri-
WARNING bed below:
● The engine bonnet is not closed.
Using the “Safe” security system negligently ● Switch the ignition off.
or without paying due attention can cause The vehicle locks automatically ● Open the driver's door and close it again.
serious injuries.
If one of the following conditions is met, the ● Lock the vehicle.
● Never leave anyone inside the vehicle
vehicle re-locks automatically after approx. 45
when you lock it with the key. When the
seconds.
“Safe” security system is active the doors
cannot be opened from the inside!

94
 Opening
Anti-theft
andalarm
closing

If the vehicle is not opened electronically with ● Switch the ignition on. Please note: to turn on
Note
a valid key, the alarm triggers and emits audio the ignition, place the vehicle key in the area
If the 12-volt vehicle battery has little or no and light signals for a maximum of approx. 5 provided for it to perform an emergency start.
charge, or the vehicle key battery is almost minutes.
or entirely out of charge, you will probably
not be able to lock or unlock the vehicle Note
When is the anti-theft alarm triggered?
with the Keyless Access system. The vehi- ● After 28 days, the indicator light will be
cle can be unlocked and locked manually ● If a mechanically unlocked door is opened switched off to prevent the battery from ex-
››› page 97. with the vehicle key, you have 15 seconds to hausting if the vehicle has been left parked
switch on the ignition before the alarm is trig- for a long period of time. The alarm system
gered (depending on markets, the 15 seconds remains activated.
Note waiting time disappears and the alarm is trig- ● If, after the audible warning goes off, an-
If there is no vehicle key in the vehicle or gered immediately when the door is opened). other monitored area is accessed (e.g. the
the system does not detect it, a warning will ● If the bonnet is opened. rear lid is opened after a door has been
be displayed on the instrument cluster. This opened), the alarm is triggered again.
● If the rear lid is opened.
could happen if any other radio frequency ● The anti-theft alarm is not activated when
signal interferes with the key signal or if the ● If an invalid vehicle key is used.
the vehicle is locked from within using the
key is covered by another object, e.g. a metal ● If there are movements inside the vehicle (in central locking button .
case. vehicles with interior monitoring ››› page 96). ● If the driver door is unlocked mechanically
● If the vehicle is lifted or towed (for vehicles with the key, only the driver door is unlocked,
with an anti-tow system ››› page 96. the rest of the doors remain locked. Only
Anti-theft alarm when the ignition has been turned on will the
● If the vehicle is transported on a ferry or by
other doors be available - but not unlocked -
rail (in vehicles with an anti-tow system or inte-
Description and the central locking button will be activa-
rior monitoring ››› page 96). ted.
Depending on the equipment, the vehicle may ● If the 12-volt battery is disconnected. ● Vehicle monitoring remains active even if
be fitted with an anti-theft alarm.
● If the window is broken. the battery is disconnected or not working
The theft alarm monitors the doors, bonnet and ● When a trailer connected to the theft alarm
for any reason.
rear lid.
system is unhitched.
The anti-theft alarm system activates automat-
ically when the vehicle is locked. Switching off the alarm
● Unlock the vehicle with the vehicle key un-
locking button .
● Grip the door handle.

95
 Opening and closing

Interior monitoring and anti-tow sys- Disconnect through the infotainment system ● If light objects are left inside the vehicle, e.g.
● Press the function button loose paper or items hanging from the interior
tem > Vehicle
> Exterior > Central locking > In- mirror.
If movement is detected in the vehicle interior terior monitoring. ● If the vibrate function of a mobile left inside
while the vehicle is locked, the interior monitor- the vehicle is activated.
The interior monitoring and anti-tow system re-
ing triggers the alarm.
main deactivated until the next time the vehicle
If it detects that the vehicle is being lifted, the is locked. Note
anti-tow system triggers the alarm.
● It is not possible to permanently deactivate
Interior monitoring and the anti-tow system can
the interior monitoring and anti-tow systems.
Switching on the interior monitoring and the also be switched off in the departure menu.
● If any doors or the rear lid are open when
anti-tow systems To do this, the ignition must be switched off
the anti-theft alarm is activated, only the
● Lock the vehicle. When the anti-theft alarm is
››› page 151.
alarm will be activated. The interior monitor-
activated, the interior monitoring and the anti- To avoid false alarms, deactivate interior moni- ing and anti-tow systems will only activate
tow system are as well. toring and the anti-tow system in the following once all of the doors and the rear lid are
situations: closed.
Depending on the equipment, the use of a par-
tition net can affect the operation of the interior ● When people or animals remain inside the ve- ● When the interior monitoring and anti-tow
monitoring system. hicle. systems are switched off, the “Safe” security
system is also switched off ››› page 93.
● When the vehicle is to be loaded onto an-
Temporarily switching off the interior moni- other means of transport, transported or towed.
toring and anti-tow systems ● When the vehicle is to be left in a car wash or
is to be parked in a double-decker garage.
Doors
● Open the vehicle with the key, either me-
chanically or by pressing the button on the Introduction
remote control. The time period from when the Risk of false interior monitoring alarms
door is opened until the ignition is turned on The interior monitoring system will only operate The doors and rear lid can be locked manually
should not exceed 15 seconds, otherwise the correctly if the vehicle is completely locked. and partially opened, for example if the key or
alarm will be triggered. Please bear in mind all legal provisions. The the central locking is damaged.
● Press the button on the remote control following situations may cause a false alarm:
twice. The interior monitoring and the anti-tow ● If one or more windows are partially or com-
systems will be deactivated. The alarm system
pletely open.
remains activated.
● If the sliding/tilting roof is partially or fully
open.

96
 Opening
Doors
and closing

● Remove the key blade from the vehicle key

WARNING NOTICE
››› page 87.
Opening and closing doors carelessly can When opening and closing in an emergency,
● Insert the key blade into the lock cylinder to
cause serious injury. carefully disassemble components and then
reassemble them carefully to avoid damage unlock or lock the vehicle.
● If the vehicle is locked from outside, the
to the vehicle.
doors and windows cannot be opened from
Special characteristics
the inside.
● Never leave children or disabled people ● The anti-theft alarm will remain active when
Emergency unlocking or locking of vehicles are unlocked. However, the alarm will
alone in the car. They could be trapped in the
car in an emergency and will not be able to the driver’s door not be triggered ››› page 95.
get themselves to safety. ● After the driver door is opened, you have 15
● Depending on the time of the year, temper- seconds to switch on the ignition. Once this
atures inside a locked and closed vehicle can time has elapsed, the alarm is triggered.
be extremely high or extremely low resulting
● Switch the ignition on. The electronic immo-
in serious injuries and illness or even death,
bilizer recognises a valid vehicle key and deac-
particularly for young children.
tivates the anti-theft alarm system.

WARNING
Note
Getting in the way of the doors and the rear
lid is dangerous and can lead to serious in- The anti-theft alarm is not activated when
jury. the vehicle is locked manually using the key
Fig. 75 Driver door lever: lock cylinder. shaft ››› page 91.
● Open and close the doors and the rear lid
only when there is nobody in the way. If the central locking system should fail to op-
erate, the driver door can still be locked and
unlocked by turning the key in the lock.
NOTICE
As a general rule, when the driver door is locked
In certain weather conditions, ice or snow
manually all other doors are locked. When it is
may accumulate on the lower front part of
the doors between the door frame and the
unlocked manually, only the driver door opens.
door; do not force the doors open until you Please observe the instructions relating to the
are sure that there is no ice or snow. anti-theft alarm system ››› page 95.

97
 Opening and closing

Emergency lock of doors without lock Child lock Deactivating the childproof lock
cylinders ● Unlock the vehicle and open the door whose
childproof lock you want to deactivate.
● With the door open, turn the slot with the
vehicle key anticlockwise for the left doors
››› Fig. 77 and clockwise for the right doors.

Rear lid
Introduction
Fig. 77 Left door child lock. The rear lid unlocks and locks together with the
Fig. 76 Locking the door manually. doors.
The childproof lock prevents the rear doors On vehicles with the Keyless Access start/lock-
If the central locking system should fail to work from being opened from the inside. This system ing system, the rear lid automatically unlocks
at any time, doors with no lock cylinder will prevents minors from opening a door acciden- when it is opened ››› page 89.
have to be locked separately. tally while the vehicle is running.

The emergency lock is located on the front of This function is independent of the vehicle elec-
WARNING
the front passenger's door and the rear doors. It tronic opening and locking systems. It only af-
fects rear doors. It can only be activated and Careless and unsuitable locking, opening
can only be seen if the door is open.
deactivated manually, as described below. and closing of the rear lid can cause acci-
dents and serious injury.
● If necessary, remove the rubber seal from
Activating the childproof lock ● Do not close the rear lid by pushing it down
the front of the door ››› Fig. 76.
with your hand on the rear window. The glass
● Insert the key in the inside slot and turn it to ● Unlock the vehicle and open the door in could smash. Risk of injury!
the right as far as it will go (if the door is on the which you wish to activate the childproof lock.
● Ensure the rear lid is locked after closing
right side) or to the left (if the door is on the left ● With the door open, turn the slot with the vehi- it. If not, it may open unexpectedly while driv-
side). cle key clockwise for the left doors ››› Fig. 77 ing.
● Replace the cap. and anticlockwise for the right doors. ● Closing the rear lid without observing and
Once the childproof lock is activated, the door ensuring it is clear could cause serious injury
Once the door has been closed it can no longer can only be opened from the outside. to you and to third parties. Make sure that no
be opened from the outside. Pull the interior one is in the path of the rear lid.
door handle once to unlock and open the door.

98
 Opening
Rear
and
lidclosing

● Never drive with the rear lid open or half- Opening and closing the rear lid A warning appears on the instrument panel
closed, exhaust gases may penetrate into display if the rear lid is open or not properly
the interior of the vehicle. Danger of poison- closed.
ing! The rear lid locks automatically while driving.
● Never open the rear lid if there is cargo,
When the outside temperature is around freez-
e.g. bicycles, attached to it. The rear lid may
ing point, the opening mechanism cannot al-
close by itself due to the additional weight. If
ways automatically raise the partially opened
necessary, remove the cargo first or hold the
rear lid.
rear lid. Lift the rear lid by hand.

● Never leave the vehicle unattended or al-

low children to play inside or next to it, espe- Note
cially if the rear lid is open. Children could
If the rear lid is not opened within a few mi-
enter the luggage compartment, close the
Fig. 78 Rear lid: opening from the outside. nutes of being unlocked, it re-locks automati-
rear lid and become trapped. A locked vehi-
cally.
cle can reach extremely high and low tem-
peratures, depending on the time of year, The rear lid opening system operates electri-
thus causing serious injuries, illness or even cally.
death.
Rear lid with electric opening and
To lock or unlock the rear lid, press the or
buttons of the vehicle key.
closing
NOTICE Valid for: Leon Sportstourer
Opening and closing
● Before opening or closing the rear lid, make
sure that there is enough space to open or ● Open: press the top of the SEAT emblem and
close it, e.g. when pulling a trailer or in a ga- lift the rear lid. The rear lid opens automatically
rage. ››› Fig. 78.
● Never use the rear wiper or rear spoiler to ● Close: grip the rear lid by one of the handles
secure cargo or as a handhold. This could on the interior trim and move it downwards to
cause damage that could lead to the break- close.
age of the rear wiper or spoiler.
OR: press the button on the rear lid ››› Fig. 79.

Note If the doors are locked, the rear lid is also

Before closing the rear lid, make sure that locked. Fig. 79 Rear lid: button to close rear lid.
the key has not been left inside the luggage
compartment.

99
 Opening and closing

located below the rear bumper (Easy Open If the rear lid meets with resistance or an ob-
››› page 101). The rear lid will open automati- stacle during the automatic opening or closing,
cally. opening or closing will be interrupted immedi-
ately. For the closing process, the rear lid opens
Closing the rear lid again slightly.

● Briefly press the button on the rear lid ● Check why it has not been possible to open
››› Fig. 79, ››› in Introduction on page 98. or close the rear lid.

● OR: pull up and hold the button on the ● Try to open or close the rear lid again.
driver’s door until the rear lid is fully closed ● If necessary, the rear lid can be opened or
››› Fig. 80 (only with the ignition switched on). closed by hand using reasonable force.
Fig. 80 Driver door: button to open and close
● OR: on vehicles with Keyless Access, press
rear lid. Particular features if towing a trailer
and hold the vehicle key button until the rear
lid is closed or move one foot in the area of the If the factory-fitted towing bracket is electri-
sensors located below the rear bumper (Easy cally connected to a trailer ››› page 289, the
Opening the rear lid
Open ››› page 101). The vehicle key must be electric rear lid can only be opened or closed
● Unlock the vehicle and briefly press the han- in the Keyless Access system detection zone at with the buttons on the rear lid itself or by using
dle of the rear lid. On vehicles with Keyless Ac- the rear outside the vehicle. the Easy Open function.
cess you can directly press the handle of the ● OR: manually move the rear lid in the direc-
rear lid. The rear lid is unlocked if an authorised tion of closing until it closes automatically. Audible warnings
key is recognised in the proximity of the vehicle.
● The rear lid goes down automatically to the Throughout the process of opening or closing
● EITHER: pull the button on the driver door final position and also closes automatically the rear lid, acoustic warnings can be heard.
upwards for approx. 1 second ››› Fig. 80. The ››› in Introduction on page 98. Exception: when the rear lid is opened manually
button also works when the ignition is switched
using the handle or the Easy Open function with
off.
Interrupting opening or closing the movement of the foot or closed using the
● OR: press and hold the button of the ve- button on the rear lid itself ››› Fig. 79.
After beginning to open or close the rear lid,
hicle key for approx. 1 second. If the vehicle is
the action can be halted by pressing one of the
locked, only the rear lid is unlocked (the doors Modifying and memorising the opening an-
buttons .
remain locked).
gle
If you press one of the buttons again, the
● OR: on vehicles with Keyless Access and sen-
rear lid will move again in the original direction. If the space behind or above the vehicle is less
sor-controlled opening you can open the rear
than the travel area of the rear lid, you can
lid by moving one foot in the area of the sensors
change the opening angle of the rear lid.

100
 Opening
Rear
and
lidclosing

To memorise a new opening angle, the rear lid Once the system is cool again, the function can
must be open at least halfway. be reused. Until then, the rear lid can only be
● Interrupt the opening process in the desired opened and closed by hand using reasonable
position. force.

● Press the ››› Fig. 79 button on the rear lid If with the rear lid open the vehicle battery is
for at least 3 seconds. disconnected ››› page 336 or the correspond-
ing fuse burns out ››› page 319, the system will
The opening angle is memorised. Memorisation
have to be reset. This requires closing the rear
is indicated by blinking of the hazard warning
lid completely once.
lights and an audible warning.

Emergency unlocking Fig. 81 Rear lid with sensor-controlled opening

Resetting and memorising the opening an-
››› page 102. (Easy Open).
gle
For the rear lid to reopen completely, the open- If there is a valid vehicle key in the proximity of
ing angle must be reset and memorised again. WARNING the rear lid, it is possible to unlock and open
● Release the rear lid and open it to the memo- If a lot of snow builds up on the rear lid or it or close it moving one foot in the area of the
rised height. is heavily loaded, the rear lid may not open sensors located under the rear bumper.
or, after opening, it may lower by itself due to ● Switch the ignition off.
● Lift the rear lid by hand as far as it goes. To do the extra weight and cause serious injury.
this, some force will have to be used. ● Stand in front of the rear bumper, in the mid-
● Do not open the rear lid when there is a lot
● Press the ››› Fig. 79 button on the rear lid dle.
of snow on it or when carrying a load (e.g. on
for at least 3 seconds. a rack). ● With a brisk movement, bring your foot and
● This resets and memorises the factory-set lower leg as close as you can to the bumper.
● Before opening the rear lid, remove the
opening angle. Memorisation is indicated by snow or the load.
The lower part of the leg needs to be close
blinking of the hazard warning lights and an to the upper sensor area and your foot to the
audible warning. lower sensor area ››› Fig. 81 1 .
Rear lid with sensor-controlled ● Quickly remove your foot and lower leg from
Automatic protection against overheating opening and closing (Easy Open) the sensor areas ››› Fig. 81 2 . The rear lid will
open automatically.
If the system is operated repeatedly in a short
Valid for: Leon Sportstourer ● If the rear lid fails to open, repeat the proce-
space of time, it automatically switches off to
prevent overheating. dure after a few seconds. The detection zone of
the lower sensor may not have been reached.

101
 Opening and closing

The rear lid can be closed with another foot Emergency unlocking of the rear lid
WARNING
movement similar to the opening one (provided
a valid vehicle key is in the proximity of the rear If there is a valid key in the proximity of the
lid). rear lid, in some cases the Easy Open func-
tion may be accidentally activated and the
When closed, the rear lid automatically locks rear lid will open, for example, when sweep-
if the vehicle has been locked beforehand and ing under the rear bumper, when directing a
there is no valid key inside. water jet or high pressure steam to the area
While the rear lid is in motion (either opening or when carrying out maintenance work or
or closing), it can be stopped with another foot repairs in that area. If accidentally opened,
the rear lid could injure somebody situated in
movement similar to the opening one (provided
its area of operation or cause material dam-
a valid vehicle key is in the proximity of the rear
age.
lid).
● Therefore, always make sure that there is Fig. 82 Luggage compartment: manual
The Easy Open feature is not available or only
no unsupervised valid key in the area near release (Leon).
has limited availability in the following situations the rear lid.
(examples):
● Before carrying out any maintenance or re-
● If the rear bumper is very dirty. pair work on the vehicle, always disable the
● If the rear bumper is wet with salt water, e.g. Easy Open feature via the infotainment sys-
after having driven on gritted roads. tem.

● If the vehicle has been equipped at a later ● Before washing the vehicle, always disable
the Easy Open function via the infotainment
time with a tow bracket.
system.
In the event of heavy rain, the Easy Open fea-
● Before attaching a bike rack or hitching
ture may take a little longer to open the boot
a trailer ››› page 289, always disable the
or may deactivate automatically, to avoid the
Easy Open function via the infotainment sys-
boot opening by accident, e.g. because of the tem.
running water. Fig. 83 Luggage compartment: manual
The Easy Open function can be connected and release (Leon Sportstourer).
disconnected permanently in the infotainment
system using the button > Vehicle > Exterior The rear lid can be unlocked from inside in the
> Central locking. event of an emergency (e.g. if the 12 volt bat-
tery is flat).

102
 Opening
Windowand
controls
closing

There is a groove in the luggage compartment Buttons on the driver door Convenience open/close function
allowing access to the emergency opening 1 Window on the front left door The electric windows can be opened or closed
mechanism.
2 Window on the front right door from outside using the vehicle key:

Unlocking the rear lid from inside the lug- 3 Window on the rear left door Convenience opening:
gage compartment 4 Window on the rear right door ● Press and hold the button on the remote
control key until all the windows and the sun-
● Insert the key blade into the slot and move the 5 Safety switch for deactivating the electric
roof have reached the desired position.
key in the direction of the arrow until the lock window buttons in the rear doors.
unlocks ››› Fig. 82, ››› Fig. 83. ● OR: First unlock the vehicle using the button
The front and rear electric windows can be op-
on the remote control key and then keep the
erated by using the controls on the driver door.
key in the driver door lock until all the windows
The other doors each have a switch for their
Window controls own window.
and the sunroof have reached the required po-
sition.
Opening and closing the windows Always close the windows fully if you park the
Convenience closing:
vehicle or leave it unattended ››› .
● Press and hold button on the remote con-
You can use the electric windows for approx. 10 trol key until all the windows and the sunroof
minutes after switching off the ignition if neither
are closed ››› .
the driver door nor the front passenger door
have been opened and the ignition key has not ● OR: Keep the key in the driver door in the
been removed (depending on the equipment). "lock" position until all the windows and the
sunroof are closed.
Safety switch ● OR: using the Keyless Access system (only
locking): Press and hold the locking sensor sur-
The safety control ››› Fig. 84 5 on the driver
face ››› Fig. 86 (arrow) on the door handle for
door can be used to disable the electric win-
several seconds to close the windows and the
dow buttons on the rear doors.
sunroof. If you release the sensor surface, the
Safety switch not pressed: buttons on rear closing movement stops.
doors are activated.
During convenience closing, first the windows
Fig. 84 Detail of the driver door: controls for
Safety switch pressed: buttons on rear doors and then the sliding sunroof will be closed.
the windows.
are deactivated.
In the infotainment system different settings
● Opening the window: press button The safety control symbol lights up in yellow can be adjusted using the function button >
if the buttons on the rear doors are switched off. Vehicle > Exterior > Windows > Con-
● Closing the window: pull button
venience opening.

103
 Opening and closing

One-touch opening and closing WARNING Note

The one-touch automatic opening and closing Observe the safety warnings ››› in Intro- If the window is not able to close because
is used to open or close the windows com- duction on page 97. it is stiff or because of an obstruction,
pletely. It will not be necessary to hold the but- the window will automatically open again
● Incorrect use of the electric windows can
ton of the corresponding electric window. ››› page 104. If this happens, check why the
result in injury.
For the automatic raising function: pull the but- window could not be closed before attempt-
● Never close the rear lid without observing
ton for the corresponding window upwards until ing to close it again.
and ensuring it is clear, to do otherwise could
it reaches the second position. cause serious injury to you and third parties.
For the automatic lowering function: push the Make sure that no one is in the path of a win-
Window anti-trap function
button for the corresponding window down- dow.
wards until it reaches the second position. ● If the ignition is switched on, the electric The roll-back function reduces the risk of injury
Stop automatic movement: push or pull on the equipment could be activated with risk of in- when the electric windows close.
jury, for example, in the electric windows.
button of the corresponding window. If a window encounters resistance or an obsta-
● The doors can be locked using the remote cle when closing, it will reopen immediately
control key. This could become an obstacle
Resetting one-touch opening and closing ››› .
for assistance in an emergency situation.
If the 12-volt battery is disconnected or dis- ● Check why the window does not close.
● Therefore always take the key with you
charged when the windows are not completely when you leave the vehicle. ● Try closing the window again.
closed, the electric window automatic raising
● The electric windows will work until the ig- ● If the closing process is interrupted again, the
and lowering function deactivates and has to
nition has been switched off and one of the anti-trap function stops working for a few sec-
be reset:
front doors has been opened. onds.
● Switch the ignition on. ● If necessary, use the safety switch to disa- ● If the window still cannot be closed, it will stop
● Close all windows and doors. ble the rear electric windows. Make sure that in the corresponding position. Pulling the button
● Pull the corresponding window button up- they have been disabled. again within a few seconds closes the window
wards and hold it in this position for a few sec- ● For safety reasons, you should only use without the anti-trap function ››› .
onds. the remote control open and close functions
within about 2 metres of the vehicle. To avoid Closing the windows without the anti-trap
● Release the button, pull it up again and hold it
injuries, always keep an eye on the windows
in this position. This resets the automatic raising function
when pressing the button to close them. The
and lowering function. windows stop moving as soon as the button is ● Try to close the window again by pulling the
The function can be reset for a single window or released. button without releasing it, within a few sec-
for several windows at the same time. onds. The anti-trap function will be deacti-
vated!

104
 Opening
Sunroof
and closing

● If the closing process takes longer than a

WARNING Note
few seconds, the anti-trap function is activated
again. The window will stop again if it encoun- If the sunroof is used negligently or without ● Leaves and other loose objects that accu-
ters resistance or an obstacle, and will reopen paying due attention, it can cause serious mulate on the sunroof rails should be regu-
automatically. injury. larly cleaned away either by hand or with a
● Open or close the sunroof and the sun vacuum.
● If the window will still not close, visit a special-
blind only when no one is in their path of ● If the sunroof does not work correctly, the
ised workshop.
movement. anti-trap function will not work either. Con-
● Never leave any key inside the vehicle tact a specialised workshop.
WARNING when exiting.
Observe the safety warnings ››› in Open- ● Never leave a child or any other person
ing and closing the windows on page 104.
Operating the sunroof
who may need help in the vehicle, especially
● The roll-back function does not prevent if they have access to the vehicle key. If using
fingers or other parts of the body getting they key unattended, they could lock the ve-
pinched against the window frame. Risk of hicle, start the engine, switch on the ignition
accident. and activate the sunroof.
● After switching off, it is still possible to
open or close the sunroof during a short
Note space of time provided that neither the driver
nor passenger door is opened.
The anti-trap function also works when the
windows are closed with the comfort func-
tion using the vehicle key. NOTICE
● To prevent damage, during winter tempera- Fig. 85 On the interior roof lining: sunroof
tures remove any ice or snow that might be
Sunroof on the car roof before opening the sunroof or
button.

adjusting the tilt position.

The functional area can be operated in two
Introduction ● Before leaving the vehicle or in case of ways: by sliding and pressing.
rainfall, always close the sunroof. With the
The sunroof only works when the ignition sunroof open or in a tilted position, water can ● Sliding: The roof is opened or closed totally
is switched on. Once the ignition has been enter the interior and can cause considera- or partially.
switched off, you can still open or close the ble damage to the electrical system. As a re- ● Pressing: The roof is raised, opened or
sunroof for a few minutes provided the driver sult, other damage can occur in the vehicle. closed totally or partially. Press again to stop
door and the front passenger door are not
the automatic movement.
opened.

105
 Opening and closing

Raising, opening and closing the sunroof Convenience function to open or Using the Keyless Access system (only lock-
Opening the sunroof: close the sunroof ing)

● Automatic movement: slide your finger back Press and hold the locking sensor surface
over the functional area ››› Fig. 85 A . ››› Fig. 86 (arrow) on the door handle to close
the sunroof. If you release the sensor surface,
● Manual movement: slide back over the func-
the closing movement stops.
tional area and hold it there.
Closing the sunroof:
Anti-trap function of the panoramic
● Automatic movement: slide your finger for-
ward over the functional area A . sunroof
● Manual movement: slide forward over the The anti-trap function can reduce the risk of
functional area and hold it there. injury when closing the sunroof ››› . If the
Raise the sunroof (it is only possible to raise the sunroof encounters resistance or an obstacle
Fig. 86 Door handle: sensor surface.
sunroof if it is closed): when closing, it reopens immediately.
● Automatic movement: press briefly in the cen- The sunroof can be opened and closed with the ● Check why the sunroof did not close.
tre of the functional area B convenience function, just like the windows. ● Try to close the sunroof again.
Closing the sunroof when raised: ● If the sunroof cannot be closed due to an
Using the door lock obstacle or some resistance, it stops at the
● Automatic movement: slide your finger for-
ward over the functional area A . ● Hold the key in the door lock of the driver corresponding position and then reopens. For
door in either the unlocking or locking position automatic closing, a new closing attempt might
● Or press briefly in the centre of the functional
to open or close the roof in the tilted position. take place.
area B .
Release the key to interrupt this function. ● If the sunroof is still unable to close, close it
Stop the automatic opening or closing move- without the anti-trap function.
ment:
Using the remote control
● Press the functional area again A . Closing the sunroof without the anti-trap
● Keep the locking or unlocking button pressed
to open or close the roof. If you release the function
button is the opening or closing will stop. ● Before approx. 5 seconds after activation of
the anti-trap function, slide your finger forward
over the functional area ››› Fig. 85 A and
keep pressed until the sunroof is fully closed.

106
 Opening
Sunroof
and closing

● The sunroof closes without the anti-trap

function intervening!
● If the sunroof will still not close, visit a special-
ised workshop.

WARNING
Closing the sunroof without the anti-trap
function can cause serious injuries.
● Always be careful when closing the sun-
roof.
● No person should ever remain in the way of
the sunroof, especially when closing without
the anti-trap function.
● The anti-trap function does not prevent fin-
gers or other parts of the body from becom-
ing trapped against the roof frame and inju-
ries occurring.

107
 Steering wheel

Steering wheel The steering wheel includes multifunction mod-

ules from where it is possible to control the
Digital instrument cluster: Change digi-
tal panel views ››› page 18
audio, telephone, navigation, voice control and
Multifunction steering assist functions without the driver needing to be Activate or deactivate steering wheel
distracted from the road. heating ››› page 138
wheel Switching ACC on or off
Buttons available depending on the version ››› page 183 / Cruise control
Functions
Turn: Turn volume up/down.
››› page 180 / Speed limiter
1 ››› page 182 / Travel Assist
Press: Mute volume. ››› page 197.
Turn: Search in the instrument panel Activate ACC / Travel Assist / Speed lim-
menu. In Navigation mode, turn to zoom iter
in/out of the map on the digital instru-
2
ment cluster. Reset programmed speed.

Press: Select the highlighted option in : Increase programmed speed.

the instrument cluster : Decrease programmed speed.
Radio: Search for the previous/next sta- Select Travel Assist / ACC.
tion.
Fig. 87 Controls on the steering wheel.
Media: Short press: previous/next track; Open the driver assistants menu in the
long press: fast forward/rewind. instrument cluster.
Activate phone menu (answer call, end Modify the programmed ACC distance.
call).
Switch between media and radio sour-
ces.
Change the instrument panel menu
(previous/next).

Enable/disable voice control.

Fig. 88 Controls on the steering wheel.

108
 Multifunction
Steering
steering
wheel wheel

Steering wheel position adjustment ● Never adjust the steering wheel while the
vehicle is in motion. If you need to adjust the
steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion,
stop safely and make the proper adjustment.
● The adjusted steering wheel should be fac-
ing your chest and not your face so as not to
hinder the driver's front airbag protection in
the event of an accident.
● When driving, always hold the steering
wheel with both hands on the outside of the
ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions
to reduce injuries when the driver's front air-
bag deploys.
Fig. 89 Lever in the lower left side of the
steering column. ● Never hold the steering wheel at the 12
o'clock position or in any other manner (e.g.
in the centre of the steering wheel). In such
Adjust the steering wheel before your trip and
cases, if the driver's airbag deploys, you
only when the vehicle is stationary. may sustain injuries to your arms, hands and
● Pull lever ››› Fig. 89 1 down, move the head.
steering wheel to the desired position and lift
the lever back up until it locks.

WARNING
Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjust-
ment function and an incorrect adjustment
of the steering wheel can result in severe or
fatal injury.
● After adjusting the steering column, push
lever ››› Fig. 89 1 firmly upwards so that
the steering wheel does not accidentally
change position while driving.

109
 Seats and head restraints

Seats and head re- WARNING Manual adjustment of the front seats

straints
Incorrectly using upholstery and seat cov-
ers might cause an accidental activation of
the electrical seat adjustment system and
Front seats make it move unexpectedly while driving.
This might cause loss of control of the vehi-
cle and thus accidents or injuries. Moreover,
Introduction the electrical components of the front seats
might be damaged.
WARNING ● Never attach or place seat upholstery or
Always read and observe the informa- covers on the electric controls.
tion and safety advice given in chapter ● Never use upholstery or seat covers that
››› page 43, Correct sitting position of ve- have not been explicitly authorised for the
hicle occupants. seats of the vehicle.
Fig. 90 Front seats: manual seat adjustment.
WARNING NOTICE
1 Pull the lever to move the seat forwards or
Incorrect seat adjustment may lead to acci- Objects with sharp edges can damage the backwards. The seat must engage when
dents and severe injuries. seats. the lever is released!
● Only adjust the seats when the vehicle ● Do not rub the seats with sharp objects. 2 Move the lever up or down to adjust the
is stationary, as the seats could move unex- Sharp objects, such as zips and rivets on
seat height; several times if necessary.
pectedly while the vehicle is in motion and clothing or belts, can damage surfaces.
you could lose control of the vehicle. Further- Open Velcro fasteners can also cause dam- 3 Without placing force on the seat backrest,
more, an incorrect position is adopted when age. turn the wheel to adjust the backrest.
adjusting the seat.
4 To adjust the lumbar support, move the
● Adjust the height, position and inclination lever until the required position is achieved.
of the front seats only when their movement
area is empty.
● Make sure there are no objects in that area.
● Make sure that the movement and locking
areas of the seats are clean.

110
 Seats and
Rear
head
seats
restraints

Electric adjustment of the front seats WARNING Note

If the electric front seats are used negli- When changing user a warning will be shown
gently or without paying due attention, it can on the infotainment system's screen during
cause serious injury. the time that the seat is moving to the saved
● The front seats can also be electrically ad- position. This movement can be stopped by
justed when the ignition is switched off. Never pressing the stop button on the screen.
leave a child or any other person who may
need help in the vehicle.
● In the event of an emergency, electrical Rear seats
adjustment can be stopped by pressing any
control. Folding down and raising the rear
seat backrest
NOTICE
To avoid damaging the electrical compo-
Fig. 91 Driver's seat: electric seat adjustment. nents of the seats, please refrain from kneel-
ing on the seat or applying sharp pressure at
a single point to the seat cushion and back-
A Adjust the lumbar support: press the button
rest.
according to the desired position.
B Seat forwards/backwards: press the button
forwards/backwards. Note
Seat up/down: Press the rear part of the ● It may not be possible to electrically adjust
button up/down. To adjust the angle of the the seat if the vehicle battery is very low.
seat cushion, press the front of the button ● If the engine is started while the seats are Fig. 92 Rear seat: clip to hold the seatbelt in
up/down. being electrically adjusted, the adjustment place.
C Backrest further upright/further reclined: will stop.
press the button forwards/backwards.

The position will be saved automatically in the

SEAT Connect Active user when the ignition is
switched off1).

1) Valid for vehicles fitted with the Infotainment Connect System.

111
 Seats and head restraints

WARNING NOTICE
Serious injuries can be caused if the rear Serious damage can be caused to the vehi-
seat backrest is lowered or lifted without due cle and other objects if the rear seat back-
care and attention. rest is lowered or lifted without due care and
● Never lower or lift the rear seat backrest attention.
while driving. ● Before lowering the rear seat backrest, al-
● Do no trap or damage the seat belt when ways adjust the front seats so that neither
raising the rear seat backrest. the head restraints nor the cushions of the
rear backrest can hit them.
● When lowering or lifting the rear seat back-
rest, keep your hands, fingers, feet and other
Fig. 93 Rear seat: folding down the backrest.
body parts out of its path.
● For the rear seat belts to offer the nec-
Headrest
The rear seat backrest is split and each part
essary protection all the parts of the rear
be lowered separately to extend the luggage Introduction
backrest must be properly engaged. This
compartment.
is particularly important in the case of the
centre rear seat. If someone is seated in a
The possibilities for the adjustment and disas-
Folding the backrest forwards seat whose backrest is not properly engaged sembly of the headrests are described below.
they will fly forward, along with the backrest, Always make sure that the seats are correctly
● Place the side seat belts in the trim clip
during an accident or a sudden driving or adjusted ››› page 43.
››› Fig. 92.
braking manoeuvre. All seats are equipped with a head restraint.
● Fully lower the rear headrests ››› page 113.
● A red mark on button 2 warns that the rear The central rear headrest is only intended for
● Press the unlock button ››› Fig. 93 1 for- backrest is not engaged. Always check that the central seat of the rear bench. Therefore,
wards and at the same time fold the backrest the red marking is not visible when the back- do not install it on any other seat.
down. The rear seat backrest is not engaged rest is in the upright position.
when the red marking of the button 2 is visible. ● When the rear seat backrest is lowered or Correct adjustment of head restraint
is not properly engaged nobody else can
Adjust the headrest so that its upper edge is
Converting the table to a seat travel in the corresponding seats (not even
a child). at the same level as the top of your head and
● Raise and lock in the back rest. The red mark- under no circumstances below eye level. Keep
ing on button 2 should no longer be visible the back of your head always as close to the
when the backrest is properly secured. head restraint as possible.

112
 Seats and
Headrest
head restraints

Adjusting the head restraint for short people NOTICE

Lower the head restraint completely, even if When assembling and disassembling the
your head is below its upper edge. In the low- head restraints, do not let them meet the top
est position, there may be a small distance be- lining of the vehicle, the back rest of the front
tween the head restraint and the backrest. seat or other parts of the vehicles. If not, this
could damage the vehicle.
Adjusting the head restraint for tall people
Push the head restraint up as far as it will go.
Adjusting the headrests

WARNING Fig. 95 Rear headrest: adjusting the headrest.

If travelling with the head restraints removed
or improperly adjusted, the risk of severe or Adjusting the height of the head restraints
fatal injuries in the event of accidents and
● Grab the sides of the head restraints with
sudden braking or manoeuvres increases.
both hands and push upwards to the desired
● Always travel with the head restraint cor- position. To lower it, repeat the same action,
rectly installed and adjusted.
pressing the button on the side 1 ››› Fig. 94 ,
● To decrease the risk of cervical injuries in ››› Fig. 95.
the event of an accident, adjust the head
● The headrest must lock correctly in one posi-
restraint correctly based on your height, al-
ways making sure that its upper edge is at Fig. 94 Front seat: adjusting the head tion.
the same height as the top of the head, but restraint.
never below eye level. Keep the back of your
head always as close to the head restraint as
possible and centred.
● Never adjust the head restraint while the
vehicle is in motion.
● Under no circumstances should the rear
passengers travel while the head restraints
are in the non-use position.

113
 Seats and head restraints

Removing and fitting the headrests Removing the front head restraints Fitting the rear head restraints
● Lower the head restraint if necessary. To mount the external head restraints, the cor-
● To unlock it, look for the rabbet on the bottom responding backrest must be partially folded
of the backrest and press in the direction of the forward.
arrow ››› Fig. 96 1 . ● Unlock the backrest ››› page 111.
● Remove the head restraint in the direction of ● Insert the head restraint bars into the guides
the arrow 2 . until they perceptibly engage. It should not be
possible to remove the head restraint from the
Fitting the front head restraints backrest.
● Place the head restraint in the correct posi- ● Move the backrest until it engages properly
tion on the guides of the corresponding back- ››› in Folding down and raising the rear
Fig. 96 Front head restraint: removal. rest and insert it. seat backrest on page 112.
● Press the head restraint downwards until the
bars lock. WARNING
● Adjust the head restraint according to the in- Remove the rear headrests only when it is
structions on the correct position of the seat. necessary to fit a child seat. After removing a
child seat, refit the headrest immediately.
Removing the rear head restraints
To remove the head restraint, the correspond-
ing backrest must be partially folded forward.
● Unlock the backrest ››› page 111.
● Move the head restraint upwards until it ar-
Fig. 97 Rear head restraint: removal. rives to the top.
● Press button ››› Fig. 97 1 , while simultane-
ously pressing on the safety hole 2 with a flat
screwdriver a maximum of 5 mm wide, and re-
move the headrest.
● Move the backrest until it engages properly
››› in Folding down and raising the rear
seat backrest on page 112.

114
 SeatsSeat
and head
functions
restraints

● Press the memory button in which to store the at a speed of at least 15 km/h (10 mph) or when
Seat functions settings within approx. 10 seconds. A warning the gear selection lever is changed to a position
sound will confirm they have been stored. other than R ››› page 129.
Memory function
Storing the passenger rear view mirror set- Initialising the seat position memory
tings while driving in reverse The position memory system must be restar-
● Apply the electronic parking brake. ted if, for example, the driver seat has been
● Move the gearshift to the neutral position. changed.

● Switch the ignition on. Restarting deletes all memories and assign-
ments for the seat with position memory. The
● Press the required memory button.
memory keys can then be programmed again.
● Select reverse gear.
● Open the driver door and do not get into the
Fig. 98 On the outer side of the driver seat: ● Adjust the front passenger exterior mirror so vehicle.
memory buttons. that you can see, for example, the kerb edge
● Operating the seat settings from outside the
well.
vehicle.
Memory buttons ● The new position of the mirror will be stored
● Tilt the backrest fully forward.
automatically and allocated to the vehicle key
The memory buttons can be used to save and ● Release the control to set the angle and then
that was used to unlock the vehicle.
turn on settings for the driver seat and the exte- press again until an audible warning is heard.
rior mirrors.
Activating settings WARNING
The settings will also be saved in the user of the
● With the vehicle stopped and the ignition
online services. Adjust the memory function only when the
switched on, press and hold the correspond- vehicle is stationary.
ing memory button until the saved position is
Save the settings of the driver seat and the
reached.
exterior mirrors while driving forward Note
● OR: With the ignition switched off and the
● Apply the electronic parking brake. driver's door open, briefly press the corre- If the driver door is opened approx. 10 mi-
● Move the gearshift to the neutral position. sponding button. nutes after the vehicle was unlocked or later,
the driver seat and the exterior mirrors do not
● Switch the ignition on. The front passenger side exterior mirror auto-
move automatically.
● Adjust the driver seat and the exterior mirrors. matically changes from the position stored for
reversing as soon as the vehicle moves forward
● Press for longer than 1 second ››› Fig. 98.

115
 Seats and head restraints

Front centre armrest ● Never let anyone sit on the centre arm- The rear backrest is not engaged when a red
rest while the vehicle is in motion, not even mark can be seen on the button ››› Fig. 93 2 .
a child. This position is incorrect and may
cause severe injuries.

Unlock the seat backrest with the

cord.
✓ Valid for: LEON Sportstourer

Fig. 99 Front centre armrest

To raise the armrest, pull it fully up in the direc-

tion of the arrow ››› Fig. 99 up or step by step
depending on the desired opening.
To lower the armrest, first lift it to its highest
position. Then lower it down.

To move the armrest horizontally, move it for- Fig. 100 In the luggage compartment: levers
ward ››› Fig. 99 or backward as much as possi- to unlock the rear backrest.
ble in the direction of the corresponding arrow.
● Lower the head restraint properly.

WARNING ● Open the rear lid.

● Pull the remote release lever of the left
The front centre armrest may obstruct the
driver's arm movements, which could cause ››› Fig. 100 1 or right 2 parts of the back-

an accident and severe injuries. rest in the direction of the arrow. The released
part of the rear seat backrest is folded auto-
● Keep the storage compartments of the
matically down and forwards.
centre armrest closed at all times while the
vehicle is in motion. ● If this occurs, close the rear lid.

116
 Vehicle
Lights
lighting

Lights Lighting and visibility buttons When the function is activated, the correspond-
ing symbol lights up. To deactivate it, you will
need to press on the symbol again.
Vehicle lighting Turning the front fog lights on or off.

Control lamps Turning the rear fog lights on or off. In ad-

Lights up yellow dition, the control lamp on the instrument
There is a total or partial failure of the cluster lights up .
exterior lighting. Switching the windscreen demisting
function on and off ››› page 134.
Lights up yellow Switching the rear window heating on and
Rear fog light on. off ››› page 134.
Fig. 101 Instrument panel: light panel.
The driver is personally responsible for the cor-
Lights up green By pressing the button you can select be- rect use and adjustment of the lights in all situa-
Left or right turn signal. The control tween (the corresponding indicator lights up): tions.
lamp flashes twice as fast when a Switching on the dipped beam headlights.
turn signal is faulty. Side lights
Hazard warning lights on ››› page 69. Automatic control of dipped beam and When the side light is switched on, the side
daytime running light. lights in both headlights, certain areas of the
Lights up green Switching on the side lights. The auto- rear light clusters, the number plate light and
Trailer turn signals matic headlight control activates at the button lights on the instrument cluster turn
over a speed of approx. 10 km/h (6 mph). on. The automatic dipped beam activates as of
a speed of approx. 10 km/h (6 mph).
Lights up blue Main beam on or flasher Lights off. Automatic headlight control
activated ››› page 119. activates at over a speed of approx.
10 km/h (6 mph) or after travelling 100 m Automatic dipped beam headlight control
(0.062 mi).
Lights up blue When the automatic dipped beam is switched
Additionally, the following light functions can
The Light Assist system is on on, the vehicle's lighting and the lighting of the
be activated by pressing on the corresponding
››› page 120. instruments and controls turn on and off under
symbol.
the following conditions:

117
 Lights

● The light sensor has detected darkness. Daytime running lights If the exit lighting is switched on (“Coming
● The wiper has been on for some time. Home” function), when you leave the vehicle
Daytime running lights can increase the ve-
there will be no audio warning to warn you that
When the lights are on, the control lamp lights hicle’s visibility when driving in daylight and
the lights are still on.
up in yellow. they turn on automatically when the ignition is
switched on (if brightness is detected). WARNING
The automatic dipped beam is only an auxili-
ary function and cannot always identify all sit- If the road is not well lit and other road users
uations that may arise during driving with suffi- Motorway light
cannot see the vehicle well enough or at all,
cient precision. The motorway light is available on vehicles fit- accidents may occur.
If the vehicle has the appropriate equipment, ted with LED High lights. ● The automatic dipped beam control ( )
the vehicle settings menu of the infotainment The function is connected and disconnected only switches on the dipped beam when
system can be used to set the moment that via the corresponding Infotainment system there are no changes in brightness, and not,
the dipped beam automatically switches on menu. for example when it is foggy.
››› page 39. ● Activation: when going above 110 km/h
(68 mph) for more than 10 seconds, the dipped WARNING
Cornering light function beam raises slightly to increase the driver's visi- The side lights or daytime running lights
The cornering light function is an additional bility distance. are not bright enough to illuminate the road
function to the dipped beam headlights to im- ● Deactivation: when reducing the speed of ahead and to ensure that other road users
prove lighting of the side of the road when tak- the vehicle below 100 km/h (62 mph), the dip- are able to see you.
ing a sharp turn at low speed. ped beam immediately returns to its normal po- ● Always use your dipped beam head lights if
When the dipped beam is on, a static cornering sition. it is raining or if visibility is poor.
light comes on when driving at speeds below ● Never drive with daytime lights if the road
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or on very tight bends. Audible warnings to advise the driver that is not well lit due to weather or lighting con-
the lights have not been switched off ditions.
● If the steering wheel is turned or the turn sig-
nal is switched on, the front fog light gradually If the ignition is not connected and the driver
turns on. After the turn, the cornering light func- door is open, an audible warning signal is heard WARNING
tion is gradually switched off. in the following cases: this will remind you to
If the headlights are set too high and not
● When engaging reverse gear, both front fog turn the light off.
used correctly, there is a risk of dazzling or
lights turn on. ● When the parking light is on ››› page 119. distracting other road users. This could result
● When the lamp or is on. in a serious accident.
● Always make sure that the headlights are
correctly adjusted.

118
 Vehicle
Lights
lighting

2 Left turn light or left-hand parking light (ig- Parking light on both sides
Note
nition switched off).
● Switch the ignition off.
● The legal requirements regarding the use
3 Turning on the main beam. The control
of vehicle lights in each country must be ob- ● Press the button to select .
lamp lights up on the instrument cluster.
served. ● Lock the vehicle from the outside.
● The dipped beam headlights will only work 4 The headlight flasher turns on when the
lever is pulled. The control lamp lights up In doing so, only the side lights of both head-
with the ignition on. The side lights come on
on the instrument cluster. lights light up, and additionally the tail lights will
automatically when the ignition is turned off.
do so partially.
● The rear fog light can dazzle drivers behind Place the lever in rest position to turn off the
you. You should use the rear fog light only corresponding function.
when visibility is very poor. WARNING
● When the lights are off or in position Convenience turn signals Improper or lack of use of the turn signals,
or and the fog lights are switched on, the or forgetting to deactivate them can confuse
When the ignition is switched on, move the lever
dipped beam is also switched on regardless other road users. This could result in a seri-
as far as possible upwards or downwards and
of the ambient brightness. ous accident.
release the lever. The turn signal will flash three
times. ● Always give warning when you are going to
change lane, overtake or when turning, acti-
Turn signal and main beam lever To switch off the convenience turn signal early, vating the turn signal in good time.
immediately move the lever in the opposite di-
● As soon as you have finished changing
rection until you feel resistance and release it.
lane, overtaking or turning, switch the turn
The comfort turn signals can be activated and signal off.
deactivated in the infotainment system, in the
vehicle settings menu ››› page 39.
WARNING
Parking light Incorrect use of the headlights may cause
accidents and serious injury, as the main
The parking lights will only work with the igni-
beam may distract or dazzle other drivers.
tion off. If said light is on, an audible warning will
sound while the driver door is open.
Fig. 102 Turn signal and main beam lever. ● Switch the ignition off.
● Move the turn signal lever up or down.
More the lever to the required position:
When the parking light is switched on, the front
1 Right turn light or right-hand parking light side light and the tail light on the corresponding
(ignition switched off). side of the vehicle turn on.

119
 Lights

Main beam assist (Light Assist) ● OR: if the main beam assistant is on, but the
Note
main beam does not turn on, press the turn
● When you turn the ignition off without hav- The main beam assist automatically prevents signal and main beam lever forwards to turn
ing turned the turn signals off, an acoustic glare from vehicles moving in the opposite di- the main beam on manually. Pull the turn signal
signal sounds while the driver door is open. rection or ahead in the same direction. In addi- and main beam lever back to switch off the
This is intended as a reminder to switch off tion, the main beam assist detects illuminated main beam manually, if necessary.
the turn signal, unless you wish to leave the areas and disconnects the main beam head-
parking light on. ● OR: switch off the ignition.
light when passing, e.g. by populated areas.
● If the convenience turn signals are oper-
Within its limitations, the assist system automat- System limitations
ating (three flashes) and the other conven-
ically connects or disconnects the main beam
ience turn signals are switched on, the active In the following cases, the main beam headlight
part stops flashing and only flashes once in
headlight depending on the environmental and
must be switched off manually because the
the new part selected. traffic conditions, as well as the speed ››› .
main beam assist will not disconnect it on time
● The turn signal only works when the igni- or disconnect it at all:
tion is switched on. The hazard warning lights Switching on the main beam assist
● On roads with insufficient lighting with very
also work when the ignition is switched off.
● Switch on the ignition and select mode reflective signs
● The main beam headlights can only be on the headlight control ››› Fig. 101. ● If road users are insufficiently lit up, e.g. pe-
switched on if the dipped beam headlights
are already on.
● From the base position, press the turn sig- destrians or cyclists.
nal and main beam headlights lever forwards ● On closed curves, when the traffic in the
● If a trailer turn signal malfunctions, the
control lamp will stop flashing (trailer turn
››› Fig. 102 3 . opposite direction is partially hidden, on pro-
signals) and the vehicle turn signal will flash When the main beam assist is switched on, nounced slopes or inclinations.
at double speed. the control lamp on the instrument cluster ● On roads with traffic in the opposite direction
● In cold or damp weather conditions, the screen turns on. When the main beam is on, the and with a central reservation barrier where the
headlights, tail lights and turn signals may blue main beam control lamp on the instru- driver can see over it e.g. lorry drivers.
mist up inside temporarily. This is normal and ment cluster switches on.
● In the event of fog, snow or heavy rain
in no way effects the useful life of the vehicle
lighting system. ● In the event of dust or sand storms
Switching the main beam assist off
● The parking light does not activate auto- ● If the windscreen is damaged in the camera's
● Switching off mode on the headlight
matically if the left- or right-hand turn signal field of vision.
control ››› Fig. 101.
is left on and the ignition is disconnected. ● If the camera's field of vision is misted up, dirty
● EITHER: if main beam assist is on, pull the turn
or covered by a sticker, snow or ice.
signal light and main beam headlights lever
back ››› Fig. 102 4 . ● If the camera is damaged or if the power sup-
ply has been cut off.

120
 Vehicle
Lights
lighting

● OR: press the light control as many times as

WARNING Note
necessary until the instrument cluster displays
The convenience features of the main beam ● The headlight flasher can be turned on and the setting .
assist should not encourage the taking of off manually at any time with the turn signal
● OR: switch on the ignition.
risks. The system is not a replacement for and main beam lever ››› page 119.
driver concentration.
● If there are objects that radiate light in the
Turning on the “Leaving home” light
● You are always in control of the main beam camera's area of influence, e.g. a portable
and adapting it to the light, visibility and navigation system, this may affect the oper- ● Switch the ignition off.
traffic conditions. ation of the main beam assist system. The “Leaving home” light comes on if the auto-
● It is possible that the main beam headlight matic headlight control is switched on and
control does not recognise all driving situa- the light sensor detects darkness.
tions and is limited under certain circumstan- “Coming home” and “Leaving home”
The lights-off delay countdown starts when the
ces. function (exterior orientation light-
last door or rear lid of the vehicle is closed.
● When the field of vision of the camera is ing)
dirty, covered or damaged, operation of the
main beam control may be affected. This Turning off the “Leaving home” light
The “Coming home” and “Leaving home” func-
also applies when changes are made to the tion lights up the vehicle’s immediate surround- ● It switches off automatically after the set
vehicle lighting system, for example, if addi- ings when getting into and out of it in the dark. lights-off delay time has elapsed.
tional headlights are installed.
This light is automatically controlled by a light ● EITHER: it is automatically deactivated if, 30
sensor. seconds after the function has been activated,
NOTICE any vehicle door or the rear lid is still open.
To avoid affecting the operation of the sys- Turning on the “Coming home” light ● OR: press the light control as many times as
tem, take the following points into considera- ● Unlocks the vehicle (if the automatic dipped necessary until the instrument cluster displays
tion: the setting .
beam function is switched on and the light
● Clean the field of vision of the camera reg- sensor detects darkness). ● OR: switch on the ignition.
ularly and make sure it is free of snow and
ice.
Turning off the “Coming home” light “Coming home” and “Leaving home” set-
● Do not cover the field of vision of the cam- tings
● It turns off automatically once the lights off
era.
delay time has elapsed. The duration of the lights-off delay can be set
● Check that the windscreen is not damaged
● OR: lock the vehicle. in the vehicle settings menu of the infotainment
in the area of the field of vision of the cam-
era. system, where the function can also be activa-
ted and deactivated ››› page 39.

121
 Lights

Headlight range control WARNING Note

Dynamic headlight range control (valid for If the dynamic headlight range control fails “Tourist light” is only allowed temporarily. If
or does not work properly, the headlights you are planning a long stay in a country that
vehicles fitted with High headlights)
could dazzle and distract other road users. drives on the other side, you should take the
The headlight range is automatically adjusted This could cause accidents and lead to seri- vehicle to an Authorised Technical Service to
according to the vehicle load status when they ous injuries. change the headlights.
are switched on. ● Immediately go to a specialist workshop
and have the headlight range control system
Manual headlight range adjustment (valid checked. Interior lights
for vehicles fitted with ECO Led headlights)
The headlight range control adapts the dipped Lighting of the instrument cluster,
Driving abroad
headlight beam to the vehicle's loading condi- displays and controls
tions. This means that the driver has optimum The light beam of the dipped beam lights is
visibility conditions without dazzling oncoming asymmetric: the side of the road on which you The instrument and control lighting brightness
vehicles. are driving is lit more intensely. can be set in the vehicle settings menu of the
infotainment system ››› page 39.
The range of the headlights can be adjusted in When a car that is manufactured in a country
the Infotainment System ››› page 39 that drives on the right travels to a country that The set intensity automatically adapts to
drives on the left (or vice versa), it is normally changes in ambient brightness in the vehicle.
● Select > Vehicle > Lights to open
the Headlight range adjustment menu. necessary to cover part of the headlight bulbs When the automatic dipped beam light
with stickers or to change the adjustment of the is turned on, a sensor automatically turns the
● Select the appropriate level for the vehicle
headlights to avoid dazzling other drivers. dipped beam light on or off, as well as the in-
loading conditions.
In such cases, the regulations specify certain strument and control lighting, depending on the
Levels: light values that must be complied with for des- ambient brightness.
0 Two front occupants and luggage com- ignated points of the light distribution. This is In some cases, e.g. when driving through a tun-
partment empty. known as “Tourist light”. nel without the automatic dipped beam light
1 All seats occupied and luggage compart- The light distribution of the headlights allows function switched on, the instrument clus-
ment empty. the specific “tourist light” values to be met ter lighting may even switch off. The objective
without the need for stickers or changes being of this function is to provide the driver with a
2 All seats occupied, luggage compartment visual indication that he or she should activate
full. made to the settings.
the dipped beam. If your vehicle is fitted with
3 Driver’s seat occupied and luggage com- a digital instrument cluster, the message Turn
partment full. on the lights will be displayed on the in-
strument cluster.

122
 Interior
Lights
lights

Interior and reading lights Glove compartment and luggage compart-

ment lighting
When opening and closing the glove compart-
ment on the front passenger side and the rear
lid, the respective light will automatically switch
on and off.

Footwell lighting
The lights in the footwell area below the dash
(driver and front passenger sides) will switch
on when the doors are opened and will de-
crease in brightness while driving. This bright-
Fig. 103 Detail of headliner: front interior
ness can be adjusted through the infotainment
lighting.
system menu using the function button >
Background lighting ››› page 39.
Turning the interior lights on or off.

Door contact connection. The interior Note

lights come on automatically when you The reading lights go out when the vehicle
unlock the vehicle, open a door or discon- is closed and locked or after a few minutes
nect the ignition. The light goes out a few of turning the ignition off. This prevents the
seconds after closing all the doors, when battery from discharging.
locking the vehicle or connecting the igni-
tion.

Reading light
The reading light is tactile, each lens is turned
on and off individually by pressing in the re-
spective central area. In addition, the intensity
of the light can be adjusted according to the
pressure exerted.
If you want to turn on the two lenses together
you must press the symbol ››› Fig. 103.
123
 Lights

Background lighting

Fig. 104 Schematic diagram: Background lighting.

Background lighting provides lighting in differ- Additional functions of the background The representation of these functions by the
ent areas of the interior. lighting background lighting can be switched on and off
There are predefined versions of Ambient Light both individually and as a whole in the infotain-
● Door open alert: Representation on the line
ment system: > Background lighting
››› Fig. 104. of the respective front door if the vehicle rea- > Settings.
The intensity of the lighting can be adjusted ches 10 km/h while either of the two front doors
using the function button : is not closed properly.
● Rear windows locked alert: Representation
Note
Drive profile Lights up the interior of the on the line of the respective front door when In some versions, the colour indicated on the
vehicle depending on the selected drive the operation buttons of the rear windows are Infotainment screen may not match the ac-
profile. pressed, if they have been locked with the tual colour of the vehicle's interior lighting.
Individual To adjust the intensity of the safety button ››› page 103 and the vehicle is
background lighting in each of the areas as locked (Auto Lock).
well as to change the colour in the versions ● Representation of the hazard warning
that have lighting on the front door panel lights: Animation on the entire background
and the instrument panel line. lighting line while the hazard warning light func-
Off Turns off the background lighting. tion is active.

124
 Windscreen wiper and
Visibility
rear window wiper systems

Visibility 5 Pull the lever to switch on the auto-

matic windscreen washer/wiper. The Cli-
WARNING
matronic switches on air recirculation for The use of worn or dirty wiper blades re-
Windscreen wiper and rear approx. 30 seconds to prevent the smell of duces visibility and increases the risk of seri-
ous accidents and injuries.
windscreen washer fluid from entering the
window wiper systems vehicle interior. ● Replace the wiper blades whenever they
are in poor condition or worn out and
6 Switches on the intermittent rear win-
Window washer lever dow wipe. The wiper operates at intervals
no longer clean the windows sufficiently
››› page 310.
of approx. 6 seconds.
7 Pressing and holding the lever turns on
the automatic rear window washer/wiper. NOTICE
A A Control for adjusting the duration of Before driving off and before switching on the
the wiping intervals (vehicles without rain ignition, check the following aspects of the
and light sensors) or the sensitivity of the wiper blades and the wiper motor to prevent
rain sensor. damage to the glass:
● The wiper lever is in the neutral position.

WARNING ● You have removed or cleared any snow and

ice from the wiper blades and windows.
If insufficient antifreeze is added to the
Fig. 105 Operating the windscreen wiper and ● You have carefully removed any wiper
washer fluid, it could freeze on the glass and
rear wiper. impair visibility. blades that may have frozen from the win-
dow. SEAT recommends a de-icer spray for
● In cold conditions you should not use the this operation.
More the lever to the required position:
wash/wipe system unless you have warmed
0 Windscreen wipers off. the windscreen with the heating and venti-
1 Intermittent wiping of the windscreen lation system. The windscreen washer fluid NOTICE
could otherwise freeze on the windscreen
activates the rain sensor. The intermittent Do not turn on the wiper until the glass is dry.
and obscure your view of the road.
wiping of the windscreen depends on the Using the wipers while dry can damage the
speed at which you are driving. The faster glass.
the speed, the more frequent the wiping.
2 Slow wipe.
3 Continuous wipe.
4Short wipe. Pressing the lever for longer
accelerates the wiping.
125
 Visibility

begin without performing the last wipe. For

Note
the “drip” function to work again, you have to
● When the vehicle stops while the wiper is turn the ignition off and then on again.
on, the wiper switches to operating tempora-
rily at the next lower wiping level.
● If the driver’s or passenger door is opened Note
when the vehicle is stationary, the wipers re- The wiper will try to wipe away any obsta-
turn to the starting position and are switched cles that are on the windscreen. The wiper
off. If the door is closed or the wiper lever is will stop moving if the obstacle is still block-
moved within a few seconds, the wiper turns ing its path. Remove the obstacle and switch
on again. on the wiper again.
● In winter, the service position of the wipers Fig. 107 Rain sensor sensitive surface
can be useful to make it easier to lift the wip-
ers off the windscreen when the vehicle is Rain and light sensor The rain sensor controls the frequency of the
going to be left stationary ››› page 310. windscreen wiper intervals, depending on the
amount of rain ››› .
Push the lever to the desired position
Wiper functions
››› Fig. 106.
Automatic rear window wipe 0 Rain sensor off.
The rear wiper switches on automatically when 1 Rain sensor on; automatic wipe if neces-
the wiper is switched on and reverse gear is en- sary.
gaged. The automatic rear window wiper acti- A Setting sensitivity level of rain sensor:
vation when engaging reverse gear can be ac- – Set control to the right: high sensitivity.
tivated and deactivated in the infotainment sys- – Set control to the left: low sensitivity.
tem, in the vehicle settings menu ››› page 39. Fig. 106 Windscreen wipers lever: adjust the
rain sensor A . When the ignition is switched off and then back
Note on, the rain sensor stays on and starts operat-
ing again when the windscreen wipers are in
The windscreen will be wiped again approx-
position ››› Fig. 106 1 and the vehicle is trav-
imately 5 seconds after the windscreen
elling at more than 16 km/h (10 mph).
washer has been activated, provided the ve-
hicle is moving (“drip” function). If you acti-
vate the wipers less than 10 seconds after
the “drip” function, a new wash sequence will

126
 Visibility
Mirrors

Abnormal operation of the rain and light WARNING WARNING

sensor
The rain sensor may not detect enough rain Adjusting the exterior mirrors and interior
The possible causes of anomalies and errone- to switch on the wipers. mirror while driving can distract the driver.
ous interpretations in the sensitive surface area ● If necessary, switch on the wipers man- This could cause accidents and lead to seri-
››› Fig. 107 of the rain sensor are, among oth- ually when water on the windscreen ob- ous injuries
ers: structs visibility. ● Only adjust the exterior mirrors and interior
● Damaged wipers: a film of water on the mirror when the vehicle is stationary.
damaged blades may lengthen the activation ● When parking, changing lanes, overtaking
time, reduce the washing intervals or result in a Note or turning, always keep a close eye on your
fast and continuous wipe. ● To remove wax and coatings, we recom- surroundings, as other road users or objects
mend a window cleaner containing alcohol. may also be in the blind spot.
● Insects: the impact of insects may cause the
wiper to activate. ● Do not put stickers on the windscreen in ● Always make sure that the mirrors are ad-
front of the rain sensor. This may cause sen- justed correctly and that visibility to the rear
● Salt on the road: in winter, salt spread on
sor disruption or faults. is not reduced by ice, snow, fogging or other
the roads may cause an excessively long wipe objects.
when the windscreen is almost dry.
● Dirt: dry dust, wax, coating on glass (Lotus
effect) or traces of detergent (car wash) may
Mirrors WARNING
reduce the effectiveness of the rain sensor or A failure to accurately estimate the distance
make it react more slowly, later or not at all. General safety instructions
to vehicles driving behind can lead to serious
Regularly clean the sensitive surface of the rain accidents and injuries.
The exterior and interior mirrors allow the driver
sensor ››› Fig. 107 (arrow) and check for possi- to observe vehicles driving behind and adapt ● Curved (convex or aspherical) mirrors in-
ble damage to the wiper blades. his or her driving behaviour accordingly. crease the field of view and objects in them
● Windscreen crack: the impact of a stone will appear smaller and further away.
For safe driving, it is important for the driver
trigger a single wipe cycle with the rain sensor ● Curved mirrors do not allow you to pre-
to adjust the exterior mirrors and interior mirror
on. Next the rain sensor detects the reduction in cisely calculate the distance to vehicles
correctly before setting off.
the sensitive surface area and adapts accord- driving behind, so using them when changing
ingly. The behaviour of the sensor will vary with When looking through the exterior mirrors and lanes could cause serious accidents and in-
the size of the damage caused by the stone. the interior mirror, it is not possible to see the juries.
entire area behind and to the sides of the vehi-
cle. These areas outside the field of view are
known as the blind spot. Other road users and
objects may be in the blind spot.

127
 Visibility

● If possible, use the interior mirror to pre- NOTICE Rear view mirror with automatic anti-dazzle
cisely calculate the distance to vehicles function
driving behind you, or to other objects. Electrolyte fluid may leak if the automatic
anti-dazzle mirror is broken. This liquid at- When the ignition is switched on, the sensors in
● Always make sure you have sufficient visi- tacks plastic surfaces. Therefore, it should the mirror measure the light falling on it from
bility to the rear. be cleaned as fast as possible with a damp behind and in front.
sponge or similar.
The interior mirror automatically darkens based
WARNING on the measured values.
The automatic anti-dazzle mirrors contain an Interior mirror If the light falling onto the sensors is blocked or
electrolyte fluid which could leak if the mirror interrupted, e.g. by a sunshade blind or hanging
is broken. objects, the automatic anti-dazzle interior mir-
● If it gets out, the electrolyte fluid can ror does not work or does not work properly.
irritate the skin, eyes and respiratory or- Similarly, the use of portable navigation devi-
gans, particularly in the case of people with ces attached to the windscreen or close to the
asthma or similar diseases. Immediately in- automatic anti-dazzle interior mirror can affect
hale enough fresh air and get out of the vehi- the operation of the sensors ››› .
cle, or open all windows and doors if this is
The automatic anti-dazzle function is deactiva-
not possible.
ted in certain situations, e.g. when reverse gear
● If the electrolytic fluid comes into contact is engaged.
with your eyes or skin, immediately rinse the
affected area with plenty of water for at
least 15 minutes and seek medical advice.
Fig. 108 Manual anti-dazzle function for rear WARNING
vision mirror
● If the fluid comes into contact with foot- Light from screens of portable navigation
wear or clothing, rinse immediately with devices can cause malfunctions of the au-
plenty of water for at least 15 minutes. Manual anti-dazzle function for interior rear tomatic anti-dazzle interior mirror and may
Clean thoroughly before using the footwear vision mirror cause serious accidents and injuries.
or clothing in question again. ● To darken the rear view mirror, press the mir- ● Abnormal operation of the automatic anti-
● If the electrolytic fluid is swallowed, imme- ror button updates ››› Fig. 108 (arrow). dazzle function may result in it being impos-
diately rinse the mouth with plenty of water sible to use the interior mirror to precisely
● To return to the basic position, press the back
for at least 15 minutes. Do not induce vomit- calculate the distance to vehicles driving be-
ing unless advised by a doctor. Immediately
of the button.
hind, or to other objects.
seek medical attention.

128
 Visibility
Mirrors

Adjusting the exterior mirrors Activating exterior mirror functions Memory function
The following exterior mirror functions can The memory buttons ››› page 115 can be used
be activated and deactivated in the vehi- to save and turn on settings for the exterior mir-
cle settings menu of the infotainment system rors.
››› page 39. The settings will also be saved in the user of the
online services.
Synchronized regulation of the exterior mir-
rors Saving the passenger rear view mirror set-
The synchronised mirror setting simultaneously tings for reversing
adjusts the right hand exterior mirror when the ● Switch the ignition on.
left mirror is adjusted
● In the infotainment system, select > Ve-
Fig. 109 Detail of the driver door: control for ● Turn the control to position 1). hicle > Exterior > Mirrors ››› page 39.
the exterior mirror.
● Adjust the left-hand exterior mirror. The right ● Select the R 1)
position on the control.
exterior mirror will be adjusted at the same time
Turn the control to the corresponding position. (synchronised). ● Select reverse gear.
Moving the control to the desired position ● If necessary, correct the setting of the right ● Adjust the front passenger exterior mirror so
/
adjusts the mirrors on the driver's side ( , that you can see, for example, the kerb area
hand mirror: turn the control to position 1)
.
left) and on the passenger's side ( , right) well.
in the desired direction. ● Release the reverse gear.
Fold the rearview mirrors when locking the
Depending on the equipment fitted on vehicle ● The adjusted position for the rear view mirror
the vehicle, the mirrors may be heated ac- is stored.
cording to the outside temperature. When the vehicle is locked or unlocked from
the outside, the exterior mirrors can be folded in
Folding the mirrors ››› . Activating the passenger side exterior mirror
or out automatically, depending on the equip-
ment. For this purpose, the rotary control has to settings for reversing
The exterior mirror cannot be adjusted and be in position , , , or . ● Turn the exterior mirror control knob to posi-
all functions are deactivated.
If the rotary control of the electric exterior mir- tion 1)
.
rors is in the folded position, the exterior mirrors ● Engage reverse gear with the ignition
remain folded. switched on. The right-hand exterior rear-view
mirror will move to the saved position.

1) Regulation in right-hand drive vehicles is symmetrical

129
 Visibility

The passenger side exterior mirror leaves the There is a vanity mirror on the sun visor, with
Note
saved reversing position when the vehicle is a cover. When the cover is opened 2 a light
travelling faster than approx. 15 km/h (9 mph), If the electrical adjustment should fail to op- comes on.
or if the control is turned from position to an- erate, both of the mirrors can be adjusted
The lamp goes out when the vanity mirror cover
other position. by hand by lightly pressing the edge of the
mirror glass.
is closed or the sun visor is pushed back up.

WARNING WARNING
Fold and unfold the exterior mirror, taking Sun protection Folded sun blinds can reduce visibility.
care to avoid injuries.
● Always store sun blinds and visors in their
● Only fold or unfold the exterior mirror Sun blind housing when not in use.
when there is no-one in the way of the mirror.
● When moving the mirror, take care not to
trap fingers between the mirror and the mir- Note
ror bracket. The light above the sun visor automatically
switches off after a few minutes in certain
NOTICE conditions. This prevents the battery from
discharging.
● Before washing the vehicle in an automatic
car wash, please make sure to fold the ex-
terior mirrors in to prevent them from being
damaged.
● The electrically folding exterior mirrors
Fig. 110 Sun visor
must only be operated electrically, not by
hand, and this could damage their electric
drive. Options for adjusting driver and front pas-
senger sun visors

For the sake of the environment ● Lower the sun visor towards the windscreen.

Do not leave the exterior mirror heating on ● The sun visor can be pulled out of its mount-
for longer than necessary. Otherwise it cau- ing and turned towards the door ››› Fig. 110 1 .
ses unnecessary energy consumption. ● Swing the sun visor towards the door, longitu-
dinally backwards.

130
 Heating,Air
ventilation
conditioning
and cooling

Air conditioning Some functions and menu tabs depend on the

equipment.
The turning down of the air conditioning is indi-
cated as follows:
● Front passenger area: on the front passenger
Heating, ventilation and Economic use of the air conditioning temperature setting, which will display ECO in-
cooling Extra fuel (combustion engines) or electricity stead of the selected temperature.
(hybrid in electric mode) may be consumed by ● Rear area: On the rear temperature setting,
the compressor while the air conditioning is on. where ECO will be displayed instead of the se-
Introduction
The air conditioning operates most effectively lected temperature. This turning down of the
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the air with the windows and the sunroof closed. How- air conditioning will also be displayed on the
conditioning systems can be: ever, if the passenger compartment has heated control located in the rear area.
● Climatronic of 1 zone: heats, ventilates, up after standing in the sun for some time, the
cools and dehumidifies the passenger com- air inside can be cooled more quickly by briefly
partment considering it as a single air condi- opening the windows and the sunroof. Air conditioning percentage reached func-
tioning area. tion
● The 3 zone climatronic: heats, ventilates, Operating the air conditioning with voice Shows how long it will take to reach the set
cools and dehumidifies the passenger com- commands comfort temperature as a percentage.
partment considering it as 3 independent air Depending on the equipment, some of the Once reached, 100% will be displayed on the
conditioning areas (driver, front passenger and air conditioning functions can be operated by screen. There is one indicator for the driver's
rear seats). voice control ››› page 256. area and another for the passenger area.

There are several ways to switch on the air con-

Passenger recognition function1) Dust and pollen filter
ditioning:
The front and rear zone passenger recognition The dust and pollen filter with its activated
● Press in the air conditioning menu
function turns down the air conditioning in these charcoal cartridge serves as a barrier against
››› page 134.
areas if no occupation is detected in them, with impurities in the air taken into the vehicle inte-
● OR: Press in the air conditioning menu the aim of reducing the vehicle’s energy con- rior.
››› page 134 or on the light control sumption. The dust and pollen filter must be changed reg-
››› page 117.
When the ignition is switched on, the vehicle ularly so that air conditioner performance is not
● OR: Change the desired temperature. recognises whether a person is sitting in one of adversely affected.
● OR: Press its seats.

1) Valid for hybrid vehicles.

131
 Air conditioning

If the filter loses efficiency prematurely due to ● It is advisable to turn on the air condition-
NOTICE
use in areas with very high levels of air pollu- ing at least once a month, to lubricate the
tion, the filter must be changed more frequently Food, medicines and other objects sensitive system gaskets and prevent leaks. If a de-
than stated in the Service Schedule. to heat or cold may be damaged or made crease in the cooling capacity is detected,
unsuitable for use by the air coming from the a Technical Service should be consulted to
vents. check the system.
Air vents
● Never place food, medicines or other tem- ● When the engine is under extreme strain,
To ensure proper heating, cooling and ventila- perature-sensitive objects close to the air switch off the compressor for a moment.
tion in the vehicle interior, the air vents must vents.
remain open.
There are other additional, non-adjustable air
vents in the instrument panel, in the footwells Note
and in the rear area of the passenger compart- ● When the cooling system is turned off, air
ment. coming from the outside will not be dried. To
prevent fogging of the windows, SEAT recom-
mends leaving the cooling system turned on.
WARNING
To do this, press the function button . The
Reduced visibility through the windows in- icon should light up.
creases the risk of serious accidents. ● The maximum heat output required to de-
● Always ensure that all windows are free of frost windows as quickly as possible is only
ice and snow, and that they are not fogged, available when the engine has reached its
so as to maintain good visibility of everything normal running temperature.
outside. ● Keep the air intake slots in front of the
● Only drive when you have good visibility. windscreen free of snow, ice and leaves to
● Always ensure that you use the air condi- ensure heating and cooling are not impaired,
and to prevent the windows from misting
tioner and heated rear window to maintain
over.
good visibility.
● The air from the vents flows through the ve-
● Never leave the air recirculation on for a
hicle interior and is extracted by slots in the
long period of time. If the cooling system
luggage compartment designed for this pur-
is switched off and air recirculation mode
pose. Therefore, you should avoid obstruct-
switched on, the windows can mist over very
ing these slots with any kind of object.
quickly, considerably limiting visibility.
● Switch air recirculation mode off when it is
not required.

132
 Heating,Air
ventilation
conditioning
and cooling

Climatronic control

Fig. 111 Schematic representation: air-

conditioning functions.

A Climabar OR: use the touch zones 1 and 2 (blue /

red) to adjust the temperature of the Air
Fixed bar at the top of the Infotainment System
Conditioning ››› Fig. 111.
screen ››› Fig. 111 A (even if it is off) where
the following Air Conditioning functions are lo- Switching air recirculation on and off
cated: ››› page 135.
By pressing it, you can access the Air
conditioning menu ››› page 134. Temperature setting submenu
Access the seat heating submenu / Press to set the desired temperature on
››› page 136. the driver or front passenger side. You can
also slide your finger over the bar to make
Temperature Sliding your finger from left to
the adjustment.
right or vice versa over the numbers
sets the desired temperature on the corre- Only for versions with 3-zone Climatronic.
sponding side. Press on the same numbers Synchronizes the temperature on the driv-
to access the temperature adjustment sub- er's side with the other zones.
menu.

133
 Air conditioning

Air Conditioning Menu

Fig. 112 Schematic diagram: Air conditioning

menu.

Within the Air Conditioning menu, the following cate the outlet temperature of the air, but When this function is switched on, the rear
submenus are found depending on the equip- the requested temperature depending on air conditioning remains switched off.
ment: the surrounding conditions. Switches the heated window on or off
In the 1-zone Climatronic versions, it is se- when the engine is running. It switches off
Front Submenu lected by pressing on the desired distribu- automatically after a maximum of 10 mi-
tion icon. nutes. It should be switched off as soon as
Submenu for the air conditioning in the front of
the passenger compartment where the follow- Manual adjustment of fan speed by the glass is demisted. By saving electrical
ing functions are found: pressing or . power you can also save fuel.
Manual steering wheel heating setting To avoid possible damage to the battery,
Switching the Climatronic off/on
with three heating levels. Press the func- an automatic temporary disconnection of
››› Fig. 112 A . this function is possible, coming back on
tion button repeatedly to achieve the
Vents Press the arrows displayed on the air when normal operating conditions are re-
desired level. To disconnect it, press several
vents to select the distribution of air to- established.
times until no LED is on ››› page 138.
wards one or more of the following zones:
Switching the cooling and demisting
feet, upper body or windscreen. The colour The defrost/demist function of the Cli-
system on/off.
represented by the arrows does not indi- matronic removes ice and condensation
from the windscreen. The air is dehumidi-
fied and the fan is set high.

134
 Heating,Air
ventilation
conditioning
and cooling

In this mode, the system automatically Cool feet: automatically adjusts for a ● Climaprofile: To adjust the fan speed (low,
regulates the interior temperature, fan certain time the air conditioning to cool medium or high) during operation in mode.
speed and air distribution for optimal the footwell area. ● Smart heated seat: Pressing turns the
thermal comfort. The mode will deac- Defog the windows: automatically ad- smart heated seats function on/off for the
tivate as soon as manual changes are justs for a certain time the air conditioning driver and front passenger ››› page 136.
made to the fan speed, air distribution, to defog the windscreen.
windscreen demisting or air recirculation.
Fan speed in mode can be set in the Warm feet: automatically adjusts for a Rear controls
Climaprofile (low, medium or high) by suc- certain time the air conditioning to heat
cessively pressing the function button . the footwell area.
Climaprofile adjustment is also possible in Fresh Air: automatically adjusts for a cer-
the Settings submenu. tain time the air conditioning to ventilate
the passenger compartment.
Rear Submenu Fast cooling: automatically adjusts the air
Submenu for the air conditioning in the rear of conditioning to ventilate the vehicle inte-
the passenger compartment where the follow- rior for a certain amount of time.
ing functions are found:
Connect/disconnect the Climatronic A. AirCare Climate submenu Fig. 113 In the centre console, rear section:
Only for versions with 3-zone Climatronic. controls for the rear seats.
With the icon lit up, it is not possible to ad- The air conditioning system contains a filter
just the temperature from the rear area. Temperature selection
that can reduce allergen contaminants.
/ Press to adjust the rear zone temperature. When the Air Care function is activated, the ● Press buttons 1 and 2 ››› Fig. 113 to adjust
recirculation mode is on and the air is regula- the temperature of the rear zone.
iClimate submenu ted automatically and continuously, as long as
there is no detection of fogging hazard.
Only for versions with 3-zone Climatronic. Air recirculation
● Press to switch the AirCare function on/off.
Submenu where different smart and/or auto-
● Press to access information about the Air- Air recirculation mode prevents the ambient air
matic functionalities are located, depending on
Care system function. from entering the interior.
the version.
When the outside temperature is very high, you
Warm hands: automatically adjusts for a
Settings submenu can select air recirculation for a short period of
certain time the air conditioning to heat
time to refresh the vehicle interior more quickly.
the steering wheel area. Submenu where the following settings are loca-
ted:

135
 Air conditioning

For safety reasons, air recirculation is discon- Seat heating To access the smart heated seats function, the
nected when is pressed or when a sensor SEAT CONNECT personalisation service must
detects that the vehicle's windows may mist up. The front seats have three levels of electric first be activated ››› page 235.
heating.
● To switch the function on/off, go to the sub-
Switching air recirculation on and off menu Settings > Use of the driver/front pas-
Control seat heating senger smart heated seats.
● Press the button to switch air recirculation
on or off. Press the icon on the Climabar ››› Fig. 111 The smart heated seats function requires a
A to open the seat heating menu. period for learning usage habits. Information
WARNING ● Press the left or right seat icon to connect the about the start of the learning process is shown
seat heating to maximum power. in the seat heating submenu on the Infotain-
Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and ment display. During this process, the status
reduce driver concentration possibly result- ● Press the left or right seat icon repeatedly
LEARNING will be displayed, and its evolution
ing in a serious accident. until the desired level is adjusted.
will also be shown by a progress bar.
● Never leave the fresh air fan turned off or ● To switch off seat heating, press the corre-
sponding seat icon several times until no LED is Seat heating level 3 (maximum) needs to be
use the air recirculation for long periods of
time; the air in the vehicle interior will not be on. used to ensure that habits are learned cor-
refreshed. rectly.
● You can also adjust the seat heating level
by using two fingers to press the sensor field During the learning period, it is advisable to
››› Fig. 111 1 or 2 (left or right seat). use the seat heater at different outside temper-
NOTICE atures to achieve optimum performance of the
In vehicles with an air conditioner, do not
If the ignition is switched on again in approx. smart heated seats.
smoke when air recirculation is switched on. the next 10 minutes, the driver seat heating is
automatically turned on to the level set the last The system will not learn about the use of the
The smoke may be deposited on the cool-
time. seat heating if it is used straight after using the
ing evaporator and on the active combina-
tion filter and cause permanent unpleasant seat heating with stationary air conditioning1).
odours. Smart heated seat Once the learning period is over, the heated
seats are turned on and their temperature level
This is an smart function that automatically ac-
adjusted automatically. The status AUTO is dis-
Note tivates and regulates the driver and front pas-
played in the seat heating submenu.
senger seat heating for greater comfort.
When the outside temperature is very high, To optimise the temperature provided by the
briefly switching on the air recirculation The seat heating for the driver's seat and front
system during automatic adjustment (AUTO),
mode helps to cool the vehicle interior more passenger seat can be adjusted separately to
achieve fully personalised comfort. manually set the three seat heating levels to
quickly.

1) Only valid for hybrid vehicles (extended stationary air conditioning).

136
 Heating,Air
ventilation
conditioning
and cooling

optimise the function. The optimisation process

WARNING NOTICE
will be displayed in the seats submenu of the
infotainment display (Optimizing). People who cannot perceive pain or temper- ● To avoid damaging the heating elements of
ature because of medications, paralysis or the seat heaters, please do not kneel on the
To reset the process and start the learning chronic diseases (e.g. diabetes) or have a seat or apply sharp pressure to a single point
period, go to the submenu Settings > Reset limited perception of these, may suffer burns on the seat cushion or backrest.
driver / front passenger profile. to the back, buttocks or legs when using seat ● Liquids, sharps objects and insulating ma-
heating. terials (e.g. covers or child seats) can dam-
Cases in which the heat seating should not ● People with limited pain and temperature age the seat heating.
be switched on thresholds must never use seat heating. ● In the event of smells, switch off the seat
Do not switch the seat heating on if any of the ● If an abnormality in the device's tempera- heating immediately and have it inspected
following conditions are met: ture control is detected, have it checked by a by a specialised workshop.
specialist workshop. ● If the original seat upholstery is replaced
● The seat is occupied by a person with limited
by another material, the seat heating may
perception of pain or temperature.
overheat or its operation may be limited.
● The seat is not occupied. WARNING
● The seat has a cover. If the fabric of the cushion is wet, this can
adversely affect the operation of the seat For the sake of the environment
● A child seat has been installed on the seat. heating, increasing the risk of burns. The seat heating should remain on only when
● The seat cushion is wet or damp. ● Make sure the seat cushion is dry prior to needed. Otherwise, it is unnecessary energy
● The outdoor or indoor temperature is greater using the seat heater. consumption.
than +25°C (77°F). ● Do not sit on the seat with clothing that is
wet or damp.
Note
● Do not leave clothing that is wet or damp
on the seat. Please note the following for the smart
heated seats feature:
● Do not spill liquids on the seat.
● The system may reset the learning process
if it has not been satisfactory.
● Separate driver’s seat learning will be re-
quired for each registered user.
● The passenger seat learns regardless of
the active registered user.

137
 Air conditioning

● In hybrid vehicles the use of the stationary ● Press the function button repeatedly to set In the event of low level charge of the 12V bat-
air conditioning function with electricity con- the desired level. tery, the parking ventilation will not turn on.
sumers ››› page 143 may affect the learn- ● To switch off steering wheel heating, press the
ing time of the function. Disconnecting parking ventilation
function button several times until no LED is on.
The parking ventilation will turn off in the follow-
Steering wheel heating Automatic disconnection ing situations:
The steering wheel heating will be switched off ● When the operating time selected by the
The selected steering wheel heating level will automatically when any of the following condi- user for the immediate on/off mode has
be displayed on the instrument cluster display tions are met: elapsed.
and in the air conditioning menu.
● Electrical energy consumption is too high. ● The parking ventilation function will be turned
● The steering wheel heating system is faulty. on through the immediate power button on that
Adjust the steering wheel heating by press-
App.
ing on the multifunction steering wheel ● If the ignition is switched off.
● When the scheduled departure time has been
● Short press (less than 1 second): reached.
The heating is switched on at its maximum level. Parking ventilation The maximum operating period of the parking
Press the steering wheel button repeatedly to ventilation is 60 min.
With the parking ventilation function, the pas-
set the desired level. To switch off steering
senger compartment can be ventilated.
wheel heating, press the steering wheel button
Programming a departure/trip start
repeatedly until the heated steering wheel The power required for parking ventilation will
icon is displayed on the instrument cluster. be provided by the vehicle's 12V battery. The activation of the parking ventilation for a
scheduled time is only valid for a single ventila-
● Long press (more than 1 second): The ventilation function is controlled through
tion process. The departure time must be for
The heating is switched off directly from the the SEAT CONNECT mobile App or the MySEAT
each newly programmed ventilation process.
current operating level. Another long press on website.
the button switches on the heating directly at Before programming the departure time, you
the last level saved before switching off. Connecting parking ventilation must check that the date and time of the car
are correctly set.
The function will be switched on as follows:
Adjusting the steering wheel heating via the When programming a departure time, the car
● The parking ventilation function can be automatically calculates, depending on the en-
infotainment system switched on immediately using the immediate vironmental conditions, the necessary operat-
● In the air conditioning menu, press the steer- on/off button. ing time of the parking ventilation.
ing wheel heating function button . The heat- ● By programming a departure time.
ing is switched on at its maximum level.

138
 Auxiliary heating
Air conditioning
(additional heating)

● The air conditioner compressor has been

NOTICE
temporarily switched off because the engine
Auxiliary heating (addi-
Foods sensitive to heat or cold, medications
and other objects can be damaged by the
coolant temperature is too high. tional heating)
● Another fault in the vehicle. Have the air con-
airflow.
ditioner checked by a specialised workshop. Introduction
● Do not place any type of food, medicines
or other temperature sensitive items in front The auxiliary heater runs on fuel from the vehi-
Change the temperature unit (Climatronic)
of the ventilation slots. cle's tank and can be used while you are driving
The temperature display can be changed from and when the vehicle is stationary.
Celsius to Fahrenheit on the Infotainment sys-
Note The auxiliary heating can be controlled through
tem screen using the function button > Set-
If parking ventilation works repeatedly for tings > Units. the auxiliary heating menu in the Infotainment
long periods of time, the 12V battery charge system, through the SEAT CONNECT mobile
level will drop. It is advisable to take the vehi- app, the MySEAT website or with the remote
Water or water vapour under the vehicle
cle for a long drive to recharge the battery. control.
If the humidity and temperature outside the ve-
In winter, with the auxiliary heater switched on,
hicle are high, condensation can drip off the
you can defog the windscreen and leave it free
Troubleshooting evaporator in the cooling system and form a
of ice and snow (if it is a thin layer) before you
pool underneath the vehicle. This is normal and
start driving.
The cooling system cannot be switched on does not indicate a leak!
or its operation is limited If the outside temperature is very high, the vehi-
When the outside humidity is high and the am-
cle interior can be ventilated with the engine off
If the air conditioning system cannot be bient temperature is low, condensation water
using the auxiliary heater.
switched on, this may be caused by the follow- may evaporate when the stationary air condi-
tioning is operating. In this case, steam may The maximum operating period of the parking
ing:
be released from underneath the vehicle. This ventilation is 60 min.
● The engine is not running.
does not mean that the vehicle has any dam-
● The fan is switched off. age.
● The air conditioner fuse has blown.
● The outside temperature is lower than ap- Note
proximately 0°C (+32°F).
After starting the engine, any residual humid-
ity in the air conditioner could mist over the
windscreen. Switch on the defrost function
as soon as possible to clear the windscreen
of condensation.

139
 Air conditioning

Switching the auxiliary heater on and ● Automatically at the scheduled departure

WARNING
time or after the programmed operating time
The auxiliary heater exhaust fumes contain off
has elapsed .
carbon monoxide, an odourless and colour-
Connection ● Automatically when the control lamp (fuel
less toxic gas. Carbon monoxide can cause
people to lose consciousness. It can also level indicator) lights up.
The independent heating can be connected in
cause death. the following ways: ● Automatically when the 12-volt battery
● Never switch on the auxiliary heater or charge drops too low ››› page 334.
● Press the immediate on/off button in the App
leave it running in enclosed spaces or areas or on the MySEAT website.
with no ventilation. Things to note
● Press the immediate on/off button in the in-
● Never programme the auxiliary heater so Once switched off, the auxiliary heater will con-
fotainment system (while the vehicle is switched
that it switches itself on and is running in an tinue to operate for a short period of time in
off).
enclosed space or an area with no ventila- order to burn the fuel remaining in the system
tion. ● Press button on the remote control
and also to expel the exhaust fumes.
››› page 140.
WARNING ● Automatically scheduling a departure time in
the auxiliary heater menu in the infotainment Radio-operated remote control
The components of the auxiliary heater are system, or on the MySEAT App or website
extremely hot and could cause a fire.
››› page 142.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part
of the exhaust system can come in contact Disconnection
with easily flammable materials that might
be below the vehicle, such as dried grass. The independent heating can be switched off in
the following ways:

NOTICE ● The supplementary heating function will be

turned off immediately using the on/off button
Never place food, medicines or other tem- in the App or MySEAT website.
perature-sensitive objects close to the air
vents. Food, medicines and other objects ● Press the immediate on/off icon in the info-
sensitive to heat or cold may be damaged tainment system (while the vehicle is switched Fig. 114 Independent heating: radiofrequency
or made unsuitable for use by the air coming off). remote control key
from the vents. ● Press button on the remote control
››› page 140. ››› Fig. 114
Switch the auxiliary heater on

140
 Auxiliary heating
Air conditioning
(additional heating)

Switch the auxiliary heater off Flashes quickly approx. 2 seconds ● Insert the new battery. When doing so, take
1 Control lamp ● In green: The independent heating is blocked. into account the polarity and use batteries of
Possible causes: the fuel tank is almost empty, the same type ››› .
If the buttons of the remote control are pressed the 12-volt battery charge is very low or there is ● Replace the battery cover by inserting the
unnecessarily, it could switch on the auxiliary a fault. tabs at the top and pressing the bottom.
heater involuntarily, even when it is out of range It lights up for approx. 2 seconds
or when the control lamp is flashing. Range
● In orange (then in green or in red): The re-
To switch on and off the independent heating, mote control battery is almost flat. However, The receiver is inside the vehicle. The remote
the button must be pressed and held for ap- the on or off signal has been received. control, when fitted with new batteries, has a
proximately 1 second. range of several hundred metres. Obstacles
● In orange (then flashes green or red): The
between the remote control and the vehicle,
remote control battery is almost flat. No on or
Control lamp on the remote control bad weather conditions and discharged batter-
off signal has been received.
ies can considerably reduce the range of the
When the buttons are pressed, the control lamp
Flashes for around 5 seconds remote control.
on the remote control 1 provides the user with
different information: ● In orange: The remote control battery is flat.
No on or off signal has been received. WARNING
It lights up for approx. 2 seconds
● In green: The auxiliary heater has been Swallowing a battery with a 20 mm diameter
Changing the battery of the radio-operated
switched on using the button. or any other button battery can cause seri-
remote control ous and even fatal injuries within a very short
● In red: The auxiliary heater has been time.
When pressing the buttons, if the control lamp
switched off using the button.
of the remote 1 flashes for approx. 5 orange ● Always keep the remote control, keyrings
Flashes slowly for approx. 2 seconds or does not light up, the batteries must be re- with batteries, the spare batteries, button
● In green: No on signal has been received. The placed. batteries and all other batteries over 20 mm
remote control is out of range. Move closer to out of reach of children.
The battery is located beneath a cover on the
the vehicle. back of the remote control. ● If you suspect that someone may have
swallowed a battery, seek immediate medi-
● In red: No off signal has been received. The ● To open the cover, lift it slightly at the bottom cal attention.
remote control is out of range. Move closer to and slide it down.
the vehicle.
● Remove the old battery.

141
 Air conditioning

When programming a departure time, the vehi- heater switches off automatically and cannot
NOTICE
cle automatically calculates, depending on the be switched on. This avoids problems when
● The radio frequency remote control environmental conditions, the necessary oper- starting the engine.
contains electronic components. Therefore, ating time of the parking ventilation. ● The heating must be activated every time you
avoid getting it wet and exposing it to knocks
or direct sunlight. want to set off. Similarly, the departure time
WARNING
must reactivate each time.
● The use of inappropriate batteries may Never programme the auxiliary heater so
damage the radio frequency remote control. ● The control lamp (fuel level indicator) lights
that it switches itself on and is running in
For this reason, always replace the used bat- up.
an enclosed space or an area with no ven-
tery with another of the same voltage, size tilation. The auxiliary heater exhaust fumes
and specifications. contain carbon monoxide, an odourless and Note
colourless toxic gas. Carbon monoxide can
cause people to lose consciousness. It can ● Noises will be heard while the auxiliary
For the sake of the environment heater is running.
also cause death.
● Please dispose of your used batteries cor- ● When the air humidity is high and the in-
rectly and with respect for the environment. side temperature low, condensation from the
● The remote control battery may contain Usage instructions heating and ventilating system may evapo-
perchlorate. Observe the legal provisions re- rate when the auxiliary heater is switched
garding disposal. The auxiliary heater exhaust system located on. In this case, steam may be released from
below the vehicle must be kept clear of snow, underneath the vehicle. This does not mean
● Care should be taken so as not to operate
mud and other objects. The exhaust fumes that there is a vehicle malfunction.
the remote control unintentionally so as to
prevent the auxiliary heater being switched must be able to exit freely. The emissions gen- ● If the vehicle is tilted, e.g. if parked on a
on accidentally. erated by the auxiliary heater are removed via slope, the operation of the auxiliary heater
an exhaust pipe fitted underneath the vehicle. may be restricted if the fuel tank level is low
On heating the vehicle interior, depending on (just above the reserve level).
Programming the auxiliary heater the outside temperature, the warm air is first ● If the auxiliary heater is used a number of
directed at the windscreen and then to the rest times for a long period of time, the 12-volt
The activation of the parking ventilation for a battery will lose its charge. To recharge the
of the vehicle interior through the air vents. Di-
scheduled time is only valid for a single ventila- battery, the vehicle must be driven for a
recting the vents – towards the windows for ex-
tion process. The departure time must be for number of kilometres from time to time. As
ample – can affect air distribution.
each newly programmed ventilation process. a guideline: the journey should last approxi-
Before programming the departure time, you mately as long as the heater was connected.
When the auxiliary heater is not switched on
must check that the date and time of the vehi-
● The auxiliary heater requires about as much
cle are correctly set.
power as the dipped beam headlights. If the
12-volt battery charge is too low, the auxiliary
142
 Stationary
Air conditioning
air conditioning

● At temperatures below +5 °C (+41 °F), the Setting the desired temperature

NOTICE
auxiliary heater may switch itself on auto-
Never place food, medicines or other tem- ● Open the infotainment system’s Battery
matically when the engine is switched on.
The auxiliary heater is switched off again af- perature-sensitive objects close to the air manager menu.
ter a certain time. vents. Food, medicines and other objects ● Set the desired temperature using and
sensitive to heat or cold may be damaged
or made unsuitable for use by the air coming
Managing the stationary air conditioning
Stationary air conditioning from the vents.
It can be switched on in the following ways:
● Press the immediate on icon in the Infotain-
Introduction Note
ment system (while the vehicle is switched off).
Using the stationary air conditioning with- During immediate air conditioning, the vehicle
✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles.
out connecting the charging cable reduces reaches the set temperature in a maximum of
With the stationary air conditioning you can the vehicle’s range. At extreme exterior tem- 30 minutes.
cool, ventilate and heat the passenger com- peratures, the heating or cooling power of
partment while the vehicle is parked. In winter, the stationary air conditioning may be insuf- ● Press the immediate on/off button in the mo-
you can also demist the windscreen and leave ficient to reach the desired temperature. bile App or on the MySEAT website.
it free of ice and snow (if the layer is thin). ● Automatically programming a departure time
The stationary air conditioning is powered in the mobile App, on the My SEAT website, or
Managing the stationary air condi- in the Battery Manager menu of the Infotain-
through a socket or the vehicle’s high voltage
battery. Stationary air conditioning can be pro- tioning ment system ››› page 144.
grammed and controlled in the Infotainment
✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles.
system, through the SEAT CONNECT mobile Managing the stationary air conditioning
App and on the MySEAT website. The stationary air conditioning only works if the
In can be switched off in the following ways:
high voltage battery is sufficiently charged.
You can find information about the app, its ● Press the immediate on/off button in the mo-
availability and the necessary requirements for The stationary air conditioning can operate
bile App or on the MySEAT website.
its use, as well as compatible terminals, on the when the charging connector is not plugged
in When the charging connector is not plugged ● Press the immediate on/off icon in the info-
Internet ››› page 234.
in, the stationary air conditioning is powered by tainment system (while the vehicle is switched
the high-voltage battery. off). It is only possible to switch it off if the sta-
tionary air conditioning was switched on using
● Open the Battery Manager menu.
this button.
● Select the Settings menu. ● Press the air conditioning off button in the Air
● Turn on the Enable High-Voltage Battery conditioning menu of the infotainment system
Power function if necessary. (while the vehicle is off).

143
 Air conditioning

● Automatically, a few minutes after the sched- Air conditioning the vehicle for departure sumers, e.g. seat or rear window heating may
uled departure time. switch on automatically if considered neces-
● Open the Battery Manager menu.
● Automatically if the charge level of the vehi- sary by the Climatronic (in cold conditions).
● Set the scheduled departure time.
cle's high-voltage battery drops excessively. If the air conditioning is switched on immedi-
● Turn on the air conditioning and charging ately, the electrical convenience consumers
functions as needed. are also activated.
Note
If the two air conditioning and charging func- Comfort consumers depend on features.
● Noises will be heard while the stationary tions are on at the same time, the high-voltage
air conditioning is running. ● Open the Battery Manager menu.
battery is charged first and then the vehicle is
● When the outside humidity is high and the air conditioned. The departure time can only ● Tap on the icon of the seats whose conven-
ambient temperature is low, condensation be enabled when one of the two functions has ience consumers you want to switch on in addi-
from the air conditioning system may evapo- been enabled. tion to the stationary air conditioning (the driv-
rate when the stationary air conditioning is er’s seat icon includes the convenience, seat
running. In this case, steam may be released
If the charging connector is plugged in, the ve-
heating and steering wheel heating consum-
from underneath the vehicle. This does not hicle starts cooling down around 30 minutes
ers).
mean that there is a vehicle malfunction. before the scheduled departure time. If the ve-
hicle is not ready to drive at the scheduled de- ● To turn on the rear window heating before the
parture time, it will be cooled for a further 15 departure time, switch on the Automatic rear
Programming the stationary air con- minutes. window heating function.

ditioning If the charging connector is not plugged in, the The maximum waiting time for comfort consum-
air conditioning operating time is reduced to 10 ers is approximately 10 minutes before the de-
✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles. minutes. The operating time is extended by 5 parture time.
The stationary air conditioning can be pro- minutes if the vehicle is not ready to drive.
grammed in the Infotainment system for a The stationary air conditioning switches off au- Immediate activation of the rear window
scheduled departure time. You can set the de- tomatically. heating
sired temperature of the vehicle interior for the
The rear window heating can be switched
vehicle’s planned departure time. Extended stationary air conditioning on/off using the SEAT CONNECT mobile app
Based on the desired temperature, the vehicle or the MySEAT website, regardless of whether
In the Battery Manager menu can be found
calculates the time that the stationary air con- or not the stationary air conditioning is switched
an option to add extended air conditioning.
ditioning needs to be switched on to reach this on.
This means if the vehicle is air conditioned (ei-
temperature by the departure time.
ther by being switched on immediately or due
to departure scheduling), the convenience con-

144
 Stationary
Air conditioning
air conditioning

Air-conditioning the vehicle after unlocking

it
● Open the infotainment system’s Battery
manager menu.
● Press Settings.
● Enable the When unlocking the vehicle
function.

Checking the programming

When the ignition is switched off, the infotain-
ment system displays the next time that is ac-
tive and the set functions.

145
 Driving

Driving WARNING Information regarding the “cleanliness” of

the particulate filter
● Restricting pedal operation can lead to
Driving indications critical situations while driving. When the exhaust system detects that the par-
ticulate filter is close to saturation, this system’s
● Never lay or fit floor mats or other floor
coverings over the original floor mats. This self-cleaning function recommends the optimal
Pedals
would reduce the pedal area and could ob- gear for that function ››› page 307.
● Ensure that you can always press the accel- struct the pedals. Risk of accident.
erator, brake and clutch pedals unimpaired to ● Never place objects in the driver footwell. WARNING
the floor. An object could move into the pedal area
The gear change recommendation is an aux-
● Ensure that the pedals can return unimpaired and impair pedal operation.
iliary function and in no case should be a
to their initial positions. substitute for careful driving.
● Ensure that the floor mats are securely fas- Selecting the optimal gear ● Responsibility for selecting the correct
tened during the trip and do not obstruct the gear, depending on the circumstances, rests
pedals ››› . Depending on the equipment on the instrument solely with the driver.
panel screen, a recommendation is shown with
Only use floor mats which leave the pedals
the gear that should be engaged to optimise
clear and which are secured to prevent them For the sake of the environment
consumption.
from slipping. You can obtain suitable floor mats
Selecting the correct gear can help to save
from a specialised dealership. Fasteners for On vehicles with automatic transmission, it is
fuel.
floor mats are fitted in the footwells. only displayed when driving in Tiptronic mode
››› page 164.
Wear suitable footwear No recommendation will appear if the optimal Note
Always wear shoes which support your feet gear is engaged. The current gear will be dis- The recommended gear display turns off
properly and give you a good feeling for the played. when you are no longer in tiptronic mode.
pedals.
Display Meaning
3 Optimum gear. Economical and environmentally
4 5 Changing to a higher gear is rec-
friendly driving
ommended. Fuel consumption, environmental pollution and
2 1 Changing to a lower gear is rec- wear to the engine, brakes and tyres all depend
ommended. largely on driving style. Consumption can be
reduced between 10-15% with an efficient driv-
ing type. The following section gives you some
146
 Driving
Driving
indications

tips on lessening the impact on the environment Avoid driving at high speed Avoid short journeys
and reducing your operating costs at the same
Avoid travelling at your vehicle’s top speed, The engine and catalytic converter need to
time.
whenever possible. Fuel consumption, emission reach their optimal operating temperature in
of harmful gases and noise pollution multiply as order to minimise fuel consumption and emis-
Active cylinder management (ACT®) speed is increased. Driving at moderate speeds sions.
Depending on vehicle equipment, the active will help to save fuel. A cold engine consumes a disproportionate
cylinder management (ACT®) may deactivate amount of fuel. The engine reaches its work-
some of the engine cylinders if the driving sit- Reduce idling time ing temperature after about four kilometres (2.5
uation does not require too much power. The miles), when fuel consumption will return to a
In vehicles with the Start-Stop system idling is
number of active cylinders can be seen on the normal level.
automatically reduced. In vehicles without the
instrument panel display ››› page 18.
Start-Stop system it is worth switching off the
engine, for example, at level crossings and at Check tyre pressure
Foresight when driving traffic lights that remain red for long periods of Always make sure the tyres are inflated to the
If you think ahead when driving, you will need time. When an engine has reached operating
correct pressures ››› page 344 to save fuel. If
to brake less and thus accelerate less. Take ad- temperature, and depending on the cylinder
the pressure is below half bar, fuel consumption
vantage of the inertia of the vehicle whenever capacity, keeping it switched off for a minimum
may increase by 5%. Due to the greater rolling
possible, with a gear engaged. This takes ad- of about 5 seconds already saves more than
resistance, under-inflation also increases tyre
vantage of the engine braking effect, reducing the amount of fuel necessary for restarting.
wear and impairs handling.
wear on the brakes and tyres. Emissions and The engine takes a long time to warm up when
fuel consumption will drop to zero. Do not use winter tyres all year round as they
it is idling. Mechanical wear and pollutant emis-
increase fuel consumption by up to 10%.
sions are also especially high during this initial
Changing gear to save energy warm-up phase. It is therefore best to drive
Avoid carrying unnecessary loads
An effective way of saving is to change in ad- off immediately after starting the engine. Avoid
vance to a higher gear. running the engine at high speed. Given that every kilo of extra weight will in-
crease the fuel consumption, it is advisable
Manual gearbox: change from first to second make sure that no unnecessary loads are being
Regular maintenance
gear as soon as possible. Choosing the cor- transported.
rect gear saves fuel. Select the highest possi- Regular servicing helps in saving fuel even be-
ble gear suitable for the driving situation (the fore the engine is started. A well-serviced en- Since the luggage rack increases the aerody-
engine should continue to run with cyclical reg- gine gives you the benefit of improved fuel namic drag of the vehicle, you should remove
ularity). efficiency as well as maximum reliability and it when not needed. At speeds of 100-120 km/h
an enhanced resale value. A badly serviced en- (62-75 mph), this will save 12% of fuel.
Automatic transmission: accelerate gradually
gine can consume up to 10% more fuel than
and without reaching the “kick-down” position.
necessary.

147
 Driving

Save electrical energy Driving with a loaded vehicle Driving with the rear lid open
The engine drives the alternator, thereby gen-
In order to achieve appropriate driving charac- Driving with the rear lid open is particularly
erating electricity. This implies that any in-
teristics when the vehicle is loaded, please note dangerous. Secure all objects and the open
crease in power consumption also increases
the following: rear lid correctly and take any necessary
fuel consumption! For this reason, switch off any
● Place all luggage securely ››› page 278. measures.
unneeded electrical devices. Devices that use
a lot of electricity include the blower at a high ● Accelerate with particular care and precau- Driving with the rear lid open increases the aer-
setting, the rear window heating or the seat tion. odynamic drag of the vehicle, along with fuel
heating. consumption. It is therefore recommended that
● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
you do not drive with the rear lid open.
Plug-in hybrid drive: brake early and evenly to ● Brake earlier than usual.
take advantage of energy recovery.
● If applicable, please note the information WARNING
about the roof rack ››› page 287.
Note Driving with the rear lid unlocked or open can
cause serious injury.
● If you have the Start-Stop system, it is rec- WARNING ● Always drive with the rear lid closed.
ommended that it should not be disconnec-
ted. Loads that move around could seriously ● Place all objects securely inside the lug-
threaten the vehicle's stability and safety, gage compartment. Otherwise, loose ob-
● It is recommended that you close the win-
extend the braking distance during hard or jects could fall out of the luggage compart-
dows when driving at more than 60 km/h
emergency braking and lead to serious acci- ment and injure road users driving behind.
(37 mph).
dents and injuries.
● Always drive carefully and with special
● Do not drive with your foot resting on the
● Secure the load correctly to prevent it from care and anticipation.
clutch pedal, as the pressure can make the
moving around.
plate slip. This causes wear and can damage ● Avoid braking and sudden manoeuvres, as
the clutch plate. ● Secure heavy objects with suitable lashing the open rear lid could move uncontrollably.
straps or tie-down belts.
● Do not ride the clutch on a hill, use the ● When transporting objects that protrude
brake. The fuel consumption will be lower ● Ensure that the rear seat backrests are se- from the luggage compartment, mark them
and you will prevent the clutch plate from curely engaged. accordingly to warn other road users. Please
being damaged. bear in mind all legal provisions.
● Use the engine brake on downhills by ● Never use the rear lid to support or secure
changing to the gear that is best suited for objects protruding from the luggage com-
the gradient. Fuel consumption will be “zero” partment.
and the brakes will not suffer.

148
 Driving
Driving
indications

● If a luggage rack is fitted on the rear lid, re- pecially when the engine is cold) this will re-
WARNING
move it and the load when you have to drive duce engine wear and increase its useful life.
with the rear lid open. After driving through flooded zones, braking Never drive at extremely low engine speeds.
effectiveness can decrease if the brake discs Always engage a lower gear when the engine
or pads are damp ››› page 171. works “irregularly”. For the first 1000 km or
NOTICE 600 miles, please note:
An open rear lid changes the height and, in Note ● Do not use full throttle.
some cases, the length of the vehicle.
● Driving through flooded areas may se- ● Do not force the engine above two thirds of its
verely damage vehicle components such as maximum speed.
Note the engine, drive train or electrical system. ● Do not tow a trailer.
● Avoid driving through salt water (corrosion)
Depending on the country, it may be forbid- Between 1000 and 1500 kilometres (600 to
den to drive with the rear lid open. Please ››› page 362. 1000 miles), gradually increase power until
observe the legal regulations of the country ● Whenever driving through water, the reaching the maximum speed and high engine
in question. Start-Stop system must be switched off speeds.
››› page 158.
Running in new tyres and brake pads
Driving on flooded roads
Running in ● Replacement of wheel rims and new tyres
To prevent damage to the vehicle driving on ››› page 343.
flooded roads, take the following into account: Please observe the instructions for running-in
● Information about brakes ››› page 171.
● Water should never come above the lower new components.
edge of the bodywork. For the sake of the environment
Running-in the engine
● Drive at pedestrian speed. If the engine is run in gently, the life of the
● Never stop the vehicle in the water, drive in A new engine must be driven through a engine will be increased and the engine oil
reverse or stop the engine. run-in period during its first 1500 kilometres consumption reduced.
(1000 miles). During its first few hours of run-
● Vehicles driving in the opposite direction form ning, the internal friction in the engine is greater
waves that can raise the water level so high than later on when all the moving parts have Four-wheel drive (4Drive)
that your vehicle will not be able to cross the bedded down.
water safely. On four-wheel drive models, the engine power
How the vehicle is driven for the first 1500 km is distributed to all four wheels
(1000 miles) influences the future engine per-
formance. Throughout the life of the vehicle,
it should be driven at a moderate speed (es-

149
 Driving

General notes Changing tyres For this reason you should always choose
On four-wheel drive vehicles, the engine power On vehicles with four-wheel drive, all four tyres a driving speed suitable for the road condi-
tions. Accident hazard!
is distributed to all four wheels. The distribution must have the same rolling circumference. Also
of power is controlled automatically according avoid using tyres with varying tread depths
to your driving style and the road conditions. ››› page 343.
Trips abroad
See also ››› page 172.
The four-wheel drive is specially designed to Off-roader? The vehicle has been manufactured for a spe-
complement the superior engine power. This Your SEAT vehicle is not an off-roader: in fact, cific country and meets the approval regula-
combination gives the vehicle exceptional han- the ground clearance is not enough to be used tions in force in that country at the time it was
dling and performance capabilities, both on as such. Avoid consequently rough tracks and manufactured.
normal roads and in more difficult conditions, uneven terrain. If you are going to use the vehicle abroad tem-
such as snow and ice. Even so (or perhaps es- porarily or for a short period of time, please
pecially for this reason), it is important to ob- observe the relevant instructions.
serve certain safety points ››› . WARNING
Some countries have special safety regulations
● Even with four-wheel drive, you should al-
and provisions that the vehicle may not com-
Winter tyres ways adjust your speed to suit the condi-
tions. Do not let the extra safety features
ply with. Before travelling abroad, SEAT recom-
Thanks to four-wheel drive, your vehicle will tempt you into taking any risks when driving. mends that you seek information from one of
have plenty of traction in winter conditions, Accident hazard! your dealers about the legal provisions in force
even with the standard tyres. Nevertheless, we in your destination country.
● The braking capability of your vehicle is
still recommend that winter tyres or all-season If you are going to sell the vehicle in another
limited by the tyres' grip. It is therefore no dif-
tyres be fitted on all four wheels to give even ferent from a car without four-wheel drive. So country or use it there for a longer period of
better braking response. do not be tempted to drive too fast on firm or time, please observe the legal regulations in
slippery roads just because the vehicle still force in the country in question.
Snow chains has good acceleration in these conditions.
In some cases it may be necessary to install or
Accident hazard!
On roads where snow chains are mandatory, remove certain equipment at a later date, and
this also applies to cars with four-wheel drive ● On wet roads bear in mind that the front
to deactivate certain functions. Sets and types
››› page 347. wheels may start to “aquaplane” and lose
of services may also be affected. In particular,
contact with the road if the car is driven too
this can occur if the vehicle is to be used in an-
fast. If this should happen, there will be no
other climatic region for a long period of time.
sudden increase in engine speed to warn the
driver, as occurs with a front-wheel drive car. Due to the different frequency bands around
the world, the factory-fitted infotainment sys-
tem may not work in another country.

150
 Starting and Driving
stopping the engine

With petrol vehicles, it should be ensured that The starter button text flashes
lead-free petrol is available throughout the
Starting and stopping the like a heartbeat when the system is preset for
journey. Seek information about service station engine switching the ignition on and off.
networks selling unleaded fuel.
Switching the ignition on/off Automatic ignition disconnection
SEAT importers and distributors will provide in-
When the vehicle detects that there is no driver
formation about the technical preparation that
once the engine has stopped, after a certain
your vehicle requires and also about necessary
time the ignition is switched off automatically.
maintenance and repair possibilities.
If at that time the dipped beam headlights are
on, the side lights will stay on for approx. 30
NOTICE minutes. The side lights can be turned off by
SEAT does not accept liability for any dam- blocking the vehicle ››› page 93, or manually
age to the vehicle due to the use of a lower ››› page 117.
quality fuel, an inadequate service or the
non-availability of genuine spare parts. Automatic deactivation of the ignition on ve-
hicles with the Start-Stop system
Fig. 115 In the lower part of the centre console:
The ignition is switched off automatically when
start button.
the vehicle is stopped and the automatic en-
gine shutdown is active, if:
The engine can be started with a start button
(Press & Drive). For this there must be a valid ● The driver's seat belt is not fastened,
key inside the passenger compartment. ● the driver does not step on any pedal,
Opening the driver's door when exiting the ve- ● the driver door is opened.
hicle activates the electronic lock on the steer- After automatically turning off the ignition, if the
ing column if the ignition is disabled. dipped beam is on, the side light remains
on for approx. 30 minutes (if the battery has
Switching the ignition on/off enough charge). If the driver locks the vehicle
If you only want to switch on the ignition (with- or manually turns off the light, the side light
out starting the engine), briefly press the start goes out.
button once without pressing the brake pedal
or the clutch pedal ››› page 152.

151
 Driving

Switching off the ignition when leaving the ● When the engine stops during the Stop
Note
vehicle, with hybrid drive phase, the light of the start button stays on,
as the Start-Stop system remains active even ● Before leaving the vehicle, always discon-
When the ignition is not switched off in E-MODE though the engine is off. nect the ignition and, if appropriate, take into
operating mode, a certain amount of time af- account the instructions on the screen of the
● When the engine cannot be started again
ter the journey is complete it switches off auto- dash panel.
matically to prevent draining the 12-volt vehicle with the Start-Stop system ››› page 158 and
● If the vehicle is stationary for a long time
battery. needs to be started manually, the start button
with the engine off and the ignition on, the
flashes to indicate this situation.
vehicle battery might be discharged and it
Function “My Beat” might not be possible to start the engine.

For vehicles with a convenience key there is the

WARNING ● In vehicles with diesel engines, wait until
“My Beat” function. This feature provides an ad- When switching on the ignition, do not press the warning light goes off before starting
ditional indication of the vehicle ignition system. the brake or clutch pedal, otherwise the en- the engine.
gine could start immediately. ● If during the STOP phase you press the
When entering the vehicle, the start button
button, the ignition is switched
››› Fig. 115 flashes to draw attention to it. off and the push-button flashes.
When the ignition is on/off, the engine start but- WARNING
● If the following indication appears on the
ton flashes. If vehicle keys are used negligently or with- instrument cluster display: “Start-Stop
out due care, this may cause accidents and system deactivated: Start the en-
With the ignition is switched off, the start button
serious injury. gine manually”; the button
goes off after a few seconds.
● Never leave any key inside the vehicle will flash.
With the engine running, the start button light
when you leave it. Otherwise, a child or un-
stays on, indicating that the engine is running. authorised person could lock the vehicle,
The time elapsed between the moment the start the engine or connect the ignition and Starting the engine
user starts the engine with the start button and operate any of the electrical equipment.
the lighting changes from flashing to fixed will ● Vehicles with manual transmission: put the
depend on specific engine size characteristics. gear lever in neutral, press the clutch pedal and
When the start button is used to stop the en- keep it pressed in this position until the engine
gine, the button starts flashing again. starts.
In vehicles with the Start-Stop system, the ● Vehicles with automatic transmission: press
“My Beat” function also offers additional infor- the brake pedal and keep it pressed in this posi-
mation: tion until the engine starts.

152
 Starting and Driving
stopping the engine

● Press the start button without pressing the

WARNING For the sake of the environment
accelerator. There must be a valid key in the
vehicle for the engine to start. After starting the Do not keep the engine running in confined Do not warm-up the engine by running the
engine, the lighting of the button spaces, as there is a risk of poisoning. engine with the vehicle stationary. Start off
remains fixed indicating that the engine is run- ● The exhaust gases contain carbon monox- immediately, driving gently. This helps the
engine reach operating temperature faster
ning. ide, an odourless and colourless poisonous
gas that can cause loss of consciousness and reduces emissions.
● Once the engine starts, release the start but-
and death.
ton.
Note
● If the engine does not start, stop and wait
for around 1 minute to try again. If necessary, WARNING Electrical components with a high power
perform an emergency start ››› page 155. Do not get out of the vehicle with the en- consumption are switched off temporarily
gine running, especially if a gear is engaged. when the engine starts.
Diesel engines can take a few seconds longer The vehicle could then suddenly move or ● When starting with a cold engine, noise
than usual to start on cold days. During pre- something strange could happen that would levels may briefly increase. This is quite nor-
heating, the warning lamp remains lit. To cause damage, fire or serious injury. mal, and no cause for concern.
avoid unnecessary discharging of the battery, ● When the outside temperature is below
do not use any other major electrical equip- WARNING +5 °C (+41 °F), if the engine is diesel, some
ment while the glow plugs are pre-heating. smoke may appear under the vehicle when
Never use cold start sprays, they could ex- the fuel-operated auxiliary heater is on.
The preheating time depends on the coolant plode or cause the engine to run at high revs.
and exterior temperatures. With the engine at Doing this risks injury.
operating temperature, or at outside tempera-
Turning off the engine
tures above +8°C, the warning lamp will light
up for about one second. This means that you NOTICE
● Bring the vehicle to a full stop ››› .
can start the engine almost immediately. ● The starter motor or the engine may be
● Vehicles with manual transmission: fully de-
damaged if you try to restart the engine im-
press the clutch.
Starting a diesel engine after having run out mediately after switching it off.
● Vehicles with automatic transmission: Switch
of fuel ● When the engine is cold, you should avoid
high engine speeds, driving at full throttle on the parking lock by pressing button P.
If the fuel tank of a diesel vehicle was run until
and over-loading the engine, as this could ● Apply the electronic parking brake.
completely empty, after refuelling it can last
cause engine damage. ● Briefly press the start button.
longer than normal to start the engine, even
up to a minute. This is because the fuel system
must eliminate air first.

153
 Driving

Car wash function (hybrid vehicles) WARNING Electronic immobilizer

When the ignition is turned off with gear N ac- Always take the key with you when you leave The electronic immobiliser helps to prevent the
tivated, the vehicle can roll for the next 30 mi- the vehicle. This is particularly important if engine from being started with an unauthorised
nutes. After that time, if the vehicle is stopped there are children in the vehicle, as they key and, consequently, the vehicle being put in
the parking lock P activates automatically. The might otherwise be able to start the engine motion.
corresponding warning message is displayed or use power-operated equipment (e.g. the
on the instrument cluster display one minute electric windows), which could cause inju- The vehicle key has an integrated chip which
before this happens. ries. automatically deactivates the electronic immo-
biliser if there is a valid key inside the passenger
compartment.
WARNING NOTICE
The electronic immobiliser is automatically ac-
Never switch off the engine while the vehicle ● If the vehicle is stopped and the Start-Stop tivated when there is no longer a valid key in-
is moving. This could cause loss of control of system switches off the engine, the ignition
side the vehicle.
the vehicle, accidents and serious injury. remains switched on. Make sure that the ig-
nition is switched off before leaving the vehi- For this reason, the engine can only be started
● The airbags and belt tensioners do not
cle, otherwise the battery could discharge. with a properly coded Original SEAT key. This
work when the ignition is switched off.
● If the engine has been driven at high speed type of keys can be purchased from a SEAT
● The brake servo does not work with the dealer.
for a prolonged period of time, it may over-
engine off. Therefore, you need to press the
heat when switched off. To avoid damage,
break pedal harder to brake the vehicle.
allow the engine to run for approximately two NOTICE
● Power steering does not work when the en- minutes in neutral before switching it off.
gine is not running. You need more strength A perfect operation of the vehicle is ensured
to steer when the engine is switched off. if genuine SEAT keys are used.
● If the ignition is switched off, the steering Note
column could be locked, making it impossi- After the engine is switched off the radiator
ble to control the vehicle. fan may run on for up to 10 minutes, even
if the ignition is switched off. It is also pos-
sible that the fan turns itself on once more
if the coolant temperature increases due to
the heat accumulated in the engine com-
partment or due to its prolonged exposure to
solar radiation.

154
 Driving with
Driving
electric drive

Emergency starting function Indications for the driver on the in- Driving with electric drive
strument cluster screen
Switching on the hybrid drive system
Depress the clutch
● This indication is displayed on vehicles with ✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles
a manual gearbox when the driver does not Switching on the hybrid drive activates the ve-
depress the clutch pedal when starting the en- hicle's propulsion system. When the vehicle’s
gine. The engine can only be started if the drive system is switched on, the electric drive
clutch pedal is depressed. is activated. The combustion engine starts au-
Press the brake tomatically when the charge level of the high-
voltage battery is not sufficient to run with the
● This message appears on vehicles with an
electric drive, or if high drive power is required.
automatic gearbox if the driver tries to start the
engine without having the brake pedal pressed. To access driving with the electric drive in the
Fig. 116 On the centre console: emergency infotainment system:
Press the brake to engage a gear
start. ● > Battery manager.
● This indication is displayed when starting or
If no valid key is detected inside the vehicle, stopping the engine if the automatic transmis-
sion selector lever is in position D or R and the Requirements for switching on the drive sys-
an emergency start-up will be required. The rel-
brake pedal is not depressed. The engine can tem
evant message will appear in the dash panel
display. This may happen when, for example, only be started and stopped in these positions. The drive system can be switched on when the
the vehicle key battery is very low. Engage position P; the vehicle can following conditions are met:
move; doors can only be locked in ● The high voltage battery has a sufficient
● Immediately after pushing the start button, position P. charge level.
place the key in the drink holder of the centre ● For safety reasons, this driver message ap- ● There is no charging cable plugged in.
console ››› Fig. 116, as close as possible to the pears and an audible warning sounds if the
Kessy logo. ● The temperature of the high-voltage battery
parking lock button P is not pressed after
is within the operating range.
● The ignition connects and the engine starts switching off the engine. Press button P other-
automatically. wise the vehicle could move. ● There is a valid remote control key in the vehi-
cle.
Ignition is switched on
● This driver message is displayed and a buz-
zer is sounded when the driver door is opened
with the ignition switched on.

155
 Driving

Switching on the drive system is on by engine noise. Instead, the following cle’s electrical systems are powered by the
characteristics show that the vehicle is ready high-voltage battery. The rev counter on the
● Press the ignition and start button once. The
to drive: instrument cluster remains at 0 ››› page 23.
ignition must be switched on.
● The indication 0 ››› page 23 is displayed on The combustion engine switches off in certain
● Press the brake pedal and keep it pressed.
the power gauge of the instrument cluster. driving conditions. This is normal and aims to
● Set the gear selector switch to position N or save fuel. In general, the power steering and
● The display light on the instrument cluster is
activate the parking lock P. brake assist systems remain on. In isolated ca-
on, regardless of whether the vehicle’s exterior
● Press the ignition and start button until in- lighting is on. ses the system may require the combustion en-
dicator lamp lights up on the instrument gine to carry on running even when the vehicle
● The indicator lamp is on in the instrument
cluster. Do not press the accelerator. Release is stationary.
the ignition and start button when the indicator cluster display.
In traffic jams the combustion engine may start
lamp lights up on the instrument cluster. ● An audio signal is heard.
up while the vehicle is stationary to recharge
The mark on the power display changes from
the high voltage battery for subsequent driving
to 0. Switching on the drive system in very low off and stopping phases.
● If the indicator lamp does not light up, outside temperatures
cancel and repeat the operation. If the outside temperature is very low (approxi- Vehicle sound
● If the vehicle has been locked with the remote mately -27°C (-16°F) or lower), the high-voltage
control key, the ignition and start button is de- battery may freeze and stop working. In this ✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles
activated. If you are inside the vehicle and have case it's not possible to switch on the drive sys-
The electric drive makes much less noise than
to start the engine, first unlock the vehicle or tem.
a combustion engine. In the versions for some
perform an emergency start ››› page 155. As soon as the temperature of the high-voltage countries, artificial vehicle sound is generated
has increase enough, the drive system can be to allow the vehicle to be heard better from
Note
switched on again. the outside. At higher speeds, when the noise
A click is heard when the drive system is produced by the tyres and the wind increases,
To ensure that the drive system can be
turned on. This is completely normal and the vehicle's sound automatically fades out.
switched on, even in very low outside tempera-
does not mean there is a problem.
tures, SEAT recommends parking the vehicle in
WARNING
a place protected from the cold.
Detecting the drive system During electric driving, the auditory percep-
Behaviour when moving off or stopping tion of the vehicle by other road users may
With the electric drive, the motor makes no
be much lower. This is especially true in traf-
noticeable noise when the drive system is The combustion engine only runs if necessary. fic-restricted areas and when manoeuvring
switched on or while driving. Therefore, you When the vehicle is stationary, the combustion or reversing. Accident hazard!
cannot defect that the vehicle's drive system engine is normally switched off and the vehi-

156
 OperatingDriving
mode selection

Troubleshooting There is a vehicle sound fault. Drive with utmost E-MODE (driving in electric mode)1)
care, as other road users may not be able to
✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles hear the electric vehicle. Go immediately to a In the E-MODE electric driving mode, the vehi-
specialised workshop to have the fault repaired. cle basically drives in electric only mode. To
Drive: Fault! Stop the vehicle safely the extent possible, the vehicle's combustion
engine is not used.
The warning lamp lights up red.
There is a fault in the vehicle’s drive system.
Operating mode selection All of the following conditions must be met for
E-MODE to be activated:
The vehicle's drive system is no longer availa-
ble. Park the vehicle in a safe place as soon as Operating mode selection ● The high voltage battery has a sufficient
possible. Seek professional assistance. charge level.
✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles
● The vehicle speed is lower than 130 km/h (80
The vehicle has different operating modes so
Drive: Fault! The electric drive is not mph).
that it can always be optimally adjusted to ev-
working properly. Visit a workshop ery situation while driving. Once the drive sys- ● The high voltage battery temperature is
tem has been turned on, and provided that all above -10°C.
The warning lamp lights up yellow.
of the operating conditions required for this pur- If, while driving in E-MODE mode, the necessary
There is a fault in the vehicle’s drive system.
pose have been met, the E-MODE operating conditions are no longer met, the combustion
Drive slowly to a specialised workshop to have
mode is always activated in the first instance engine starts and electric driving is suspended.
the fault repaired.
for electric driving. In this case, the indicator lights up on the
instrument cluster display.
Drive: Warning! Power is limited. Check Operating mode selection The combustion engine starts when a kick-
the manual
● Switch on the drive system. down occurs in E-MODE. However, E-MODE re-
The warning lamp lights up yellow. ● Access the Battery manager menu of the mains activated.
Performance limited. The high-voltage battery infotainment system > Battery manager
may not be sufficiently charged or may have ››› page 81). Hybrid (use the battery's charge)1)
reached its operating temperature limit, for ex- ● Press the E-Mode or Hybrid function button This is the operating mode that allows you to
ample in very cold outside temperatures. in the infotainment system. Further information save most fuel.
about the operating mode can be found in . The operating mode control unit tries to make
Vehicle sound: Fault! Pedestrians can- the most of the battery charge. For this pur-
not hear the vehicle. Visit a workshop pose, with active directions the navigation data
The warning lamp lights up yellow. are also accessed.

1) The displayed symbol varies depending on the active operating mode and the charge level of the high-voltage battery.

157
 Driving

In this operating mode, the electric motor and = The high-voltage battery charge level is
WARNING
the combustion engine share the work of driv- kept at around the current level while driv-
ing the vehicle. ing. If you accelerate harder or increase Switching to a different operating mode
the vehicle speed, the combustion engine while driving can distract you from traffic
In hybrid operating mode, the power from conditions and cause accidents.
the battery charge is used optimally. If route starts up. When permitted by the driver’s
guidance is activated, the vehicle may autono- demand for acceleration and the vehicle
mously recharge the high-voltage battery using speed, the vehicle switches back to electric Note
the combustion engine. mode.
Information about the operating mode that
Pressing this symbol selects a lower theo- is currently active is displayed on the instru-
Manual control of the battery charge retical charge level. The vehicle only uses ment cluster display, along with the charge
the battery's charge when it is above the level of the high-voltage battery.
Manual control of the battery charge is only
selected theoretical charge level. The rest
possible in Hybrid operating mode. The option
is kept until the end of the journey.
selected by the user is only valid until the igni-
Troubleshooting
tion is switched off or the vehicle is switched to
The Intelligent Hybrid App allows the user
Hybrid mode or E-MODE. ✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles
to save electrical energy until reaching home
Press the function button and use the sym- (charging point) with just “one click”. If this op-
E-MODE operating mode is not availa-
bols , = and to control the battery charge: tion is not selected, the maximum amount of
ble
Pressing this symbol selects a higher the- electrical energy will be consumed until the se-
oretical charge level. The vehicle tries to lected destination is reached. If the user has The indicator lamp lights up in white.
reach that new theoretical high-voltage no active route, the function will offer the acti- The E-MODE operating mode (driving in
battery charge level while driving. The vehi- vation of a predictive route and BMA mode from electric mode) cannot be used temporarily be-
cle is powered by the combustion engine. If the widget itself with just one click. cause one or more conditions are not met.
the combustion engine has “excess” power,
● The conditions must be met to use the E-
it is used to charge the high-voltage bat- Show the active operating mode
MODE operating mode.
tery. The operating mode active at any given time is
This option increases fuel consumption. displayed on the instrument cluster display, e.g.
SEAT therefore recommends using the
charging socket to charge the high-voltage
. Start-Stop system
battery, whenever possible ››› page 75.
Description and operation
Not valid for PHEV hybrid vehicles

158
 Start-Stop
Driving
system

The Start-Stop system helps you to save fuel the display. The engine may be stopped before ● The reverse gear must not be engaged.
and reduce CO2 emissions. the vehicle comes to a standstill (approximately ● The vehicle must not be on a very steep
In Start-Stop mode, the engine will automati- 7 km/h). slope.
cally switch off when the vehicle stops or is ● When you depress the clutch pedal, the en-
stopping. The ignition remains switched on. The gine will start again. The indicator lamp goes The engine does not turn off for various rea-
engine automatically switches back on when out. sons
required. Vehicles with an automatic gearbox: Before stopping the vehicle, the system verifies
In this scenario, the light of the ● Brake until the vehicle has come to a stand- whether certain conditions are met. The engine
button remains lit. 1)
still, and keep your foot on the brake pedal or does not switch off, in the following situations
When the ignition is switched on, the Start-Stop activate the Auto Hold system so that the vehi- for example:
function is automatically activated. cle remains braked. The engine will stop. The ● The engine has not yet reached the required
warning lamp will appear on the display. temperature for the Start-Stop mode.
The engine may stop before the car stops com-
● The temperature selected on the climate
pletely (approximately 7 or 2 km/h depending
Control lamps control has not been reached.
on the vehicle's gearbox2)).
The Start-Stop system is available, the ● The interior temperature is very high/low.
● When you take your foot off the brake pedal
automatic engine shutdown is active. ● De-icing function button
the engine will start up again. The indicator activated.
The Start-Stop system is not available or lamp goes out. With the Auto Hold system, the ● Park assist is switched on.
has been disconnected. engine will not start if you remove your foot ● The battery is very low.
from the brake pedal. The car starts when you
press the accelerator pedal. ● The steering wheel is overly turned or is being
Stopping and starting the engine
turned.
Vehicles with a manual gearbox: ● If there is a danger of misting.
● When the vehicle is stopped, put it into neu- Basic requirements for the start/stop mode ● After engaging reverse gear.
tral and release the clutch pedal. The engine
● The driver door must be closed. ● In case of a very steep gradient.
will stop. The warning lamp will light up on
● The driver's seat belt must be fastened. ● In a traffic jam after stopping for the fifth time,
● The bonnet must be closed. the engine will not stop any more.

● The engine has reached operating tempera- ● With ESC disabled.

ture. ● After emergency braking or loss of adhesion.

1) Only in vehicles with Keyless Access.

2) In the mHEV version (semi-hybrid), above 20 km/h.
159
 Driving

● With a trailer attached. Additional information related to the auto- NOTICE

● While the particle filter is regenerating. matic gearbox
The Start-Stop system must always be
is displayed on the instrument cluster The engine stops when the selector lever is in D, switched off when driving through flooded
screen; it is also displayed in the driver informa- N and S, as well as in Tiptronic mode. When the areas ››› page 149.
tion system, . parking lock button P is activated, the engine
will also remain off when you remove your foot
from the brake. Note
The engine starts by itself
In order to start the engine up again the ac- ● In vehicles with an automatic gearbox,
When stopped, the normal system mode may
celerator must be pressed, or another gear en- you can control whether the engine should
be interrupted in the following situations. The
switch off or not by reducing or increasing
engine restarts without the driver's intervention. gaged or the brake released.
the brake force applied. While the vehicle re-
● The interior temperature differs from the tem- If the selector lever is placed in R while stopped, mains stopped, the engine will not stop if the
perature selected on the climate control. the engine will start up again. brake pedal is slightly pressed, in traffic jams
with frequent stopping and starting for exam-
● Defrost function button activated .
Additional information about vehicles with ple. As soon as strong pressure is applied to
● The brake is pressed several times in a row. the brake pedal, the engine will stop.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
● The battery is not charged enough. ● When stopped, the brake pedal must be
In vehicles with ACC function, the engine will
● High electricity consumption. kept pressed to ensure that the vehicle does
start up again in certain operating conditions if not move.
● The vehicle rolls forward or backward with the radar sensor detects that the vehicle ahead
● If the engine “stalls” with a manual gear-
the engine off. drives off again.
box, it can be directly started up again by
● ESC deactivated. immediately pressing the clutch pedal.
● The accelerator pedal (automatic transmis- WARNING ● If the lever is placed in position D, N or S
sion), or the clutch (manual transmission) is ● Never switch the engine off until the vehi- after engaging reverse gear, 10 km/h (6 mph)
pressed. cle is stationary. The operation of the brake in a forwards direction must be reached for
and steering will not be fully guaranteed. the system to be in a condition to stop the
● The steering wheel is turned slightly1).
More force will be needed to turn the steer- engine.
● When the air conditioning is activated. ing wheel or to brake. You could suffer an
accident and even serious injuries.
● To avoid injury, make sure that the Start-
Manually connecting and discon-
Stop system is switched off when working in necting the Start-Stop system
the engine compartment ››› page 160.
Not valid for PHEV hybrid vehicles

1) Except for the MHEV version.

160
 Manual
Driving
gearbox

Troubleshooting Manual gearbox

Not valid for PHEV hybrid vehicles
Changing gears
Indications for the driver on the instrument
cluster screen
Start-Stop system deactivated.
Start the engine manually
● This indication shows that the Start-Stop sys-
tem cannot restart the engine.
This happens for 2 reasons: if the driver's door
has been opened or if the driver has unbuckled
the seat belt.
Fig. 117 On the infotainment system display:
Start-Stop system on. View in the main menu. Start-Stop system: Fault! Function
View with the Infotainment system off. not available
● There is a fault in the Start-Stop system. Take Fig. 118 Diagram of a 6-speed manual
If you do not wish to use the system, you can the vehicle to a workshop to have the fault re- gearbox.
switch it off manually: paired.
Gear positions are indicated on the gear lever
● In the infotainment system select > As-
››› Fig. 118.
sistants > Smart Assistants.
● Depress the clutch and keep your foot as far
When the symbol appears in orange
as it will go.
››› Fig. 117 the system is on and will stop and
● Move the gear lever to the desired position.
start. When the symbol appears in white the
system is off. ● Release the clutch.

Note Engaging reverse gear

The system switches on every time the en- Only engage reverse gear when the vehicle is
gine is turned off voluntarily. stopped.

161
 Driving

● Depress the clutch and keep your foot as far

as it will go.
NOTICE DSG automatic transmis-
● With the gear lever in neutral, push it down,
Engaging a gear that is too low when driving
at high speed or at high engine RPM can
sion
move it all the way to the left and then forwards
cause considerable damage to the clutch
to select reverse gear ››› Fig. 118 R . and gearbox. This can happen even if the Introduction
● Release the clutch. clutch pedal is kept depressed and the gear
is not engaged. Your vehicle is equipped with an electronically
controlled manual gearbox. Torque between
Changing to lower gears
the engine and the gearbox is transmitted via
When driving, you should always change down NOTICE two independent clutches. They replace the
through the gears progressively, i.e. to the gear Consider the following to avoid damage and torque converter found on conventional auto-
immediately below when engine RPM is not premature wear: matic gearboxes and allow for smooth, uninter-
tool high ››› . Skipping one or several gears ● Do not rest your hand on the gear lever
rupted acceleration of the vehicle.
when changing down through the gears at high while driving. The pressure exerted by the The Tiptronic system allows the driver to
speed or high RPM can cause damage to the hand is transmitted to the gearbox forks. change gears manually ››› page 164, Chang-
clutch and gearbox, even if the clutch is de- ing gear in Tiptronic mode.
● Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal;
pressed ››› .
even if the pressure seems insignificant, it
can cause premature wear of the clutch disc.
Use the footrest when not changing gears.
Gear selector positions
WARNING
If the engine is running, the vehicle starts ● Make sure the vehicle is completely stop-
moving as soon as a gear is engaged and the ped before engaging reverse gear.
clutch pedal is released. This also happens if ● When changing gears, always fully de-
the electronic parking brake is switched on. press the clutch.
● Never engage reverse gear while the vehi- ● Do not “ride” the clutch with the engine
cle is in motion. running when the vehicle is stopped on an
uphill slope.

WARNING
Changing down through the gears incor-
rectly by selecting a gear that is too low
can lead to loss of control of the vehicle and
Fig. 119 On the centre console: selector lever.
cause accidents and serious injuries.

162
 DSG automatic
Driving
transmission

The gear selector position is shown by the – Permanent forward drive position ● With lever in any position, the foot brake
corresponding sign lighting up. The engaged must be depressed whenever the engine
gear is also displayed on the screen in manual The D/S position enables the gears to be op- is running. This is because an automatic
shift positions M, D, S and E (when the Eco erated in normal mode (D) or sport mode (S). gearbox still transmits power even at idling
››› page 169 engine setting is selected in the To select Sport mode S, move the lever back- speed.
Individual profile). wards. Pushing the lever again will select nor-
● While you are selecting a gear and the ve-
mal mode D. The selected driving mode is dis-
hicle is stopped with the engine running, do
played on the instrument panel screen. not accelerate. Failure to follow this instruc-
- Parking lock
In normal mode (D), the gearbox selects the tion could result in an accident.
When the P button is pressed, the drive wheels best gear ratio. This depends on the engine ● As a driver you should never leave your ve-
are locked. Only press P when the vehicle is load, the road speed and the dynamic gear hicle if the engine is running and a gear is
stationary ››› . control programme (DCP). engaged. Switch on the electronic parking
To press the P button you must press the brake Sport mode (S) should be selected for a sporty brake and select the parking lock (P).
pedal simultaneously. driving style. This setting makes use of the en-
gine's maximum power output. When acceler- Note
– Reverse gear ating the gear shifts will be noticeable.
● If the lever is moved accidentally to N
Reverse gear must be engaged only when the Under certain circumstances (e.g. on mountain when driving, release the accelerator and
vehicle is stationary and the engine is idling roads) it can be advantageous to switch tip- let the engine speed drop to idling before
››› . tronic mode ››› page 164, to adapt the gears selecting gear range D or S again.
to suit the road conditions. ● If the power supply is interrupted while the
To engage reverse gear R, you must press the
P parking lock is active, it will not be possible
brake pedal simultaneously. The reverse lights
WARNING to move the lever. If this should happen the
switch on when the reverse gear R is selected
manual release can be used. In this case, you
and the ignition is on. ● Take care not to press the accelerator should seek professional assistance.
pedal when the vehicle is stopped. The vehi-
– Neutral cle could start moving immediately (in some
cases even if the parking brake is engaged)
In this position, the gear is in neutral. resulting in the risk of an accident.
Press the brake pedal to move the lever from ● Never move the lever to position R when
N to D/S when the vehicle is stationary or at driving. Failure to follow this instruction could
speeds below 3 km/h (2 mph) ››› . result in an accident or failure.

163
 Driving

When you change to the Tiptronic programme, Driving with an automatic gearbox
Note
the vehicle remains in the currently selected
● If a gear has been selected, the vehicle gear. This is possible as long as the system is The gearbox changes gear ratios automati-
does not move forwards or back. Proceed to not changing gear automatically due to a traf- cally as the vehicle moves.
the next mode: fic situation. The engine can only be started with the lever in
– When the vehicle does not move in the N position and the P button must be lit up
the required direction, the system may not Using Tiptronic with the steering wheel pad- (the parking lock remains active).
have the gear range correctly engaged.
dles
Press the brake pedal and engage the gear
range again. The gear shift paddles can be used when the Driving down hills

– If the vehicle still does not move in the re- selector lever is in the D/S position. Under certain circumstances it may be advan-
quired direction, there is a system malfunc- ● Press the + gear shift paddle to change up tageous to use the Tiptronic mode to select the
tion. Seek specialist assistance and have a gear ››› Fig. 120. gear manually according to driving conditions
the system checked. ››› .
● Press the – gear shift paddle to change
down a gear.
Stop/Park
Changing gear in Tiptronic mode ● To exit the Tiptronic mode, pull the right-hand
gear shirt paddle towards the steering wheel To park on flat ground, just press the P
for approximately 1 second. ››› Fig. 119 button. On slopes the parking brake
should first be applied and then press the P
To keep Tiptronic mode permanently switched
button.
on, move the selector lever to the S position.
If the selector lever is in position D and the If the driver door is opened and the P button
gear shift paddles are not operated for some has not been activated, the vehicle could move.
time, the Tiptronic mode will automatically be The following warning is displayed on the in-
switched off. strument panel: Gear change: selec-
tor lever in the drive position!.
Additionally, a buzzer will sound.
NOTICE

Fig. 120 Steering wheel: automatic gearbox ● When accelerating, if a higher gear is Stopping on a downhill
levers not selected, it will automatically change
shortly before reaching the maximum per- Always apply the brake pedal firmly to prevent
mitted RPM. the vehicle from moving; if necessary, apply the
Tiptronic gives the driver the option to change electronic parking brake ››› .
gears manually. ● Also, if a lower gear is selected, the system
will not change until it detects that the en-
gine will not reach its maximum RPM.

164
 DSG automatic
Driving
transmission

Do not accelerate while a range of gears is en-

NOTICE WARNING
gaged to prevent the car from rolling downhill
››› . ● If you stop the vehicle on a gradient, do not Please note that if the road surface is slip-
attempt to stop it from rolling by depressing pery or wet, the kickdown feature could
the accelerator when a gear has been selec- cause the driving wheels to spin, which could
Starting off uphill with the Auto Hold function
ted. This could cause overheating and dam- result in skidding.
● Once you have engaged a gear, take your age the automatic gearbox.
foot off the brake pedal and gently press the ● If you allow the vehicle to roll with the lever
accelerator. in position N and the engine off, the auto- Launch-control program
matic gearbox will be damaged due to a lack
of lubrication.
The Launch-control programme enables maxi-
Starting off uphill without the Auto Hold
mum acceleration from a standstill.
function ● In certain driving situations or traffic condi-
tions, the gears could overheat and be dam- Condition: the engine must have reached oper-
● Pull on the electronic parking brake button. ating temperature and the steering wheel must
aged! If the warning lamp lights up, stop
● Once you have engaged a gear, gently press the vehicle as soon as you can and wait for not be turned.
the accelerator and pull on the electronic park- the gearbox to cool ››› page 167. The engine speed for Launch-control is differ-
ing brake button. ● If the gearbox operates with the backup ent for petrol and diesel engines.
programme, take the vehicle to a specialised
To use the Launch-control you must discon-
WARNING workshop and have the fault repaired with-
nect the traction control (TCS) or activate the
out delay.
Observe the safety warnings ››› in Gear ESC Sport mode, using the Infotainment system
selector positions on page 163. menu: press the function button > Assis-
Kick-down tants > ESC menu. The warning lamp will
● Never allow the brake to rub and do not use
the brake pedal too often or for long periods, The kick-down device provides maximum ac- remain on.
as the brakes can overheat. This reduces celeration when the gear selector lever is in the ● Press the brake pedal with your left foot and
the braking power, increases the braking dis- positions D, S or in Tiptronic mode. hold it down for at least one second.
tance or even causes a brake system fault.
When the accelerator pedal is pressed right ● Set the selector lever to position S or Tip-
● If you have to stop on a hill, keep the vehi- down, the automatic gearbox will shift down tronic, or select the Sport driving profile from
cle’s brakes applied with the brake pedal or to a lower gear, depending on road speed the Drive Profile.
parking brake. and engine speed. This takes advantage of the
maximum acceleration of the vehicle ››› .
The upshift to the next higher gear is delayed
until the engine reaches maximum rpm.

165
 Driving

● With your right foot, press the accelerator The gears will automatically disengage and the
Note
down to the full throttle or kick-down posi- vehicle will roll freely, without the effect of the
tion. The engine speed will stabilise at about ● Dynamic driving or using a launch-control engine brake. While the vehicle rolls, the engine
3,200 rpm (petrol engine) or about 2,000 rpm program may considerably raise the temper- runs at idling speed.
(diesel engine). ature of the catalytic converter or gearbox.
In this case, the program may be out of serv-
● Take your left foot off the brake pedal. The Stopping inertia mode
ice for a few minutes. The program may be
vehicle starts with maximum acceleration. used again once the cooling phase is com- ● Press the brake or the accelerator pedal.
plete.
To take advantage of the engine's inertia mode,
WARNING ● Accelerating with the Launch control pro- simply remove your foot from the accelerator.
gramme places a heavy load on all parts of
● Always adapt your driving style to the Applying both the inertia mode (= prolonged
the vehicle. This can result in increased wear
traffic conditions. section with less energy) and inertia discon-
and tear.
● Only use the Launch control programme nection (= shorter section without the need for
when road and traffic conditions permit, and fuel) facilitates improved fuel consumption and
make sure your manner of driving and accel- Inertia mode emission balance.
erating the vehicle does not inconvenience
If the vehicle has SEAT Drive Profile
or endanger other road users. The inertia mode allows you to travel certain
››› page 169, the inertia mode can be acti-
● Make sure that the ESC remains switched distances without using the accelerator, which
vated in Normal, Eco and Individual modes.
on. Please note that when the TCS and ESC saves fuel. Plan ahead and use the inertia
In Eco mode, it is activated whenever the op-
are deactivated, the wheels may start to mode to let the vehicle roll.
erating conditions are met, regardless of the
spin, causing the vehicle to lose grip. Acci-
smoothness with which the foot is removed
dent hazard! Activation of the inertia mode from the accelerator.
● After moving off, you should activate the
Condition: lever in position D, slopes of
TCS or deactivate the ESC “sport” mode
less than 12% and speeds between 20 and WARNING
again using the Infotainment system: func-
tion button > Assistants. 130 km/h (12 and 80 mph).
● If the inertia mode has been switched on,
● Gently take your foot off the accelerator. take into account, when approaching an ob-
The indication will be shown on the instrument stacle, that the vehicle will not decelerate in
panel , the engaged gear and current con- the usual manner: risk of accident!
sumption will disappear and the word Inertia ● When using inertia mode while travelling
will appear. down hills, the vehicle can increase speed:
risk of accident!
● If other users drive your vehicle, warn them
about inertia mode.

166
 Driving
Driving
on slopes

alised workshop to get the fault repaired. If they

NOTICE Gearbox: press the brake and
do not turn off, do not continue driving. Seek engage a gear again
The operation of the inertia mode in combi- specialist assistance.
nation with hybrid engines (MHEV and PHEV) ● If the warning was caused by the temperature
can cause the combustion engine to switch of the gearbox, this driver message will be dis-
Faults in the gearbox
off. played when the gearbox has cooled again.
Gearbox: Fault! Stop the vehi-
cle and place the lever in the P Back-up programme
NOTICE
● There is a fault in the gearbox. Stop the vehi- If all the gear positions are shown over a light
The inertia mode will be automatically dis-
cle in a safe place and do not continue driving. background on the instrument cluster, there is
connected on gradients steeper than 15%.
Seek specialist assistance. a system fault and the automatic gearbox will
operate with the backup programme. It is still
Gearbox: System fault! You may possible to drive the vehicle, however, at low
Troubleshooting continue driving speeds and within a selected range of gears.
● Have the fault corrected by a specialised Driving in reverse gear may not be possible.
The engine does not start
workshop without delay.
The indicator lamp lights up green. Parking lock manual release mechanism
Gearbox: System fault! You can
The brake is not depressed, e.g. when trying to If, in the event of a power failure (e.g. the 12-volt
continue driving with restrictions.
change the gear selector lever. vehicle battery is drained), the vehicle must be
Reverse gear disabled
● To select a gear range, press the brake towed and the parking lock can be released
● Take the vehicle to a specialised workshop
pedal. manually. In this case, you should seek profes-
and have the fault repaired.
sional assistance.
Indications on the instrument cluster display: Gearbox: System fault! You can
continue driving in D until switch-
Clutch ing off the engine Driving on slopes
● Park the vehicle in a safe place. Seek special-
Clutch overheated! Please stop! downhill assistant
ist assistance.
● The clutch has overheated and could be
Downhill speed control is activated when the
damaged. Stop and wait for the gearbox to Gearbox: too hot. Adapt your
gear lever is in the D/S position and the brake is
cool with the engine idling and press the P driving accordingly
applied. An appropriate lower gear is engaged.
parking lock button. When the warning lamp ● Continue driving at moderate speeds. When
and the driver message turn off, go to a speci- the warning lamp switches off, you can con-
tinue driving in a normal manner.

167
 Driving

The assistant attempts to maintain the speed Steering WARNING

at which the vehicle was travelling when the
On vehicles with electromechanical steering, Steering assist helps the driver in critical sit-
brake was applied, within logical limits. It may
the power steering automatically adjusts ac- uations. The driver is the person who has to
be necessary to correct the speed by pressing
cording to the driving speed, the steering wheel control the vehicle's steering at all times.
the brake.
torque and the orientation of the wheels. The
The assistant can only change down as far as power steering only works when the engine is
3rd gear. It is possible that on very steep slopes running. Troubleshooting
you may have to switch to tiptronic mode and
If the power steering does not work properly or
thus manually change down to 2nd or 1st gear Steering fault
does not work at all, you will have to use much
to take advantage of engine braking and take
more strength than usual to turn the steering The warning lamp lights up red.
the load off the brake system.
wheel.
Downhill speed control is deactivated as soon There is a fault in the power steering.
as the road levels out again or you press the Progressive steering ● Stop driving! Seek specialist assistance.
accelerator pedal. ● Do not allow the vehicle to be towed on its
Depending on the vehicle’s features, it may or
On vehicles with a cruise control system may not incorporate a progressive steering sys- own wheels.
››› page 180, downhill speed control is activa- tem.
ted when you set a cruising speed. Steering fault
In city traffic you do not need to turn so much
WARNING on parking, manoeuvring or in very tight turns. The control lamp lights up or flashes yellow.
The downhill speed control cannot defy the On roads or motorway, progressive steering The steering is stiffer or reacts more sensitively
laws of physics. Therefore, speed cannot be transmits, for example, in bends, a sportier, than usual.
maintained constant in all situations. Always more direct and noticeably more dynamic driv-
The control lamp lights up and remains lit:
be prepared to use the brakes! ing sensation.
● Restart the engine and drive slowly for a short
Steering assist distance. Contact a specialist workshop if the
Steering This help assists the driver in critical situations. It
control lamp remains on.
● OR: the 12-volt battery was disconnected
recommends turning the steering wheel to per-
Information relating to different vehi- form a corrective manoeuvre (counter-steer-
and reconnected. Drive slowly for a short dis-
tance.
cle processes. ing), turning slightly to avoid skidding ››› .
The control lamp flashes:
To make the vehicle more difficult to steal, al-
● Turn the steering wheel slightly from one side
ways lock the steering before leaving the it.
to the other.
● Turn off the ignition and turn it on again.
168
 SEAT Drive
Driving
Profiles

● Consider the warnings shown on the instru- reducing consumption. The rest of the driving Steering
ment cluster display. profiles will activate the inertia use function
The operation of the power steering is modified
● If the control lamp continues flashing after when the gear selector lever is not in the S posi-
and adapted to the selected profile to offer the
the ignition has been switched on, do not con- tion, depending on how the accelerator pedal
best behaviour for each situation.
tinue driving. Seek specialist assistance. is released ››› page 166. When the vehicle is
turned on again, the function is activated by
Air conditioning
default to reduce consumption.
SEAT Drive Profiles With manual transmission, the ECO profile Climatronic can operate in Eco mode, espe-
changes the gear change recommendations to cially restricting fuel consumption.
Introduction facilitate more efficient driving.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
The driver can use the drive profiles to adapt
Adaptive chassis control (DCC) Depending on the driving profile, the perform-
various features of the vehicle's systems to
The DCC continuously adapts the damping of ance of the ACC to allow adaptation to a
the current driving situation, the desired driving
the suspension system to the characteristics speed that is more sporty or fuel consumption-
comfort and an economical driving style. Some
of the road surface and the driving situation friendly.
of the systems that can be adapted are the
suspension, steering, engine and air condition- (speed, acceleration and steering wheel angle)
ing. according to the selected driving profile. The PreCrash system
vehicle's dynamic behaviour is also adapted to The PreCrash system adapts according to the
Depending on the vehicle’s equipment, various
improve grip on curves and turning capacity. selected configuration ››› page 51.
drive profiles can be selected. The degree of in-
Within the Individual profile you can also ad-
fluence of the vehicle's systems on the different
just the DCC level in a customised manner. In The Sport driving profile has specific settings to
drive profiles depends on the vehicle’s equip-
the event of a fault in the DCC, the following adapt to driving characteristics.
ment.
message is displayed on the instrument cluster
display> Fault: damping adjustment.
Engine Selecting a driving profile
Depending on the profile selected, the engine Four-wheel drive (4Drive)
The drive profile can be selected when the igni-
responds more quickly or smoothly to the ac-
Modify the transmission to adjust the vehicle’s tion is switched on and the vehicle is stationary
celerator being pressed. When the Eco profile is
traction capacity to the road surface. The ac- or moving ››› .
selected, the Start-stop function is activated.
celeration capacity from a standstill will also be
In vehicles with automatic transmission, the modified.
gear change timing is changed to put the
changes at higher or lower revolutions. The Eco
profile activates the Inertia function, thereby

169
 Driving

Selecting a driving profile WARNING Driving pro- Characteristics

● Press the > Drive Profile function button. file
Adjusting the driving profile while driving can
● OR: Press the function button > Vehicle distract attention from traffic and cause ac- It allows you to personalise the
settings > SEAT Drive Profile, available pro- cidents. configuration. The functions that
files will be displayed. ● Always drive as carefully and responsibly can be adjusted depend on the
Individual
● OR: Press the function button , swipe your as possible. equipment fitted in the vehicle.
finger horizontally across the screen to SEAT a)Only for models fitted with adaptive chassis con-
Drive Profile. Press to change the driving trol (DCC).
profile or double press on the icon to show the Characteristics of driving profiles
available profiles.
The icon of the selected profile is displayed
● OR: With the Infotainment System turned off, at all times in the upper central part of the in- WARNING
by pressing on the SEAT Drive Profile icon, the strument panel and on the Infotainment System Your speed and driving style must always
available driving profiles will be displayed. screen when it is turned off. be adjusted to visibility, weather, and traffic
conditions.
Displaying the drive profile information
Driving pro- Characteristics
● To display more information on the selected Note
file
drive profile, press Information in the info-
● Regardless of the driving profile selected
tainment system. Places the vehicle in a low state
when the ignition is switched off, all systems
of consumption, facilitating a
will start up Normal mode. To select a differ-
Kick-down fuel-saving driving style that is re-
ent driving profile, use the infotainment sys-
spectful to the environment.
The kick-down feature allows maximum accel- tem display.
eration ››› page 164. It permits more relaxed and com- ● Your speed and driving style must always
fortable driving, for example for be adjusted to visibility, weather, and traffic
If the Eco profile has been selected in the SEAT Comforta) long motorway journeys. conditions.
Drive Profile, and the accelerator is pressed
Offers a balanced driving experi- ● Use of the Eco profile is not recommended
beyond a hard point, the engine power is auto-
ence, suitable for everyday use. when driving with a trailer.
matically controlled to give your vehicle maxi-
mum acceleration. Normal
Provides a complete dynamic
performance in the vehicle, ena-
bling the user a more sporty driv-
Sport
ing style.

170
 Braking
Driving
system

Corrosion on the brake discs and dirt on the

Braking system brake pads increase if the vehicle is left unused
● When running in new brake pads, do not
drive too close to other vehicles or cause sit-
for a long time, if it is not driven for many kilo- uations that would require the brakes to be
Information about the brakes metres. If corrosion is present, it is recommen- applied heavily.
ded to clean the discs and pads by braking
During the first 200 to 300 km, new brake
hard several times while driving at high speed.
pads do not provide maximum braking power WARNING
Make sure that you do not endanger any other
and still have to “settle” ››› . When running
vehicles or road users ››› . When the brakes overheat, their braking per-
in the brake pads, the emergency braking
formance drops and the braking distance in-
distance is longer than after they have been
creases.
run in. During the run-in, avoid sharp braking WARNING
and situations that place a lot of demand on ● When driving downhill, particular demand
Driving with worn brake pads or a defective is placed on the brakes and they heat up
the brakes, e.g. driving too close to another ve- brake system can lead to accidents and seri- very quickly.
hicle. ous injuries.
● Before a long steep slope, reduce speed
Brake pad wear depends to a large extent on ● If you suspect that the brake pads are worn and change down into a lower gear or range.
the conditions in which the vehicle is used, and or that the brake system is faulty, have the Therefore, using the engine brake relieves
driving style. If the vehicle is frequently used in brake pads checked immediately by a spe- the brakes.
city traffic and for short distances, or for sporty cialist workshop and replaced if they are
● If you wish to retrofit a front spoiler, inte-
driving, brake pad thickness should be checked worn.
gral trim or other accessories, ensure that
regularly at a specialist workshop.
the air inlet around the brakes is not reduced,
Driving with wet brakes, e.g. after driving WARNING as otherwise the brake system could over-
through water, in heavy rain or after washing heat. Please also note the information on
The braking performance of new brake pads brake fluid ››› page 328.
the vehicle, braking performance may be af-
is not optimal.
fected by wet brake discs, or even frozen discs
in winter. The driver should be ready to brake ● During the first 300 km, new brake pads do
not provide maximum braking power and still WARNING
harder.
have to “settle”. This can be counteracted by Wet, frozen or salt-covered brakes take lon-
If the brake discs and pads have a layer applying more pressure to the brake pedal. ger to brake and increases the braking dis-
of salt on them, the braking performance is tance.
● When brake pads are new, drive with extra
reduced and the braking distance increases.
care to reduce the risk of accidents, serious ● Test the brakes carefully.
When driving on salted roads without braking
injury or loss of control of the vehicle.
for some time, the layer of salt should be re- ● Always dry the brakes and free them from
● Only perform hard braking to clean the ice and salt by braking repeatedly, if permit-
moved by carefully applying the brakes a few
brake system when permitted by the traffic ted by visibility, weather, road surface and
times ››› .
situation. Do not endanger the occupants of traffic conditions.
other vehicles. Accident hazard!

171
 Driving

● Inform a specialist workshop and request a Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

WARNING
brake system inspection.
When braking manoeuvres are started auto- The ESC helps to reduce the risk of skidding
matically, the brake pedal may move auto- and to improve stability in certain driving situa-
matically in the application direction. Do not Brake pad wear indicator tions ››› .
put your foot under the brake pedal. Risk of The control lamp switches on yellow.
injury! Traction control (TCS)
The front brake pads are worn.
The TCS reduces the driving force on skidding
● Contact a specialised workshop immediately.
Note wheels and adapts this force to suit the road
● Get all the brake pads inspected and replace surface conditions. The TCS facilitates starting,
Never let the brakes “drag” by leaving your if necessary. acceleration and hill climbing ››› .
foot on the pedal when it is not necessary
to brake. This can cause the brakes to over-
heat, resulting in increased brake travel and Brake assist systems Electronic brake pressure distribution (EBV)
wear. Please consider the important notes on Electronic brake force distribution (EBV) regu-
brake fluid ››› page 328. Information relating to brake assist lates the braking force between the front and
rear axles. Excessive braking of the rear axle is
systems
avoided and the vehicle remains stable during
Note the braking operation.
Brake assist systems can help the driver in crit-
Regularly check the thickness of the brake ical driving or braking situations. The driver is
pads visually through the holes in the rims responsible for driving safely ››› . Anti-lock braking system (ABS),
or from the underside of the vehicle. If nec-
essary, the wheels should be removed for When the brake assist systems are regulating The ABS can prevent the wheels from locking
a more thorough inspection. SEAT recom- the brakes, the brake pedal may move or make up under braking until shortly before the vehicle
mends visiting a SEAT dealership for this. noises. Even so, continue to brake with the nec- comes to a stop, and helps the driver maintain
essary force and control the trajectory of the control of the steering and the vehicle ››› .
vehicle if necessary.
Troubleshooting Depending on the equipment, the ESC and TCS Brake assist (BAS)
settings may be changed in the vehicle. Brake assist (BAS) can help to reduce the brak-
Defect in the brake system
● The ESC, ABS and TCS can only operate cor- ing distance. Brake Assist increases the pressure
The warning lamp lights up red. A message rectly if the four wheels are fitted with the stipu- exerted by the driver when the brake pedal is
may also be displayed. lated tyres ››› . depressed quickly in an emergency.
Stop driving! ● If a fault occurs in the ABS, the ESC, TCS and
EDS also cease to function.

172
 Brake assist
Drivingsystems

Electronic differential lock (EDS and XDS) pedal ››› . When a driver assistance system ● Brake assist systems cannot prevent an ac-
apples the brakes, e.g. ACC when regulating cident if you are driving too close to other
The EDS automatically brakes skidding wheels
the speed, or during emergency braking, the vehicles.
and transmits the driving force to the other driv-
brake pedal may move automatically. ● Always use suitable tyres. Driving stability
ing wheels.
After disconnecting the ignition, the assistance depends on tyre grip.
The XDS improves traction by applying the
of the brake servo is progressively reduced. If
brakes to keep the vehicle in its lane.
you continue to hold the vehicle in place with
the brake pedal, messages are displayed on WARNING
Multi-collision brake
the instrument cluster screen. In this case, the The efficiency of the ESC can be significantly
The multi-collision brake automatically triggers brake servo function is restricted. reduced if components or systems that af-
braking if the airbag control unit detects a colli- fect the driving dynamics are not properly
Once stopped, immobilise the vehicle to pre-
sion in the event of an accident. maintained or are not working properly. This
vent it from moving ››› page 207.
can particularly occur if changes are made
Automatic braking requirements:
to the suspension or unauthorised rim/tyre
● The driver is not pressing the accelerator Brake blending1) combinations are used.
pedal. ● Ensure that vehicle conversions and modi-
The regulated application of the brakes blends
the braking effect of the electric motor in en- fications are only made by specialised work-
Tractor-trailer sway mitigation ergy recuperation and the mechanical braking shops.
If the vehicle is pulling a trailer, it will control the by the driver. ● Always use suitable tyres. Driving stability
following: tractor-trailers tend to sway. When depends on tyre grip.
the swaying of the trailer is felt by the vehicle WARNING
and detected by the ESC, it will automatically
Smart brake assist technology cannot over- WARNING
brake the towing vehicle within the limits of the
come the limits imposed by the laws of phys- When driving without a brake servo or with
system and mitigate the sway. Tractor-trailer
ics and only works within the limits of the sys- restricted brake servo functions, the braking
sway mitigation is not available in all countries
tems. Driving at high speed on icy, slippery distance can increase considerably and can
››› page 296. or wed road surfaces can cause a loss of cause accidents and serious injuries.
control of the vehicle and serious injury to
Electromechanical brake servo (eBKV) ● If the brake servo is not working, the brake
the driver and passengers.
pedal has to be pressed harder, as the brak-
With the ignition switched on, the electrome- ● Adapt your speed and driving style at all ing distance increases due to the lack of as-
chanical brake servo (eBKV) supplements the times to suit visibility, weather, road and sistance from the servo brake.
force exerted by the foot by increasing the traffic conditions. Never take any risk that
pressure that the driver exerts on the brake compromises safety.

1) Valid for hybrid vehicles

173
 Driving

Connecting and disconnecting the ● Turn off the ignition and turn it on again.
WARNING
ESC and TCS ● If possible, drive for a short distance at 15-20
The ESC Sport mode should be activated
km/h (9-12 mph).
only when traffic conditions and the ability
The ESC is switched on automatically when the ● If the control lamp is still on, go to a speci-
of the driver allow it. Danger of skidding!
engine is started, and only works when the en- alised workshop.
gine is running and includes the ABS, EDS and ● With ESC in Sport mode, the stabilising
TCS systems. function will be limited to allow for a sportier
drive. The vehicle may skid. The brake assist systems make noises
The TCS function should only be switched off in
When the described brake assist systems inter-
situations in which traction is insufficient.
vene, you may hear noises.
Depending on the finishes and versions, there is Note
the possibility of disconnecting only the TCS or If the TCS is disconnected or “Sport” mode
activating the ESC in “Sport” mode. WARNING
is selected, the cruise control system will be
switched off. ● When the ignition is switched on, the sta-
Disconnecting and connecting the TCS tus of the brake system and the brake assist
functions are automatically checked. The
● The TCS can be turned on or off in the in-
Troubleshooting control lamps on the instrument cluster light
fotainment system: function button > Assis- up briefly and then go out. Any indicator
tants > ESC menu ››› page 39. lamp that remains on indicates a fault. Seek
The ABS does not work properly or does
When the TC is switched off, the control lamp qualified technical assistance immediately.
not work at all
lights up on the instrument cluster. ● If the brake system warning light comes
The control lamp switches on yellow. on together with the control lamp, the ABS
Disconnecting and connecting the ESC in ● Contact a specialised workshop. The vehi- regulation function may not work and the
cle’s brakes still work without the ABS. rear wheels may lock relatively quickly when
“Sport” mode
braking. This can lead to loss of control of
● The ECS in “Sport” mode can be turned on the vehicle! If possible, slow down and drive
or off in the infotainment system: press the The ESC or TCS is regulating slowly and carefully to the nearest specialist
function button > Assistants > ESC menu The control lamp flashes yellow. workshop to have the brake system inspec-
››› page 39. ted. During this journey, avoid heavy braking
and any sudden manoeuvres.
When “Sport” mode is connected, the interven- ESC fault
● If the control lamp does not go out, or
tions of the ESC to stabilise the vehicle, and the
The control lamp switches on yellow. The ESC comes on while driving, it means that the ABS
traction control (TCS) interventions are limited.
has been switched off. is not working properly. The vehicle can only
In vehicles with 4-wheel drive, the TCS is dis-
be stopped using normal braking (without
connected completely . In addition, the control There is a fault or defect.
lamp lights up on the instrument cluster.

174
 Brake assist
Drivingsystems

ABS). In this case the protective ABS func-

tion will not be available. Go to a specialised
workshop as soon as possible.

175
 Assistant systems

Assistant systems could have a negative impact on the oper-

ation of the assistants. If the vehicle is not
Note
properly repaired or structural modifications ● Due to the system's detection limits in
General notes are made to it, the operation of the assistants the surroundings, the systems may not give
may be affected. warnings or intervene on time, or they might
● The repair and adjustment of sensors and do so even if it is not desired. In addition, the
Safety advice auxiliary systems may incorrectly interpret a
cameras requires special knowledge and
tools. It is recommended to visit a SEAT deal- manoeuvre and, as a result, warn the driver in
WARNING an unexpected manner.
ership for this purpose.
● Responsibility for driving rests with the ● When the towing mode is selected, some
driver at all times. The drive assist systems assist systems may react with limitations, in
are not a replacement for driver attention. System limits an unusual way or may not be available.
Focus all your attention on driving and be Keep in mind the instructions relating to the
prepared to intervene at all times. WARNING towing mode.
● Use the drive assist systems only when
● Drive assist systems can not overcome the
conditions allow. The driving style must al-
ways be suitable for the weather, visibility,
laws of physics. Depending on the circum- Button for the assistant systems
stances, a collision may not be avoidable.
road and traffic conditions.
● Warnings, notices and indicator lamps
● In order for drive assist systems to react
may not be displayed on time, or may be
correctly, sensors and cameras must oper-
displayed incorrectly, e.g. if a vehicle ap-
ate without limitations. Please read the notes
proaches too quickly.
on sensors and cameras in this chapter.
● Corrective interventions by drive assist
systems (e.g. interventions in the steering or
Note brakes) may be insufficient or may never oc-
cur, depending on the circumstances. As a
● Keep in mind the specific rules of each
driver, you must be prepared to act at all
country, especially when it comes to driving, times.
formation of an emergency corridor, braking
distance, speed, parking position, wheel po- Fig. 121 On the turn light and main beam lever:
sition, etc. The driver is solely responsible for key for driver assistance systems (depending on
always complying with the specific regula- the version).
tions of each country.
● The area in front of and around the radar
sensor should not be covered with adhesives,
additional headlights or similar items, as this

176
 Drive assist
Assistant
sensors
systems
and cameras

A radar sensor may be fitted to the front

Drive assist sensors and bumper of the vehicle ››› Fig. 123. The front
cameras radar detects any objects in its detection zone
››› Fig. 124 and provides support for the follow-
Front radar ing functions:
● Front Assist ››› page 191.
● Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
››› page 183.

The radar can have a range of up to 120 m

Fig. 122 Left side of the multifunction steering (400 ft) depending on road and weather condi-
wheel: button for driver assistance systems tions.
(depending on the version).

WARNING
Depending on the equipment, the button for the
driver assistance systems is located on the turn ● The visibility of the radar sensor can be
signal and main beam lever or on the multifunc- Fig. 123 On the front bumper: radar sensor. impaired by dirt or environmental influences
tion steering wheel. This button can be used such as rain, fog, snow, mud, dust, insects
to switch the driver assistance systems in the etc. In this case the Front Assist and ACC
Assistants menu on and off. functions may stop working. The instrument
panel displays the following message: No
● Press the button to open the Assis- sensor vision! And the Front Assist un-
tants menu. available or ACC unavailable warning lights
come on.
● Select the assistance system in question and
turn it off or on. A mark indicates that assistant ● Clean the sensor area on the bumper as
system is switched on. indicated in ››› page 363, Cleaning the
exterior. When the radar sensor starts cor-
● Next, confirm the selection by pressing the rectly detecting again, the message disap-
button on the multifunction steering wheel. pears from the screen and the functions be-
The assistant systems can also be switched on come available again.
Fig. 124 Detection area.
and off in the infotainment system, in the vehi-
cle settings menu ››› page 39.

177
 Assistant systems

NOTICE Front camera NOTICE

● If the radar sensor is dirty or poorly adjus- To avoid affecting the operation of the sys-
ted, the Front Assist system may give unnec- tems, take the following points into consider-
essary warnings and apply the brakes inap- ation:
propriately. ● Clean the field of vision of the camera reg-
● The operation of the radar can be affected ularly and make sure it is free of snow and
by strong reflections of the emitted signal. ice.
This may occur, for example, in an enclosed ● Do not cover the field of vision of the cam-
car park or due to the presence of metallic era.
objects (e.g. guard rails or sheets used in
road works). ● Check that the windscreen is not damaged
in the area of the camera's field of vision.
● The sensor may not be adjusted correctly
if it receives an impact. This may compro- Fig. 125 On the windscreen: field of vision of
mise the system's efficacy or disconnect it. If the Lane Assist system camera.
Rear radar
you have the feeling that the radar sensor is
damaged or adjusted incorrectly, switch off Depending on the equipment, the vehicle may
the Front Assist and ACC functions to avoid be fitted with a front camera on the front wind-
any damage. If this occurs have it adjusted. screen. This camera detects lane boundaries
(lines) to provide support for the following func-
tions:
● Lane Assist ››› page 195.
● Travel Assist ››› page 197.
● Emergency assist ››› page 202.

Fig. 126 Rear view of the vehicle: radar sensor

areas.

178
 Drive assist
Assistant
sensors
systems
and cameras

The relevant text message will appear in the ● Radar operation may also be affected if
instrument panel display. objects such as bicycle racks or luggage
racks interfere with the visibility of the ra-
Indicator lamps dars.

Side Assist (lane change assistance sys-

tem) function not available
Ultrasound sensors
Rear cross traffic alert (RCTA) function
not available. The bumpers are fitted with ultrasound sensors
to perform the following functions:
Door opening assistant (Exit Assist) not
available.
Fig. 127 Sensor detection zones. ● Park Assist ››› page 216.
● Park assist plus ››› page 212.
The radar sensors are located on the left and NOTICE
right of the bumper and are not visible from the ● Rear park assist ››› page 215.
● The radar sensors on the rear bumper may
outside ››› Fig. 126. The sensors monitor both
be damaged or shifted in the event of a colli-
the blind spot and traffic behind the vehicle NOTICE
sion, for example, when entering or exiting a
››› Fig. 127. parking space. This may result in the system ● Damage to the radiator grille, bumper,
They support the following functions: disconnecting itself, or at least possibly hav- wheel arch and vehicle underbody can mod-
ing its functionality diminished. ify the orientation of the sensors. This can af-
● Lane departure warning (Side Assist)
● In order to ensure that the radar sensors fect the parking aid function. Have the func-
››› page 203.
work properly, keep the rear bumper free of tion checked by a specialised workshop.
● Rear cross traffic alert (RCTA) ››› page 226. snow and ice and do not cover it. ● A number plate or number plate holder
● Door opening warning (Exit Assist) ● The rear bumper should only be painted with dimensions that exceed the space for
››› page 227. with paint authorised by SEAT. The lane de- the number plate, or a cured or deformed
parture warning's functions may be limited or number plate can cause false detections or a
Automatic deactivation of supported func- work incorrectly if other paints are used. loss of visibility for the sensors.

tions ● The visibility of radar sensors may be af-

fected due to leaves, snow, strong haze or
The rear radar sensors deactivate automati-
dirt, among others. Clean the area in front of
cally when, among other reasons, one of the the sensors.
sensors is detected to be permanently covered.
● Never use auto lane changing or the rear
This may be the case if, for example, there is a
cross traffic alert if the radar sensors are
layer of snow or ice over one of the sensors.
dirty.

179
 Assistant systems

● Rear View Camera ››› page 223. Temporarily switching off the cruise control
Note
● In order to guarantee good operation, keep
The saved speed can be exceeded at any time,
the sensors clean, free of snow and ice, and WARNING e.g. for overtaking. The cruise control is suspen-
do not cover them with stickers or other ob- ded during acceleration and is then resumed
Fitting a number plate frame may interfere
jects. with the view shown on the screen, as it may with the saved speed.
● If you use high-pressure or vapour equip- reduce the camera’s field of vision.
ment for cleaning, do not apply it directly, Status display
unless you do so very briefly, and always When the cruise control system is switched on,
NOTICE
keep a distance of more than 10 cm away. the instrument cluster display shows the saved
● Fitting certain accessories to the front of ● In order to guarantee good system opera-
speed and the system status:
the vehicle, such as a plate holder with ad- tion, keep the cameras clean, free of snow or
ice, and do not cover them with stickers or It lights up grey.
vertising, may interfere with the operation of
other objects. The cruise control system is switched on,
the Park Assist.
● Never use abrasive cleaning products to but regulation is not active.
clean the camera lens.
Rear camera ● Do not use hot or warm water to remove It lights up green.
ice or snow from the camera lens. Doing so The cruise control system is switched on
could damage the camera. and regulation is active.
If there is no speed saved, the instrument clus-
ter display shows ––– instead of speed.
Cruise control system
Changing gears
Introduction As soon as the clutch pedal is depressed, regu-
lation is suspended and resumes once the gear
The cruise control system (GRA) helps maintain
change has been made.
a constant speed set by you.

Driving down slopes

Fig. 128 On the rear bumper: location of the Speed range
rear assist camera. Shift into a low gear before descending a long
The cruise control system is available when
hill. This makes use of engine braking and re-
driving in forward gear at a speed of over ap-
A camera on the rear bumper aids the driver lieves the brakes.
prox. 20 km/h (15 mph).
when reverse parking or manoeuvring This pro-
vides support to the following function:

180
 Cruise
Assistant
control
systems
system

The vehicle cannot maintain the saved speed in Operating the cruise control + 10 km/h (5 mph)
all driving situations. Always be ready to apply - 10 km/h (5 mph)
the vehicle’s brakes.
The cruise control system only operates the ac-
WARNING celeration, it does not brake the vehicle.
If it is impossible to drive with sufficient brak- In hybrid vehicles the cruise control system
ing distance and at a constant speed, using changes the current speed by accelerating or
the cruise control system may cause acci- braking.
dents and serious injuries may occur.
● Do not use Travel Assist when visibility is Interrupting the adjustment
bad, on steep roads, on windy roads or in
● Briefly press the button or press the brake
slippery circumstances (such as snow, ice,
Fig. 129 On the multifunction steering wheel: pedal.
rain or loose gravel), or on flooded roads.
● Only use the cruise control system on cruise control operation buttons. The speed is stored.
paved roads with a firm surface.
● Adapt your speed and safety distance to Connecting Reinstating the cruise control
the vehicle in front of you at all times to suit ● Press the button. ● Press the button.
the visibility, weather, road and traffic condi-
There is no speed saved and regulation is not The cruise control system resumes the saved
tions.
yet operating. speed and regulates it.
● After use, always switch off the speed lim-
iter to prevent the speed being regulated
Start regulation Switching off
against your wishes.
● It is dangerous to use a set speed which ● While driving, press the button . ● Press and hold the button .
is too high for the prevailing road, traffic or The cruise control system saves and regulates The cruise control system switches off and the
weather conditions. the current speed. saved speed is deleted.

Adjusting the speed Switching off the speed limiter

While the GRA is set, the stored speed can be ● Press the button.
adjusted: ● Select the speed limiter on the instrument
cluster display.
+ 1 km/h (1 mph)
The cruise control system is switched off.
- 1 km/h (1 mph)

181
 Assistant systems

Troubleshooting Speed range The vehicle cannot maintain the saved speed in
all driving situations. Always be ready to apply
The speed limiter helps avoid exceeding a pro-
Cruise control fault the vehicle’s brakes.
grammed speed, from 30 km/h (20 mph) ap-
The control lamp switches on yellow. prox. and faster.
WARNING
Abnormal operation. Switch off the cruise con-
By selecting the speed limiter After use, always switch off the speed limiter
trol system and take the vehicle to a specialist
workshop. The speed limitation can be interrupted at any to prevent the speed being regulated against
time by depressing the accelerator pedal fully, your wishes.

The adjustment is interrupted unexpectedly beyond the point of resistance. As soon as the ● The speed limiter does not relieve the
saved speed is exceeded, the green indicator driver of their responsibility to drive at the
● If the clutch pedal is pressed for a long time. appropriate speed. Do not drive at high
light flashes and an audible warning signal may
● The vehicle has exceeded the saved speed sound. The speed is stored. speed if not necessary.
for a long time. ● Using the speed limiter under adverse
The limiter is reactivated automatically after re-
● No forward gear has been selected. weather conditions is dangerous and can
turning to less than the set speed.
cause serious accidents, e.g. aquaplaning,
● A brake assistance system has intervened,
snow, ice, leaves, etc. Only use the speed
e.g. TCS or ESC. Status display limiter when the status of the road and the
● Front Assist has braked the vehicle. When the speed limiter is switched on, the weather conditions allow it.
● If the fault continues, disconnect the Emer- instrument cluster display shows the saved
gency Assist and consult a specialised work- speed and the system status:
shop.
It lights up grey
The speed limiter is switched on but reg-
Speed limiter ulation is not active.

Introduction Lights up green

The speed limiter is switched on and ac-
The speed limited helps the driver not to ex- tive.
ceed a set speed.
Driving down slopes
Shift into a low gear before descending a long
hill. This makes use of engine braking and re-
lieves the brakes.

182
 ACC - Assistant
Adaptive Cruise
systems
Control

Operating the speed limiter Interrupting the adjustment The adjustment is interrupted unexpectedly
● Press the button. ● You have switched off the Electronic Stabiliza-
The speed is stored. tion Control (ESC).
● The brakes have overheated. Wait for the
Reinstating the cruise control brakes to cool down and check the operation
again.
● Press the button.
● If the fault continues, consult a specialised
The limiter will re-activate as soon as the vehi- workshop.
cle is moving at a speed lower than the saved
one. For safety reasons, the speed limiter only
switches off fully whenever the driver stops
pressing the accelerator pedal or switches the
Switching off
Fig. 130 On the multifunction steering wheel: system off manually.
● Press and hold the button .
buttons to control the speed limiter.
The speed limiter switches off and the speed is
Connecting deleted. ACC - Adaptive Cruise Con-
● Press the button. trol
Switch to another driver assistance system
It does not take effect yet.
● Press the button. Introduction
Start regulation ● Observe the corresponding message on the
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) maintains a
instrument cluster display. The speed limiter is
● While driving, press the button . constant speed set by the driver. When ap-
switched off.
proaching another vehicle in front, the ACC de-
The current speed is saved as a limit speed.
tects it and adapts the speed automatically,
Troubleshooting maintaining a distance set by the driver.
Adjusting the speed
The programmed speed can be set: The speed limiter is not available Does my vehicle have ACC?
Your vehicle has ACC if it has the ACC func-
+ 1 km/h (1 mph)
The control lamp switches on yellow. tion buttons on the multifunction steering wheel
- 1 km/h (1 mph) ● Malfunctions Switch off the speed limiter and ››› page 109, or if it has the configuration menu
+ 10 km/h (5 mph) go to a specialist workshop. in the infotainment system.

- 10 km/h (5 mph)

183
 Assistant systems

Speed range Radar sensors ● The system does not react to people, an-
ACC regulates at speeds between 20 and The ACC uses the front radar technology. Read imals or vehicles that are crossing or ap-
proaching in the opposite direction.
210 km/h (15 and 130 mph). its maintenance instructions and information
about its limitations ››› page 176. ● If you are driving with a spare wheel fitted,
When E-Mode is activated in hybrid vehicles,
the ACC system could automatically switch
the ACC speed range may vary.
off. Switch off the system when starting off.
If the vehicle is fitted with an automatic gear- WARNING
● Brake immediately if the ACC does not
box, the ACC can bring the vehicle to a stand- The ACC’s technology cannot overcome the slow down enough.
still if a vehicle in front of it stops. system's inherent limitations or change the ● Brake immediately when a driver interven-
If your vehicle is fitted with a manual gearbox, laws of physics. If used negligently or invol- tion instruction is displayed on the instru-
you should pay attention to gear changes. The untarily, it may cause serious accidents and ment cluster screen.
injuries. The system is not a replacement for
ACC could switch off if the RPM gets too high or ● If the vehicle continues to move involuntar-
driver awareness.
low. ily after a driver intervention prompt, brake
● Always be prepared to brake or accelerate. the vehicle.
Driving with ACC ● If you press the accelerator pedal the ACC ● The brake pedal may move downwards
will stop working. Therefore, it will not brake during braking. Be careful not to position
You can override the ACC at any time. Braking
or request any braking intervention. your foot under the pedal.
interrupts the ACC. If you accelerate, regulation
● Adapt your speed and safe distance to the
is interrupted during acceleration and then re-
vehicle in front of you at all times to suit visi-
sumed.
bility, weather, road and traffic conditions. Note
● Do not use the ACC in poor visibility, or on If the ACC does not work as described in
Driver intervention prompt
roads that are steep, with lots of curves or this chapter, do not use it until it has been
ACC is subject to certain limitations inher- slippery. checked by a specialised workshop. Visiting
ent to the system. This means that the ● Never use ACC when driving off-road or on a SEAT dealership is recommended.
driver will have to control the speed and unpaved roads.
distance from other vehicles in certain sit-
● The system may not react in time to sta-
uations. In this case, the instrument cluster
tionary obstacles (such as a traffic jam
display will tell you to intervene by ap- queue), particularly at high speeds. React
plying the brake, and an audio warning will soon enough to avoid a hazardous situation.
be played.
● The system may not react to stopped vehi-
cles in the same lane. You must react early
enough yourself in this case.

184
 ACC - Assistant
Adaptive Cruise
systems
Control

ACC operation This information can be displayed on the cen-

tral panel of the Assistants view, or in the left Lights up green
hand information profile ››› page 18. If these ACC connected, no vehicle detected in
views are not selected, it will be automatically front.
displayed in the lower central part of the instru-
ment cluster in a simplified manner. Lights up green
ACC connected, vehicle detected in
The set speed will be displayed next to the
front.
function status indicator.
When the ACC is in standby, the indicator
Connecting lamps light up grey.

● Press the button on the multifunction

Setting speed
steering wheel ››› Fig. 132.
Fig. 131 On the instrument panel display: ACC To program the speed, press the or
active. The ACC does not regulate anything yet
(standby).
››› Fig. 132 buttons to the desired speed. The
speed is adjusted at intervals of 10 km/h (5
mph).
Start regulation
While the ACC is active, you can press the
Activating the ACC system also automatically button to increase the desired speed by 1 km/h
activates the ESC and traction control (TCS). (1 mph). You can then press to decrease it
● To start regulation, press the button by 1 km/h (1 mph).
››› Fig. 132.
The ACC saves the current speed and main- Setting your distance level
tains the set distance. If the current speed is The distance can be set to one of five levels,
outside the preset speed range, ACC sets the from very short to very long:
minimum speed (if driving slowly) or maximum
Fig. 132 On the multifunction steering wheel: ● Press the button and then the button or
speed (if driving fast).
buttons for operating the ACC. ››› Fig. 132.
Depending on the driving situation, the follow-
● Alternatively, press the button as many
ing indicator lamps come on:
››› Fig. 131 times as necessary to set the desired distance.
Valid for the analogue instrument cluster.
1 Vehicle ahead detected. It will light up if the Keep in mind each country’s regulations on
Lights up green
distance to the vehicle is adjusted. minimum braking distances.
The ACC is active.
2 Selected distance level 2.

185
 Assistant systems

Suspend regulation (standby) In vehicles without SEAT Drive Profile, the be- Special driving situations
haviour of the ACC can also be affected if any
● Briefly press the button ››› Fig. 132 or of the following drive profiles are selected in
press the brake pedal.
the infotainment system in Drive assist. ACC
The ACC indicator lamp is grey; the speed and settings will be the same as those in the SEAT
distance are saved. Drive Profile.
If the ESC or TCS is switched off, the ACC is
automatically interrupted. WARNING
Before driving off, check that the road is
Reinstating the cruise control
clear. The radar sensor may not detect ob-
● Press the button. The ACC regulates to stacles on the road. This could cause an ac-
the last speed and distance setting. cident and serious injuries. If necessary, ap-
ply the brake. Fig. 133 On the instrument panel display: ACC
● OR: Press the button to regulate to the
active, vehicle detected on the left.
current speed.
NOTICE
Be aware of the limitations and warnings
Switching off If you increase speed using the accelerator described at the beginning of this chapter
● Press and hold the button . The set speed is pedal, the ACC may not be able to safely ››› page 183, Introduction.
cleared. adjust the speed of the distance due to the
limitations of the system.
Avoid undertaking on the right1)
Exceeding the speed regulated by the ACC ● Be prepared to react if required by the sit-
uation. If a vehicle is detected in the left lane that is
While driving with the ACC switched on, the travelling at a speed slower than that set by the
driver can increase speed by pressing the ac- driver, it will brake the vehicle within the comfort
celerator pedal. ACC regulation is suspended limits of the system to avoid passing it on the
until you release the accelerator pedal ››› . right ››› Fig. 133.
You can cancel this regulation by changing the
Changing the driving profile
set speed or by pressing the accelerator pedal.
In vehicles with the SEAT Drive Profile, the se-
The function works at speeds over 80 km/h
lected driving profile can have an influence on
(50 mph). It may not be available in certain
the ACC’s acceleration and braking behaviour
countries.
››› page 169.

1) Or on the left, in countries that drive on the left hand side of the road.

186
 ACC - Assistant
Adaptive Cruise
systems
Control

Overtaking The ACC does not remain active in the follow- ACC system limitations
ing cases:
When the turn signal is switched on for over-
taking, the ACC reduces the distance from the ● The stopping phase lasts for several minutes.
vehicle in front to help with the overtaking ma- ● When a vehicle door is opened.
noeuvre. The set cruising speed will not be ex-
● If the ignition is switched off.
ceeded.
The function works at speeds over 80 km/h
WARNING
(50 mph). It may not be available in certain
countries. If the message ACC ready to start is
displayed on the instrument cluster display
Stop&Go function and the vehicle in front moves off, your vehi-
cle will move off automatically. In this case,
The ACC can bring the vehicle to a standstill any obstacles in the road may not be detec-
if the vehicle in front stops. Vehicles with man- ted. This may cause serious accidents and
ual gearboxes: you will need to keep the clutch injuries.
pedal depressed to allow the car to come to a ● Always check the road before moving off,
complete stop. and apply the vehicle brakes yourself if nec-
The ACC remains active and the message ACC essary. Fig. 134 Vehicle on a bend. Motorcyclist
ready to start is displayed on the instru- ahead, out of range of the radar sensor.
ment cluster for a few seconds. You can extend
or reactivate this warning by pressing the but-
ton or by grabbing the wheel if your vehicle
is fitted with Travel Assist. During this time, the
vehicle will move off again if the vehicle in front
moves forwards.
To move off when the message ACC ready to
start is not longer displayed, once the vehicle
in front has moved off:
● Briefly depress the accelerator pedal (and
gently lift the clutch pedal on vehicles with
manual gearboxes).
● OR: press the button on the multifunction
steering wheel.

187
 Assistant systems

● On roads with embedded metal objects such ● Vehicles travelling in the opposite direction or
as train or tram tracks. crossing the road.
● On roads with loose gravel. ● Other stationary obstacles
Pay special attention when using ACC in the The ACC may not react to stationary vehicles.
following situations: If, for example, a vehicle detected by the ACC
turns or moves over and there is a stationary
On curves vehicle in front of it, the ACC will not react to
the second vehicle ››› Fig. 135 .
The ACC may not detect the vehicle in front
on a curve, or may regulate the distance from
vehicles in other lanes ››› Fig. 134 . WARNING
Using the ACC in the above situations can
Vehicles outside the sensor zone cause serious accidents and injuries, and
you could break the law.
In the following situations the ACC may not re-
act, or may react slowly or inappropriately:
Fig. 135 Vehicle changing lanes. One
● Vehicles that are not aligned while driving or Troubleshooting
vehicle turning and another stationary.
that are outside the sensor's detection area,
such as motorcycles ››› Fig. 134 . ACC not available
The limits of the ACC system mean that it is not
appropriate in all situations ››› in Introduc- ● Vehicles that move into your lane, a short dis-
tion on page 184. tance from your vehicle ››› Fig. 135 . The indicator lamp lights up yellow:
SEAT does not recommend using the function in ● Vehicles with loads or accessories that pro- ● The radar sensor is dirty or adjusted in-
the following cases ››› : trude from the sides, rear or roof. correctly. Take into account the warnings
described at the beginning of this chapter
● Heavy rain, snow or fog.
Objects that are not detected ››› page 177
● When going through tunnels.
The ACC function only detects and reacts to ● There is a fault or a defect. Turn off the vehi-
● In sections with roadworks. vehicles moving in the same direction. There- cle's ignition and turn it on again after a few
● On routes with curves, e.g. on mountain roads. fore it does not detect: minutes.
● On off-road routes. ● People ● If the problem persists, consult a specialised
● In covered car parks. ● Animals workshop.

188
 Predictive
Assistant
speed
systems
adjustment

The ACC does not work as expected

Predictive speed adjust- ● Always be prepared to adjust the speed
● Make sure that the conditions are met for the yourself. If the traffic sign recognition sys-
radar sensor to operate properly ››› page 177. ment tem is not working properly or the navigation
data is not updated, the speed may change
● If the brakes overheat, regulation stops au- unexpectedly and suddenly or may not be
tomatically. Wait for them to cool down and
Introduction
suitable for the current traffic situation. In
check the operation again. The predictive speed adjustment adapts the addition, the speed adjusted by the system
● Unusual noises during automatic ACC brak- speed to the speed limitations detected and may not suit your driving style.
ing are normal and do not indicate any anoma- to the road layout (curves, crossings, round- ● Always be prepared to adjust the speed
lies. abouts, etc.). yourself. If you drive without any active gui-
ded route, if you leave the route calculated
Predictive speed adjustment is an additional by the navigation system or if the position of
The following conditions may lead the ACC function of the ACC ››› page 183 and uses the the vehicle cannot be determined correctly
not to react: traffic signal detection system ››› page 28 and because the GPS does not provide accurate
● The accelerator or brake is depressed. the navigation data of the infotainment system. data, the speed may change unexpectedly
Predictive speed adjustment is available de- and suddenly or may not adapt to the cur-
● No gear is engaged or the vehicle is in gear R.
rent traffic situation.
pending on the equipment, although not in all
● The vehicle is reversing.
countries. ● Always use up to date navigation data.
● ESC is operating. ● Always take into account the maximum
● The driver is not wearing his/her seat belt. permitted speed. In the case of speed limita-
WARNING
● The RPM is too high or too low. tions that are not included in the navigation
The predictive speed adjustment smart tech- data, the maximum permitted speed may be
● A vehicle brake light is faulty. nology cannot overcome the limits imposed exceeded.
● A trailer brake light is faulty. by the laws of physics and it only works
within the limits of the system. Never allow
● The parking brake is applied.
the enhanced convenience of this function Note
● Driving on an excessive slope. induce you to take any risk that compromises
Also note the information related to the ACC
safety. If used negligently or involuntarily,
it may cause serious accidents and injuries. relevant to safety ››› page 183.
The system is not a replacement for driver
awareness.
● Always adapt your speed to suit visibility,
weather, road and traffic conditions.
● Always pay attention to traffic and always
keep the vehicle environment in mind.

189
 Assistant systems

Limitations of the predictive speed Activating the predictive speed ad- accelerate again after leaving the reason for
the adjustment behind and the speed will be
adjustment justment
adjustment to that which has been saved.
In addition to the limitations of the road sign de- In the infotainment system, in the assist services The speeds indicated for curves depend on the
tection system ››› page 28 and the limitations menu, you can individually adjust the type of in- driving profile››› page 169.
of the ACC, predictive speed adjustment has cident the vehicle should react to ››› page 39:
the following limitations inherent to the system: ● Response to road layout. Interrupting speed adjustment
● Predictive speed adjustment only recognises ● Response at permitted speeds. ● During the warning, press the button .
traffic signals that show a speed limitation. The
● During the regulation, press the button .
predictive speed adjustment does not take into
account, above all, the rules on priority of pas- Driving with the predictive speed ad-
Adjust the announced speed
sage or traffic lights. justment
● Traffic signs that indirectly show a speed re- The announced speed can only be adjusted in
striction, e.g. signs at the entrance to towns, ● Connect the ACC ››› page 185. the event of adjustment due to a speed limita-
are only recognised on the basis of navigation ● Set the distance and speed. tion.
data. ● Activate the predictive speed adjustment.
● On roads that are not included in the naviga- Multifunction steering wheel:
As soon as the system recognises a speed limi-
tion data, or that are included with little accu- tation or a relevant road layout during the route, + 1 km/h (1 mph), only while the ACC is
racy, predictive speed adjustment is not availa- a warning will appear on the instrument panel adjusting
ble. display. This warning will indicate the reason - 1 km/h (1 mph), only while the ACC is ad-
● If a speed limitation is notified based on the and the speed to which the vehicle will adjust justing
navigation data without it being detected by due to said limitation.
+ 10 km/h (5 mph)
the traffic signal detection system, the indica-
ted speed will be adjusted to the speed that Adjustment due to a speed limitation.
was saved the last time. - 10 km/h (5 mph)
● Predictive speed adjustment is not available Adjustment due to a road layout.
for speed limitations below approx. 20 km/h If you adjust the indicated speed excessively,
(approx. 15 mph). In this case, a relevant mes- the predictive speed adjustment is interrupted.
sage is displayed on the instrument panel
In the event of adjustment due to a speed lim-
screen.
itation, the detected speed will be saved as
the new desired speed. In the event of adjust-
ment due to the road layout, the vehicle will

190
 emergency brake
Assistant
assistance
systems
system (Front Assist)

Depending on the equipment and the country,

Note emergency brake assis- the Front Assist also includes the following func-
● When a speed limitation is recognised, the
predictive speed adjustment also adapts the
tance system (Front Assist) tions:

saved speed even if the ACC is switched off. ● Pedestrian protection ››› page 192
However, it will not adjust. Introduction
● Cyclist protection ››› page 192
● If the speed of travel considerably exceeds The objective of the system is to prevent head-
the speed limit detected by the traffic signal ● Dodge assist ››› page 193
on collisions against objects that may be in the
detection system, a relevant warning is dis- vehicle’s path or minimise the consequences of ● Turn assist ››› page 193
played in the instrument panel display.
such impacts.
● In the event of joining a highway without
The function is designed to avoid collisions WARNING
speed limitation, the recommended speed is
automatically saved as the desired speed. If
against:
● Front Assist is a driving assistance function
a higher speed has previously been saved for ● Parked vehicles. that can never replace the driver’s attention.
a motorway without a speed limit, this is used ● Vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists that are ● Front Assist cannot change the laws of
instead of the recommended speed.
travelling in the same lane and direction. physics or replace the driver in terms of
keeping control of the vehicle and reacting
● Pedestrians and cyclists who transversely
to a possible emergency situation.
Troubleshooting cross the vehicle path.
● Following a Front Assist emergency warn-
The Front Assist records the mentioned objects ing, pay immediate attention to the situation
A message is displayed indicating that pre- by means of a camera on the top of the wind- and try to avoid the collision where appropri-
dictive speed adjustment is not currently screen and a radar sensor on the front of the ate.
available or not in your country. vehicle ››› page 177.
● If this message is displayed for a long time Depending on several factors and how critical
and predictive speed adjustment is available in the situation is, the system operates in a stag-
your country, contact a specialised workshop. gered manner.
First informing the driver, and if there is no or
Note insufficient reaction, then activating an auton-
omous emergency braking or an evasive ma-
Depending on the anomaly in question, ad-
noeuvre as indicated by the conditions that will
ditional information may be displayed in Ve-
be discussed in the following points.
hicle status ››› page 38.
The system can be cancelled if the accelerator
pedal is pressed or the steering wheel is turned
firmly.

191
 Assistant systems

Warning levels and brake assist Advance warning Driver emergency braking assistance sys-
If the system detects a possible collision with tem
the vehicle in front, it alerts the driver by means If the driver, after the critical warning, starts
of an audible warning and an indication on the braking but the system detects that the brake
instrument panel display ››› Fig. 136. is not being applied with sufficient force, the
The warning moment varies depending on the braking intensity will be increased. This brake
traffic situation and driver behaviour. At the assist only occurs if the pedal is pressed firmly.
same time, the vehicle will prepare for a possi-
ble emergency braking ››› in Introduction WARNING
on page 191.
● The system cannot prevent a collision, al-
Fig. 136 On the instrument panel display: When Front Assist is connected, the indications though it can significantly minimise the con-
advance warning indications. of other functions on the screen may be hidden. sequences by reducing the speed and the
force of the impact.
Front Assist is active from 5 km/h (3 mph). De- Critical warning ● When the Front Assist causes a braking, the
pending on different conditions (vehicle speed,
brake pedal is “harder”.
speed and type of object recognised, etc.), If the driver fails to react to the advance warn-
ing, the system may actively intervene in the ● Automatic interventions by the Front Assist
some of the stages described below are omit-
brakes and generate a brief jolt to warn the on the brakes may be interrupted by press-
ted to optimise the performance of the system.
driver of the imminent danger of a collision. ing the accelerator or moving the steering
wheel.
Safety distance warning
Automatic braking ● The Front Assist may brake the vehicle until
If the system detects that you are driving too it stops completely. However, the brake sys-
close to the vehicle in front, it will warn the If the driver also fails to react to the critical tem does not halt the vehicle permanently.
driver with this indication on the instrument warning, the system may initiate independent Use the foot brake!
panel display . emergency braking by progressively increasing
the braking in accordance with the criticality of
The timing of the warning varies depending
on driver behaviour, vehicle speed and relative
the situation. Pedestrian and cyclist recognition
speed between both. The system recognises pedestrians and cyclists
The safety distance warning is active from ap- who travel in the same lane and direction and
prox. 65 km/h (40 mph). pedestrians and cyclists who transversely cross
the vehicle's path.

192
 emergency brake
Assistant
assistance
systems
system (Front Assist)

Pedestrian and cyclist recognition technology Limitations System limitations

cannot exceed the physically prescribed limits
This system does not react to objects that cross
and works exclusively within the system’s limits.
transversely or to animals. The basic limitations
The responsibility for braking always depends
of Front Assist should also be taken into ac-
on the driver.
count ››› page 193.
The pedestrian and cyclist recognition can
cause undesired warnings and braking inter-
ventions, e.g. with a hidden radar sensor or a Turn assist
dirty camera field of vision.
Turn assist can avoid a collision with a vehicle
Be ready to take charge of the vehicle at any approaching in the opposite direction, by brak-
time. ing the vehicle itself when the intention is to Fig. 137 On the instrument cluster screen:
The pedestrian and cyclist recognition operat- turn. indication of the system’s initial self-calibration.
ing speed range is lower than that of the Front This system is active up to 15 km/h (9 mph).
Assist. Front Assist has certain limitations inherent to
Limitations the system. Thus, in certain circumstances,
some of the reactions may be inappropriate
Dodge assist The turn-off assist function is available if you from the driver's standpoint. So pay attention
have indicated your intention to turn by activat- in order to intervene if necessary.
Dodge assist helps the driver avoid an obstacle
ing the turn signal, you have turned the steering
in critical conditions.
wheel and the turning path has started. The following conditions may cause the
Once the Front Assist has activated a critical
It only reacts to vehicles that are in the path of Front Assist not to react or to do so too late:
warning, if the driver intends on dodging the
the vehicle (not to animals, people, etc.).
object, the dodge assist will help correct the ● In the first few instants of driving after switch-
trajectory. The driver must start and finish the The basic limitations of the Front Assist must ing on the ignition, due to the system’s initial
manoeuvre, as this is an assistance system and also be taken into account››› page 193. auto-calibration. Notification of this phase will
not an autonomous one. be given by the following indication on the in-
The system is active between approximately strument cluster screen .
30 km/h (20 mph) and 150 km/h (90 mph).
Unrecognised objects
● Vehicles travelling outside the reach of the
sensors at close range from your own vehicle.
● Vehicles that suddenly change to the lane on
which your vehicle is travelling.

193
 Assistant systems

● Pedestrians that cannot be recognised be- ● Entrances and exits of tunnels. When the Front Assist is disabled, so too are
cause they are partially or totally hidden. ● In complex driving situations (such as traffic the advance warning and the distance warning
● Objects such as walls, posts, fences, trees or islands, cut-through roundabouts, etc), Front functions. SEAT recommends leaving the Front
garage doors. Assist may issue warnings and intervene in Assist activated except in the situations presen-
braking in an unnecessary manner. ted in ››› page 195.
● Loads and accessories of other vehicles that
protrude over the sides, backwards or over the For more details, see section ››› page 176.
Switching the Front Assist on and off
top.
● Other vehicles crossing the vehicle’s path. With the ignition switched on, the Front Assist
Manual activation and deactivation can be deactivated or activated as follows:
● In the case of pedestrians or cyclists standing
of the function ● In the infotainment system: press the function
or approaching in the opposite direction.
button > Assistants > Smart Assistants >
Operating limitations Front Assist ››› page 39.
● OR: Select the corresponding menu option
In the following situations, the Front Assist may
using the button for the assistants systems
work late or in an undesirable manner. The fol-
lowing icon is displayed on the instrument
››› page 176.
cluster, along with the message Front As- When Front Assist is disabled on the instrument
sist with limitations. cluster, the indication will be displayed.
● If the Front Assist or the front camera are dis- Each time the ignition is switched on, the Front
abled or broken. Fig. 138 On the screen of the instrument panel Assist will reappear as active.
● If the radar sensor or the front camera are Front Assist switched off message.
dirty or covered. Activating or deactivating the pre-warning
● On taking tight bends or complex paths. Front Assist indicators appear on the instrument (advance warning)
panel display. The advance warning can be switched on or
● When pressing the accelerator firmly or at full
throttle. The Front Assist is active whenever the ignition off in the infotainment system using the function
is switched on. At the time of starting the igni- button > Assistants > Smart Assistants >
● If the ESC is adjusting or is broken.
tion, the Front Assist may not be available for Front Assist ››› page 39.
● If several brake lights of the vehicle or electri- a short period of time while the system starts. The system will store the setting for the next
cally connected trailer are damaged. During this phase, the instrument cluster screen time the ignition is switched on.
● If the vehicle is reversing. will display the following indication ››› Fig. 137.
SEAT recommends keeping advance warning
● In case of snow or heavy rain. active.
● In case of dazzling sun or total darkness.

194
 Lane
Assistant
Assist
systems
system

Depending on the vehicle’s infotainment system Deactivating Front Assist temporarily in the the detected lane limits, the system alerts the
the advance warning function may be adap- following situations driver through a corrective motion of the steer-
ted in the following modes: ing wheel. The driver can cancel the steering
In the following situations the Front Assist should corrective action at any time.
● Advance be deactivated due to the system's limitations:
● Medium No warning is produced with the turn signals
● When the vehicle is to be towed.
activated, given that the Lane Assist system un-
● Delayed ● If the vehicle is on a test bed. derstands that a lane change is required.
● Deactivated ● If the radar sensor or the front camera are
SEAT recommends driving with the function in faulty. System limits
“Medium” mode. ● If the radar sensor or the front camera have Use the Lane Assist system only on large, well-
suffered a violent blow. maintained motorways and highways.
Switching distance warning on and off
● If it intervenes several times unnecessarily. The system is not available under the following
The distance warning can be activated or de- ● If the radar sensor or the front camera are conditions:
activated in the infotainment system using the temporarily covered by an accessory. ● The driving speed allowed is below approx.
function button > Assistants > Smart Assis-
● When the vehicle is going to be loaded onto 55 km/h (30 mph).
tants > Front Assist ››› page 39.
transportation. ● The system has not detected any lane lines.
The system will store the setting for the next
● If the windscreen is damaged in an area that ● On tight bends.
time the ignition is switched on.
covers the vision of the front camera.
● Temporarily in very sporty driving situations.
SEAT recommends having the safety distance
warning activated except in the exceptions de- ● If the turn signal is switched on before a man-
scribed in section ››› page 195. Lane Assist system ual lane change.
● If the driver firmly rectifies a system interven-
Activate or deactivate the dodge and turn Introduction tion.
assistant ● If a lane marking is crossed despite system
The Lane Assist System helps the driver stay
The dodge and turn assistance systems can intervention.
in his/her lane within the physical limits of the
be activated or deactivated in the infotain- system. This function is not suitable and is not ● If the driver does not react to a request to
ment system using the function button > designed to keep the vehicle automatically in intervene.
Assistants > Smart Assistants > Front Assist the lane.
››› page 39.
Using the camera located in the windscreen,
The system will store the setting for the next the Lane Assist system detects the lane boun-
time the ignition is switched on. daries dividing the lanes in which the vehicle
is travelling. If the vehicle gets too close to
195
 Assistant systems

required from the driver and, where appropri- 1 Yellow line: The system intervenes assisting
WARNING
ate, the temporary deactivation of the lane on the represented side.
The intelligent technology in the Lane Assist assist warning system: 2 White line: Lane line detected. The system
system cannot change the limits imposed by
the laws of physics and by the very nature of – In very sporty driving situations. does not intervene.
the system. Careless or uncontrolled use of – In adverse weather conditions and roads Depending on the equipment, additional details
the Lane Assist system may cause accidents in poor condition. of the lane marking line currently detected by
and injury. The system is not a replacement – When passing through areas undergoing the camera, e.g. dashed road markings, can
for driver awareness or manoeuvres when works. also be displayed on the instrument cluster
driving. screen.
– Before gradient changes of grade and
● Always adapt your speed and the distance river beds.
to the vehicles ahead in line with visibility, Indicator lamps
● Always observe the vehicle surroundings
weather conditions, the condition of the road
carefully and drive proactively. Lights up green
and the traffic situation.
● When the area of vision of the camera Lane Assist system active and availa-
● Always keep your hands on the steering
becomes dirty, covered or is damaged, the ble.
wheel so it can be turned at any time. The
Lane Assist system function can be affected.
responsibility of staying in the lane is always
the driver's. Lights up yellow
● The Lane Assist system does not detect The Lane Assist system intervening
Driving with the Lane Assist System with a rectification of the steering.
all road markings. The road surfaces, road
structures or objects in poor condition can
be incorrectly detected as road markings un- Switching the lane assist system on or off
der certain circumstances by the Lane Assist
In some countries, the Lane Assist System is al-
system. Immediately counter any unwanted
ways activated when the ignition is switched on.
intervention of the system.
The connection status is shown in the Driver
● Please observe the indications on the in- assistance menu of the Infotainment system or
strument panel and act as is necessary if the
the driver assistance systems menu after press-
traffic situation permits.
ing the corresponding button. These menus can
● In the following situations there may be be used to activate and deactivate the system.
undesired interventions of the system or it
may be that the system does not intervene The Lane Assist system is designed to actively
at all. In these situations, special attention is Fig. 139 On the instrument cluster screen: intervene as of approximately 60 km/h (35
indications of the lane assist system. mph) and if it has detected the lane boundaries
(system status: active).

196
 Driving
Assistant
Assist (Travel
systemsAssist)

If the control lamp of the instrument cluster dis- It is also possible to select steering wheel vibra- If the problem persists, consult a specialised
play is off, it means that the system is connec- tion in the Assistants menu of the infotainment workshop.
ted but not ready to intervene or it is disconnec- system. In this case, when a vehicle with Lane
ted. Assist switched on crosses over a detected lane
Note
When you activate a turn signal, the system marking, the steering wheel will vibrate.
After switching on the ignition, it may take a
temporarily goes into a passive state in order to
few seconds before a fault is detected in the
allow manual lane change. Note system.
An energetic rotation or rectification of the If the lane departure warning assistant is
steering wheel by the driver causes the system faulty, it may switch off automatically.
to temporarily switch to a passive state. Note
If Lane Assist is unavailable, Emergency As-
Driver intervention prompt Troubleshooting sist and Travel Assist will be unavailable as
well.
If the steering is not corrected manually, the
Lane Assist is not available
system prompts the driver through an indication
on the instrument panel display and acoustic The control lamp switches on yellow. A relevant
warnings. warning is also displayed on the instrument Driving Assist (Travel As-
If no reaction is obtained from the driver, the panel screen.
sist)
system switches to a passive state. ● The field of vision of the camera is dirty.
Regardless of the steering manoeuvres, Clean the windscreen ››› page 362. Introduction
through an indication on the instrument panel ● The visibility of the camera is diminished due
Travel Assist combines adaptive cruise control
display and acoustic warnings, the driver is also to accessories or adhesives.
(ACC) and the adaptive lane guidance func-
prompted to drive through the centre of the ● There is a fault or a defect. Switch the engine tion. Within the limitations of the system, the ve-
lane if the steering correction lasts more than off and on again. hicle can maintain a distance from the vehicle
reasonable.
in front that is preselected by the driver and
The system behaves differently than expec- remain in the preferred position within the lane.
Steering wheel vibration
ted Travel Assist uses the same sensors as Adap-
The following situations may result in a steering
● The camera has been altered or damaged, tive Cruise Control (ACC) and Lane Assist.
wheel vibration:
e.g. because of damage caused to the wind- Therefore, carefully read the information about
● The lane ceases to be recognised during a screen. Check for visible damage. the ACC ››› page 183 and the Lane Assist
sudden intervention in the direction of the sys- ● Do not mount objects on the steering wheel. ››› page 195 and take into account the limita-
tem. tions of the systems and the indications given in
the information.

197
 Assistant systems

How to know if the vehicle is fitted with Status display Partially green lamp: Travel Assist active,
Travel Assist adaptive cruise control active and adap-
tive lane guidance function passive.
The vehicle is fitted with Travel Assist if the mul-
tifunction steering wheel has the button. Grey lamp: Travel Assist deactivated, not
regulating.
Speed range
Driver intervention prompt
Depending on the type of gear, Travel Assist
regulates from 0 km/h (0 mph). The speed can If you remove your hands from the steering
be set from 30 km/h (20 mph). wheel, after a few seconds the system asks
you to take over the steering with an indication
Driving with Travel Assist on the instrument panel display and acoustic
Fig. 140 On the instrument cluster display: warnings.
Travel Assist automatically controls the accel-
display of active regulation (schematic If you do not react, Travel Assist is deactivated.
erator pedal, the brakes and the steering. In
representation).
addition, Travel Assist may, within its limitations, Depending on the equipment, Emergency As-
decelerate the vehicle until it stops behind an- sist activates if it is activated in the infotainment
other that stops and automatically starts again. 1 The colour of the lane markings indicates system.
the status of the adaptive lane guidance
You can override assisted adjustment at all
function.
times. WARNING
● Yellow: adaptive lane guidance function
active. The Travel Assist smart technology cannot
overcome the limits imposed by the laws of
● Grey: passive adaptive lane guidance
physics and it only works within the limits
function. of the system. If Travel assist is used negli-
2 Distance set. gently or involuntarily, it may cause serious
Depending on the equipment, additional de- accidents and injuries. The system is not a
tails, e. g. dashed road markings and vehicles replacement for driver awareness.
in front, can also be shown on the instrument ● Bear in mind the system limitations and
cluster display. the indications regarding the control of the
Control lamps indicate the status of the system Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) and Lane As-
sist.
on the instrument panel display:
Green lamp: travel Assist active, adaptive
cruise control and adaptive lane guid-
ance function are active.
198
 Driving
Assistant
Assist (Travel
systemsAssist)

● Adapt your speed and safety distance to ● Keep your hands on the steering wheel at ● When ACC is regulating, Travel Assist main-
the vehicle in front of you at all times to all times, to ensure you have control over the tains the current speed and the preset distance
suit visibility, weather, road and traffic condi- steering at all times. The driver is always re- to the vehicle in front.
tions. sponsible for keeping the vehicle in its own When lane markings are detected, the vehicle is
● Do not use Travel Assist when visibility is lane. also kept in the lane by steering movements.
bad, on steep roads, on windy roads or in ● Always be prepared to adjust the speed ● If ACC is not regulating, Travel Assist remains
slippery circumstances (e. g., snow, ice, rain yourself.
selected but in a passive (unregulated) status.
or loose gravel), or on flooded roads.
1. Press the button.
● Do not use Travel Assist offroad or on roads
where the surface is not firm. Travel Assist Operating Travel Assist Travel Assist switches to the active system
has been designed for use on paved roads status, depending on the driving situation.
only.
The indicator lamp for the driving situation
● Travel Assist does not react to people or lights up on the instrument cluster display. A
animal or vehicles crossing your path or message is also displayed.
which approach you head-on in the same
lane.
Interrupting the adjustment
● Brake immediately if Travel Assist does not
slow down enough. 1. Briefly press the button .
● Brake immediately when instructed to do OR: press the brake pedal.
so on the instrument cluster display, or if The set distance remains saved.
Travel Assist does not reduce speed suffi-
ciently. Fig. 141 Left side of the multifunction steering
Switch to ACC
● Brake when the vehicle continues to move wheel
forward without it being desired after an indi- 1. Press the button on the multi-function
cation to brake. Switch on and start regulation steering wheel.
● If possible, do not wear gloves while driv- 1. While driving with ACC activated, press The vehicle switches from Travel Assist to
ing. The system could interpret this as no
on the multifunction steering wheel. the ACC system status corresponding to
driving activity. the driving situation.
The vehicle switches from ACC to Travel As-
● If driver intervention is requested on the in-
sist.
strument panel display, immediately resume Making other adjustments
control of the vehicle. Depending on the driving situation, the vehicle
All other aspects of Travel Assist are controlled
switches to the following system statuses in
like the ACC.
Travel Assist:

199
 Assistant systems

Using the lane change assist Status display Note

Lane Change Assist uses the same sensor sys- ● If a fault occurs in the system, the lane
tem as Side Assist. Therefore, read the informa- change assist may automatically switch off
tion on Side Assist ››› page 203 carefully and or be interrupted during the lane change.
observe the limits of the system and the notes ● If Side Assist is not available, lane change
that it displays. assist is not available either.
Activating the convenience turn signal on a mo-
torway, provided that the prerequisites are met Activating lane change assist while driving
and no vehicles have been detected in the vi-
1. Press the button.
cinity, provides assistance when the vehicle is
changing lanes. The instrument cluster display shows the
arrows in your own lane.
Prerequisites Fig. 142 On the instrument cluster screen:
lane change assist display (schematic Changing lanes
Lane change assist is only available, depend-
representation). If the system detects no objects in the detec-
ing on the vehicle's equipment, when driving
forwards on multi-lane motorways included in tion field of the sensor system and an assisted
the Infotainment system’s navigation data, and 1 Adjoining lane highlighted, changing lanes lane change to an adjacent lane is possible, the
when travelling faster than 90 km/h. is possible on the respective side. corresponding lane is shown in the instrument
cluster display next to the driver’s own lane.
Travel Assist must also be activated. 2 Arrows in the vehicle's own lane show that
a lane change is available. 1. When the convenience turn signal is activa-
ted on the desired side, the vehicle changes
3 Yellow wake on the overtaking lane. The
lane. A message is also displayed.
lane change is in progress.
When changing lanes, the vehicle automati-
Activating and deactivating lane change as- cally activates the turn signal on the corre-
sist sponding side. Once the lane change is com-
plete, the turn signal automatically switches off.
You can activate and deactivate lane change
assist in the Infotainment system.
1. Access the assistant menu.
2. Select Travel Assist.
3. Activate or deactivate lane change assist
as a sub-function of Travel Assist.

200
 Driving
Assistant
Assist (Travel
systemsAssist)

Troubleshooting ● You have let go of the steering wheel for

WARNING
a long time, or the system limits have been
The sensor system cannot reliably detect reached. Immediately take hold of the steering
Travel Assist is not available or does not
all objects in the surroundings and operates wheel and take control of the vehicle.
exclusively within the limits of the system. work as expected
If you use the lane change assist irresponsi- The control lamp switches on yellow. A relevant Travel Assist disconnects automatically
bly, accidents and serious injuries can occur. warning is also displayed on the instrument
The system is not a replacement for driver
panel screen. ● Vehicles without Emergency Assist:
awareness.
● There is a fault in the sensors. Check the cau- You have released the steering wheel for a long
● Before changing lanes, make sure it is safe period.
ses and solutions described in the information
to do so. In particular, rapidly approaching
about the ACC ››› page 188 or the Lane Assist ● There is a fault or a defect. Switch the engine
objects may not be detected in time.
››› page 197. off and on again.
● Keep your hands on the steering wheel at
● There is a fault or a defect. Switch the engine ● If the problem persists, consult a specialised
all times and be prepared to control your
own speed and direction of travel. off and on again. workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT
dealership.
● The system limits are exceeded.
Turning off the lane change assist ● If the problem persists, consult a specialised
The adjustment is interrupted unexpectedly
workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT
1. Briefly press the button .
dealership. ● Vehicles without lane departure warning:
OR: Press the brake pedal. You have turned on the turn signal.
Lane change assist is deactivated. Travel Grip the steering wheel
Assist is also deactivated.
The warning lamp lights up white, and a mes- Lane assist not available
sage is shown on the instrument cluster display. The control lamp switches on yellow. A relevant
● You released the steering wheel for a few sec- warning is also displayed on the instrument
onds. Take hold of the steering wheel and take panel screen.
control of the vehicle. ● There is a fault in the sensors. Check the
described causes and the corrective measures
Grip the steering wheel in the Side Assist information.
● If the problem persists, consult a specialised
The warning lamp lights up red and a mes-
workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT
sage is shown on the instrument cluster display.
dealership.
Depending on the situation, an audio warning
sounds or the steering wheel vibrates.

201
 Assistant systems

Lane change assist is interrupted or unavail- ››› page 195 and take into account the limita- The following happens as soon as the vehicle
able tions of the systems and the indications given in stops:
the information. ● The electronic parking brake and gear shift
A message about this is shown on the instru-
ment cluster display. position P are engaged.
Driver intervention prompt
● The vehicle has stopped detecting lane ● All doors are unlocked.
If the emergency assist detects that the driver is ● The interior lighting comes on.
markings.
not actively doing anything, he or she is promp-
● You have let go of the steering wheel ● Depending on the features, an emergency
ted to take control of the vehicle by audio
● You are applying too much force to the steer- warnings and a brief application of the brake. In call (eCall) is made.
ing wheel. addition, a warning is shown on the instrument
cluster display and the volume of the infotain- Connecting and disconnecting
● You have turned on the turn signal too many
times, or the turn signal lever is stuck. ment system is lowered. Emergency Assist can be switched on and off in
● The driving speed is lower than around Depending on the equipment, the driver’s seat the assistants menu of the infotainment system.
85 km/h. belt is tightened at the same time. When connected, the Emergency Assist is only
● The vehicle has detected objects in the vicin- activated if the following requirements are met:
ity that prevent an assisted lane change. System intervention ● The Travel Assist or the Lane Assist are
● You are not on a multi-lane motorway. If the driver does not react, the system can switched on.
brake the vehicle and keep it in its lane. The fol- ● The system has detected a road lane mark-
lowing control lamp lights up on the instrument ing on both sides of the vehicle.
Emergency Assist cluster display:
The system is regulating. Note
How it works If the emergency assist is faulty, it may
switch off automatically.
Emergency Assist can detect whether there is You can cancel the adjustment at any time by
inactivity by the driver and can automatically moving the steering wheel, over-accelerating
keep the car in its lane and stop it altogether or braking. Note
if necessary. This way the system can actively
While the emergency assistant is in operation, If Lane Assist is unavailable, Emergency As-
help avoid an accident or reduce its conse- sist will be unavailable as well.
quences. other road users are warned as follows:
● The hazard warning lights are switched on
Emergency Assist uses the same sensors as
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) and Lane As- soon after.
sist. Therefore, carefully read the information ● The horn sounds (depending on the speed).
about the ACC ››› page 183 and Lane Assist

202
 Lane departure
Assistant
warning
systems
(Side Assist)

Troubleshooting The lane width is not detected individually, but

WARNING
is rather pre-configured in the system. Thus if
The smart technology fitted into the Emer- you are driving in wide lanes or in between two
Emergency assist is not available
gency Assist cannot overcome the limits im- lanes, the indications may be incorrect. Further-
posed by the laws of physics; it only works The control lamp switches on yellow. A relevant more, the system can detect vehicles driving in
within the limits of the system. The driver is warning is also displayed on the instrument the lane next to you (if there are any), and can
responsible for driving the vehicle. panel screen. also detect stationary objects such as dividers,
● Adapt your speed and safety distance to ● There is a fault or a defect. Turn the drive and thus give an incorrect indication.
the vehicle in front of you at all times to suit system off and on again.
the visibility, weather, road and traffic condi-
● If the problem persists, switch off the Emer- Trailer mode
tions.
gency Assist and go to a specialised workshop. Side assist is automatically deactivated and
● The Emergency Assist cannot always avoid
accidents or serious injuries by itself. cannot be switched on if the factory-fitted tow-
The buttons react differently than expected bar is electrically connected to a trailer or simi-
● If the radar sensor or the camera are cov-
Moisture, dirt and grease can limit the operation lar device.
ered or have been altered or damaged, the
system may intervene on the brakes or on the of the buttons. As soon as the driver starts to drive with a trailer
direction in an inappropriate manner. ● Make sure the buttons are always clean and connected electrically to the vehicle, a mes-
● The Emergency Assist does not react to dry. sage is displayed on the instrument panel dis-
people or animal or vehicles crossing your play indicating that side assist is switched off.
path or which approach you head-on in the Once the vehicle trailer has been disengaged,
same lane. Lane departure warning side assist will return to the initial state prior to
the moment the trailer was electrically connec-

WARNING
(Side Assist) ted.
If the tow-bar is not factory fitted, side assist
If the Emergency Assist Intervenes inoppor- Introduction should be switched off manually when driving
tunely, serious accidents and injuries may
with a trailer.
occur. The lane departure warning uses radar sen-
● If the vehicle behaves differently than sors to monitor the areas behind the vehicle
Physical limitations inherent to the system
expected, interrupt the intervention of the ››› page 6, ››› page 7. The system does this
Emergency Assist by over-accelerating, by measuring the vehicle's distance from other In some situations the lane departure warning
braking or moving the steering wheel. vehicles and its speed differential. The lane de- may not interpret the traffic situation correctly.
● Do not use Travel Assist or Lane Assist. parture warning will not work at speeds of less I.e. in the following situations:
Have the system checked by a specialised than approx. 15 km/h (9 mph). ● on tight bends;
workshop.
● in the case of lanes with different widths;

203
 Assistant systems

● in areas with significant gradient changes; ● Always pay attention to the vehicle's sur-
● in adverse weather conditions; roundings.
● in the case of special constructions to the ● The control lamps of the lane departure
side of the vehicle, e.g., high or irregular divid- warning may have limited functionality due
ers. to solar radiation.

WARNING Note
The smart technology incorporated into Side If Side Assist does not work as described in
Assist cannot overcome the limits imposed this chapter, stop using it and contact a spe-
by the laws of physics; it only works within cialised workshop. Fig. 144 Control lamp of the lane departure
the limits of the system. Accidents and se-
warning.
vere injury may occur if Side Assist is used
negligently or involuntarily. The system is not Driving with Side Assist
a replacement for driver awareness. Connecting and disconnecting
● Adapt your speed and safe distance to the Side Assist can be switched on and off by
vehicle in front of you at all times to suit visi- accessing the Assistants menu in the infotain-
bility, weather, road and traffic conditions. ment system.
● Keep your hands on the wheel at all times Additionally it can be switched on and off by
to be ready to intervene in the steering at any accessing the Assistants menu on the instru-
time. ment cluster.
● Pay attention to the indicator lamps that
When the lane departure warning is ready to
may come on in the external rear view mir-
operate, the indications in the control lamps will
rors and on the instrument cluster, and follow
turn on briefly as confirmation.
any instructions they may give.
● The lane departure warning could react When the vehicle is restarted, the last adjust-
Fig. 143 Control lamp of the lane departure
to any special constructions that might be ment in the system will remain active.
warning.
present to the sides of the vehicle, e.g. high
or irregular dividers. This may cause errone- Light indication
ous warnings.
The control lamp provides an indication on the
● Never use the lane departure warning on corresponding side regarding the traffic situa-
unpaved roads. The lane departure warning tion behind the vehicle, if it is deemed to be
has been designed for use on paved roads.
critical. The control lamp on the left-hand side
indicates the traffic situation to the rear left of

204
 Lane departure
Assistant
warning
systems
(Side Assist)

the vehicle, and the control lamp on the right- When the exterior lighting is low, the intensity Driving situations
hand side indicates the traffic situation to the with which the control lamps come on is dim-
rear right of the vehicle . med. The user can modify the intensity of the
Keep the warning lamps zone of the lane de- control lamps with up to 5 levels in the infotain-
parture warning free of objects, adhesives or ment system menu.
the likes that may interfere with your visibility.
Lane assist Plus.
The Lane Assist Plus function can be used by
It lights up
activating the Lane Assist ››› page 195 and
It turns on once briefly: the lane departure warning Side Assist functions. In this case its functions
is activated and ready to operate, i.e. when acti- are expanded as described below.
vating the system. If the driver initiates a lane change manoeuvre
It lights up continuously: the lane departure warn- in a potential critical situation:
ing has detected a vehicle in the blind spot. ● The lamp flashes in the corresponding rear-
view mirror even though the turn signal has not
Flashes been activated.
A vehicle has been detected in the adjacent lane ● The steering wheel vibrates to warn the driver
and the turn signal has been engaged in the direc- of the risk of collision.
tion of the detected vehicle. ● torque is applied to correct the steering and
return the vehicle to its lane. Fig. 145 Schematic diagram: Overtaking
For vehicles that are also equipped with Lane As- with traffic behind the vehicle. Side Assist
sist ››› page 195, a warning to switch lanes will indication on the left hand side.
also appear even though the turn signal has not
been engaged (Lane Assist “Plus”).

The control lamps light up when the ignition is

switched on and should turn off after approxi-
mately 2 seconds. This is the time taken for the
function check.
If there are no indications from the control lamp
of the lane departure warning, this means that
the lane departure warning has not detected
any other vehicles at the rear area.
205
 Assistant systems

The faster the vehicle approaches, the sooner

an indication will be displayed in the control
lamp, because the lane departure warning
takes into account the speed differential with
other vehicles. Thus even though the distance
from the other vehicle is identical, the indication
will appear sooner in some cases and later in
others.

Fig. 146 Schematic diagram: Overtaking in

the central lane and then joining the right lane.
Side Assist indication on the right hand side.

In the following situations, an indication will be

displayed in the control lamp ››› Fig. 145
(arrow) or ››› Fig. 146 (arrow):
● When being overtaken by another vehicle
››› Fig. 145 .
● When passing another vehicle ››› Fig. 146
with a speed differential of approx. 10 km/h (6
mph). If the vehicle is passing at a considerably
higher speed, no indication will be displayed.

206
 Parking
Park
and
themanoeuvring
vehicle

Parking and manoeu- WARNING NOTICE

vring
If the vehicle is parked incorrectly, it could The presence of irregularities on the ground,
roll away, even on gentle slopes. This can sand or mud can cause damage to the vehi-
cause accidents and serious injuries. cle and mean that it cannot be parked prop-
Park the vehicle ● When parking, always carry out the opera- erly.
tions in the stipulated order. ● Always park the vehicle on firm and flat
Parking ● Before leaving the vehicle, make sure that ground.
the electronic parking brake is engaged.
When parking your vehicle, all legal require-
ments should be observed. NOTICE
WARNING Components on the underside of the vehicle,
1. Connect the electronic parking brake If children, people who may need assistance such as bumpers, spoilers and running gear
››› page 208. or animals are left unattended in the vehicle, components, can be damaged when running
accidents and serious injuries can occur. over objects protruding from the ground.
2. Automatic transmission: switch on the park-
ing lock by pressing button P. ● Never leave children, people who may ● Drive carefully when entering buildings, on
need assistance or animals unattended in ramps, driving over kerbs or fixed markings,
3. Stop the engine and turn off the ignition.
the vehicle. They could operate the gear and on descents.
Turn the steering wheel slightly to engage
selector and release the electronic parking
the steering lock.
brake. The vehicle could be set in motion.
4. Manual gearbox: engage first gear on flat NOTICE
● Never leave children, people who may
ground and slopes, or even reverse gear on Avoid parking the vehicle where the hot ex-
need assistance, or animals in the vehicle.
hills, and release the clutch pedal. haust system could ignite inflammable mate-
Depending on the season, very high or low
5. On slopes, turn the steering wheel so that if temperatures can be reached inside a closed rials, such as dry grass, low bushes, spilt fuel
the parked vehicle were to start moving, it vehicle. or flammable materials.
would steer toward the kerb. ● Always take all vehicle keys with you when
6. Exit the vehicle ››› . Watch out for other leaving the vehicle.
road users!
7. Take all vehicle keys with you and lock it.

To avoid damage or hazardous situations, al-

ways park the vehicle on a suitable parking sur-
face ››› .

207
 Parking and manoeuvring

The electronic parking brake is not disconnec-

Electronic parking brake Switching off
ted until the button is released. This can fa-
● Switch the ignition on.
cilitate starting off when a heavy load is towed
Using the electronic parking brake ● Press the button ››› Fig. 147. At the same ››› page 289.
time step hard on the brake pedal or, if the
engine is running, press the accelerator pedal Automatic application when leaving the ve-
slightly.
hicle improperly
● The indicator lamp on button and the red
In vehicles with automatic transmission, the
indicator lamp on the instrument cluster turn
electronic parking brake is activated automat-
off.
ically when exiting the vehicle incorrectly if:
Automatic disconnection when moving off ● The gear selector is in the D/S or R or is in
tiptronic mode.
The electronic parking brake automatically dis-
connects when moving off in any of the follow- ● AND: the vehicle is stationary.
ing situations, if the driver's door is closed and ● AND: the driver door is open.
Fig. 147 Centre console, lower part: electronic
the driver's seatbelt is buckled:
parking brake button.
● Vehicles with automatic gearboxes: a gear is Automatic connection when the ignition is
Connecting engaged or changed to another and the accel- turned off
erator is pressed gently. This function can be deactivated through the
The electronic parking brake can be activated
whenever the vehicle is at a standstill, even Vehicles with manual gearboxes: the clutch Infotainment system . In vehicles with manual
when the ignition is switched off. Activate it pedal is pressed fully before starting off and the transmission, the electronic parking brake is
whenever you leave or park the vehicle. accelerator is pressed gently. activated automatically when the ignition is
● To facilitate certain manoeuvres, there are ex- turned off.
● Pull and hold the ››› Fig. 147 button.
ceptions that allow the parking brake to discon-
The parking brake is on when the red indicator nect automatically without the driver's seatbelt Emergency brake function
lamp turns on on the instrument cluster and being buckled. Only use the emergency brake function in an
the button indicator lamp turns on.
The parking brake can be prevented from being emergency, if the vehicle cannot be stopped by
● Release the button. automatically released by continuously pulling pressing the brake pedal ››› !
up the switch when moving off.

208
 Parking
Electronic
andparking
manoeuvring
brake

● Pull and hold the button. The vehicle will Auto-Hold function
NOTICE
brake sharply. At the same time, an acoustic
warning can be heard. To prevent the vehicle from unintentionally
moving when parking it, first apply the elec-
● To stop the braking process, release the but-
tronic parking brake and then remove your
ton or press the accelerator. foot from the brake pedal.

WARNING
Troubleshooting
If the vehicle is left improperly, it could roll
away. This could lead to accidents, serious
There is a defect in the electronic park-
injury and property damage.
ing brake
● When parking the vehicle, always perform
the appropriate operations in the indicated The control lamp switches on yellow.
Fig. 148 In the lower part of the centre
order ››› page 207, Parking. Visit a SEAT dealer or other specialist workshop. console: Auto Hold function button.
● Before leaving the vehicle, make sure that
the electronic parking brake is applied and The electronic parking brake does not re- The Auto-Hold function holds the vehicle at a
that the control lamp next to the gear se- standstill and prevents it from moving without
lease.
lector is red on the instrument cluster.
it being necessary to keep the brake pedal de-
The 12-volt battery is discharged.
pressed.
WARNING ● Use the jump start ››› page 311.
When the Auto-Hold function is active,
The improper use of the electronic parking the control lamp on the instrument cluster
The electronic parking brake makes noises lights up green. The control light of the
brake can cause accidents and serious in-
jury. ● When the electronic parking brake is applied ››› Fig. 148 button remains on when the
● Never use the electronic parking brake to and released, noises may be heard. Auto Hold function is connected.
stop the vehicle, unless it is an emergency. ● The system performs automatic and audible
The braking distance is considerably longer. checks sporadically in the parked vehicle if Requirements
Always use the brake pedal. some time elapses without the electronic park- ● The driver's door is closed.
● Never accelerate from the engine when a ing brake being used.
● The driver’s seatbelt is buckled.
gear range or a gear is engaged and the en-
gine is running. The vehicle could move, even ● The engine is running.
if the electronic parking brake is activated.

209
 Parking and manoeuvring

Connecting and disconnecting Activation and deactivation ● Never leave the vehicle running with the
Auto Hold function switched on.
Press the Auto Hold button ››› . The control The Auto Hold function activates automatically
lamp on the button turns on when the Auto Hold if the following conditions are met (all points ● The Auto-Hold cannot always keep the ve-
function is switched on. The function is now must be met at the same time): hicle stopped on an uphill, or brake it suffi-
available to be activated. The control lamp on ciently on a downhill, e.g. on slippery or icy
1. The function is switched on
the button goes out when the Auto Hold func- surfaces.
2. The vehicle is brought to a complete stand-
tion is switched off.
still with the brake pedal on a flat surface or
on a slope. NOTICE
Switching on and off automatically
3. The engine rotates “correctly”. Always deactivate the Auto-Hold function
If the Auto Hold function was switched on via before entering an automatic car wash fa-
the Auto Hold button before switching the igni- The Auto Hold function deactivates automati- cility. Failure to do so could cause damage
tion off, the function will remain on the following cally if the following conditions are met: due to the automatic application of the park-
time the ignition is switched on. 1. The car moves off again: ing brake.

If the Auto Hold function was not switched on, it Automatic gearbox: by pressing the accel-
will remain off next time the ignition is switched erator. Note
on.
Manual gearbox: by lifting your foot off the After connecting the 12-volt battery, drive for
The Auto Hold function disconnects automati- clutch pedal and pressing the accelerator. a short distance to reset the Auto Hold func-
cally if the following conditions are met: 2. The function is switched off with the actions tion to operate correctly.
1. If any of the requirements of the function seen in the previous sections.
are no longer met.
2. If the engine runs erratically or has any WARNING
General information on
anomaly.
The smart technology of the Auto-Hold can- parking systems
3. If the engine stalls. not overcome the limits imposed by the laws
4. Automatic gearbox: If any of the tyres have of physics and it only operates within the lim- Automatic brake operation
only minimal contact with the ground, e.g. its of the system. Never allow the enhanced
For example, if the axles are crossed. convenience of the Auto-Hold function to in- The automatic braking feature of a parking sys-
duce you to take any risk that compromises tem is used to reduce the danger of collision
safety. when an obstacle is detected during a parking
manoeuvre.

210
 GeneralParking
information
and manoeuvring
on parking systems

Braking functions What happens in the event of automatic ● Pay attention and do not rely solely on
Depending on the equipment, the following braking? park assist systems.
systems are available: If there is an obstacle, the system brakes the ● Always be prepared to brake and control
vehicle to a standstill and keeps it stationary for the steering yourself.
● Park assist plus manoeuvre braking function
››› page 212. approx. 2 seconds. Press the brake! ● Do not take any risks that compromise
safety.
● Rear cross traffic alert emergency brake
Activate ● Act in accordance with the warnings and
function ››› page 226.
driving recommendations of the parking sys-
● Assisted parking assistant emergency brake ● Automatic braking is activated when the
tems.
function ››› page 216. driver switches a parking system on.

Infotainment system lamps Deactivating Note

● The automatic brake operation function de- ● Switch off the parking system if the auto-
White lamp: system activated, the sys-
tem brakes when it detects an obstacle activates when a park assist system is switched matic brakes operate excessively, e.g. when
in the path. off. driving off-road.
● OR: to temporarily deactivate the manoeuvre ● After the park assist’s manoeuvre braking
Coloured lamp: system deactivated, the
braking function, press the function button function has braked the vehicle, driving in the
system does not brake when it detects
on the park assist screen and change the set- same direction for 5 metres is deactivated,
an obstacle although the sensors still de- and becomes active again after changing
ting.
tect it. gear or changing the position of the gear se-
lector.
Requirements WARNING
● The vehicle is moving between approx. Never allow the automatic braking opera-
3 km/h and 8 km/h when manoeuvring tions of park assist systems to lead you to Troubleshooting
take any risk that compromises safety. In
● A parking system is switched on. The parking system behaves differently than
certain situations, the automatic braking in-
The brakes are not automatically operated tervention may only work in a limited way expected
when park assist is switched on automatically or not work at all. Collisions with obstacles
There can be several causes:
while moving forward. can injure people and damage the vehicle.
The system is not a replacement for driver ● The system requirements are not met.
awareness. ● The sensors or the camera are dirty or have
ice on them ››› page 363.
● The camera lens is not clean and the camera
image is not clear ››› page 363.

211
 Parking and manoeuvring

● Some noise sources, such as a jackhammer ● Check if one of the causes indicated above The bumpers are fitted with sensors. When
or a cobblestone surface can interfere with the has occurred. an obstacle is detected, it is indicated by au-
ultrasound signal. ● Once the source of the problem has been dible signals and in the Infotainment system
● The vehicle has some type of damage in the eliminated, the system may be reconnected. ››› Fig. 149.
sensor or camera area, e.g. due to a parking ● If the problem persists, consult a specialised When moving close to an obstacle, it is possible
impact. workshop. to know if the obstacle is in front of the vehicle
● The sensor detection zone or field of view of or behind it according to the sound frequency.
the camera are blocked by an accessory, e.g. a
bike rack. Park Distance Control Plus The approximate measurement range of the
sensors is:
● Changes have been made to the paintwork
or structural modifications in the sensor or
(Park Pilot) A 1.20 m
camera area, e.g. at the front of the vehicle or 0.90 m
Description B
to the running gear.
C 1.60 m
Also take into account the messages displayed
on the infotainment system screen.
D 0.90 m

As you approach the obstacle, the frequency of

Sensor or camera without visibility, or the
the audible signals will increase. The signal will
parking system has been switched off
sound continuously at around 0.30 m: Stop the
If a sensor fails, that sensor zone is permanently vehicle!
switched off. The affected sensor zone may be
displayed on the infotainment system with a If the separation is maintained, the warning vol-
symbol and a greyed-out graphic segment. If ume is reduced after about 2.5 seconds.
necessary, the parking system switches off the
affected zone. Fig. 149 Parking aid view on the Infotainment Error messages
system display.
If the park assist is not working properly, a con- If a an error or fault message is displayed on
tinuous audio signal sounds for a few seconds the instrument cluster in Park Assist, there is a
when it is switched on. If applicable, a message Parking aid plus assists the driver by giving
fault.
to this effect is displayed on the instrument visual and audio warnings about obstacles de-
tected in front of and behind the vehicle. If the fault doesn't disappear before discon-
cluster screen
necting the ignition, it will not be indicated next
time the parking aid is connected.

212
 Park Distance
Parking Control
and manoeuvring
Plus (Park Pilot)

If a rear sensor is faulty, only the obstacles in ● If the system warns you of the proximity
WARNING
the front area are detected. If a front sensor is of a low obstacle, please note that after be-
faulty, only the obstacles in the rear area are ● Always pay attention, by looking directly,
ing detected by the system, the obstacle in
displayed. The symbol is displayed. to traffic and the area around the vehicle. As- question may disappear from the measure-
sistance systems are not a replacement for ment sensors as the vehicle moves closer,
We recommend taking the vehicle to a special- driver awareness. Responsibility always lies and the system will no longer warn of its
ised workshop to have the fault repaired. with the driver. presence. In certain circumstances, objects
● The sensors have blind spots in which ob- such as high kerbs that could damage the
Trailer mode stacles and people are not detected. Pay underside of the vehicle are not detected.
On vehicles with a factory-mounted trailer special attention to children and animals. ● If the parking distance warning system is
hook, when the trailer is connected, the rear ● Always keep visual control of the surround- ignored, the vehicle could suffer considera-
sensors will not activate when reverse gear is ings: use the mirrors for additional help. ble damage.
engaged or button is pressed in the Infotain- ● Damage to the radiator grille, bumper,
ment system ( > Assistants). Therefore, any wheel arch and vehicle underbody can mod-
objects behind or to the side of the vehicle will NOTICE ify the orientation of the sensors. This can
not be indicated on the screen and no audio Park assist plus functions can be affected by affect the parking aid function.
signals will sound. various factors which may cause damage: Have the function checked by a specialised
The screen will only display objects detected ● Under certain circumstances, the system workshop.
at the front, and the vehicle's trajectory will be does not detect or display certain objects: ● A number plate or number plate holder
hidden. – Chains, trailer draw bars, bars, fences, with dimensions that exceed the space for
posts and thin trees. the number plate, or a cured or deformed
Parking assist settings number plate can cause false detections or a
– Objects that are located above the sen-
loss of visibility for the sensors.
The indications and audible signals are set sors, such as protrusions in a wall.
in the Infotainment system: function button – Objects with certain surfaces or struc-
> Assistants > Parking > > Set- tures, such as wire mesh fences or powder
tings. snow.

● Automatic activation: On/off ● Certain surfaces of objects and garments

do not reflect the ultrasound sensors' sig-
● Front volume: Volume in the front and rear nals. The system cannot detect these ob-
area. jects or people wearing such clothes cor-
● Rear volume: Volume in the rear area. rectly.

● Reduce volume: When the parking aid is ● Sensor signals may be affected by exter-
switched on, the volume of the audio source will nal sound sources. This may prevent them
from detecting people or objects.
be reduced, depending on the selected option.

213
 Parking and manoeuvring

● The volume and tone of the signals and When the Plus Parking Aid connects automat-
Note
indications can be changed. ically, a diagram of the vehicle and the seg-
● The display on the Infotainment system ● Please observe information on towing a ments will appear on screen. This function will
screen shows a slight time delay. trailer. be available unless the user has deactivated it.
● In certain situations, the system can give a It only operates every time the speed drops be-
warning even though there is no obstacle in low 15 km/h (9 mph) for the first time.
the detected area: Note
Automatic activation of park assist can be
– Rough or cobbled surfaces or surfaces In vehicles without an infotainment system, switched on and off in the infotainment system:
with long grass. these parameters can be modified in a SEAT
– External ultrasound sources, such as Official Service or in a specialised workshop. ● Switch the ignition on.
other vehicles equipped with ultrasound ● In the infotainment system select > As-
systems. sistants > Parking > Parking aid.
– Heavy rain or snow, hail or dense exhaust Operating Park Assist Plus
● Check the Automatic activation box.
gases.
Switching on and off manually If activated automatically, an audible sound
– If the number plate is not properly se-
● Press button in the infotainment system ( warning will only be given when obstacles in
cured to the surface of the bumper.
> Assistants > Parking assist > Parking aid). front are at a distance of less than 50 cm. ap-
– Gradient changes. prox.
● In order to guarantee good operation, keep
Automatic activation If it is switched off using the button in the in-
the sensors clean, free of snow and ice, and
fotainment system, one of the following actions
do not cover them with stickers or other ob- ● Select reverse gear.
must be taken for it to reactivate automatically:
jects. ● OR: if you drive forward at a speed of less
● Switch off the ignition and switch it on again.
● If you use high-pressure or vapour equip- than 15 km/h (9 mph) and you encounter an
ment for cleaning, do not apply it directly, obstacle, it is detected when it is optically ap- ● EITHER: drive forward at over approx. 15 km/h
unless you do so very briefly, and always prox. less than 95 cm. away, or acoustically ap- (9 mph).
keep a distance of more than 10 cm away. prox. 50 cm. away. If the automatic connection ● OR: activate or deactivate the parking lock
● Fitting certain accessories to the front of is activated, a reduced display is shown. button P.
the vehicle, such as a plate holder with ad-
● OR: if the vehicle moves back a certain dis- ● OR: switch the automatic activation on and
vertising, may interfere with the operation of
tance (between approx. 10 and 20 cm approx off in the Infotainment system.
the Park Assist.
depending on whether or not an obstacle is
● We recommend that you practice parking detected). Automatic disconnection
in an area without traffic.
● Drive forward at 15 km/h (9 mph) or faster.
● OR: press the parking lock button P.

214
 Parking
Rearand
parking
manoeuvring
aid

Temporary sound suppression Visual indication segments If an obstacle is located in the vehicle’s way, the
corresponding audible warning will sound.
● Press the function button on the infotain-
ment screen. When the penultimate segment is displayed,
the vehicle has reached the collision zone. In
● OR: activate the electronic parking brake.
the collision zone, the obstacles are represen-
ted in red (including those out of the path). Stop
Change from reduced view to full view
the vehicle! ››› in Description on page 213
● Engage the reverse gear if your vehicle is
equipped with a reversing camera.
● Press the car icon on the reduced view Rear parking aid
● OR: if the vehicle moves back a certain dis-
Description
tance (between approx. 10 and 20 cm approx
depending on whether or not an obstacle is Fig. 150 Parking aid view on the Infotainment
The rear park assist is an optical and audible
detected). system display.
assistant that warns of obstacles located be-
hind the vehicle.
Switch to the reverse assist image (Rear The optical indication of the segments works as
follows: There are sensors integrated in the rear
View Camera “RVC”) bumper. When they detect an obstacle, you are
● Grey segments: the obstacle is more than
● Select reverse gear. alerted by audible and visible warnings on the
approx. 30 cm away from the path or in the
● OR: press the RVC button on the Infotainment Infotainment system.
direction opposite to travel. They are also dis-
System screen 1). played when the electronic parking brake is ac- Make particularly sure that the sensors are not
tivated. covered by adhesives, residues, dirt and the
A short confirmation signal will be heard and
like, as this could affect the system's operation.
the button symbol will light up when the system ● Yellow segments: the obstacles lie on the
Cleaning instructions ››› page 363.
is switched on. vehicle’s path and are at a distance of less than
approx. 30 cm away. The approximate measurement range of the
● Red segments: obstacles are less than ap- rear sensors is:
NOTICE
prox. 30 cm away. ● Side area: 0.60 m
Park assist plus only connects automatically
when driving very slowly. If driving style is A guiding track will indicate the anticipated for- ● Central area: 1.60 m
not adapted to the circumstances, an acci- ward or backward trajectory, depending on the
dent and serious injury or damage may be gear that is engaged.
caused.

1) The RVC button will only be displayed when reverse gear is engaged.
215
 Parking and manoeuvring

As you approach the obstacle, the frequency of We recommend taking the vehicle to a special- ● park in a suitable space driving forward on
the audible signals will increase. The signal will ised workshop to have the fault repaired. angle partially entering into the selected park-
sound continuously at around 0.30 m: Stop the ing space. The system will centre the vehicle in
vehicle! ››› on page 213. Towing device the parking space,
If the separation is maintained, the warning vol- In vehicles equipped with a towing bracket de- ● finish reverse parking into a space in which
ume is reduced after about 2.5 seconds. vice from the factory, when the trailer is con- you have attempted to park manually by parti-
nected, the parking aid will not be activated ally entering with the rear of the vehicle.
Parking Aid connection when reverse gear is engaged.
In vehicles with a Park Assist system and factory
● Select reverse gear.
infotainment system, the front, rear and side
WARNING areas are represented, and the position of ob-
Parking Aid disconnection
Observe the safety warnings ››› in De- stacles is shown relative to the vehicle.
● Drive forward at 15 km/h (9 mph) or faster. scription on page 213. The assisted parking system is subject to cer-
● EITHER: use the selector lever to select N or tain limitations inherent to the system and
D, or press the parking lock button P. its use requires special attention by the
Parking aid system (Park driver ››› .
Parking assist settings
Assist)
The indications and audible signals are set WARNING
in the Infotainment system: function button Introduction The technology used in the park assist sys-
> Assistants > Parking > > Set- tem involves a series of limitations inherent in
tings. The assisted parking system is an additional the actual system and in the use of ultrasonic
● Rear volume: Volume in the rear area. function of ParkPilot ››› page 212 and helps sensors. The use of Park Assist should never
the driver find a suitable parking space from tempt you to take any risk that may compro-
● Reduce volume: When the parking aid is among the following types: mise safety. The system is not a replacement
switched on, the volume of the audio source will for driver awareness.
be reduced, depending on the selected option. ● park driving in reverse in suitable perpendic- ● Any accidental movement of the vehicle
ular and parallel spaces, could result in serious injury.
Error messages
● park driving forwards in suitable perpendicu- ● Adapt your speed and driving style at all
If a an error or fault message appears on the in- lar spaces, times to suit visibility, weather, road and
strument panel in Parking assist, there is a fault. ● exit a parking space driving forwards from a traffic conditions.
If the fault doesn't disappear before discon- parallel space,
necting the ignition, it will not be indicated next
time the parking aid is connected.

216
 Parking
Parking
aidand
system
manoeuvring
(Park Assist)

● Certain surfaces of objects and garments NOTICE ● If one of the ultrasonic sensors is dam-
do not reflect the ultrasound sensors' sig- aged, the area corresponding to that group
● In certain circumstances, the ultrasonic
nals. The system cannot detect, at least cor- of sensors (front or rear) is deactivated and
rectly, these objects or people wearing such sensors do not detect objects such as trailer cannot be activated until the fault is correc-
clothes. tongues, bars, fences, posts or thin trees, or ted. However, you can still use the sensors
an open (or opening) rear lid, which could of the other bumper as per usual. If there
● Ultrasound sensor signals may be affected damage the vehicle.
by external sound sources. In certain circum- is a fault in the system, consult a specialist
● Retrofitting of certain accessories to the workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT
stances this may prevent them from detect-
ing people or objects. vehicle, such as a bicycle rack, may interfere dealership for this.
with the operation of the Park Assist system
● The ultrasound sensors may have blind and cause damage.
spots in which obstacles and people are not Note
● The Park Assist system uses as a reference
detected.
parked vehicles, curbs and other objects. ● In order to guarantee good system oper-
● Monitor the area around the vehicle at all Make sure that the tyres and wheels are not ation, keep the ultrasound sensors of the
times, since the ultrasound sensors do not damaged while parking. If necessary, oppor- bumper clean, free of snow or ice, and do not
detect small children, animals or certain ob- tunely interrupt the parking manoeuvre to cover them with adhesives or other objects.
jects in all situations. avoid damaging the vehicle. ● Certain sources of noise, such as rough as-
● The ultrasound sensors on the bumper may phalt or paving stones and the noise of other
WARNING be damaged or shifted in the event of a colli- vehicles can induce the Park Assist system
sion, for example, when entering or exiting a or ParkPilot to give erroneous warnings. The
Quick turns of the steering wheel when park-
parking space. presence of metal objects can also affect
ing or exiting a parking space with Park As-
● If you use high-pressure or vapour equip- the manoeuvre.
sist can cause serious injury.
ment to clean the ultrasound sensors, do not ● In order to become familiar with the system
● Do not hold the steering wheel during ma-
apply it directly unless very briefly and al- and its functions, SEAT recommends that you
noeuvres to park or exit a parking space un-
ways from a distance of more than 10 cm. practice operating the Park Assist system in
til the system requests it. Doing so disables
● A registration plate or plate holder on the an area where there is not too much traffic or
the system during the manoeuvre, resulting
front with larger than the space for the reg- in a car park.
in the parking being cancelled.
istration plate, or a registration plate that is
curved or warped can cause:
– False detections.
– The sensors to lose visibility.
– Cancellation of the parking manoeuvre
or defective parking.

217
 Parking and manoeuvring

Description of the parking assist sys- Requirements for leaving the parking space To restart the manoeuvre it is necessary that
(only for parallel parking) none of these things occur and that the
tem
button on the infotainment system is pressed
● The traction control (TCS) must be switched
The components of the Park Assist system are again.
on ››› page 174.
the ultrasonic sensors located in the front and
rear bumpers, the button to switch the sys- ● Space length: length of the vehicle Automatic braking intervention to avoid ex-
tem on and off and the messages on the instru- + 0.5 metres. ceeding the speed limit
ment panel display. ● Do not exceed approximately 7 km/h
To avoid exceeding the allowed speed of ap-
(4 mph) when exiting the parking space.
prox. 7 km/h (4 mph) when entering or leaving
Prerequisites for parking a parking space, the brakes may activate au-
● The traction control (TCS) must be switched Prematurely stopping or automatically in- tomatically. After automatically activating the
on ››› page 174. terrupting the manoeuvres for parking or ex- brakes, the manoeuvres to enter or exit a park-
● Speed when passing next to the parking iting a parking space ing space may continue.
space: do not exceed approx. 50 km/h Park Assist interrupts the manoeuvres for park- The brakes are only automatically activated
(31 mph). ing or exiting a parking space in any of the fol- once for each attempt to enter or exit a parking
● Keep a distance between 0.5 and 2.0 me- lowing cases: space. If the speed of approximately 7 km/h
(4 mph) is exceeded again, the corresponding
tres when driving past the parking space. ● Press button in the infotainment system,
operation is halted.
● Space length (parallel parking): vehicle > Assistants > Parking > Park assist system.
length + 0.8 metres. ● When exceeding a speed of approximately 7
Special characteristics
● Space width (parking bay): vehicle width km/h (4 mph) more than once.
The Park Assist system is subject to certain limi-
+ 0.8 meters. ● The driver takes control of the steering wheel.
tations inherent to the system. For example, it is
● Do not exceed approximately 7 km/h ● The parking manoeuvre does not end within 6 therefore not possible to use it to enter or exit a
(4 mph) when parking. The vehicle will perform minutes after activation of the automatic steer- parking space on sharp bends or on very steep
an automatic braking only once if this speed is ing. hills.
exceeded. If you exceed the speed more than ● There is a fault in the system (the system is
once, the Park Assist system switches off. While entering or exiting a parking space, a
temporarily unavailable). brief signal sounds to prompt the driver to
● The TCS is disconnected. change between forward and reverse gears
● TCS or ESC intervene with regulation. (depending on the case). In successive ma-
noeuvres, the assistant tells the driver to
● The driver door is opened.
change gears, at the latest, when the continu-
ous audible signal is given (object present at a
distance of ≤30 cm) by Park Pilot.

218
 Parking
Parking
aidand
system
manoeuvring
(Park Assist)

When the Park Assist system turns the steer- Selecting a parking type Reverse parallel parking.
ing wheel with the vehicle stationary, the instru- Reverse angle parking.
ment panel also displays the symbol . Keep
the brake pedal depressed while the symbol Forward angle parking.
remains on the dash panel display to turn the Reverse parallel parking without driving
wheels with the vehicle stopped. This way, the past first: “Help me”.
system will require fewer manoeuvres to com-
Forward parking in a parking bay without
plete the parking action.
driving past first.

Trailer mode Reverse parking in a parking bay without

driving past first.
The Park Assist system cannot be switched on if
the factory-fitted towing bracket is electrically Selecting a parking type after passing in
connected to a trailer. Fig. 151 On the instrument panel display:
front of the space
display of the assisted parking system with
After changing a wheel decreased visibility. After activating the Park Assist system and after
detecting a parking space, the display on the
If, after changing a wheel, the vehicle stops instrument panel proposes a parking type. The
entering and exiting parking spaces correctly, Park Assist system selects the parking type au-
the circumference of the new wheel may be tomatically. The selected type is shown on the
different and the system may need to adapt to
instrument panel display ››› Fig. 152 and on the
it. The adaptation is automatic and takes place
Infotainment System screen.
during driving. Making turns slowly and in both
directions (20 km/h [12 mph]) for a few minutes ● The necessary conditions to park with Park
may contribute to this adaptation process . Assist have to be met ››› page 218.
● Press the button in the infotainment system,
> Assistants.
● When the system is switched on, the symbol
on the infotainment system display is highligh-
ted . Additionally, the selected parking type is
shown on the instrument panel display. You can
change the type of parking on the infotainment
Fig. 152 On the infotainment system display:
system display.
parking modes indication.

Park assist has the following 6 parking types:

219
 Parking and manoeuvring

● If there are more spaces available, another ● When the system is switched on, the symbol
space can be selected by clicking on it on the on the infotainment system display is highligh-
infotainment system display. ted . Additionally, the selected parking mode
● Follow the instructions displayed on the in- is shown on the instrument panel display with-
strument panel while paying attention to traffic out reduced display.
and drive the vehicle past the parking space. ● Let go of the steering wheel.

Reverse parallel parking without driving

past first (type )
With this type of parking , press button
so that the system completes the parking that
has already been started. The system will only
switch on if sufficient progress has been made
with the manoeuvre (the side sensor must be
able to detect the reference vehicle). If it is im-
possible to successfully complete the manoeu-
vre that has been started, the system itself will
drive out of the parking space before starting
parking in a similar way to type .

Parking in a parking bay without driving past

first
Special case of forward or reverse parking into
a parking bay without driving past first:
● The necessary conditions to park with Park
Assist have to be met ››› page 218.
● Move forward towards the parking space
while paying attention to traffic and stop the
vehicle with the front part partially inside the
parking space.
● Press the button once in the infotainment
system, > Assistants.

220
 Parking
Parking
aidand
system
manoeuvring
(Park Assist)

Parking with the parking assist system

Fig. 153 On the instrument cluster display: angle

parking. : Finding a parking space : Parking
position. : Manoeuvring.

Fig. 154 On the instrument cluster display: angle

parking. : Finding a parking space : Parking
position. : Manoeuvring.

1 Message to move forwards Parking ● Stop the vehicle and, after a brief pause, en-
Your vehicle gage reverse gear, or press the button in
2 ● Look at the instrument cluster screen to see if
the infotainment system, > Assistants >
3 Parking space detected the space has been detected as “appropriate”
Parking > Park assist system.
and if the correct position for parking has been
4 Message to park ● Let go of the steering wheel.
reached ››› Fig. 153 or ››› Fig. 154 . The
5 Message to press the brake pedal space is considered “appropriate” if the instru- ● Please note the following message:
6 Progress bar ment cluster display shows the parking indica- Intervention in active steering.
tion 4 . Watch your surroundings!
The prerequisites have to be met to park with
the parking assist system ››› page 218 and the
parking mode has to be selected ››› page 219.

221
 Parking and manoeuvring

While keeping watch around you, carefully Progress bars 1 Your vehicle in reverse gear
start accelerating up to no more than 7 km/h Message giving the proposed manoeuvre
The progress bar ››› Fig. 153 6 and 2
(4 mph). During the parking manoeuvre, the to exit the parking space
system only takes charge of the steering. You,
››› Fig. 154 6 on the instrument cluster display
shows the relative distance to be covered as a 3 Progress bar to indicate the distance left to
as the driver, have to accelerate, engage
symbol. The greater the distance, the fuller the cover
the clutch if necessary, change gears and
progress bar. When driving forward, the content
brake.
of the progress bar decreases upwards, and Leaving a parking space (parallel parking)
● Reverse until the continuous ParkPilot signal when reversing, it decreases downwards.
sounds; OR: reverse until the indication to move The necessary conditions to exit a parking
forward appears on the instrument panel dis- space with Park Assist have to be met
play ››› Fig. 153 or ››› Fig. 154 ; OR: re- Note ››› page 218.
verse until the Park Assist finished mes- If the manoeuvre is terminated prematurely ● Press the in the infotainment system:
sage appears on the instrument cluster display. during parking, the result may not be the > Assistants. When the system is switched on,
The progress bar 6 indicates the distance to best. the symbol on the infotainment system dis-
cover. play is highlighted.
● Press the brake pedal until the parking assist ● Turn on the corresponding turn signal towards
system completes the steering wheel turns; OR: Leaving a parking space with the
the road you will enter when exiting the parking
until the symbol goes out on the instrument parking assist system (only for par- space.
panel screen. allel parking) ● Engage the reverse gear, or press the button
● Select first gear. in the infotainment system.
● Move forward until the continuous ParkPilot ● Let go of the steering wheel. Please note the
signal sounds; OR: move forward until the re- following message:
verse indication appears on the instrument
Automatic steering enabled Pay at-
panel display. The Park Assist system steers the
tention to your surroundings.
vehicle forward and back until it centres it in the
space ››› Fig. 153 or ››› Fig. 154 . While keeping watch around you, carefully
start accelerating up to no more than 7 km/h
● For best results, wait at the end of each
(4 mph). When exiting the parking space, the
manoeuvre until the Park Assist system has fin-
system only takes charge of the steering. You,
ished turning the steering wheel. The parking
as the driver, have to accelerate, engage
manoeuvre ends when a corresponding mes-
Fig. 155 On the instrument panel display: the clutch if necessary, change gears and
sage is displayed on the instrument panel and,
driving off from perpendicular parking. brake.
in some cases, an acoustic signal sounds.

222
 Reverse
Parking
Assist
and(Rear
manoeuvring
View Camera)

● Reverse until the continuous ParkPilot signal The camera image is viewed together with ori-
WARNING
sounds; OR: reverse until the instrument panel entation lines projected on the Infotainment
display shows the forward indication. The pro- system screen. Part of the bumper can be seen ● The reverse assist does not make it possi-
gress bar ››› Fig. 155 3 indicates the distance at the bottom, which can be used by the driver ble to precisely calculate the distance from
as a reference point. obstacles and nor can it overcome the sys-
to cover.
tem's own limits, hence its negligent use may
● Press the brake pedal until the parking assist cause serious accidents and injuries if used
system completes the steering wheel turns; OR: Reverse assist modes without due care. The driver should be aware
press the brake pedal until the symbol goes Depending on the equipment, the following of his/her surroundings at all times to ensure
out on the instrument panel screen. modes are available: safe driving.
● Move forward until the continuous ParkPilot ● Angle parking: reverse parking perpendicu- ● The camera lens expands and distorts the
signal sounds; OR: move forward until the re- lar to the road. field of view and displays the objects on the
verse indication appears on the instrument screen in a way that is different from reality.
● Assistance function for hitching a trailer: Distance perception is also distorted.
panel display. The Park Assist system steers the
helps to hitch a trailer.
vehicle forward and back until it can exit the ● Due to the screen resolution or light con-
space. ● Cross traffic: monitors cross traffic. ditions, some items may be blurry or not dis-
● The vehicle can exit the space when a cor- played at all. Take care with thin posts, fen-
Requirements ces, railings or trees that might not be seen
responding message is displayed on the instru-
on the screen and could damage the vehicle.
ment panel and, in some cases, an acoustic To park with reverse assist, the following re-
signal sounds. Take charge of the steering with ● The reverse assist has blind spots where
quirements must be met:
the turning angle set by the Park Assist system. it cannot see people or objects. Monitor the
vehicle's surrounding area at all times.
● Paying attention to the traffic, exit the parking ● Do not exceed a speed of approx. 15 km/h
● The system is not a replacement for driver
space. (9 mph).
awareness. Supervise the parking manoeu-
● Parking space width: vehicle width + 0.15 m vre and the vehicle's surrounding area at all
(without counting the mirrors).
Reverse Assist (Rear View times.
● Do not be distracted from the traffic by
Camera) To display a real image, the following require-
ments must be met:
looking at the screen.
● The images are only two-dimensional. Pro-
Introduction ● The luggage compartment rear door is truding objects or holes in the road, for ex-
closed. ample, are more difficult to detect or may not
A camera on the rear bumper aids the ● The surroundings are on a flat surface. be seen at all.
driver when reverse parking or manoeuvring
● The vehicle should not be loaded very heavily
››› page 180.
at the rear.

223
 Parking and manoeuvring

● Vehicle load modifies the representation of Disconnect the reverse assist Guide lines
the guide lines. The width represented by the ● Drive forward at a speed of at least 15 km/h Green horizontal lines: extension of the vehicle.
lines decreases with vehicle load. Pay spe-
(9 mph). Yellow lines: vehicle path depending on the
cial attention to the surroundings when the
inside of the vehicle of the luggage compart- steering angle.
ment are loaded. Shown on the display
● In the following situations, objects or other Assistance function for hitching a trailer
vehicles appear to be further away or closer The system’s functions and representations
On vehicles with a factory-fitted towing device,
than they actually are. Pay special attention: may vary depending on the equipment.
this function can be used to move the vehicle
– If moving from a flat surface to a slope The assistant's image view changes when the close to a tow bar.
and vice-versa. factory-fitted tow hitch is electronically con-
Auxiliary lines are shown in the infotainment
– If the vehicle is heavily loaded. nected to a trailer ››› page 289.
system.
– When the vehicle approaches objects
Reverse assist functions and symbols Green lines: distance to the trailer hitch. The
that are not on the ground surface or that
distance between the lines is approx. 0.30 m
protrude from it. These objects may be out- When the reverse assist is connected, you can
side the camera angle when reversing. make adjustments using the function buttons. Yellow line: pre-calculated direction of the
Some adjustments are equipment-dependent. trailer hitch depending on how the steering
wheel is turned.
Note Exit the current display

● It is important to take great care and pay Cross traffic

special attention if the driver is not familiar Switch to angle parking ››› page 225
This view helps to monitor traffic behind the
with the system.
vehicle and can be used, for example, when
● The reverse assist reference lines disap- Switch to the trailer hitching assistance exiting garages or narrow exits.
pear when the rear lid is open. function
Switch to cross traffic

Connecting and disconnecting

Adjust the display: brightness, contrast
Connect the reverse assist and colour.
● With the ignition switched on, select reverse Switch to park assist ››› page 212
gear.
● OR: in the infotainment system select > Display/hide the parking aid view
Assistants > Park assist.

224
 Reverse
Parking
Assist
and(Rear
manoeuvring
View Camera)

Angle parking Parking ● The vehicle has some type of damage in the
camera area, e.g. due to a parking impact.
● In the infotainment system select > Assis-
tants > Parking aid before passing in front of ● The field of view of the camera is blocked by
the selected parking space. an accessory, e.g. a bicycle carrier system.
● With reverse assist connected and in working ● Changes have been made to the paint in the
camera area, or structural modifications have
order, press the function button .
been made to a component such as the run-
● Stop the vehicle in front of the parking space ning gear.
››› Fig. 156 2 .
● Reverse while turning the steering wheel so Camera with no visibility, fault message, the
that the yellow lines enter the parking space. system disconnects
The green and yellow lines must match the side
● Clean the camera or remove possible adhe-
boundary lines 3 .
sives or accessories from it ››› page 363.
● Stop the vehicle when the red line has
● Check for visible damage.
reached the rear boundary 4 .

Possible solution
Troubleshooting
Fig. 156 Display on the infotainment system ● Temporarily disconnect the system.
screen: parking with the reverse assistant. The system behaves differently than expec- ● Check if one of the causes indicated above
ted has occurred.
Key to the ››› Fig. 156: ● Once the source of the problem has been
There can be several causes:
Finding a parking space eliminated, the system may be reconnected.
● The camera is dirty ››› page 363. In addi-
Go to the selected parking space ● If the system still behaves unpredictably,
tion to dirt and snow, camera visibility can be
have it checked by a specialised workshop.
Centre the vehicle inside the parking space reduced by detergent residue or any type of
coating.
1 Road
● The system requirements must be met
2 Parking space
››› page 223.
3 Lateral boundary of the parking space
● The camera is covered with water.
4 Rear boundary of the parking space
● The factory-fitted towing bracket must
not be electrically connected to a trailer
››› page 289.

225
 Parking and manoeuvring

played in the form of a red strip at the back Once the trailer is uncoupled from the vehicle,
Rear Cross Traffic Alert of the image of the vehicle on the infotainment the assistant will return to its initial state prior
(RCTA) system screen. This strip displays the side of the to the moment when the trailer was electrically
vehicle towards which traffic is approaching in connected.
How it works transverse direction1). If the tow hitch is not factory fitted, then the rear
cross traffic alert will have to be deactivated
Automatic braking to reduce damages manually when driving with a trailer.
››› page 210.
WARNING
Connecting and disconnecting The smart technology incorporated into the
The rear cross traffic alert can be activated rear cross traffic alert cannot overcome the
and deactivated by accessing the Assistants limits imposed by the laws of physics; it only
menu of the infotainment system. It can also be works within the limits of the system. The
parking assistant function should not tempt
found in the Park Assist Settings menu.
you into taking any risks. The system is not a
Additionally it can be switched on and off by replacement for driver awareness.
Fig. 157 Diagram of the parking assistant: accessing the Assistants menu on the instru-
● The system should never be used in limi-
detected area around the vehicle that is driving ment cluster.
ted visibility conditions or complicated traf-
off. When the vehicle is restarted, the last adjust- fic, e.g., in high-traffic areas or when crossing
ment in the system will remain active. multiple lanes.
Park Assist uses the radar sensors on the rear ● Be sure to always be aware of the vehicle's
bumper ››› page 178 to monitor traffic cross- Trailer mode surroundings, since the system often fails
ing behind the vehicle as it reverses out of a to detect things such as bicycles or pedes-
The rear cross traffic alert will be automatically
parking bay, or as it is being manoeuvred, for trians.
deactivated and it will be impossible to activate
example in very low visibility conditions. ● The rear cross traffic alert itself will not
them if the tow hitch is electrically connected
When the system detects a relevant vehicle on brake the vehicle to a complete stop.
to a trailer or other similar object. As soon as
the road that is approaching the rear of the ve- the driver starts driving, a message appears on
hicle ››› Fig. 157, an acoustic alarm may sound the instrument cluster screen indicating that the
if the relevance so requires it. assistant is deactivated.
In addition to the acoustic alarm, the driver is
also informed by means of a visual signal on
infotainment system display. This signal is dis-
1) It is only displayed if the vehicle is equipped with a parking system.
226
 DoorParking
openingand
warning
manoeuvring
(Exit Assist)

The system monitors, within the limits of the

Door opening warning (Exit system itself, the rear and side environment of
Connecting and disconnecting
The door opening assistant can be switched on
Assist) the vehicle using the rear sensors ››› page 178.
and off by accessing the Assistants menu in
It detects moving objects that approach from
the infotainment system. It can also be found in
How it works behind, such as cars ››› Fig. 158.
the Park Assist Settings menu.
If a critical situation is detected when the door
When the vehicle is restarted, the last adjust-
is opened, an alert is given by an acoustic sig-
ment in the system will remain active.
nal on the door speaker of the corresponding
side ››› Fig. 159. The side assist control lamp
Trailer mode
on the side of the corresponding door will also
flash. If the door has already been opened and The door opening assistant will be automati-
another road user has been detected in a crit- cally deactivated and it will be impossible to
ical situation, the control lamp of the lane de- activate it if the tow hitch is electrically connec-
parture warning on the corresponding side will ted to a trailer or other similar object.
light up permanently. Once the trailer is uncoupled from the vehicle,
The brightness of the door opening warning in- the assistant will return to its initial state prior
Fig. 158 Graphic example. dication cannot be adjusted. to the moment when the trailer was electrically
connected.
When you want to access the vehicle for the
first time, with the doors closed and locked, the If the tow hitch is not factory fitted, then the
function will be available 3 minutes after the door opening assistant will have to be deacti-
first opening of any of the doors. The function vated manually when driving with a trailer.
will continue to be available as long as the
vehicle has the ignition connected and is not
WARNING
moving.
● Always pay close attention to the traffic
After switching off the ignition, the function will and the surroundings of the vehicle. The door
remain available for approximately 3 minutes. opening warning (Exit Assist) cannot replace
After that time, the control lamps will light up the necessary attention to be paid by the
indicating the deactivation of the function. vehicle’s occupants. The responsibility for
Fig. 159 Door: warning lamp opening the doors and exiting the vehicle al-
ways lies with the occupants of the same.
The door opening warning (Exit Assist) warns
occupants of a possible collision when opening
the door when the vehicle is stationary.

227
 Parking and manoeuvring

● The door opening warning (Exit Assist) op-

erates continuously as long as the vehicle
ignition is on. Otherwise, the system is deac-
tivated and the lamps light up briefly.
● It is possible that the traffic situation is
not interpreted correctly and you cannot be
aware of all the objects that are approach-
ing, such as pedestrians. Always visually
monitor the traffic and the area surrounding
the vehicle.

WARNING
The door opening warning (Exit Assist) is sub-
ject to system limits and cannot warn of an
imminent collision in all cases:
● If your vehicle is too deep in the parking
space and the adjacent vehicles hide it.
● In certain circumstances, objects or people
who approach, e.g. on a bicycle or scooter,
are not detected.
● The system does not react to stopped ob-
jects.

228
 Storage
Practical
compartment
equipment

Practical equipment WARNING Glove compartment

If you leave lighters inside the vehicle, they
Storage compartment might be damaged or lit inadvertently. This
could lead to severe burns and damage to
the vehicle.
Introduction
● Before moving a seat, make sure there are
Use the storage compartments only for small or no lighters in the moving part area of the ve-
light items. hicle.
● Before closing a storage compartment,
make sure there are no lighters in the closing
WARNING
area.
Objects inside the vehicle that are not se- ● Never leave a lighter inside a storage com-
cured could be thrown across the cabin in Fig. 160 On the passenger side: glove
partment or any other surface of the vehicle
the event of sudden braking or manoeuvring. as it could ignite due to the high tempera-
compartment.
This may cause severe injuries as well as loss tures on such surfaces, particularly during
of control of the vehicle. the summer. Opening and closing the glove compart-
● Do not carry animals or sharp, hard or ment
heavy items in open storage compartments
of the vehicle, on the dashboard or on the NOTICE Opening: Pull the handle ››› Fig. 160 and open
cover behind the rear seats, or inside pieces the glove compartment.
● Do not store heat- or cold-sensitive ob-
of clothing or bags inside the vehicle. jects, food or medicines in the cabin. Heat Closing: Press the glove compartment up-
● Keep the storage compartments closed at and cold could damage them or render them wards.
all times while the vehicle is in motion. useless.
● Do not hang garments weighing more than ● Objects made from transparent materials WARNING
2.5 kg (approx. 5.5 lb) on the vehicle’s coat left inside the vehicle, such as glasses, mag-
hooks. Never leave heavy, hard or sharp ob- nifying glasses or transparent suction pads If the glove compartment is left open, the risk
jects in the pockets of these pieces of cloth- stuck to the windows can concentrate sun- of causing severe injuries in the event of an
ing. light and damage the vehicle. accident, sudden braking or manoeuvring in-
creases.
● Always keep the glove compartment
closed while the vehicle is in motion.

229
 Practical equipment

Drink holder WARNING Note

Incorrect use of the bottle holders may The inside elements of the drink holders can
cause injuries. be extracted for cleaning.
● Never put hot drinks in the drink holders.
In the event of sudden braking or an acci-
dent while driving, hot beverages in the bot- Storage compartment under front
tle holders might spill and cause burns. seats
● Ensure that no bottles or other objects are
dropped in the driver footwell while driving,
as they could get under the pedals and ob-
struct their working.
● Never place glasses, food or other heavy
Fig. 161 In the rear central armrest: drink
objects drink holders. These heavy objects
holder.
may be thrown across the cabin in the event
of an accident and cause serious injuries.
The storage compartments of the driver and
passenger doors contain a bottle holder.
WARNING
Front drink holders Closed bottles may explode inside the vehi-
cle due to cold or heat.
Fig. 162 Storage compartment under the right
There are two cup holders in the centre con- front passenger seat.
sole . ● Never leave closed bottles in the vehicle
if the temperature inside is very high or very
Opening: Press the tab on the drawer handle
low.
Drinks holder in the rear central armrest and take the drawer out.
Use: Lower the central armrest. Closing: Push the drawer under the seat until it
NOTICE engages.
When the drink holder is no longer in use, lift the
armrest again. Do not leave open cans in the drink holders
when the vehicle is in motion. If the drink is
spilled (e.g. due to sudden braking) it may
damage the vehicle and its electrical sys-
tem.

230
 Practical
Power equipment
sockets

WARNING WARNING WARNING

If the drawer is left open, it could prevent use Hanging clothes may decrease the driver's Improper use of the sockets or electrical de-
of the pedals. This may cause serious acci- visibility, which may cause serious accidents vices could lead to a fire and cause serious
dents and injuries. and injuries. injuries.
● Always keep the drawer closed while the ● Always hang clothes from hangers in such ● Please ensure that children are never left
vehicle is in motion. Otherwise, the drawer a way that the driver's visibility is not affec- unsupervised inside the vehicle. The sockets
and any objects in it could fall into the driv- ted. and the devices connected to them can be
er's footwell and obstruct the pedals. ● Only hang light pieces of clothing from the used when the ignition is switched on.
hangers of the vehicle. Never leave heavy, ● If electrical devices overheat, switch them
NOTICE hard or sharp objects in the pockets of these off immediately and disconnect them from
pieces of clothing. the mains.
The drawer can contain 1.5 kg at most.
● Do not use clothes hangers to hang up the
clothing, as this could interfere with the func- NOTICE
tion of the head-protection airbags.
Other object holders ● To avoid damaging the electrical system,
never connect electrical devices that sup-
You will find more object holders, compart- NOTICE ply power, such as solar panels or battery
ments and supports in other parts of the vehi- chargers, to 12-volt sockets to charge the 12-
Do not place overly large objects in the
cle: volt battery.
pockets on the front seat backrests (e.g. bot-
● In the centre console. tles) or objects with sharp edges. Risk of ● Only use electrical devices that comply
● In the upper part of the glove compartment. damage to the pockets and the upholstery. with the applicable electromagnetic com-
The load should not exceed 1.2 kg. patibility directives.

● Other storage compartments are found in the ● To prevent voltage fluctuations from caus-
rear seat, to the left and the right of the seats. Power sockets ing damage, unplug any connected electri-
cal devices before switching the ignition on
● In the backrests of the front seats, storage and off.
pockets.
Introduction
● Never connect electrical devices that con-
Electrical equipment can be plugged in to the sume more than the specified power to a 12
There are hangers on the struts of the doors vehicle's sockets. volt socket. Exceeding the maximum power
and the rear. consumption could damage the vehicle's
The devices must be in a perfect state of repair.
electrical system.
Do not use defective devices.
● Observe the instruction manuals of electri-
The 12 volt power socket will only work with the cal devices!
ignition on.

231
 Practical equipment

The continuous output of all of the vehicle’s 12- 230 volt power socket
Note
volt sockets is 120 watts in total.
● The use of electrical appliances with the
When connecting two or more electrical devi-
engine switched off will cause the 12-volt
ces at the same time, make sure that their total
battery to discharge.
consumption never exceeds 190 watts.
● Uninsulated devices can interfere with the
radio, infotainment system and the vehicle’s
USB power sockets
electronic system.
Depending on the equipment and the country,
the vehicle may also have USB connections ex-
Vehicle power sockets clusively for charging or as a power socket
››› Fig. 163 2 .
These USB ports are located at the rear of the Fig. 164 In the luggage compartment: 230 volt
console, between the front seats . These con- power socket.
nectors can work at a maximum power of up to
10.5 W per port. With the engine running, the power socket acti-
vates automatically as soon as a connector is
plugged in. If there is enough power available,
NOTICE
the socket can still be used while the engine is
If the 12-volt socket is used at full power for off ››› .
longer than the specified time, the fuse may
blow. Maximum power consumption is 150 watts (300
watts - maximum 2 minutes).
Fig. 163 Vehicle 12 volt socket. ● Never use the 12 volt socket at full power
for more than 10 minutes. Connect an electrical device: Open the cover
››› Fig. 163 and insert the plug into the power socket as far
● In the case of full power, use a single 12-
volt socket.
as possible to unlock the built-in child lock. The
1 12-volt sockets inside the front armrest. socket only supplies power once the child lock
2 12-volt USB sockets at the rear of the con- is unlocked.
sole, between the front seats.
LED on the power socket ››› Fig. 164 (arrow)
Make sure that the maximum power of the
Steady green light:
sockets is not exceeded. The power consump-
tion of the devices is shown on the type plate of ● The childproof lock is unlocked. The socket is
the devices. ready to operate.

232
 Practical
Power equipment
sockets

Flashing red light:

NOTICE
● There is an anomaly, e.g. disconnection due
230 volt power socket:
to a current surge or overheating.
● Do not leave devices or connectors that
are too heavy (e.g. a transformer) hanging
Disconnection due to overheating
directly from the power socket.
When the temperature exceeds a certain value, ● Do not connect neon lamps.
the 230 volt socket inverter is automatically dis-
● Only connect devices to the socket if the
connected. The disconnection prevents over-
device and socket voltage match.
heating when the power consumption of the
connected devices is excessive or the ambient ● The built-in overload disconnect function
temperature is very high. The 230-volt power prevents any electrical devices that require
a high start-up current from turning on. In this
supply can be used once again after a cool-
case, unplug the electrical device's power
ing time. First unplug the connector of the con-
supply and re-try the connection after about
nected device and then plug it back in again.
10 seconds.
This prevents the electrical device from being
switched on again if this is not wanted.
Note
WARNING
Some appliances may not work properly
The electrical system is under high voltage! when connected to the 230 volt sockets due
● Do not spill liquids onto the socket. to a lack of power (watts).
● Do not plug adapters or extension cords
into the 230 volt power socket. Otherwise,
the integrated child lock will be unlocked
and the power socket will operate.
● Do not insert conductive objects (a knitting
needle, for example) into the 230 volt power
socket.

233
 Data transmissions

Data transmissions Description of services a few vehicle models. During the useful life of
the vehicle, you can change the assignment
Before running SEAT CONNECT services, read
shown here.
and take into account the description of the
SEAT CONNECT corresponding services. Descriptions are upda- After activating the service management in the
ted on a non-periodical basis. infotainment system, you can check whether
Introduction services are available to the vehicle and what
● Always use the most up-to-date version of
services they are ››› page 238.
With SEAT CONNECT Gen3 you can connect the corresponding service description.
your vehicle to the Internet. This allows you to In some countries and in the event of a contract
extend the scope of various services. A descrip- renewal, the services offered may be combined
WARNING
tion of the available services can be found on differently than indicated here. They may also
the Internet at: In areas with insufficient mobile phone and vary depending on the year of production of
GPS coverage, emergency calls and phone the vehicle. The services mentioned correspond
https://www.seat.com/owners/connectivity/ calls will not be connected and data cannot to SEAT CONNECT Gen3 (third generation).
seat-connect-service be transmitted.
To use it, SEAT CONNECT must first be activa- ● Change location if possible. SEAT CONNECT services and functions that
ted online by entering into a SEAT CONNECT do not require activation
contract with SEAT, S.A. and is subject to a tem-
porary use limitation depending on the country. NOTICE The following services also work without the
The vehicle may be damaged by factors out- activation of SEAT CONNECT:
Both the SEAT CONNECT service portfolios of-
fered by SEAT and individual services can be side the control of SEAT, S.A. These damaged ● Public emergency call service.
can include:
modified, cancelled, deactivated, reactivated, ● Privacy mode.
renamed and extended, even without prior noti- ● Misuse of mobile terminals
● Legal.
fication. ● Data loss during transmission.
The execution and availability of the SEAT ● Unsuitable or defective third party appli- SEAT CONNECT services
CONNECT services and service portfolios may cations.
The SEAT CONNECT services are:
vary depending on the country, as well as the ● Malicious software on data storage devi-
vehicle, its equipment and connectivity. ces, computers, tablets or mobile phones. ● Public emergency call
SEAT CONNECT's voice recognition or search ● Roadside assistance call
technology does not recognise or offer results ● Customer support
for all words. Services portfolio
● Service appointment planning
There are SEAT CONNECT services for which The initial service assignment shown here rep- ● Online system update
registration is mandatory and others for which it resents the maximum possible volume. The
is not mandatory. ● Customisation
maximum possible volume is only available on

234
 Data
SEATtransmissions
CONNECT

● Activating SEAT CONNECT ● Remote auxiliary ventilation Activation of SEAT CONNECT and S-
● Private mode (deactivation of services) ● Parking position PIN
● Delete user / Reset factory settings ● Privacy mode
The following steps are necessary for the ac-
● Remote independent heating ● Legal tivation of SEAT CONNECT (including registra-
● Remote opening tion):
SEAT CONNECT services for hybrid vehicles
● Horn and turn signals ● Create a user account through the infotain-
● Vehicle status incl. doors and lights Available only in electric and hybrid vehicles. ment system in the User Management menu.
● Driving data The included services are all the SEAT ● Place the SEAT CONNECT order and activate
CONNECT services in the previous section plus: it.
● Vehicle status report
● Remote air conditioning ● Add the vehicle to your user account.
● Anti-theft alarm warning
● Electrical power manager ● Prove ownership.
● Zone warning
● Departure times ● Prove your identity. It is only necessary if you
● Speed warning
are to run SEAT CONNECT services relevant to
● Online map update SEAT CONNECT individual options security.
● Search for points of interest ● To activate it, proceed as follows:
● In-Car Applications. These applications can
● Petrol stations be purchased and installed directly in the info- 10” Users > Settings > Become primary
● Online traffic information tainment system through the In-Car store. user.
● Parking lots ● Full Link. 8.25” MENU > Manage users > Become
● Online infotainment system update ● Data package. Pay per use data rates for the primary user.
● Online route calculation use of online functions, for example, 2 GB per Follow the rest of the indications and the infor-
month. mation shown in the infotainment system. Dur-
● Information on risks
ing activation, you may be asked to create an
● Dictation S-PIN.
Note
● Natural voice control for destinations and ad-
● The public emergency call service is avail- Update option
dresses
able regardless of whether the infotainment
● Online radio 10” Infotainment yes
system is logged in.
● Online media ● Customisation and purchase of In-Car ap- 8.25” Infotainment yes
● Online route import plications require logging into infotainment SEAT CONNECT portal yes
system, but the activation of the vehicle in a
● Online destination import
SEAT CONNECT account is not necessary. SEAT CONNECT application yes

235
 Data transmissions

S-PIN Or: open the menu Users > Settings Legal provisions
> Become primary user and follow the in-
The S-PIN is a sequence of several digits, which
structions. During the use of SEAT CONNECT services, in-
can be selected when completed the SEAT
● Press the unlock button on the first vehicle formation is transferred and processed online
CONNECT registration.
key. through the vehicle. Such data can also provide
When creating the S-PIN, avoid easy-to-guess (at least indirectly) information about the driver
number sequences and known dates of birth. ● Press the unlock button on the second vehicle in question, for example, driving behaviour and
You can change the S-PIN in the SEAT key. location. As a contracting party in the SEAT
CONNECT user account in “Account settings”. Once the infotainment system has processed CONNECT contract with SEAT, S.A., you must
The S-PIN is necessary, for example, to protect the orders by radiofrequency, the accreditation ensure that when your vehicle is used by other
your user profile or to run a SEAT CONNECT of the ownership will have been completed. drivers (for example, family or friends), data
service relevant to the security of your vehicle. You can control the current status in the SEAT protection and personal rights are respected.
You must manage this S-PIN with absolute con- CONNECT portal. Therefore, you must inform drivers in advance
fidentiality. that the vehicle transfers and receives data on-
How is ownership accredited? line, and that you can access such data.
If you reveal the S-PIN to third parties, for secur-
10” Infotainment 2-Key method Not taking into account this obligation to inform,
ity reasons you must change it immediately.
8.25” Infotainment 2-Key method can infringe certain rights of the occupants.
Users can manage data sending and transfers
Ownership and identity accredita- SEAT CONNECT portal No, it is not possible
through the privacy mode at any time.
tion SEAT CONNECT appli- No, it is not possible
cation Follow-up services: ask all occupants
Become primary user
The follow-up services need geographical and
To become a main user and thus prove own-
Identity accreditation (SEAT Ident) vehicle data to determine whether the vehicle is
ership of the vehicle, you need both of the ve-
being used within defined speed ranges, where
hicle’s physical keys. Ownership accreditation Identity accreditation must be done before you
it has been parked or if it is being used in an es-
takes place in the vehicle during registration or, can use SEAT CONNECT services that are rele-
tablished geographical area. This information is
if you already have a SEAT CONNECT user ac- vant to security, such as the Remote Opening
displayed on the SEAT CONNECT portal and in
count, you must log in through the infotainment service. Proof of identity is provided at a SEAT
the SEAT CONNECT app.
system and then go to User management. dealership.
Therefore, before moving off, ask all the vehi-
● Switch on the ignition and the infotainment You can find more information about SEAT
cle occupants if they agree with the activated
system. Ident on the SEAT CONNECT portal at https://
services. If they do not, deactivate the service in
● In the infotainment system, register in SEAT my.seat.
question (if possible) or do not allow the occu-
CONNECT. pants to use the vehicle.

236
 Data
SEATtransmissions
CONNECT

GPS tracking: marking natively, through the infotainment system you Faults
can directly and permanently delete the previ-
If the vehicle has a factory-fitted control unit
ous user as the main user, as well as put the Even if the prerequisites for the use of SEAT
that transmits its current geographical position
vehicle in offline mode and thus limit both the CONNECT services are met, there may be fac-
and speed, the vehicle usually has this GPS
communication of your vehicle with the SEAT, tors beyond the control of SEAT, S.A. that inter-
marking, e.g. on the ceiling console. The ab-
S.A. data server and the processing of personal fere with the execution of such services or pre-
sence of the marking on the vehicle does not
and vehicle data. vent them. These may be specifically:
guarantee that the control unit does not trans-
mit the vehicle’s current geographical position ● Maintenance, repair, deactivation, software
and speed. Deactivating SEAT CONNECT serv- update and technical expansion of telecommu-
nication equipment, satellites, servers and data
ices banks.
Personal information
The following functions are available to acti- ● Change of the mobile telephony standard
SEAT protects your personal data and only
vate and deactivate the SEAT CONNECT serv- for the transmission of mobile data by the tele-
uses them, as long as the law allows it or you
ices: communications service provider, for example,
have given your consent on the occasion of a
● Allow or prevent data transmissions through from UMTS to EDGE or GPRS.
use. You will find detailed information on data
processing in relation to SEAT CONNECT serv- the infotainment system ››› page 238, Privacy ● Disconnection of an existing mobile phone
ices in the Privacy Policy, which you can ac- mode. standard by the telecommunications service
cess in its corresponding current version on the provider.
● Whenever possible: individual deactivation or
SEAT website. activation ››› page 238. ● Interference, disturbance or interruption in
the reception of the mobile phone and GPS sig-
You can run the relevant services again after
Permanent transfer of the vehicle nal due to aspects such as high-speed driving,
cancelling their deactivation.
solar storms, meteorological influences, topog-
If another person has left you the vehicle for
raphy, blocking equipment and the intensive
permanent use (for example, if you buy a used
vehicle), SEAT CONNECT may already be acti-
Note use of mobile phones in the radio cells in ques-
tion.
vated and the previous user still has the possi- The services required by law and their data
bility of accessing the data registered through transmission cannot be disconnected or de- ● When in areas with zero or insufficient mobile
SEAT CONNECT and control certain functions activated, for example, the emergency call telephony or GPS signal. Also, for example, in
of your vehicle. system (eCall). tunnels, confined areas between very tall build-
ings, garages, underpasses, mountains and val-
In the infotainment system you can check if
leys.
your vehicle is assigned to a person as the
main user. In this case, you can register yourself
as the main user of the vehicle and thus auto-
matically delete the previous main user. Alter-

237
 Data transmissions

● External information from third party supplies Data transmission by external devices and their Share location. Main users and
available with limitations, incomplete or incor- communication with the vehicle cannot be co-users can view position data on
rect, e.g. representations of maps. blocked using the “Privacy” function. Tracking the SEAT CONNECT portal or app.
● Countries and regions where SEAT CONNECT The services required by law and their data
Use location. Position, vehicle,
is not offered. transmission cannot be disconnected or deac-
and user data are used for services.
tivated, for example, the emergency call system
Location
(eCall).
Service management No location. Only the vehicle
Open the settings in Users and go to Privacy data and user data are used for
Note
settings and services. Personal services.
Please note that all vehicle users can config-
● Check which SEAT CONNECT services are Maximum privacy. Your serv-
ure individual settings in the “Privacy” func-
currently available in the vehicle. ices are disabled. Only services re-
tion. These settings may not match those de-
sired by the vehicle owner.
Incognito quired for legal reasons use data.
● The number of SEAT CONNECT services that
are enabled or disabled. Setting options are not available in all markets
● Activate or deactivate SEAT CONNECT serv- or in all vehicle models.
Privacy and services settings
ices.
SEAT CONNECT services can be activated and Connectivity status indication
Note deactivated individually. To do this, just check
the box corresponding to the service you want The following symbols indicate the respective
If you deactivate all SEAT CONNECT serv- to activate or deactivate. Use the privacy mode data transmission status in the infotainment
ices, the vehicle can still transmit emergency option if you want to deactivate all of the serv- system.
call (eCall) data. ices at the same time. Symbol white: full connectivity, all serv-
ices active
Privacy mode
Privacy mode Symbol grey: limited connectivity, some
Allows you to deactivate or activate the serv- services may not be available.
ices depending on the selected privacy level.
Introduction no icon No connectivity, no services available.

With the “Privacy” function, data transmissions

between the vehicle and the Internet can be
allowed or blocked.
The desired mode can be set in vehicle settings
in the infotainment system.

238
 Data
WLANtransmissions
access point

The wireless (WLAN) connection is established.

WLAN access point Configuration for sharing a connec-
To complete the connection, it may be neces-
tion over WLAN
sary to enter other data into the device.
Introduction
Establishing the connection with the wire- Depending on the version, it is only possible to
✓ Not available on vehicles without SEAT CONNECT less network (WLAN) connect in Hotspot mode to get AppConnect,
and without navigation and a maximum of 5 devices can be connec-
● Press the HOME > button.
ted.
The infotainment system can be used to share ● Activate the wireless network. To do this, press
a WLAN connection with up to 8 devices Repeat this process to connect other devices.
the function button Wi-Fi > Infotainment sys-
››› page 239, Configuration for sharing a tem as hotspot. There is also the option of scanning the QR
connection over WLAN. code by connecting the device directly to the
● Activate the wireless network (WLAN) on the
The infotainment system can also use the WLAN infotainment system’s Wi-Fi network without
device that is to be connected. If necessary,
hotspot of an external device to provide Inter- having to enter the password: select Settings
refer to the manufacturer’s instruction manual.
net to the devices connected to the hotspot > Wi-Fi > Quick connection to infotainment
● Activate the mobile device assignment in the
(WLAN client) ››› page 240. system.
infotainment system. To do this, press the func-
tion button Use as hotspot and check the An additional feature is that the infotainment
Note checkbox. system can provide data to any device over
WPS (Hotspot mode) in the same menu as the
● Data transmission may incur charges. Due ● Enter and confirm the network key displayed
QR code.
to the high volume of data exchanged, SEAT on the device.
recommends the use of a flat rate tariff for The following adjustments can also be made in
data transmission. Mobile phone operators
the Infotainment system as hotspot menu: Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
can provide the relevant information.
● Security level: WPA2 encryption automati- ✓ This depends on the equipment and the country
● Exchanging data packages and purchas-
ing them from third parties may generate
cally generates a network key. in question.
additional costs, depending on your mobile ● Network key: Network key automatically Wi-Fi Protected Setup allows an encoded local
phone rate, particularly if you are abroad generated. Press the function button to man- wireless network to be created quickly and sim-
(for example, roaming rates). ually change the network key. The network key ply (Settings > Wi-Fi > Wi-Fi > Quick
must have a minimum of 8 characters and a WPS connection).
maximum of 63.
● SSID: WLAN Network name (maximum of 32
characters).

239
 Data transmissions

● Establish the connection with the wireless ● Press the Search for Wi-Fi button and select Some technologies can also be used by Wire-
network (WLAN). the device you want from the list. less Full Link through the Bluetooth® interface
● Press the WPS button on the WLAN router un- ● If necessary, enter the network key of the and a Wi-Fi connection.
til the warning light on the router starts flashing. device in the infotainment system and confirm
If the WLAN router does not support WPS the with OK. The following technologies may be availa-
network must be configured manually. ble:
● OR: Press and hold the WLAN button on the Manual settings: ● Apple CarPlay™
WLAN router until the WLAN light on the router ● To manually enter the network settings of an ● Apple CarPlay™ Wireless
starts flashing. external (WLAN) device.
● Android Auto™
● Press the WPS button on the WLAN device. The wireless (WLAN) connection is established.
The wireless (WLAN) connection is established. ● Android Auto™ Wireless
To complete the connection, it may be neces-
sary to enter other data into the device. ● MirrorLink®
Repeat this process to connect other devices.
The availability of the technologies that Full Link
includes depends on the country and the mo-
Configure Internet access Note
bile phone device used.
Due to the large number of devices on the
The infotainment system can use the WLAN hot- You will find more information on the SEAT web-
market, it is not possible to guarantee fault-
spot of an external device to establish an Inter- site (www.seat.com).
free operation of all functions.
net connection.
Access the Full Link main menu
Establishing the connection with the wire-
less network (WLAN)
Full Link Browsing the Full Link main menu depends on
the infotainment system used.
● Activate and share a wireless hotspot with In- Introduction ● Press Home > Full Link
ternet on the external device. Refer to the man-
ufacturer’s instruction manual. With Full Link it is possible to view and use
Configure Wireless Full Link
the contents and functions that are shown on
● Press the HOME > button.
the mobile phone device on the infotainment In order to use Wireless Full Link, you must first
● Press the Wi-Fi > Connect to Wi-Fi menu and screen. pair the mobile phone device with the infotain-
put a check in the checkbox. ment system. To do this, proceed as follows:
To do this, the mobile phone device must
be connected with the infotainment system Connect a mobile phone device for the first
through a USB interface. time.

240
 Data transmissions
Full Link

● Unlock the mobile phone device.

WARNING Note
● Enable Wi-Fi reception and Bluetooth® on the
The use of applications while driving can dis- ● Wireless Full Link may not be compatible
mobile phone device.
tract your attention from the traffic. Any dis- with all technologies.
● Connect the mobile phone device to the info- traction affecting the driver in any way can
● When crossing the border into countries
tainment system using a USB cable or via Blue- lead to an accident and cause injuries.
with permitted radio frequencies different to
tooth®. ● Always drive as carefully and responsibly those in your own country, running the Full
● Access the Full Link main menu, if it is not as possible. Link Wireless function may be restricted or
displayed automatically. even unavailable due to legal regulations.
This can also be indicated by a message in
● Select the mobile phone device and the WARNING the infotainment system. Running Full Link via
technology you want.
Any applications that are not suitable or ex- cable is not affected by this restriction and
● Confirm authorisation inquiries on the mobile ecute incorrectly may cause damage to the can continue to be used.
phone device to grant the necessary authorisa- vehicle, accidents and serious injuries.
tions to the infotainment system.
● Protect the mobile phone device and its
● Disconnect the USB connection and connect applications from inappropriate use.
Applications (apps)
with the infotainment system again via Wi-Fi or ● Never carry out modifications to the appli- With SEAT Full Link, the display of the contents
Bluetooth®. Wireless Full Link is now configured. cations. of SEAT applications and other providers instal-
The pairing has concluded. The connected mo- ● Follow instructions in the instruction man- led on mobile phone devices can be transferred
bile phone device can also use Wireless Full ual for the mobile phone device. to the infotainment screen.
Link from now on without the USB connection.
In the case of third-party applications, there
If pop-up menus are rejected during the con- NOTICE may be compatibility problems.
nection process, Wireless Full Link will not be
SEAT cannot be held liable for any damage Applications, their use and the necessary mo-
available. In this case, SEAT recommends delet-
caused to the vehicle as a result of the use bile phone connection may be pay per use.
ing the devices in both the telephone settings
of applications that are of poor quality or The offer of applications can be varied and de-
and the infotainment system, and restarting the
are defective, the inadequate programming signed for a vehicle or a specific country. The
connection process.
of the applications, the insufficient coverage
content and volume of applications, as well as
of the network, the loss of data during trans-
the companies that offer them, may vary. Some
mission or the improper use of mobile phone
applications also depend on the availability of
devices.
third-party services.
It cannot be guaranteed that all the applica-
tions offered will work on all mobile phone devi-
ces or with all their operating systems.

241
 Data transmissions

The applications offered by SEAT can be modi- Apple CarPlay™ Wireless: Bluetooth® and Wi-Fi ● The phone functions are only available
fied, cancelled, deactivated, reactivated and must also be activated on the iPhone™. through Apple CarPlay™. The functions descri-
extended without prior notification. bed for the Infotainment system are not availa-
To avoid distracting the driver while driving, only Establish connection ble.
certified applications can be used. When you first connect an iPhone™, follow the ● The connected iPhone™ cannot be used as
instructions on the infotainment system screen a media device in the Media main menu.
and on the iPhone ™. ● It is not possible to use the built-in naviga-
Full Link symbols and settings
The requirements must be met to use Apple tion system and the Apple CarPlay™ navigation
To show more information. CarPlay™. system at the same time. The last route started
interrupts the one that was previously active.
To open the Full Link settings menu Launch Apple CarPlay™:
● Depending on the infotainment system you
To select Apple CarPlay technology. ● Press HOME > Full Link to access the Full use, on the instrument panel screen you can
To select Android Auto™ technology. Link main menu. view data from the Telephone mode.
To select MirrorLink® technology. ● Press Apple CarPlay™ to establish a connec- ● Depending on the infotainment system you
tion with the iPhone™. use, on the instrument panel screen you can
view data from the Media mode.
Apple CarPlay™ Disconnecting
● The instrument panel screen does not display
In order to use Apple CarPlay, the following re- ● On the Apple CarPlay™ mode, press the SEAT any indication to turn.
quirements must be met: icon to access the Full Link main menu. ● With the multifunction steering wheel you can
● The iPhone™ must be compatible with Apple ● Press to interrupt the active connection. accept or reject incoming calls, as well as end
CarPlay™. The representation of function buttons on the an ongoing telephone conversation.
● Voice control (Siri ™) must be active on the screen may vary.
iPhone™. Voice control
● Apple CarPlay™ must be active without limi- Special characteristics ● Press briefly to start voice control using
tations in the iPhone™ settings. During an active Apple CarPlay™ connection, the infotainment system.
● If this is not possible via Apple CarPlay™ Wire- the following characteristics are applicable: ● Press this button for a long time to start voice
less, the iPhone™ must be connected to the control (Siri™) of the connected iPhone™.
● Bluetooth® connections between the
infotainment system via a USB connection. Only iPhone™ and the infotainment system are not
USB connections with data transmission are possible.
suitable for the use of Apple CarPlay™.
● If there is an active Bluetooth® connection, it
● The USB cable used must be an original Ap- is automatically interrupted.
ple™ cable.

242
 Data transmissions
Full Link

Establish connection ● An active Android Auto™ device cannot be

Note
used as a media device in the Media main
● The availability of technologies depends
When you first connect a smartphone, follow
menu.
on the country and may vary. the instructions on the infotainment system
screen and on the smartphone. ● It is not possible to use the built-in navigation
● You will find information about technical system and the Android Auto™ navigation sys-
requirements, compatible iPhones, certified The requirements must be met to use Android
tem at the same time. The last route started
applications and their availability on the Auto™.
interrupts the one that was previously active.
SEAT (www.seat.com) and Apple CarPlay ™ Launch Android Auto™:
websites, or at SEAT dealerships. ● Telephone and Media data can be displayed
● Press HOME > Full Link to access the Full Link on the instrument cluster screen.
main menu. ● With the multifunction steering wheel you can
Android Auto™ ● Press Android Auto™ to establish a connec- accept or reject incoming calls, as well as end
tion with the smartphone. an ongoing telephone conversation.
Requirements for Android Auto™
In order to use Android Auto™, the following re- Disconnecting Voice control
quirements must be met:
● In Android Auto™ mode, press the / Exit ● Press briefly to start voice control using
● The mobile phone device, called smartphone icon to access the Full Link main menu. the infotainment system.
from here on, must be compatible with Android ● Press to interrupt the active connection. ● Press and hold this button to start voice con-
Auto™.
trol (Google Assistant) on the connected smart-
● The smartphone must have an Android Auto™ Special characteristics phone.
application installed.
During an active Android Auto™ connection, the
● If this is not possible via Android Auto Wireless, following characteristics are applicable: Note
the smartphone must be connected via the USB
connection with data transmission to the info- ● An active Android Auto™ device can be con- ● The availability of technologies depends
tainment system. nected at the same time via Bluetooth® (HFP on the country and may vary.
profile) with the infotainment system. ● You will find information about technical
● The USB cable used must be an original ca-
ble provided by the smartphone manufacturer. ● It is possible to use the phone’s functions requirements, compatible mobile phone de-
through Android Auto™. If the Android Auto™ vices, certified applications and their avail-
Android Auto Wireless: Bluetooth® and WLAN device is connected at the same time via Blue- ability on the SEAT (www.seat.com) and An-
(Wi-Fi) also have to be active on the smart- tooth® with the infotainment system, the tele- droid Auto™ websites, or at SEAT dealerships.
phone. phone function of the infotainment can also be
used.

243
 Data transmissions

MirrorLink® Disconnecting Press to close the open apps. Then press

the apps to be closed or the Close
● In MirrorLink® mode, press APP to access
Requirements for MirrorLink® all function button to close all the open
the Full Link main menu.
applications.
In order to use MirrorLink®, the following re- ● Press to interrupt the active connection.
quirements must be met: Press to display the mobile phone device
screen on the infotainment system screen.
● The mobile device must be compatible with Special characteristics
MirrorLink®. To open the MirrorLink® settings.
During an active MirrorLink® connection, the
● The mobile phone device must be connec- following characteristics are applicable:
ted to the infotainment system via a USB con- Note
● An active MirrorLink® device can be connec-
nection that is suitable for data transmission.
ted to the infotainment system at the same time You will find information about technical re-
● The USB cable used must be an original ca- via Bluetooth®. quirements, compatible mobile phone devi-
ble provided by the mobile phone device man- ces, certified applications and their availa-
● If the MirrorLink® device is connected to the
ufacturer. bility on the SEAT (www.seat.com) and Mir-
infotainment system via Bluetooth®, the tele-
● Depending on the mobile phone device used, rorLink® websites, or at SEAT dealerships.
phone function of the infotainment system can
a Car-Mode application that is suitable for us- be used.
ing MirrorLink® must be installed.
● You cannot use an active MirrorLink® device
as a media device in the Media main menu.
Establish connection
● On the instrument panel screen you can view
When you first connect a mobile phone device, data from the Telephone mode.
follow the instructions on the infotainment sys-
tem screen and on the mobile phone device. ● The instrument panel screen does not dis-
play any indication to turn or the Media mode.
The requirements must be met to use Mirror-
● With the multifunction steering wheel you can
Link®.
accept or reject incoming calls, as well as end
Start MirrorLink®: an ongoing telephone conversation.
● Press HOME > Full Link to access the
Full Link main menu. Function buttons
● Press MirrorLink to connect to the mobile Function buttons and their function:
device.
APP Return the Full Link main menu. Here
you can end the MirrorLink® connection,
connect another mobile phone device or
select another technology.

244
 Wired Data
and wireless
transmissions
connections

The USB port can be found in the storage

Wired and wireless connec- compartment area of the front centre console
tions ››› Fig. 165.
Depending on the equipment and the country,
USB connection the vehicle may also have USB connections ex-
clusively for charging or as a power socket.
These USB ports are located at the rear of the
console, between the front seats ››› Fig. 166.

Note
Before switching the ignition on or off, unplug
the appliances from the USB ports to protect
them from any damage caused by fluctua-
tions in voltage.

Fig. 165 Centre console: USB input.

Fig. 166 Rear centre console: USB connectors

with power socket function.

245
 Infotainment system

Infotainment system Current documentation attached Bear in mind that parking lots, tunnels, tall
buildings, mountains or due to the operation of
For using infotainment and its components, take
other electrical devices, such as chargers, can
into account, together with this instruction man-
First steps ual, the following documentation:
also interfere with the reception of the radio
signal.
● Supplements to your vehicle’s on-board doc-
Introduction Foils or adhesives with metallic layers on the
umentation.
antenna and on the window panes can inter-
Infotainment functions and settings depend on ● Instruction Manual of the mobile phone de- fere with radio reception.
the country and equipment. vice or audio sources.
● Operating instructions for data media and ex- WARNING
Before first use
ternal players.
Before the first use, bear in mind the following The infotainment central computer is inter-
● Manuals for the Infotainment accessories connected with the control units mounted
points, to take full advantage of the functions subsequently installed or used additionally. on the vehicle. Therefore, there is a serious
and settings offered:
● Description of services when running SEAT danger of accident and injury if the central
● Observe the basic safety warnings computer is repaired or disassembled and
CONNECT services.
››› page 246. reassembled incorrectly.
● Reset the Infotainment factory settings. ● Never replace the central computer with
Safety instructions another used, recycled or from another vehi-
● Search and store favourite radio stations
cle at the end of its useful life.
on the preset buttons so you can tune them Some function areas may include links to third-
quickly. party websites. SEAT, S.A. is not the owner of ● The repair or disassembly and reassembly
of the central computer should only be car-
● Use only suitable audio sources and data me- the third-party websites accessible through the
ried out at specialised workshops. SEAT rec-
dia. links, and assumes no liability for their content.
ommends visiting a SEAT dealership for this.
● Pair a mobile phone to use phone manage- Some function areas may include outside infor-
ment through the Infotainment system. mation from third-party providers. SEAT, S.A. is
not responsible for such information being cor- WARNING
● Use current maps for navigation. rect, up-to-date or complete, or for ensuring it Any distraction affecting the driver in any
● Register in SEAT CONNECT to run the corre- does not infringe the rights of third parties. way can lead to an accident and cause inju-
sponding services. Radio stations and owners of data media and
ries. Reading the information on the screen
and managing the infotainment system can
audio sources are responsible for the informa-
distract your attention from traffic and cause
tion they transmit.
an accident.
● Always drive as carefully and responsibly
as possible.

246
 Infotainment
First steps
system

WARNING ● When the vehicle components necessary WARNING

to make emergency calls, phone calls and to
Connecting, inserting or removing an audio transmit data are damaged, do not work or If mobile phone and radiocommunication de-
source or data media while driving can dis- do not have sufficient electrical power. vices are used without connection to an
tract your attention from the traffic and external antenna, the maximum electromag-
cause an accident. ● When the battery of the mobile phone de- netic radiation levels inside the vehicle might
vice is discharged or its charge level is insuf- be surpassed, thus posing a risk to the health
ficient. of the driver and passengers. This is also the
WARNING case if the external antenna has not been
Select volume settings that allow you to WARNING correctly installed.
easily hear signals from outside the vehicle ● Keep a distance of at least 20 centimetres
at all times (e.g. emergency services sirens). In some countries and some telephone net-
between the antennas of the mobile phone
works it is only possible to make an emer-
● Hearing may be impaired if using too high a device and an active medical device, such as
gency call, if a mobile telephone device is
volume setting, even if only for short periods a pacemaker, as mobile phones might alter
connected to the telephone interface of the
of time. the functioning of these devices.
vehicle, inside it there is an “unlocked” SIM
card with sufficient balance to make calls ● Do not carry a mobile phone switched
and with sufficient network signal coverage. on very close or directly on top of an ac-
WARNING
tive medical device, for instance in a chest
The following circumstances may result in an pocket.
emergency call, phone call or data transmis- WARNING
● Immediately turn off the mobile phone if
sion not being made or being interrupted: Read and observe the operating instructions you suspect it is causing interferences in an
● When in areas with zero or insufficient mo- provided by the manufacturer in question active medical device or any other medical
bile telephony or GPS signal. Also in tunnels, when using mobile phone devices, data me- device.
confined areas between very tall buildings, dia, external devices, external audio and
garages, underpasses, mountains and val- multimedia sources.
leys.
WARNING
● When in areas with sufficient mobile phone Mobile phones, external devices and acces-
WARNING
or GPS signal, the telephony network of sories that are loose or not properly secured
the telecommunications provider has inter- When changing or connecting an audio could move around the passenger compart-
ference or is not available. or multimedia source may cause sudden ment during a sudden driving or braking ma-
changes in the volume. noeuvre or an accident and cause damage
● Lower the volume before connecting or or injury.
switching to audio or multimedia sources. ● Set mobile phone devices, external devices
and their accessories outside the airbag de-
ployment areas or store them securely.

247
 Infotainment system

● Position the connection cables of the audio ● When the frequency bands of the radio NOTICE
sources and external devices so that they do station have interference or are not available
not interfere with the driver. in areas with sufficient radio signal recep- In areas where special regulations apply or
tion. the use of mobile phones is forbidden, the
mobile device in question must be switched
● When the speakers and the vehicle com-
WARNING off at all times. The radiation produced by a
ponents necessary for radio reception are mobile phone device when switched on may
The centre armrest may obstruct the driver's damaged, do not work or do not have suffi- interfere with sensitive technical and medi-
arm movements, which could cause an acci- cient electrical power. cal equipment, possibly resulting in malfunc-
dent and severe injuries.
tion or damage to the equipment.
● Keep the storage compartments of the
WARNING
centre armrest closed at all times while the
vehicle is in motion. Switch off mobile phone devices in areas NOTICE
with a risk of explosion! If the playback volume is excessive or distor-
ted, the speakers may be damaged.
WARNING
WARNING
If the light conditions are not good and the
screen is damaged or dirty, the indications The driving recommendations and traffic in-
and information displayed on the screen may dications shown on the navigation system
not be read or be read incorrectly. may differ from the current traffic situation.
● The indications and information displayed ● Traffic signs, signalling systems, traffic
on the screen should never induce to take regulations and local circumstances prevail
any risk that compromises safety. The screen over driving recommendations and naviga-
is not a replacement for driver awareness. tion system indications.
● Adapt your speed and driving style to
suit visibility, weather, road and traffic condi-
WARNING
tions.
Radio stations can transmit disaster or haz- ● Certain circumstances can significantly in-
ard announcements. The following condi-
itially planned lengthen both the duration of
tions prevent such notices from being re-
the trip and the route to the destination, or
ceived or issued:
even temporarily prevent navigation to it, for
● When in areas with zero or insufficient ra- example, if a road is closed to traffic.
dio signal. Also in tunnels, confined areas
between very tall buildings, garages, under-
passes, mountains and valleys.

248
 Overview
Infotainment
and controls
system

Overview and controls

Connect System

Fig. 167 Overview: control unit

1 Touch screen. The infotainment functions 5 Touch zones (to raise and lower the air con-
can be used through the screen. ditioning temperature).
2 HOME button. 6 Touch zones (to raise and lower the vol-
: main menu with widget views. ume).

: main menu in tile mode.

3 Direct access button to the assist systems
and vehicle settings.
4 On/Off touchpad (to turn the infotainment
system on/off).

249
 Infotainment system

Media System

Fig. 168 Overview: control unit and indication in

the 8.25-inch version

1 Touch screen. The infotainment functions

can be used through the screen.
2 Rotary push button (to adjust the volume
and to switch the infotainment on/off)
3 Rotary push button (to search and select)
4 HOME button (to open the start page)
5 Radio/Multimedia ››› page 258
6 Telephone ››› page 272
7 Full Link ››› page 240
8 Vehicle information ››› page 38
9 Vehicle settings ››› page 39

250
 General
Infotainment
instructions
system
for use

● If a function button is missing on the screen, ● On vehicles with park assist, the audio source
General instructions for use it is not a device defect, but corresponds to the volume is automatically lowered when reverse
specific equipment of the country or version. gear is selected. The volume reduction can be
Operating indications adjusted.
● Some infotainment functions can only be se-
● The infotainment needs a few seconds for lected when the vehicle is at a standstill. In ● Information about the included software and
the complete start-up of the system and during some countries the parking lock must also be the license conditions can be found in Set-
that time it does not react to inputs. Only the enabled (button P ) or the selector control must tings > Copyright.
image of the rear view camera system can be be in the neutral position N. This is not a mal- ● When selling or lending the vehicle, make
displayed during system start-up. function, but is due to compliance with legisla- sure that all saved data, files and settings have
● The display of all indications and the execu- tion. been deleted and, if necessary, external audio
tion of functions only takes place once the info- ● Restrictions on the use of devices using Blue- sources and data media have been removed.
tainment system has finished booting. The du- tooth® technology may apply in some coun-
ration of the system booting depends on the tries. For further information, contact the local Note
number of infotainment functions and may take authorities. You will find more information and tips for
longer than normal in the event of very high or ● If you disconnect the 12 volt battery, turn on using the infotainment system in the Help
very low temperatures. the ignition before restarting the infotainment menu.
● When using the infotainment system and system.
corresponding accessories, e.g., headphones, ● If the setup is changed, this may change the
bear in mind country-specific regulations and HOME screen
display on the screen and in some cases, the
legal provisions. infotainment system may behave in a manner In the control and display unit you can set
● Some functions of the infotainment system different to that described in this instruction up the views and representation on the home
require an active SEAT CONNECT user account manual. screen or use the factory setting templates.
and an Internet connection for the vehicle. The ● In some countries, the infotainment system If an icon is missing on the screen, it is not a
data transmission must not be limited to per- automatically shuts off when the engine is device defect, but corresponds to the specific
form the functions. switched off and the vehicle's 12-volt battery equipment of the country or version.
● To use the infotainment system, simply lightly charge level is low.
The following menus can be included as an
press a button or touch the screen. ● Ensure that any repairs or modifications that icon on the home screen:
● For the correct operation of the infotainment need to be carried out on the infotainment sys-
tem are carried out by a specialised workshop. Main menus on the home screen
system it is important that it is switched on and
that, if necessary, the time and date of the vehi- SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT dealership Navigation ››› page 265
cle are set correctly. for this.
● Using a mobile phone device inside the vehi-
cle may cause noise in the speakers.

251
 Infotainment system

Radio ››› page 258, Media Depending on the equipment, the infotainment Increasing and reducing images or map
››› page 262 system has different controls: sizes
● Touch screen. Tip: use your thumb and index finger.
Telephone ››› page 272
● Touch zones outside the screen, for example, ● Press on the map with both fingers at the
Volume (+ -). same time and leave them on the screen.
Full Link ››› page 240 ● Function buttons, for example, RADIO or ME-
● To enlarge views, slowly separate one finger
DIA.
from the other. To reduce views, slowly bring
Settings ››› page 253
one finger towards the other.
Open the Quick Guide
Vehicle ››› page 39 More information and operating tips can be Note
found in the Infotainment Quick Guide. If you turn on the infotainment system man-
Data ››› page 38 ● Press HOME > Help. ually with the ignition off, it will automati-
cally turn off after about 30 minutes.

Air conditioning ››› page 131 Connecting and disconnecting the infotain-
ment system Note
Sound The infotainment system turns on when the igni- As with most state-of-the-art computer and
tion is switched on, unless it has been manually electronic equipment, in certain cases the
turned off beforehand. system may need to be rebooted to make
Users
sure that it operates correctly. To do this, if
The infotainment system starts-up with the last
appropriate, press and hold the On/Off but-
set volume, provided that this does not exceed
Store ton of the infotainment system (››› Fig. 167)
the preset maximum start-up volume.
for approx. 15 seconds until the SEAT logo
The infotainment system automatically turns off appears on the display.
Legal
when the driver's door is opened, provided the
ignition has been switched off beforehand.
Help Customising the infotainment sys-
Moving objects and adjusting volume tem
Move objects on the screen to adapt settings,
Customise the menus and infotainment views
Managing the infotainment system for example, with scrollable buttons or to move
to quickly access your favourite or most fre-
the areas of a menu.
quently used functions.
Execute the functions and settings with the info- Depending on the equipment, menus and dis-
tainment controls. plays can be customised.

252
 General
Infotainment
instructions
system
for use

The main menu contains function buttons for All changes are automatically applied when In the system settings there may be the follow-
accessing all of the Infotainment apps. the menus are closed. ing functions, information and setting options:
● Screen.
The setting is selected and activated
Configuring customised menus /
or connected. ● Time and date.
In all views (except Main Menu, StandBy, Park- ● Language.
The setting is not selected, disabled or
ing, Speller and Full Link), you will find shortcuts /
to customizable system functions in the lower
disconnected. ● Additional keypad languages.
part of the screen. Use the settings to delete or To open a drop-down list. ● Units.
replace them, or change their order. ● Voice control.
To increase a setting value.
● Press and hold one of the icons (or press on ● Wi-Fi.
the icon of an empty position) to display an To reduce a setting value. ● Data connection.
additional window.
● Manage mobile devices.
● Select one of the icons from the apps bar. To go back step by step.
● Reset factory settings.
● Press to delete an icon. To go forward step by step.
● System information.
● Click on an icon in the additional window to To change a setting value with the ● Copyright.
replace the value. scrollable button without adjusting.
● Configuration wizard.
● Hold your finger on one of the icons and drag
it to the desired position.
Sound settings Adjust the volume of external audio sources
● To close the edit mode, press in the addi-
tional window. ● Access the sound settings: HOME > . If you need to increase the playback volume for
In the sound settings there may be the following the external audio source, first lower the volume
functions, information and setting options: on the infotainment system.
Settings (system and sound)
● Equaliser. If the sound from the connected audio source
The selection of possible settings varies de- is very low, increase the output volume on
● Position.
pending on the country, the equipment in ques- the external audio source. If this is not enough,
tion and the equipment of the vehicle. ● Settings. change the input volume to medium or high.
If the sound from the connected external audio
Modifying settings System settings source is too loud or distorted, lower the out-
● Access the system settings: HOME > . put volume on the external audio source. If this
The meaning of the following symbols are valid
is not enough, change the input volume to me-
for all system and sound settings.
dium or low.

253
 Infotainment system

Clean the screen Other product names are registered trade- Copyright
marks of the respective rights holders.
As a general rule, audio and video files stored
Remove persistent dirt carefully and without us-
on data media and audio sources are subject to
ing aggressive cleaning products. To clean the ● Manufactured under license from Dolby Lab-
intellectual property protection in accordance
screen we recommend that: oratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are
with the national and international provisions
● The infotainment system is switched off. trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
applicable in each case. Please bear in mind all
● Use a clean, soft cloth dampened with water ● Manufactured under license from Dolby Lab- legal provisions!
››› page 362. oratories. Dolby, Pro Logic and the double-D
symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
● In case of persistent dirt: soften the dirt by Technical data
moistening with a little water. Then carefully re-
● Android Auto™ is a trademark of Google Inc.
move with a clean, soft cloth. Radio with integrated hardware (8.25 ") 1)
● Apple CarPlay™ is a trademark of Apple Inc.
NOTICE The factory-mounted radio in the vehicle with
● Bluetooth® is a registered trademark of Blue-
integrated hardware includes country-specific
Cleaning the screen with inappropriate tooth® SIG, Inc.
components and software for connectivity and
cleaning products or when dry, may damage ● iPod®, iPad® and iPhone® are trademarks of for the execution of vehicle, comfort and info-
it. Apple Inc. tainment functions.
● When cleaning, only press lightly. ● MirrorLink® and MirrorLink® Logo are certified The corresponding indications are displayed on
● Do not use aggressive cleaning products trademarks of Car Connectivity Consortium the radio screen and partly on the instrument
or that contain solvents. Such products LLC. panel.
may damage the equipment and darken the
● Windows® is a registered trademark of Micro- ● Capacitive colour screen:
screen.
soft Corporation, Redmond, USA.
– 8.25 inch version, TFT, WVGA: 1082 x 480
● MPEG-4 HE-AAC audio coding technology pixels.
Trademarks, licenses and copyrights and patents are licensed by Fraunhofer IIS.
● Touch operation via the device screen, rotary
● This product is protected by certain Microsoft push-button, menu button and buttons on the
Registered trademarks and licenses
Corporation industrial and intellectual property multifunction steering wheel.
Certain terms in this manual bear the symbol rights. The use or commercialization of technol-
® or ™. These symbols indicate that they are ogy of this type outside the configuration of this
trademarks or registered trademarks. The ab- product, without a licence from Microsoft or an
sence of this symbol, however, does not neces- authorised Microsoft branch is prohibited.
sarily mean that the term in question can be
used freely.

1) Equipment name: Media System.

254
 General
Infotainment
instructions
system
for use

Central computer with control and display Sound system (basic equipment): ● 10 speakers in different locations and with dif-
ferent power levels (watts).
unit1) The infotainment system that is supplied from
the factory is equipped as follows: ● External amplifier (340 W Ethernet), which
The factory-mounted central computer in the
processes the audio signals sent by the central
vehicle includes country-specific components ● Speakers in different locations and with dif-
computer.
and software for connectivity and for the ex- ferent power levels (watts).
ecution of vehicle, comfort and infotainment ● Excitation of speaker channels through class
● Internal amplifier depending on the system:
functions. AB final stages.
– 4 speakers: 2 x 20 W
The corresponding indications are shown on ● Audio signal processing in digital internal sig-
– 7 speakers: 5 x 20 W nal processor (DSP).
the control and display unit screen and partly
on the instrument panel. Setting options: ● Independent subwoofer in the luggage com-
● Capacitive colour screen ● Equaliser, depending on the system: partment.

● Using the equipment with: – 4 speakers: treble, mid and bass and de- Setting options:

– Touch zones Touch operation. fault settings. ● User equaliser: 5 bands.

– Buttons on the multifunction steering wheel. – 7 speakers: 5 frequency bands and default ● Preset equaliser settings.
settings.
– Proximity sensors and gesture control. ● Sound distribution: Balance (left / right) +
● Sound distribution, depending on the system: Fader (front / rear).
HOME > Settings > Display.
– 4 speakers: Balance (left / right) ● Sound optimisation by zones:
Vehicle and comfort functions – 7 speakers: Balance + Fader (left / right / – Manual (Driver, Front and All)
front / rear).
● Assistants system settings. – Automatic depending on the seats occu-
● Sound optimisation by zones (valid for the 7- pied.
● Heating and air conditioning settings.
speaker system):
● Subwoofer volume.
● Lights and visibility function settings. – Manual (Driver and All)
● Surround settings.
● Vehicle comfort settings. – Automatic depending on the seats occu-
● Parking and manoeuvring settings. pied. Wi-Fi
● Wi-Fi conforming to IEEE 802.11 b/g/n.
Optional sound system
● 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz transfer (depending on
The infotainment system can be extended with
the country).
an optional sound system as follows:

1) Equipment name: Connect System

255
 Infotainment system

● Apple Car Play™ and Android Auto™ over Wi- ● Messaging profile (MAP): It allows short advanced functions such as Online Com-
Fi messages (SMS) and emails to be downloaded mands, air conditioning control, natural interac-
● Simultaneous connection of up to 8 Wi-Fi de- and synchronised. tion, etc.
vices. The other languages of the infotainment system
do not offer air conditioning control or natural
● Media System:
Voice control interaction.
– 5GHz access point for Full Link Wireless
only Introduction Requirements
● Connect System:
Voice control works both online and offline, tak- ● Online and offline: voice control with the cor-
– Access point
ing into account the aspects indicated in the responding infotainment installed in the vehicle.
– Tethering section “Languages available depending on ● Online: current SEAT CONNECT Plus contract
– Pairing process simplified by WPS or QR the market”. In online mode, commands are re- active.
code corded more accurately, as more data is avail-
able. Note
Bluetooth® profiles Voice control understands questions and ex- ● Voice control only recognises commands
pressions without having to learn commands. in the language that is set in the infotainment
There can be a maximum of two mobile devices
Commands can be formulated freely and can system.
connected to the Bluetooth® hands-free and a
be colloquial. Command proposals can be ● Test the voice control with the vehicle stop-
third device connected to the Bluetooth® as a
found in the infotainment system, for example ped before starting to move to familiarise
music player.
in the Help > Voice control menu. yourself with its operation.
When a mobile phone is connected to the tele-
Functions are reduced in offline mode. ● The online voice search will be faster and
phone management system, a data exchange
takes place via one of the Bluetooth® profiles. Loud noises inside or outside the vehicle can more reliable if the privacy setting “Use lo-
cause malfunctions, as well as confusing phra- cation” is selected and you consent to the
● Hands-free telephone profile (HFP): the use of location data in the app on your mo-
ses and answers.
HFP can be used to manage calls through the bile device.
infotainment system. ● Voice control can only control functions
Languages available depending on the mar-
● Audio profile (A2DP): This profile allows au- that are available as part of the vehicle’s
ket
dio to be transmitted with stereo quality. It may equipment.
require connecting other profiles for managing ● Online and offline: German, American Eng-
and controlling playback. lish, British English, French, Italian, Spanish,
● Phone book access profile (PBAP): Allows Czech, Dutch, Polish, Portuguese, Swedish,
phone book contents to be downloaded from Danish and Norwegian. These languages have
the mobile telephone.

256
 Infotainment
Voice control
system

Wake word and commands ● Avoid other secondary noises, such as con- In some cases you can also start voice con-
versations in the vehicle. Do not direct the air trol of the connected mobile phone device, by
Voice control wake words flow from the outlets towards the microphone pressing and holding the voice control button.
or the interior lining of the roof.
Voice control starts when the infotainment rec-
ognises the wake word. ● Do not make long pauses. Manually ending voice control

If you have connected the voice control via the Voice control can be cancelled with the Can-
Voice control is active and recognises
wake word, the connected infotainment replies cel command.
the words pronounced.
with “What would you like to do? ”. ● Multifunction steering wheel: press the voice
● OR: after the wake word, say the desired control button twice in a row, or press and
Open the command proposals hold.
command, for example: “Hola Hola” and then
“heating”. ● Press HOME > > . The voice control ends automatically, if you use
The system scans the words spoken in the vehi- infotainment functions, if the parking system is
cle after the wake word. Note activated or by incoming calls.

● When the activation word is disconnected,

Connect and disconnect the wake word
the infotainment system cannot be activated
● Press HOME > Settings > Voice control > by means of the activation word. Voice con-
Activate / deactivate wake word. trol is still available via the button on the
multifunction steering wheel.
Wake word: Hola Hola ● Availability depends on country and equip-
ment.

Commands
To help the voice control recognise commands Start and stop voice control
reliably:
Depending on the equipment, you can start
● Pronounce clearly. Confusing commands are
voice control in different ways.
not recognised. Speak in a normal tone of
voice. Speak a little louder if you are driving at
Start voice control
high speed.
● Avoid outside noises. Open windows and ● Voice control activation: say the word that
doors can interfere with voice control. activates voice control.
● Multifunction steering wheel: press the voice
control button .

257
 Infotainment system

Radio mode
Introduction

Fig. 169 Schematic diagram: Radio view.

In Radio mode you can tune in the available Online functions in Radio mode Note
radio stations in different frequency bands and
Online functions in Radio mode are only availa- ● For streaming services you need to have an
memorise your favourites on the preset buttons
ble under the following conditions: account with the provider in question.
to access them quickly.
● SEAT CONNECT or SEAT CONNECT Plus ● Radio stations are responsible for the con-
The types of reception and frequency bands
equipment. tent of the information they transmit. Elec-
available depend on the equipment and the
● You have an active SEAT CONNECT user ac- trical equipment connected to the vehicle
country. In certain countries, frequency bands
count. may also cause interference in radio signal
may stop broadcasting or not be available
reception and noise in the loudspeakers.
again. ● The vehicle is assigned to your user account.
● Foil or metal-coated stickers attached to
● You have a corresponding data package ac- the windows may affect reception on vehi-
Access the RADIO menu quired from the In-Car store or have a data cles with a window aerial.
● Press HOME > > ››› Fig. 169. volume for your own mobile phone device via
Wi-Fi access point.
Access the settings
● Press HOME > > .
258
 Infotainment
Radio mode
system

Radio equipment and symbols DAB not available. Selecting, tuning and saving a sta-
DAB stations support presentations (slide- tion
The functions, as well as the types of reception
show).
and frequency bands available depend on the Select the frequency band
equipment and the country.
Symbols on the AM frequency band Before selecting a station you have to select
● AM tuner.
Manually updating the station list. a frequency band or a type of reception. Differ-
● Dual FM receiver (diversity antenna). ent stations are available depending on the fre-
To display the frequency band for manual
● Summarised FM station list. quency band selected or the type of reception.
selection of the AM frequency.
● Merger of DAB and FM stations into one list. The types of reception and frequency bands
● Fusion of all stations stored in preset buttons Menus in Internet radio mode available depend on the equipment and the
country.
into one list. Maximum 36 favourite stations. Show station selection.
● Station logos. ● Select the frequency band or type of recep-
Open text search. tion: AM, FM/DAB, FM (for devices that do not
● DAB presentation (slideshow). Images that
Show the last online radio stations heard. have DAB), Internet radio.
are emitted sequentially.
Show the 100 most played radio stations
● Internet radio. Search and select a station
and podcasts.
Show available online radio podcasts. You can select radio stations in different ways.
Universal symbols in Radio mode
The options vary depending on the frequency
AM To select the desired AM frequency band. Show online radio stations, grouped by
band and the type of reception.
country.
FM/DAB To select the desired FM/DAB fre-
quency band. Show online radio stations by the desired Select via the frequency band (AM and FM)
language.
Internet radio To select the type of Internet ra- 1. Activate the frequency band.
dio reception. Show online radio stations whose pro-
2. Click on the cursor, scroll through the fre-
gramme belongs to the desired musical
TP Next to the name of the station, monitoring quency band and release it when you
genre.
of active traffic information stations (TP). reach the frequency band you want.
OR: press on a point on the frequency
Symbols on the FM/DAB frequency band band. The cursor will automatically jump to
To display the frequency band for manual the corresponding frequency.
selection of the FM frequency. Only possi- The station of the set frequency is tuned.
ble when the summary station list is discon-
nected.

259
 Infotainment system

Select from the station list (AM and FM/DAB) Search in SCAN mode (AM and FM/DAB) Special functions in Radio mode
The station list shows the stations that are cur- In SCAN mode the stations are automatically
Traffic information (TP)
rently tunable. In the AM frequency band, you tuned in a sequential manner and each of them
may have to update the station list if you are no is played for approx. 5 seconds. The TP function monitors the announcements
longer in the area where you last accessed the ● To start the SCAN mode press SCAN. of a station with traffic information and auto-
station list. In the FM/DAB frequency band, the matically reproduces them in the Radio mode
station list is automatically updated. SCAN mode starts and the station currently or in the multimedia playback that is active. To
tuned in is shown on the screen. Next to it is a do this, you have to be able to tune into a sta-
1. Open the station list SCAN function button. tion with traffic information.
2. Press the station you want. ● To select a station press SCAN. Some stations without their own traffic informa-
The selected station is tuned. In the case of tion support the TP function by broadcasting
SCAN mode stops and the station is tuned. The
FM/DAB and if the station is available, the best traffic information from other stations (EON).
SCAN function button is hidden.
quality reception is automatically selected.
In the AM frequency band or in the Multimedia
Storing the station on the preset buttons mode, a station with traffic information in the
Search and filter stations (Internet radio)
You can store up to 36 stations of different fre- background is automatically tuned while it is
In Online Radio mode, stations can be filtered possible to tune into a station with traffic infor-
quency bands and reception types as favour-
by categories and can be searched by text. mation.
ites using the preset buttons.
1. Open the station list. If no station with traffic information can be
1. Tune the station you want.
2. Select the category by which the stations tuned in, the device automatically searches for
2. Access the preset buttons.
are to be filtered. stations with tunable traffic information.
3. Press the preset button and keep it pressed
OR: press to start the text search. The Stations with traffic information are not availa-
until the station is stored.
input field is displayed. ble in all countries.
OR: press the station on the station list and
3. Enter the name of the station you want. The Activating and deactivating the TP function
keep it pressed. The preset buttons are dis-
list of the stations found is updated while ● In Radio mode or Multimedia mode, press
played.
entering the text. > Traffic programme (TP).
4. Press the preset button.
4. Press the station you want.
The station is stored in the selected preset but- Presentations (SlideShow) in DAB
The selected station is tuned.
ton.
The slideshow function (SLS) is a feature of digi-
If a station was already stored in the preset tal radio (DAB) stations, allowing a slideshow of
button, it is overwritten with the new station. images, e.g. the station’s logo, to the user.

260
 Infotainment
Radio mode
system

Activating and deactivating the SLS function If in the FM/DAB frequency band settings the
It is possible to deactivate the slideshow func- automatic selection of station logos is acti-
tion on DAB radio stations: vated, station logos are automatically assigned
to the stations.
● In the Radio Menu click on the area where
the station information is located, either in the In the Online radio mode, the infotainment sys-
name or on the additional information (author tem accesses the station logos of the online
or information text). database and automatically assigns them to
the stations.
OR: tap Radio Settings > Display DAB pic-
ture gallery and additional information (acti-
Assign station logos manually
vate/deactivate).
1. In FM/DAB mode, press Station logos.
Online radio 2. Press on the icon and then select the
Online radio is a type of reception for Internet station to which a station logo is to be as-
radio stations and podcasts that are independ- signed.
ent of AM, FM and DAB. Thanks to Internet 3. Select the station logo. If desired, repeat
transmission, reception is not limited to the re- the same process with other stations.
gion. 4. OR: via the menu > Station logos.

Online radio is only available through the Inter-

net connection of the active infotainment sys-
tem. The use of online radio can generate ex-
penses due to the transmission of data from the
Internet.
● In Online radio mode, press and set the audio
quality to high or low to tune the online radio.

Station logos
In the case of some frequency bands, station
logos may already be pre-installed in the info-
tainment system.

261
 Infotainment system

Media Mode
Introduction

Fig. 170 Schematic diagram: Media view

In Media mode you can play multimedia You can also use streaming services. The avail- Limitations and indications of data media
files from data media and streaming services ability of streaming services depends on the
Data media may not work if they have been ex-
through the infotainment system. equipment and the country.
posed to high temperatures or have been dam-
Depending on the equipment, the following To use streaming services you need to have aged. Please bear in mind the manufacturer’s
data media can be used: your own user account in the streaming service indications.
● USB storage support (for example, a USB in question.
Quality differences between data media pro-
stick, a mobile phone connected via USB). duced by different manufacturers can cause
Access the MEDIA menu multimedia playback malfunctions.
● Bluetooth® device (for example, a mobile
phone or a tablet). ● Press HOME > > ››› Fig. 170. Incorrect configuration on a data media may
Depending on the equipment, the following cause the data media to be unreadable.
types of multimedia files can be played: Access the settings
Playlists only specify a playback order and re-
● Audio files. ● Press HOME > > . fer to the storage location of the multimedia
files within the folder structure. In a playlist
● Video files (depends on the system).
there are no multimedia files saved. To play a

262
 Infotainment
Media Mode
system

playlist, multimedia files have to be found in the Repeat the track that is playing. Search in the folder structure
storage places of the data media to which the Repeat all titles. Multimedia files can be catalogued by catego-
playlist refers.
Activate the shuffle playback order. ries (for example, album, artist, title). In My me-
dia this category view is always displayed. The
Display a list of favourites.
Note classic folder structure of individual USB data
Add a media file as favourite. media is also found in My media.
SEAT assumes no liability for any deteriora-
tion or loss of files on data storage devices. Top right: select media source. 1. Activate the folder structure.
Access the settings. The folder structure of the selected multi-
Open the search. media source is displayed. When My media
Equipment features and media sym- is selected, the categories (music, videos,
bols Return to the top folder of the media
playlists) and connected multimedia sour-
source.
ces are displayed first.
Audio, multimedia and connectivity:
2. Search for the title you want in the folder
● Media playback and control via Bluetooth®. Select and play a multimedia source structure.
● Audio playback in these formats: AAC, ALAC, OR: press to start a text search The input
AVI, FLAC, MP3, MP4, WMA. Select multimedia source
field is displayed.
● Video playback in these formats: MPEG-1 Before playing multimedia files you must first
3. Enter the name of the desired title. The list
and MPEG-2 (.mpg, .mpeg), ISO MPEG4, DivX connect a multimedia source.
of the titles found is updated while entering
3, 4 and 5 Xvid (.avi), ISO MPEG4 H.264 To use streaming services you must be connec- the text.
(.mp4, .m4v, .mov), Windows Media Video 10 ted to the Internet.
4. Press the desired title.
(.wmv, .asf).
● Connect an external multimedia source.
● Playlists on any type of device. If at the beginning of the playback your se-
● Select the connected media source to be lection is in a folder of a multimedia source,
● Multimedia streaming (online). used for playback. the multimedia files that are in it are also
● Multimedia search. added to the playback.
Playing audio and video files If a playlist is played, all available titles in
Universal symbols in Media mode You can search and play multimedia files from the playlist are added to the playback.
Start playback. an available multimedia source in different 5. Close your selection with .
ways.
Pause playback.
Select favourites
Change to the previous track.
In favourites you can save titles, music genres,
Change to the next track.
artists and albums individually for playback.

263
 Infotainment system

● Access favourites . Configure streaming services The image is only displayed if the vehicle is
● Press the favourite you want. stopped. When the vehicle is in motion, the in-
Depending on the equipment you can use
fotainment screen turns off. The sound of the
Depending on your selection, all the titles be- streaming services directly through the infotain-
video can still be heard.
longing to the favourite are added to the play- ment system. For this you need to have a pre-
back. mium user account of the streaming service in A stable Internet connection is required for
question and you have to log in with it in the playback from a streaming service. In this case,
infotainment system. You also need to be con- telephony costs may be generated.
Save favourites
nected to the Internet.
Only multimedia files in My media of the info-
tainment system can be saved as favourites. 1. Select Streaming as the multimedia
You can save up to a maximum of 30 titles, al- source.
bums, artists and music genres individually as A list of available streaming services is dis-
favourites. played.
2. Select the streaming service you want.
1. Start playback.
3. Follow the steps indicated by the infotain-
2. Access favourites. ment system.
3. Tap a favourite that is not assigned. The streaming service is added to the list
OR: press and hold on an existing favourite of multimedia sources as a new function
for approx. 3 seconds. button.
4. Select from the selection list: Title, Album,
Artist, Genres, Playlist. Playing entertainment content in the
The selection is saved instead of the previously infotainment system
selected favourite. If the favourite was already
assigned, the previously saved favourite is over- Depending on the infotainment system, videos
written. can be played.
The selectable options in the selection list de-
pend on the data attached to the multimedia Video mode
file. If the music genre is not indicated in the When in video mode, a video can be played
music files, for example, you cannot save the on the infotainment screen if this is stored on a
music genre as favourite. data media, in My media or is sourced from a
If a video file is playing, only that video can be streaming service. In this case, the video sound
saved as favourite. is played through the vehicle's speakers.

264
 Infotainment
Navigation
system

Navigation
Introduction

Fig. 171 Schematic diagram: Navigation view.

A global satellite system determines the current Navigation announcements During dynamic route guidance, you will re-
position of the vehicle and the sensors moun- ceive information about reported traffic con-
Navigation announcements are acoustic indi-
ted on the vehicle analyse the routes taken. gestion on the route. An additional navigation
cations for driving referred to the current route.
All measured values and possible traffic events announcement is given if the route is recalcula-
are compared with the available maps to allow The type and frequency of navigation an- ted due to traffic congestion.
optimal navigation to the destination. nouncements depend on the driving situation,
While a navigation announcement is playing,
for example, starting the guide to the destina-
Navigation announcements and graphic repre- its volume can be adjusted. The following navi-
tion, driving on the motorway or on a round-
sentations will guide you to your destination. gation announcements provided will be played
about and the settings.
Navigation management is carried out on the with the newly adjusted volume.
If the exact destination cannot be reached be-
screen.
cause, for example, it is in a non-digitised area, Limitations during navigation
Depending on the country, some functions of indications relating to the address and the dis-
the infotainment system will not be available tance to the destination are displayed on the If the infotainment system cannot receive data
on the screen when travelling above a certain screen. from GPS satellites, for example, in a tunnel or
speed. It is not a malfunction, but is due to com- in an underground garage, navigation contin-
pliance with legislation. ues using the vehicle's sensors.

265
 Infotainment system

In areas that are not digitised or are only parti- ● Press on the map with both fingers at the ● Press on the map with both fingers at the
ally digitised on the infotainment memory, the same time. same time and keep them pressed.
infotainment system will still attempt to provide ● To rotate the map view, turn your fingers
route guidance. Change view clockwise anticlockwise.
In the case of missing or incomplete navigation Tip: use your index finger
data, it may not be possible to determine the Saved data
● Press twice on the map and keep your finger
exact position of the vehicle. This may mean
pressed on the screen. The infotainment system saves certain data, for
that navigation is not as precise as usual.
● To zoom out the view of the map, move your example, frequent routes and position data, to
Roads and streets are subject to constant make the entry of the destination more agile
finger upwards. To zoom in the view of the map,
change (e.g. new roads, road works, roads and optimise the route guidance.
move your finger downwards.
closed to traffic, changes to street names and
building numbers). If the navigation data is ob- Delete saved data
solete, this may lead to errors or inaccuracies Change view
during the route guidance. ● Press Settings > Basic function settings >
Tip: use your thumb and index finger
Delete and then Accept.
● Press on the map with both fingers at the
Managing the navigation map same time and keep them pressed.
To allow an optimal view, you can also man-
WARNING
● To zoom out the view of the map, move one
age the navigation map with additional finger finger towards the other. To zoom in the view of Select the settings, enter the destination and
movements. the map, move one finger away from the other. the modifications for navigation only with the
vehicle at a standstill.
Moving the map Tilt the view
Tip: use your index finger Tip: use your index and middle fingers Note
● Move the map with your finger. ● Press on the map with both fingers at the ● If a detour is passed during route guidance,
same time and horizontal to each other, keep navigation may recalculate the route.
Zoom in them pressed. ● The quality of the navigation recommen-
● To tilt the view of the map forward, move your dations given by the Infotainment system de-
Tip: use your index finger
pends on the navigation data available and
fingers upwards. To tilt the view of the map
● To increase the view in a certain position, any reported traffic congestions.
backward, move your fingers downwards.
double-click on the map. ● Navigation announcements are not emit-
ted if the sound is muted in the infotainment
Rotate the map
Zoom out system.
Tip: use your thumb and index finger
Tip: use your index and middle fingers

266
 Infotainment
Navigation
system

Navigation functions and symbols Home address. Frequent destinations.

Work address. Last destinations.
Navigation
Favourite destinations. Favourite destinations.
Navigation functions depend on the equipment
Additional window with more options. Back
and country.
Additional window with route options.
Symbols in the route details
Functions Centre the map on the current position.
● Entering the destination and route calcula- Current position.
tion (offline and online). Change view: 2D oriented to the north, or Destination of the current guidance.
● Display of two navigation maps at the same 2D oriented to the direction of travel, or
time (screen and instrument cluster). 3D to the direction of travel. POI symbols (points of interest)
● Update of online maps. Information about the current route guid- POIs (points of interest) are shown on the map,
ance. provided the navigation has said data.
● Predictive navigation.
● 3D urban maps. Map scale. Click on the desired POI (point of interest) to
start a route guidance ››› page 268.
● Online traffic information.
Symbols in the additional window Petrol station.
● Dynamic POIs (points of interest).
● To open the additional window, press . Parking lot.
Symbols on the map Repeat the last navigation announcement. Tourist information offices.
The buttons and indications depend on the set- Volume of navigation announcements. Train station.
tings and the current driving situation. Map lighting in Automatic, Day or Night Restaurant.
Symbols for traffic events and points of inter- mode.
est (POIs) are displayed on the map, for exam- Offer new guidance routes. Traffic information.
ple, petrol stations, train stations or interesting
360° electric range indicator (hybrid vehi- POIs (points of interest) are shown on the
stopovers, provided navigation has such data
cles) map, provided the navigation has said data
››› page 270.
››› page 270.
Current position. Other symbols
Click on a traffic event to open an additional
Search for destinations. Entering the detailed destination for an ad- window with further details ››› page 270.
Destinations along the route. dress.
Slow traffic.
Final destination. Search for destinations.

267
 Infotainment system

Traffic jam. Using obsolete data may lead to errors during

WARNING
navigation. Current routes cannot be traced or
the route guidances will lead to mistaken desti- If you update the navigation data manually
Accident.
nations. while driving, it may cause accidents with se-
rious injuries.
Broken down vehicle. Ensure navigation data is updated at all times.
● Update the navigation data only with the
vehicle at a standstill.
Online updating of navigation data
Slippery surface (ice or snow).
The navigation data of the regions through
which you travel frequently is automatically up- Note
Road closed to traffic.
dated in the background if the Internet connec- Automatic update of the navigation data is
tion is established and the privacy settings are subject to the privacy settings. No update is
Slippery road hazard. valid. made in incognito mode.
● With the ignition switched on, the navigation
Danger.
data is updated automatically.
Start route guidance
Road works. Manual update of navigation data Depending on the country and equipment, dif-
Current navigation data for large regions, for ferent functions are available to enter destina-
Strong wind. example Western Europe, can be downloaded tions.
from www.seat.com and stored on USB data The different functions for entering destinations
Reduced visibility. devices. are found in the navigation main menu.
● Download the navigation data to a USB data
device. Opening the Navigation main menu
Navigation data ● Turn on the ignition of the vehicle. ● Press HOME > .
● Connect the USB data device to the infotain-
The Infotainment system is equipped with a ment system. Navigation data is automatically Select the destination and start navigation
built-in navigation data memory. Depending updated in the background.
on the country, the necessary navigation data 1. Press .
may already be pre-installed. The map version is displayed in HOME > > 2. Select the desired destination. You can
System information. chose from Frequent destinations,
To provide correct route guidance and make
the most of the functions offered, the infotain- Last destinations or Favourite desti-
ment system should be updated on a regular nations.
basis.

268
 Infotainment
Navigation
system

OR: press and enter the address in the 1. Slide your finger over the destination to be Whether it is possible to enter the destination
input screen. deleted “ ” will appear on the selected through the navigation map depends on the
OR: detailed address. destination. state of the data and it is not possible for all
2. Click on “ ” to delete it. positions.
3. Press Start.
3. Use the same method to delete whichever To start “offroad navigation”, press an empty
Last destinations that you want. area without position data.
Frequent destinations
Start navigation:
The destination synopsis uses recorded data to
Favourite destinations 1. Press .
propose possible destinations.
Save up to 20 destinations as favourites. 2. Move the view on the map until the desired
Select the destination and start navigation:
position can be selected. The navigation
To save a destination as a favourite press in
1. Press and then . map can be used by means of additional
the split screen when entering the destination.
2. Select the desired destination. The route finger movements ››› page 265.
guidance starts automatically. Select the destination and start navigation:
3. Press the desired destination on the map.
Quick start: for a quick start, press and hold 1. Press and then .
4. Press Route.
the desired destination for a few seconds. 2. Press the desired destination.
3. Press Start. Offroad navigation
Recent destinations “Offroad navigation” calculates routes to se-
Navigation saves the last destinations to make Note lected destination points using unknown data.
them available for a route guidance. When a destination point is outside the known
Enter the destination as accurately as possi-
roads or position data, navigation finds the
Select the destination and start navigation: ble. If you enter a destination incorrectly, the
route guidance will not be able to start or it route to the next point of the known road and
1. Press and then . completes the path to the next destination
will guide you to an incorrect destination.
2. Press the desired destination. point with a direct connection.
3. Press Start. Start route guidance by selecting from the Start navigation:
Quick start: for a quick start, press and hold map 1. Move the view on the map until the desired
the desired destination for a few seconds. position can be selected. The navigation
The navigation map includes active areas at
map can be used by means of additional
many points that are suitable for entering the
Delete “Last Destinations” finger movements ››› page 265.
destination. To do this, press the desired posi-
From the menu Last destinations: tion or place on the map. If there is map data at 2. Press on any point on the map without posi-
this point, you can start a route guidance. tion data.
3. Press Route.

269
 Infotainment system

Start route guidance using contact details Hazard information If you press on an incident, an additional win-
dow opens providing more options. The avail-
Start route guidance with the saved address Hazard information is shown on the navigation
able options depend on the incident and the
data of a contact. Contacts saved without ad- map with symbols in the same way as traffic
current settings.
dress data cannot be used for route guidance. incidents. In this case, the source of this infor-
mation is another vehicle that has detected the Open and close the route details
Start navigation:
hazard and has uploaded the information to the ● To open them, press or swipe it.
1. Press . service provider.
● To close them, press or swipe it.
2. Press on the contact you want. The hazards shown are: accident, broken down
3. Press Route. vehicle and slippery road surface. Edit route guidance
Note Traffic flow indication
To edit the route guidance, move the stopovers
to the destination in the TripView view.
If the address details of a contact are ob-
The navigation map shows traffic flow accord-
solete, the route guidance will nevertheless ● Hold the desired destination pressed until it is
ing to current traffic events, highlighting the
take you to the registered address. Check visibly highlighted.
road network in colour.
that the contact address is updated. ● Move the destination to the desired position.
● Yellow: Slow traffic.
● Remove your finger from the screen. The
● Red: Traffic jam.
Traffic information route will recalculate.
Note
The infotainment system receives detailed traf- Avoid traffic incidents
fic information automatically if the Internet con- Traffic information receipt is subject to the
privacy settings. In maximum Privacy mode, The details of the route show the current traf-
nection is established. This information is shown
no traffic information is received. Tracking or fic incidents if the navigation has such data.
with symbols and highlighting the road network
Location level setting is necessary. Avoid traffic incidents by editing route details
in colour on the map.
››› page 270.
Traffic incidents ● Press on a traffic event.
Function descriptions
Traffic incidents, for example, traffic jams or ● Press on Avoid. The route will recalculate.
congested traffic, are shown on the navigation Route details
map using symbols. Split screen
The route details contain information on all inci-
With an active route guidance, traffic incidents dents, for example, the starting point, stopovers, When handling navigation functions, an addi-
that are on the current route are shown in the traffic events, POIs and destination, provided tional window with other options may open.
route details. Such traffic incidents can be avoi- the navigation has such data. Possible options depend on the function being
ded ››› page 270, Function descriptions. used.

270
 Infotainment
Navigation
system

Close the additional screen Navigation can propose up to 5 routes at the The 360° electric operating range display
same time. The proposed routes may be differ- shows the possible range with the current
● Press on an empty area outside the addi-
ent from the routes of the normal route guid- charge level of the high voltage battery.
tional window.
ance. Switch on the 360° electric operating range
● OR: press .
If one of the proposed destinations is selected, display
● OR: press Accept. the guide to that destination is started. ● Open the additional map window and press
Functions in the additional window: The route guidance follows the selected route the symbol .
until the vehicle deviates from it. In that case,
Show on Show what is selected on the map.
the route is recalculated and takes you back
map
along the most direct path to the initially selec-
Add stop- Add a stopover to the route guid- ted destination.
over desti- ance. Important traffic jams are taken into account
nation in the route guidance, and are avoided if alter-
Direct Starts direct route guidance. native routes are available, provided navigation
route has such data.

Delete Delete a stopover from the route You can activate and deactivate the function
guidance. whenever you want.

Avoid Avoid traffic jam. The route will re-

Enable and disable learning usage pattern
calculate.
The setting is in the corresponding navigation
Stop route Ends the current route guidance. menu > Basic function settings.
guidance
● To activate the function, activate Learn us-
Close the additional window. age pattern.
Add a destination to favourites. ● To disable the function, disable Learn usage
pattern.
● To delete saved data, press Delete usage
Learn usage pattern
pattern.
When the vehicle is in motion, navigation saves
routes and destinations used to automatically 360° electric operating range display
generate destination proposals. Destinations
are learned based on the time of day and the Valid for: vehicles with plug-in hybrid drive
day of the week.

271
 Infotainment system

Telephone interface
Introduction

Fig. 172 Schematic diagram: Phone view.

You can use the telephone interface to connect Telephone interface equipment and
Note
your mobile to the infotainment system and op-
● As a general rule, pairing a device (for ex-
symbols
erate phone functions through it. The sound is
played through the vehicle's speakers. ample, a mobile phone device) is only nec-
Equipment features
essary once. You can restore the device con-
You can connect up to two mobile phone devi- nection via Bluetooth® or Wi-Fi with the info- ● Hands-free function.
ces simultaneously to the infotainment system. tainment system whenever you want without ● Use up to two phones at the same time.
High speeds, poor weather or road conditions having to pair the device again.
● Phone book with up to 5,000 contacts, de-
and a noisy ambience (even outside of the ve- ● The availability of some telephone func-
pending on the infotainment system.
hicle), as well as the quality of reception can all tions will depend on the mobile phone con-
affect the quality of a telephone conversation nected to the infotainment system. ● SMS functions via Bluetooth®: SMS reading,
in the vehicle. SMS writing (templates included), SMS play-
back, message history.
● Email functions via Bluetooth®: reading email,
writing email.

272
 Infotainment
Telephone interface
system

● Connection to wireless charging option. Obtain information on the SEAT brand ● The vicinity of chemical pipelines and tanks.
● Connection to the microphone mounted on and selected additional services related to ● The lower decks of boats and ferries.
the vehicle. traffic and your travel.
● In the proximity of vehicles that run on lique-
fied gas (such as propane or butane).
Symbols in the main menu Call list symbols
● Places where the air is laden with chemicals
Contacts. ● To open the call lists, press . or particles such as flour, dust or metal powder.
List of incoming and outgoing calls. Incoming call. ● All other places where the engine or tele-
Enter telephone number. Outgoing call. phone must be switched off.

Text messages (SMS and emails). Missed call. WARNING

Telephone interface settings. Telephone number (company). Switch off the mobile phone in areas with a
Telephone number (private). risk of explosion!
Symbols for calls Mobile telephone number (company).
The symbols may be different depending on Mobile telephone number (private). Note
the infotainment system.
Fax (private). In areas where special regulations apply or
Start a call or bringing it to the foreground. the use of mobile phones is forbidden, it
Fax.
must be switched off at all times. The radi-
End or reject a call.
ation produced by the mobile phone when
Open contact list or Start conference call. Symbols for text messages switched on may interfere with sensitive
Enter telephone number. The symbols may be different depending on technical and medical equipment, possibly
resulting in malfunction or damage to the
Mute the sound of the hands-free the infotainment system.
equipment.
Hold call. ● To open the text messages, press .

Continue call. Activate voice control input ››› page 256.

Pair, connect and manage
Pass call to private mode. Templates for text messages.
Requirement for pairing:
Make an emergency call.
Places with special regulations ● Bluetooth® is activated on the mobile phone
Voice mail.
device.
Switch off the mobile telephone and the tel- ● Bluetooth® is activated on the infotainment
Get help in case of breakdown. ephone interface in places with a risk of ex-
system.
plosion. These places are not always clearly
marked. They include, for example:

273
 Infotainment system

● Depending on the mobile device, it will be tween active and passive connections. To use User profiles
necessary to have the Bluetooth® menu open the telephone interface with the desired mobile
For each of the paired mobile phone devices an
or activate the Visibility option so that the de- phone device, establish the active connection
individual user profile is automatically created.
vice is visible from the infotainment system. with the infotainment system.
In the user profile, data from the mobile phone
Pair a mobile phone device suitable for teleph- Difference between connection types device is stored, for example, contact details or
ony with the infotainment system to use the Active The mobile phone device is paired and settings. A maximum of four user profiles can be
telephone interface functions. On the first con- connected. The functions of the telephone saved in the infotainment system at the same
nection, the mobile phone device is paired with interface are performed with the data of time.
the infotainment system. Doing so saves a user said mobile phone device.
profile ››› page 274, User profiles. WARNING
Passive The mobile phone device is paired and
The pairing can take a few minutes. The func- If you perform the pairing while driving, it
connected. Calls can be managed but the
tions available depend on the mobile phone could cause an accident or injury.
phone book, messages or other functions
device used and its operating system. will not be active. ● Perform pairing only with the vehicle at a
standstill.
Paired mobile phone devices are stored in the
Pair a mobile phone device
infotainment system, even if they are not cur-
1. Open the list of available Bluetooth® devi- rently connected. Note
ces on the mobile phone device and select
● While the infotainment system is in the
the name of the infotainment system. Connect a mobile phone device Known mobile phones menu, the wireless
2. Please note and, if necessary, confirm the Requirement: the mobile phone device is paired charging function is disabled. When you exit
messages that appear on the mobile phone with the infotainment system. this menu, the wireless charging function is
device and on the infotainment system. If activated again.
the pairing was successful, the phone data ● Bluetooth® is activated on the mobile phone
● In the pairing of some mobile phone devi-
is saved in the user profile. device.
ces, a PIN number is shown on the screen of
3. Optional: confirm the data transfer mes- the mobile phone device. Enter that number
Establish an active connection in the infotainment system to complete the
sage on the mobile phone device.
Requirement: several mobile phone devices are pairing.

Active and passive connection connected to the infotainment system at the

same time.
To use the functions of the telephone interface, Basic and Comfort Telephony
there must be at least one mobile phone device ● Select the desired mobile phone device from
connected to the infotainment system. If there the drop-down menu. All other mobile phone Depending on the equipment, two types of tel-
are several mobile phone devices connected devices are automatically in the passive con- ephone interface can be used:
to the infotainment system, you can switch be- nection.

274
 Infotainment
Telephone interface
system

● Basic telephone interface. Make a call Dial number

● Comfort telephone interface. Select a phone number to start a call. Different Manually enter a phone number to start a call.
functions are available for selecting a phone While entering the phone number, contacts that
Basic telephone interface number: match that number are shown on the infotain-
The Basic telephone interface uses the Blue- ment screen.
tooth® HFP profile for transmission. This inter- Contacts ● Press and enter the telephone number.
face allows the use of telephone functions
If a contact has several registered phone num- Press to start the call.
through the infotainment system and playback
bers you have to select one.
through the vehicle's speakers. The last call is dialled by pressing and hold-
● Press and press a number on the list to ing the button on the multifunction steering
Comfort telephone interface start the call. wheel.
OR: press and enter the contact name in the
Like the Basic telephone interface, the Comfort
input field to search for it. Press on the contact Send messages
telephone interface also uses the Bluetooth®
to start the call. Depending on the mobile phone device and the
HFP profile.
OR: press a favourite in the telephone interface infotainment system used, you can send and
The Comfort phone interface can be equip-
main menu to start the call. receive SMS and e-mails through the telephone
ped with the wireless charging function
interface.
››› page 276.
Calls
In order to use the functions of the wireless Send an SMS:
charging function, you have to place a suitable The telephone interface shows the call list of
the mobile telephone device. Start a call from 1. Press > Text message > Enter new mes-
mobile phone device correctly in the storage
the call list. sage and enter the message on the screen.
compartment. The mobile phone device will
then connect to the vehicle antenna. This im- ● Press 2. Enter the contact you want in the search
> All and press a number on the list
proves the reception and sound quality of calls. bar.
to start the call.
3. To send the message press OK.
OR: press and filter the call list entries (for
Calling and sending messages example, missed calls or dialled numbers). In
filtered list, press a number to start the call. Send an email:
Open the telephone interface ● Press > E-mail > Enter new message and
● Press HOME > . enter the message on the screen.
● Enter the contact you want in the search bar.
● To send the message press OK.

275
 Infotainment system

Phone book, favourites and speed Edit the speed dial button The Connectivity Box includes different func-
tions that will help to use your mobile device.
dial buttons ● To edit or delete a favourite contact press on
These are:
the icon in the Favourites menu screen. You
In the first connection of a telephone with the can delete one or more favourites. ● Wireless Charger1).
infotainment system, the phone book is saved
● Signal amplifier / (Mobile Signal Amplifier)
in the infotainment system. It may be necessary
Call a favourite
to confirm the data transmission on the mobile
phone. ● Press the assigned speed dial button. Wireless charger

Each time the phone is reconnected, the phone The Wireless Charger allows mobile devices
Note
book is updated. with Qi2) technology to be charged without a
Favourites are not updated automatically. If cable.
If conference calls are supported, the phone you change a contact's phone number, you
book can be accessed during a call. If there is a have to reassign the speed dial button. To charge your mobile phone wirelessly:
saved image for a contact, it can be displayed ● Place your mobile device in the middle of
in the list next to the entry. the pad with the screen facing up ››› Fig. 173 ,
Connectivity Box ››› .
Favourites
Make sure there are no objects between the
A speed dial button can be assigned to a phone pad and the mobile phone.
book favourite up to a maximum of six. If there
The mobile phone will start charging automat-
is a registered photo saved to the contact, it is
ically. For further information about whether
shown on the speed dial button.
your mobile device uses Qi technology, check
All speed dial buttons have to be manually your phone's user manual or visit the SEAT
edited and will be assigned to a user profile website
››› page 273.
Mobile Signal Amplifier
Assign the speed dial button
It allows you to reduce radiation in the vehicle
● In the Favourites menu, press the button, Fig. 173 Centre console: slot for mobile phone and have better reception.
then open the phone book to select a contact connection.
as a favourite. If the contact has several phone
numbers, press on the number in the list.

1) It only includes the wireless charge functionality.

2) Qi technology allows you to charge your mobile phone wirelessly.
276
 Infotainment
Telephone interface
system

For safety reasons, it is recommended that that there is a foreign object in the storage ● No improvement in reception can be guar-
you pair the system and the mobile using Blue- compartment. Using a suitable mobile phone anteed if there is more than one mobile
tooth® and place it on the Connectivity Box device and correcting its position can elimi- phone on the pad.
pad, for the best reception without having to nate the fault. ● You are advised to keep the engine running
handle the mobile phone. ● If necessary, remove any objects that may to guarantee proper wireless charging.
To establish a connection with the vehicle's ex- obstruct the cover’s closing function. ● When a telephone with Qi technology is
ternal aerial: connected by USB, it will be charged by the
means specified by the manufacturer.
● Place your mobile device in the middle of WARNING
the pad with the screen facing up ››› Fig. 173 , ● The mobile phone may heat up due to the
››› . wireless charging. Think about this before
Make sure there are no objects between the you pick it up, and take care when removing
pad and the mobile phone. it.

Your mobile phone will automatically be ready ● There must be no metallic or other objects
to make use of the external aerial. between the mobile phone and the housing,
to prevent the functionality of the Connectiv-
ity Box from being affected.
WARNING
Notifications on the screen of the mobile de-
NOTICE
vice can distract the driver’s attention and
increase the risk of a serious accident. The base of the Connectivity Box is not re-
movable.
● Only place one suitable mobile device,
with Qi compatibility if applicable. To ensure
that it operates properly, place it without
Note
the protective case and ensure that it has
maximum dimensions (width x length) of 80 x ● Your mobile device must support the Qi
140 mm (3.15 x 5.512 inches) on the base of inductive charging interface standard for
the Connectivity Box as indicated. proper operation.
● If the mobile device is not placed on the ● The charging time and the temperature
base of the Connectivity Box, in the correct vary in accordance with the device used.
position, or if its dimensions exceed those ● The maximum charging capacity is 5 W.
specified, it may not be recognised or may
not charge correctly. Under certain circum- ● Qi technology does not allow you to
stances, the infotainment system indicates charge more than one mobile device simul-
taneously.

277
 Storing objects

● In vehicles equipped with tyre pressure con-

Storing objects trol system, adjust to the new load status if nec-
WARNING
essary ››› page 354. The transport of heavy object changes vehi-
Positioning the luggage cle handling and increases braking distance.
Heavy objects that are not properly placed
and cargo WARNING or secured may cause loss of control of the
Loose or unsecured objects can cause seri- vehicle and thus severe injuries.
General information ous injury in case of sudden manoeuvring ● Never put too much load in the vehicle.
or braking or in case of an accident. Partic- Both the carrying capacity as well as the
Placing luggage inside the vehicle safely ularly if the airbag hits them when deploying distribution of the load in the vehicle have
and they are thrown across the inside of the effects on the driving behaviour and braking
It is possible to carry objects and luggage in vehicle. Please observe the following rules to ability.
the vehicle, in a trailer ››› page 289 and on minimise the risk of injury: ● When transporting heavy objects, the driv-
the roof ››› page 287. When doing so, please
● Place all objects inside the vehicle safely. ing behaviour of the vehicle varies due to the
consider all legal provisions.
● Secure all objects, little and large. displacement of the centre of gravity.
● Distribute the load in the vehicle as evenly as ● Always distribute the load in the vehicle as
● Place the objects in the cabin in such a
possible. evenly and horizontally as possible.
way that they can never reach the airbag de-
● Always place luggage and heavy objects as ployment areas while the vehicle is in motion. ● Always place heavy objects in the boot be-
far forwards as possible in the luggage com- fore the rear axle and as far away from it as
● Keep the storage compartments closed at
partment ››› . all times while the vehicle is in motion. possible.
● Take into account the maximum authorised ● Place the objects in such a way that they ● Objects in the luggage compartment that
weight per axle, as well as the maximum au- never force any occupant of the vehicle to sit are unsecured could move suddenly and
thorised weight of the vehicle ››› page 377. in an incorrect position. modify the handling of the vehicle.

● Secure the objects to the fastening rings ● When transporting objects that take up a ● Adapt your speed and driving style at all
of the boot using appropriate chains or belts seat, never let anyone use that seat. times to suit visibility, weather, road and
traffic conditions.
››› page 285. ● Never leave hard, sharp or heavy objects
● Accelerate with particular care and cau-
● Also place small objects safely. loose in open storage compartment of the
vehicle, on the cover behind the rear seat or tion.
● In vehicles with dynamic headlight range
on the instrument panel. ● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
control, the lights adapt automatically.
● Remove all hard, sharp or heavy objects ● Brake earlier than usual.
● Adapt tyre pressure to the load. Take into from the fabrics and bags inside the cabin
account the pressure sticker of the tyres and store them safely.
››› page 344.

278
 Luggage
Storing
compartment
objects

NOTICE WARNING
Electrical wires or, depending on the fea- Animals, loose or unsecured or objects car-
tures, the antenna embedded into the rear ried on the rear shelf can cause serious injury
windows could be damaged, even irrepara- in case of sudden manoeuvring or braking or
bly, if they are in contact with objects. in case of an accident.
● Do not leave hard, sharp or heavy objects
Note or in bags on the rear shelf.
● Never transport animals on the rear shelf.
Straps for securing the load to the fasten-
ing rings are commercially available from
accessory shops. Fig. 175 In the boot: removing and installing NOTICE
the shelf. ● Before closing the rear lid, ensure that the
rear shelf is correctly fitted.
Luggage compartment Removing ● An overloaded luggage compartment
● Detach the cord loops ››› Fig. 174 B from could mean that the rear shelf is not cor-
Luggage compartment shelf their hooks A . rectly seated and it may be bent or dam-
aged.
✓ Valid for: Leon ● Remove the rear shelf from the side supports
● If the luggage compartment is overloaded,
››› Fig. 175 by pulling it upwards and then take
remove the tray.
it out.
If necessary, the rear shelf can be stored un-
der the luggage compartment double floor Note
››› page 280. Ensure that, when placing items of clothing
on the luggage compartment cover, rear visi-
Fitting bility is not reduced.

● Insert the cover horizontally so that the

“recess” fits onto the axis of the supports
››› Fig. 175 and press down until it engages.
Fig. 174 In the boot: removing and installing ● Attach the securing straps ››› Fig. 174 B onto
the shelf. the rear lid.

279
 Storing objects

Store the rear shelf ● Remove the left and right covers ››› Fig. 176.
● Place the rear shelf in the corresponding
✓ Valid for: Leon
housing ››› Fig. 177.
● Put the left and right covers in their original
position.

Retractable shelf
✓ Valid for: LEON Sportstourer

Fig. 179 In the luggage compartment: remove

the shelf.

Fig. 176 In the boot: covers for storing the rear

shelf. Extending the shelf
● Pull evenly on the rear shelf using its handle
››› Fig. 178 1 in a backwards direction until it
audibly clicks into place.

Retracting the rear shelf

● Press on the handle of the rear shelf in the
direction of the arrow to release it ››› Fig. 178
.
The shelf will automatically move towards the
end and will retract completely.
Fig. 177 In the boot: fitting the rear shelf.
Removing the shelf
Depending on the equipment, once the lug- ● Press the rear shelf support ››› Fig. 179 1 in
gage compartment shelf has been removed, it Fig. 178 In the luggage compartment: extend the direction of the arrow.
can be stored under the boot floor. and retract the shelf. ● Pull the rear shelf up and out of the support.

280
 Luggage
Storing
compartment
objects

● The tray can be stored under the variable Storing the retractable shelf ● Remove the left and right covers ››› Fig. 180
floor of the luggage compartment, which must A .
be in its upper position ››› page 281. ✓ Valid for: Leon Sportstourer except PHEV versions
● Press the head of the retractable shelf in the
direction of the arrow until it engages in its
Fitting the shelf housing ››› Fig. 181. Make sure that slide A fits
● Place the rear shelf in the housing provided in into the corresponding housing.
the left or right side cover. ● Put the left and right covers in their original
● Engage the support of the rear shelf position.
››› Fig. 179 1 into the housing on the other
side.
● Check that the support is properly engaged.

WARNING Fig. 180 In the boot: space to store the

Animals, loose or unsecured or objects car- retractable shelf.
ried on the rear shelf can cause serious injury
in case of sudden manoeuvring or braking or
in case of an accident.
● Do not leave hard, sharp or heavy objects
or in bags on the rear shelf.
● Never transport animals on the rear shelf.

NOTICE
To retract the rear shelf, press on its handle
in a downwards only direction; if you press it
upwards it may lead to its axles breaking.
Fig. 181 In the boot: space to store the
retractable shelf.

The retractable shelf can be stored under the

luggage compartment variable floor.

281
 Storing objects

Variable luggage compartment floor Variable floor in the tilted position

When the variable floor is tilted you can access
the spare wheel or anti-puncture kit area.
● Lift the variable floor in the high position using
handle ››› Fig. 182 1 , pull it up and push it
towards the backrest of the rear seats until it
folds along the hinge line and the movable part
of the floor is resting on itself.
● Rest the floor on its housings ››› Fig. 183 (ar-
rows).
Fig. 183 Variable boot floor: tilted position.

Variable floor in high position WARNING

● To move from the low position to the high po- ● Always secure objects, even when the lug-
sition, lift the floor using the handle ››› Fig. 182 gage compartment floor is properly lifted.
1 , and pull it back until the front of the floor ● Only objects that do not protrude more
has fully passed the supports 2 . than 2/3 the height of the floor may be car-
ried between the rear seat and the raised
● Move the floor forward over the supports as
luggage compartment floor.
far as the rear seat backrest and then lower the
floor with the handle 1 . ● Only objects that do not weigh than ap-
proximately 7.5 kg may be carried between
the rear seat and the raised luggage com-
Fig. 182 Variable luggage compartment floor: Variable floor in low position
partment floor.
raised position; lowered position.
● To move from the high position to the low po-
sition, lift the floor using the handle ››› Fig. 182
NOTICE
1 , and pull it back until the front of the floor
has fully passed the supports 2 . ● The maximum weight that can be loaded
on the luggage compartment variable floor
● Now let the front part fall to the floor and
in the top position is 100 kg.
slide the floor forwards as far as the rear seat
● Do not let the luggage compartment floor
backrest; lower the floor at the same time with
fall when closing it. Always carefully guide
the handle 1 .
it downwards in a controlled manner. Other-
wise, the lining and the floor of the luggage
compartment could be damaged.

282
 Storing
Net partition
objects

● Press the casing into the left and right sup-

Net partition Pulling out and securing the net partition
ports in the opposite direction to the arrow
● Pull up handle ››› Fig. 184 2 to remove the
››› Fig. 185 2 until it engages. The red mark-
Partition net behind the rear seat net from the casing 4 .
ings on the release buttons should no longer be
● Hook in the net partition on the right or left visible.
✓ Valid for: LEON Sportstourer
side 3 (magnified image).
● Hook in the net partition into the housing on
WARNING
the other side 1 by pulling the rod.
● Always secure objects, even when the net
The net partition is properly assembled when partition is properly assembled.
the T-shaped ends are firmly secured in the
● There should be nobody behind the as-
corresponding housings 3 and 1 .
sembled partition when the vehicle is mov-
ing.
Retracting the net partition
● The attachments on the backs of the rear
● Unhook the rod from the housings 3 and 1 . seats must never be used to fit the net par-
● Roll up the net into the casing 4 lowering it tition when the rear seat backs are in their
with your hand. vertical position.
Fig. 184 In the boot: securing the partition net.

Removing the net partition NOTICE

● Fold the rear seat backrests forward. Incorrect handling of the net partition could
● Press the left or right release catch cause damage.
››› Fig. 185 in the direction of the arrow 1 . ● Do not release the net partition when low-
ering it, as the net and other vehicle parts
● Remove the casing from the support in the
could be damaged. Roll down the net parti-
direction of the arrow ››› Fig. 185 2 .
tion by hand.

Fitting the net partition

● Fold the rear seat backrests forward.
Fig. 185 In the boot: removing the partition net. ● Fit the casing in the right and left supports.

283
 Storing objects

Net partition with the rear seat backs Fitting the net partition Removing the net partition
folded down. ● Fold the rear seat backrests forward. ● Pull the net casing out approximately 5 cm in
● Remove the net partition from the side sup- the opposite direction to the arrow ››› Fig. 186
✓ Valid for: LEON Sportstourer 2 .
ports.
● Place the net casing in the rail slots in the ● Remove the casing from the rails by pulling in
direction of the arrows ››› Fig. 186 1 . the opposite direction to the arrows ››› Fig. 186
1 .
● Push the casing towards the left side of the
vehicle in the direction of arrow ››› Fig. 186 2 ● Lift the rear seat backrests.
and as far as it will go.
● Check that the net is secure. WARNING
During a sudden driving or braking manoeu-
Pulling out and securing the net partition vre, or in the event of an accident, objects
could be flung though the interior and cause
● Pull up handle ››› Fig. 187 2 to remove the
serious or fatal injuries.
Fig. 186 Assembling the net partition in the net from the casing 4 .
rear seat backrests. ● Always secure objects, even when the net
● Hook in the net partition on the right or left
partition is properly assembled.
side ››› Fig. 187 3 (magnified image).
● There should be nobody behind the as-
● Hook in the net partition into the housing on sembled partition when the vehicle is mov-
the other side ››› Fig. 187 1 by pulling the rod. ing.
The net partition is properly assembled when
the T-shaped ends are firmly secured in the WARNING
corresponding housings ››› Fig. 187 3 and 1 .
The rear seat backrests should only be lifted
again once the net partition has been disas-
Retracting the net partition
sembled.
● Remove the rod from the housings in the trims
of the roof side members.
● Roll up the net into the casing ››› Fig. 187 4
lowering it with your hand.
Fig. 187 In the boot: net partition hooked into
the rear seat backrests.

284
 Luggage compartment
Storing objects
equipment

NOTICE WARNING Net bag

Incorrect handling of the net partition could If unsuitable or damaged belts or retaining ✓ Valid for: LEON Sportstourer
cause damage. straps are used, they could break in the
● Do not release the net partition when low- event of braking or an accident. Objects
could then be launched across the passen-
ering it, as the net and other vehicle parts
could be damaged. Roll down the net parti- ger compartment and cause serious or fatal
tion by hand. injuries.
● Always use belts or straps that are suitable
and in good condition.
Luggage compartment ● Tighten the belts and straps in a cross
layout over the load placed on the boot
equipment floor and secure them to the fastening rings
safely.
Fastening rings ● Never exceed the maximum tensile load of Fig. 189 In the boot: net bag hooked up at
the fastening rings when securing objects. floor level.
● Make sure that, particularly for flat ob-
jects, the upper edge of the load is higher
than the fastening rings.
● Depending on the features, take into ac-
count the instruction panels on the boot on
how to place the load.
● Never secure a child seat to the fastening
rings.
Fig. 188 In the luggage compartment:
fastening rings. Note
● The maximum tensile load that the fasten-
There are fastening rings ››› Fig. 188 on the Fig. 190 In the luggage compartment: rings
ing rings can support is approx. 3.5 kN.
front and rear of the boot to secure loose 1 and hooks 2 for attaching the net bag.
objects and luggage with fastening belts and ● Belts, straps and securing systems for the
cords. appropriate load can be obtained from spe-
The luggage compartment prevents light lug-
cialised dealerships. SEAT recommends visit-
gage from moving. The net bag has a zip and
ing a SEAT dealership for this.
can be used to store small objects.

285
 Storing objects

The net bag can be hooked up to the luggage

WARNING
compartment in different ways.
To secure the elastic net bag on the fasten-
ing rings of the boot it must be stretched out.
Hooking the net bag into the luggage com-
Once hooked up it is taut. If the net bag is
partment floor hooked up or unhooked incorrectly the hooks
If necessary, the front eyes must be unfolded could cause injuries.
first ››› page 285. ● Always secure the bag hooks properly so
● Secure the net hooks to the fastening rings that they do not suddenly release from the
fastening rings when hooking or unhooking
››› Fig. 189 1 and 2 ››› . The bag zip
them.
should be facing upwards.
● On hooking or unhooking them, protect Fig. 192 In the boot: bag hooks (Leon
your eyes and face in case the hooks are Sportstourer).
Hook the net bag next to the load threshold
released suddenly.
● Secure the short net hooks to the fastening ● Always hook up the net bag hooks in the There may be hooks for hanging bags on both
rings ››› Fig. 190 1 ››› . The bag zip should described order. Unfastening a hook sud- sides of the luggage compartment ››› Fig. 191.
be facing upwards. denly can cause injuries. The retaining hooks have been designed to se-
● Secure the straps in the bag hooks 2 . cure light shopping bags.

Removing the net bag

Bag hooks WARNING

The hooked up net bag is taut ››› . Never use the hooks to hang luggage or
other objects. In case of sudden braking or
● Release the net bag from the fastening rings. an accident, the hooks could break.
● Store the net bag in the luggage compart-
ment.

Fig. 191 In the boot: bag hooks (Leon).

286
 Storing
Roof carrier
objects

Trapdoor for transporting long ob- Opening the tailboard WARNING

jects ● Lower the centre armrest. ● When the armrest is down, nobody should
● Pull the release lever in the direction of the travel in the centre seat of the rear bench.
arrow and push the tailboard cover ››› Fig. 193 ● Do not use the hatch while driving.
1 down and forwards.
● When lowering or raising the hatch, take
● Open the rear lid. particular care with your hands and do not
● Insert the long objects through the gap from trap or damage the seatbelt.
the luggage compartment.
● Secure the objects with the seat belt. Note
● Close the rear lid. The tailboard can also be opened from the
luggage compartment. To do so, press the
Closing the tailboard release lever down, in the direction of the ar-
Fig. 193 On the rear seat backrest: opening row, and the cover upwards ››› Fig. 194.
the tailboard. ● Lift the tailboard cover until it engages. The
red mark on the luggage compartment side
should never be visible.
● Close the rear lid.
Roof carrier
● Lift the centre armrest if necessary. Introduction
The vehicle roof has been designed to optimise
WARNING
aerodynamics. For this reason, cross bars or
The presence of objects in the central airbag conventional roof carrier systems cannot be
deployment area can prevent it from operat- secured to the roof water drains.
ing properly and can cause serious injury.
As the roof water drains are integrated in the
● Do not leave any objects in the central air- roof to reduce air resistance, only SEAT-ap-
bag deployment zone ››› page 57. proved cross bars and roof carrier systems can
Fig. 194 In the boot: opening the tailboard.
be used.
On the rear seat, behind the central armrest,
there is a tailboard for transporting long items in
the interior, such as skis.

287
 Storing objects

Cases in which cross bars and the roof car- ● Cross bars, the roof carrier system and the
rier system should be disassembled. load secured on them should not interfere
with the roof aerial or hamper the path of the
● When they are not used.
panoramic sun roof and the rear lid.
● When the vehicle is washed in a car wash. ● On opening the rear lid make sure that it
● When the vehicle height exceeds the maxi- does not knock into the roof load.
mum height, for example, in some garages.

For the sake of the environment

WARNING
When cross bars and a roof carrier system
● Always secure the load properly using are installed, the increased air resistance
belts or retaining straps that are suitable and Fig. 196 Mounting points for the roof bars for
means that the vehicle uses more fuel.
in a good condition. the roof rack (Leon).
● Bulky, heavy, long or flat loads have a neg-
ative effect on aerodynamics, the centre of Securing the crossbars and the roof The crossbars are the basis of a series of spe-
gravity and driving performance. cial roof carrier systems. For safety reasons,
carrier system special fixtures must be used to safely transport
● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
luggage, bicycles, skis, surf boards or boats on
● Adapt your speed and driving style at all the roof. Suitable accessories can be acquired
times to suit visibility, weather, road and at SEAT dealerships.
traffic conditions.
Always secure the crossbars and the roof car-
rier system properly. Always take the assembly
NOTICE instructions that come with the crossbars and
the roof carrier system in question into account.
● Remove the cross bars and the roof carrier
system before entering a car wash.
Installing the bars
● Vehicle height is increased by the installa-
tion of cross bars or a roof carrier system Valid for the Leon Sportstourer: The crossbars
and the load secured on them. For this pur- Fig. 195 Mounting points for the roof bars for are assembled on the roof railings ››› Fig. 195.
pose, check that your vehicle's height does the roof rack (Leon Sportstourer). The distance between cross bars A should be
not surpass the headspace limit, for exam- approx. 75 cm and the distance between the
ple, for underpasses or for entering garage front bars and the front bracket of the side roof
doors. bar B should be 30 cm.

288
 Storing
Trailerobjects
mode

Valid for Leon: The front and rear attachment Maximum authorised cargo on the roof WARNING
points 1 and 2 are only visible when the
The maximum permissible roof load is 50 kg ● Never exceed the maximum authorised
doors are open ››› Fig. 196.
(Leon) and 75 kg (Leon Sportstourer). This fig- load on the roof and on the axles or the ve-
ure comes from the combined weight of the hicle's maximum authorised weight.
WARNING roof carrier, the cross bars and the load itself on ● Never exceed the load capacity of the
Incorrect attachment and use of the cross-
the roof ››› . cross bars and the roof carrier system, even
bars and the roof carrier system may cause if the maximum authorised roof load has not
the whole system to detach from the roof Always check the weight of the roof carrier been reached.
and cause an accident and injuries. system, the cross bars and the weight of the ● Secure heavy items as far forward as
● Always take the manufacturer assembly
load to be transported and weigh them if nec- possible and distribute the vehicle load uni-
instructions into account.
essary. Never exceed the maximum authorised formly.
roof load.
● Check threaded joints and attachments
travelling and if necessary tighten them after If you are using cross bars and a roof carrier
WARNING
you have travelled a short distance. When with a lower weight rating, you will not be able
making long trips, check the threaded joints to carry the maximum authorised roof load. In If the load is loose or not secured, it could
whenever you stop for a rest. this case, do not exceed the maximum weight fall from the roof carrier system or cause ac-
limit for the roof carrier which is listed in the cidents and injuries.
● Do not modify or repair the crossbars or
roof carrier system. fitting instructions. ● Always use belts or retaining straps that
are suitable and in a good condition.
Distributing a load
Note
Distribute loads uniformly and secure them cor-
Always read the assembly instructions that
rectly ››› .
Trailer mode
come with the crossbars and the roof carrier
system carefully and keep them in the vehi-
Check attachments
Introduction
cle.
Once the cross bars and roof carrier system Take into account country-specific regulations
have been installed, check the bolted connec- about driving with a trailer and the use of a
Loading the roof carrier system tions and attachments after a short journey and towing bracket.
subsequently with a certain frequency. The vehicle has been developed primarily for
The load can only be secured if the crossbars
and the roof carrier system are properly instal- carrying people, although it can also be used
led ››› . to tow a trailer if fitted with the corresponding
technical equipment. This additional load has

289
 Storing objects

an effect on the useful life, fuel consumption Vehicles with driving profile selection WARNING
and vehicle performance and in some cases
If you are going to be towing a trailer, the use of Undue use of the towing bracket may cause
can reduce the service intervals.
the Eco driving profile is not recommended. You injury and accidents.
Driving with a trailer requires more force from are advised to select another of the available
● Only use the towing bracket if it is in a per-
the vehicle, and thus more concentration from driving profiles before beginning to drive with a
fect state of repair and is properly secured.
the driver. trailer.
● Never modify or repair the towing bracket
In winter, winter tyres should be fitted on both
in any way.
the vehicle and the trailer. Trailer weight/drawbar load
● In order to reduce the danger of injury in
Never exceed the authorised trailer weight. If the event of rear-end collisions and to avoid
Maximum vertical load technically permit- you do not load the trailer up to the maximum injury to pedestrians and cyclists when park-
ted on the coupling device permitted trailer weight, you can then climb ing the vehicle, cover or remove the tow hook
The maximum vertical load technically permit- correspondingly steeper slopes. when you are not using a trailer.
ted from the trailer draw bar on the towing The maximum trailer weights listed are only ap- ● According to EU regulation 2021_535 it is
bracket's tow ball is 80 kg. plicable for altitudes up to 1000 m above sea not permitted to install a towing device that
level. Since higher altitude decreases engine completely or partially covers the rear num-
Vehicles with the Start-Stop system performance and the ability to climb slopes, the ber plate.
tow load decreases proportionally. The weight ● Never fit a towing bracket “with weight dis-
If the vehicle has a factory-fitted towing
of the vehicle and trailer combination must be tribution” or “load compensation”. The vehi-
bracket or one that is retrofitted by SEAT, the cle has not been designed for this type of
reduced by 10% for every 1000 m of altitude.
Start-Stop system operates as normal. No spe- towing bracket. The towing bracket could fail
When possible, operate the trailer with the max-
cial characteristics need to be taken into ac- and the trailer could be released from the
imum authorised drawbar load on the ball
count. vehicle.
joint of the towing bracket, but do not exceed
If the system does not recognise the trailer or the specified limit.
the trailer bracket has not been retrofitted by
SEAT, the Start-Stop system must be discon-
WARNING
nected by pressing the corresponding button
in the lower part of the centre console before Never use the trailer to transport people,
driving with the trailer, and it should remain off since it would put their life in danger and is
for the rest of the journey ››› . also prohibited.

290
 Storing
Trailerobjects
mode

If the vehicle is retrofitted with a tow bracket,

WARNING WARNING
only a bracket that is authorised for the max-
Driving with a trailer and transporting heavy If the towing bracket has been retrofitted by imum authorised load of the trailer that is to
or large objects can affect driving properties a non-SEAT workshop, the Start-Stop system be towed may be fitted. The towing bracket
and even cause an accident. must be disconnected manually whenever must be suitable for the vehicle and the trailer
● Always secure the load properly using driving with a trailer. Otherwise the brake
and must be properly secured to the vehicle's
system could be damaged and could conse-
belts or straps that are suitable and in good chassis. Only use a towing bracket that has
quently cause a serious accident or injury.
condition. been authorised by SEAT for this vehicle. Al-
● Adapt your speed and driving style at all ● Always disconnect the Start-Stop system ways check and take into account the towing
times to suit visibility, weather, road and manually when using a towing bracket that bracket manufacturer's instructions.
traffic conditions. has not been fitted by a SEAT workshop.

● Trailers with a high centre of gravity are Towing bracket fitted on the bumper
more likely to overturn than those with a low Note Never fit a towing bracket to the bumper or to
one.
● Before hitching or unhitching a trailer, the area where the bumper is mounted. The
● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres. towing bracket should not impair the bumper's
always deactivate the anti-theft alarm
● Take great care when overtaking. ››› page 95. Otherwise, the tilt sensor could function. Do not make modifications or repairs
● Reduce speed immediately if you notice cause the alarm to go off. to the exhaust system or the brake system.
that the trailer is swaying, however slightly. Make regular checks to ensure that the towing
● Do not drive with a trailer for the engine's
bracket is secure.
● Never drive at more than 80 km/h (50 mph) first 1000 km ››› page 149.
when towing a trailer (or at more than ● Some retrofitted towing brackets cover the
100 km/h (60 mph) in exceptional circum- Engine cooling system
rear towing eye. In these cases, the towing
stances). This also applies in countries where Driving with a trailer increases the load on the
eye should not be used for tow-starting or
driving at higher speeds is permitted. Take
for towing other vehicles. For this reason, if engine and cooling system. The cooling system
into account the speed limit for vehicles with
the vehicle has been retrofitted with a towing should have sufficient coolant and be prepared
trailers in the corresponding country, as it
bracket, always keep the tow hook in the ve- for the additional effort involved in driving with
could be less than the speed limit for vehi-
hicle when you remove it. a trailer.
cles without a trailer.
● Never attempt to “straighten” the towing
Trailer brakes
vehicle and trailer while accelerating. Technical requirements
If the trailer has its own brake system, please
Vehicles that are factory-equipped with a tow- take the relevant legal requirements into ac-
ing bracket fulfil all the technical and legal re- count. Never connect the trailer's brake system
quirements for driving with a trailer. to the vehicle's brake system.

291
 Storing objects

Tow cable NOTICE Pin Meaning

Always use a cable between the vehicle and ● If the rear lights of the trailer are not 3 Earth for pins 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8
the trailer ››› page 292. correctly connected, the vehicle's electronic
4 Right turn signal
system may be damaged.
Trailer tail lights ● If the trailer absorbs excessive electric cur- 5 Rear light, right
The trailer's rear lights should comply with the rent, the vehicle's electronic system may be 6 Brake lights
damaged.
statutory safety regulations ››› page 292.
● Never connect the trailer's electric system 7 Rear light, left
Never connect the trailer's rear lights directly
directly to the electrical connections of the 8 Reverse lights
to the vehicle's electric system. If you are not
tail lights or any other power sources. Only
sure that the trailer's electrical connection is use the connections intended for providing 9 Permanent live
correct, have it checked by a specialised work- electric current to the trailer. 10 Live charge cable
shop. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT dealer-
ship for this. 11 Earth for pin 10
Hitching and connecting a trailer 12 Unassigned
Exterior mirrors
13 Earth for pin 9
If you cannot see the area behind the trailer
with the exterior mirrors of the towing vehicle,
additional mirrors will have to be installed in Power socket for trailer
accordance with the regulations of the country
The vehicle is fitted with a 13-pole power socket
in question. The exterior mirrors should be ad-
for the connection between the trailer and the
justed before you start driving and must provide
vehicle. With the engine running, electrical devi-
a sufficient field of vision at the rear.
ces on the trailer receive power from the elec-
trical connection (pin 9 and pin 10 of the trailer
WARNING power socket).
Fig. 197 Diagram: assignment of the pins of
If the towing bracket is wrongly fitted or is If the system detects that a trailer has been
the trailer's electrical socket.
not the right one, the trailer could become connected, the consumers on the trailer will re-
detached from the vehicle and cause serious ceive electricity through this connection (pins 9
injury. and 10). Pin 9 has a permanent live. This pow-
Pin Meaning
ers, for example, the trailer's interior lighting.
1 Left turn signal Electrical devices such as a fridge in a caravan
2 Rear fog light only receive electrical power if the engine is
running (through pin 10).

292
 Storing
Trailerobjects
mode

To avoid overloading the electrical system, you ● If the trailer is electrically connected to the
WARNING
cannot connect the ground wires of pin 3, pin 11 towing vehicle through the trailer power socket.
or pin 13. If the cables are improperly or incorrectly
● If the electrical systems of the vehicle and
connected, it may lead to an excessive
If the trailer has a 7-contact connector, you trailer are in perfect condition and have no
amount of current supplied to the trailer,
will need to use an adapter cable. In this case faults or damage. which can cause abnormalities in the entire
the function corresponding to pin 10 will not be ● If the vehicle is locked with the key and the vehicle electronic system, as well as acci-
available. anti-theft alarm is activated. dents and serious injuries.

When the vehicle is locked, the alarm is trig- ● Ensure that any repairs that need to be
Tow cable carried out on the electrical system are car-
gered if the electrical connection with the
The tow rope must always be securely fixed to trailer is cut off. ried out by a specialised workshop.
the towing vehicle and loose enough so that the ● Never connect the trailer's electric system
Before hitching or unhitching a trailer, always
vehicle can handle turns smoothly. However, directly to the electrical connections of the
turn off the anti-theft alarm. Otherwise, the tilt
make sure that the cable does not rub on the tail lights or any other power sources.
sensor could cause the alarm to go off.
ground while driving.
Trailers with LED tail lights WARNING
Trailer tail lights
For technical reasons, trailers fitted with LED Contact between the pins of the trailer
Always check the trailer's rear lights to ensure power socket can cause short circuits, over-
rear lights cannot be connected to the anti-
they are working correctly and that they com- loading of the electrical system or failure of
theft alarm system.
ply with the relevant safety regulations. If you the lighting system, and consequently can
connect the trailer to the factory-mounted sys- When the vehicle is locked, the alarm does not cause accidents and serious injuries.
tem, when you turn on the rear fog lamp, the go off when the electrical connection with the
● Never connect the pins of the trailer power
fog lamp of the towing vehicle will turn off to trailer is cut if it has rear lights with light-emit-
socket to each other.
turn on the trailer fog lamp. ting diodes.
● Make sure any work on bent pins is carried
out by a specialised workshop.
Include in the anti-theft alarm
The trailer is included in the anti-theft system if
the following conditions are met:
● If the vehicle is factory-equipped with an
anti-theft alarm.
● If the vehicle is factory-equipped with a tow
bracket.

293
 Storing objects

NOTICE Trailer loading Gross combination weight of the towing ve-

hicle and trailer
Do not leave the trailer connected to the ve- Technically permissible maximum trailer
hicle when parked; place it on its support The gross combination weight is the actual
weight and vertical load on the coupling de-
wheel or its supports. If the vehicle rises or weight of the loaded vehicle plus the actual
falls due, for example, to a variation of the vice weight of the loaded trailer.
load or a burst tyre, increased pressure will The technically permissible maximum trailer In some countries trailers are classified into
be placed on the towing bracket and the weight is the weight that the vehicle can tow distinct categories. SEAT recommends obtain-
trailer, and both the vehicle and the trailer ››› . The vertical load on the coupling is ex- ing information from a specialised workshop re-
can be damaged.
erted vertically from above on the hook of the garding which type of trailer is most suitable for
towing bracket. your vehicle.
Note The information on the maximum trailer weight
● In case of anomalies in the electrical sys- and vertical load on the coupling device con- Trailer loading
tems of the vehicle or trailer, as well as in the tained in the type plate of the towing bracket
The weight of the towing vehicle and trailer
anti-theft alarm system, have them inspec- are experimental values only. The correct fig-
must be balanced. In order to do this, the load
ted by a specialised workshop. ures for your specific model, which may be
must be as close as possible to the maximum
● If the trailer accessories consume energy lower than these figures, are given in the vehicle
vertical load technically permissible on the
through the power socket to the trailer and documentation. The information in the vehicle
coupling point, and it must be evenly distributed
the engine is turned off, the battery will dis- documentation takes precedence at all times.
between the back and front of the trailer:
charge. To promote safety while driving, SEAT recom-
● Distribute loads in the trailer so that heavy
● If the vehicle battery is running low, the mends making the most of the maximum ver-
objects are as near to the axle as possible or
electrical connection with the trailer will be tical load technically permissible on the cou-
above it.
automatically cut. pling device ››› page 289. An insufficient ver-
tical load has a negative influence on the be- ● Secure the trailer load properly.
haviour of both the vehicle and trailer.
Tyre pressure
The vertical load increases the weight on the
rear axle, reducing the vehicle's carrying ca- Set the tyre pressure of the trailer tyres in ac-
pacity. cordance with the trailer manufacturer's rec-
ommendations.
When towing a trailer, inflate the tyres of the
towing vehicle with the maximum allowable
pressure ››› page 344.

294
 Storing
Trailerobjects
mode

Specific features of driving with a trailer ● Manual gearbox: Depress the clutch pedal
WARNING
fully and engage 1st gear.
If the maximum permissible axle weight, the ● If your trailer has an overrun brake, brake
gently at first and then rapidly. This will prevent Automatic gearbox: Move the selector lever to
maximum load technically permissible on the
the jerking that can be caused by the locking of the D/S position.
coupling point, the maximum authorised ve-
hicle weight or the gross combination weight trailer wheels. ● Pull out the button and hold it in that posi-
of the towing vehicle and trailer are excee- ● Due to the gross combination weight of the tion to stop the towing vehicle and trailer with
ded, accidents and serious injuries may oc- towing vehicle and trailer, the braking distance the electronic parking brake.
cur. increases. ● Release the brake pedal.
● Never exceed the indicated values. ● When going down a slope, engage a lower ● Move off slowly.
● The actual weight on the front and rear gear (with a manual gearbox, or use the auto- Manual transmission: release the clutch pedal
axles must never exceed the maximum per- matic gearbox's tiptronic mode) to use engine slowly.
missible axle weight. The weight on the front braking. Otherwise, the brake system could
and rear axles must never exceed the maxi- overheat and even fail. ● Do not release the button until the engine
mum permissible weight. has sufficient power to start driving.
● The trailer weight, as well as the gross combi-
nation weight of the towing vehicle and trailer,
WARNING change the centre of gravity and the properties WARNING
A shift in weight could jeopardize the stability of the vehicle. If a trailer is pulled incorrectly, this may lead
and security of the towing vehicle and trailer, ● If the towing vehicle is empty and the trailer to loss of control of the vehicle and serious
which could lead to accidents and serious is loaded, then the load distribution is incorrect. injury.
injuries. Under these conditions, drive slowly and with ● Driving with a trailer and transporting
● Always load the trailer correctly. extra caution. heavy or large objects will change the vehi-
● Always secure the load properly using cle handling and braking distances.
belts or straps that are suitable and in good Hill starts with a trailer ● Always drive cautiously and carefully.
condition. Brake earlier than usual.
Depending on the slope of the hill and the
combination weight of the towing vehicle and ● Adapt your speed and driving style at all
trailer, the vehicle might start rolling backwards times to suit visibility, weather, road and
Driving with a trailer traffic conditions. Slow down, especially
slightly when you first start up.
when driving down hills or slopes.
Adjusting the headlights For hill starts with a trailer hitched:
● Accelerate with particular care and cau-
The front part of the vehicle may be raised ● Press and hold the brake pedal. tion. Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
when the trailer is connected and the light may ● Press the button to disconnect the elec-
dazzle the rest of the traffic. tronic parking brake ››› page 208.

295
 Storing objects

● Take great care when overtaking. Reduce ● The maximum vertical load technically per- ● When driving on surfaces with poor grip,
speed immediately if you notice that the missible is not being exceeded on the coupling the trailer can even interfere with the stabil-
trailer is swaying, however slightly. device. ity system.
● Never attempt to “straighten” the towing ● The trailer has a rigid draw bar. ● Trailers with a high centre of gravity can tip
vehicle and trailer while accelerating. ● If the trailer has brakes, it must be equipped over without having previously weaved.
● Take into account the speed limit for vehi- with a mechanical overrun brake. ● If a trailer is not attached, but a connector
cles with a trailer, as it could be lower than is plugged into the power socket (e.g. instal-
for vehicles without a trailer. lation of a bicycle rack with lights), repea-
WARNING ted automatic braking may occur in extreme
The enhanced safety provided by the elec- driving conditions.
Stabilisation of the towing vehicle tric stability control of the vehicle and trailer
and trailer combination should not lead you to take any risks that
could compromise your safety. Electrically unlocking trailer hook
The stabilisation of the vehicle and trailer com- ● Adapt your speed and driving style at all
bination is an additional function of the elec- times to suit visibility, weather, road and
tronic stability control (ESC). traffic conditions.
If the system detects that the trailer is weaving, ● Accelerate with caution when the road is
it intervenes to reduce the swaying of the trailer. slippery.
● When adjusting any settings, stop acceler-
Vehicle and trailer combination stabilisation ating.
requirements
● The vehicle is factory-equipped with a tow- WARNING
ing bracket or has been retro-fitted with a com- The electric stability control for the vehicle
patible towing bracket. and trailer may not correctly detect all driv- Fig. 198 Left side of the luggage
● The ESC and TCS are active. The control ing conditions. compartment: button to unlock the tow hitch.
lamp or is not lit up on the instrument clus- ● When the ESC is switched off, the stabili-
ter. sation of the towing vehicle and trailer is also The towing bracket’s hook is located in the
● The trailer is connected to the towing vehicle switched off. bumper. Tow hooks for electrical unlocking
through the trailer power socket. ● The stability system does not always de- cannot be removed.
● The vehicle is travelling at over 60 km/h (ap- tect light trailers, so it may not stabilise There should be no person, animal or object in
these correctly. the path of the tow hook ››› .
prox. 37 mph).

296
 Storing
Trailerobjects
mode

Unlocking the tow hook and removing it ● Turn the tow hook under the bumper with your ● If the tow hook is not attached properly, do
hand until you feel and hear that it engages not use it. Instead, go to a specialised work-
● Stop the vehicle and connect the electronic
and the control lamp on the button remains on shop and have the towing bracket checked.
parking brake ››› page 208.
continuously. ● If you detect any fault in the electrical sys-
● Switch off the engine.
● Close the rear lid. tem or in the towing bracket, contact a speci-
● Open the rear lid. alised workshop and ask them to check it.
● Pull the ››› Fig. 198 button briefly. The The button's control lamp ● If the ball has a diameter of less than
tow hook unlocks electrically and automati- Flashing:
49 mm at any one point, do not use the tow-
cally turns outwards. The button's control lamp ing bracket under any circumstances.
This means that the tow hook has not yet
flashes.
engaged correctly or is damaged ››› .
● Finish remove the tow hook by hand until you NOTICE
Remains on:
feel and hear that it has engaged and the con-
If it remains on while the rear lid is open, the If you clean the vehicle with high-pressure
trol lamp on the button stays on.
tow hook is correctly in place both when or steam devices, do not point the jet di-
● Close the rear lid. extracted and when covered. rectly towards the retractable tow hook or
● Hitching and connecting a trailer the trailer power socket, as this may damage
The button's indicator lamp switches off ap-
the joints or remove the grease necessary for
››› page 292. proximately 1 minute after closing the rear lid. lubrication.

Retracting the tow hook

WARNING
● Stop the vehicle and apply the electronic
Note
Undue use of the towing bracket may cause
parking brake. At extremely low temperatures, the tow hook
injury and accidents.
● Switch off the engine. may be impossible to operate. In this case,
● Only use the tow hook if it is properly en- place the vehicle in a warmer location (for
● Unhook the trailer and interrupt the electrical gaged. example, a garage).
connection between it and the vehicle. If you ● Always ensure that no person, animal or
are using an adapter, remove it from the trailer's object is to be found in the path of the tow
power socket. hook.
● Open the rear lid. ● Never use a tool or instrument while the
● Pull the ››› Fig. 198 button briefly. The tow tow hook is moving.
hook unlocks electrically. ● Never press the button ››› Fig. 198 when
there is a trailer hooked to the vehicle or
when a carrier system or other accessories
are mounted on the tow hook.

297
 Storing objects

Installing a rear carrier system or a The recommended maximum load capacity of Maximum load overhang of the rear carrier
the rear carrier system installed on the trailer system
bicycle rack on the trailer hitch
hitch may be different from the maximum verti-
cal load on the specific vehicle coupling.
However, it is not permitted to exceed the max-
imum permitted vertical load on the tow hitch
(which depends on the model).
The load capacity is reduced due to the lever
effect that occurs the further the carrier system
is from the ball head.
Place heavy objects as close as possible to the
trailer hitch ››› Fig. 199.

Maximum load capacity depending on the

Fig. 199 Recommended weight distribution on vehicle
the rear support system. To find out the recommended load capacity for Fig. 200 Schematic representation of the
your vehicle, check the maximum vertical load maximum load overhang of a bicycle rack for two
Examples of rear carrier systems are bicycle on its coupling ››› page 377. Please refer to or three bicycles.
racks or multi-purpose boxes that are installed the following table for the load capacity.
on the trailer hitch. A With up to 55 kg load capacity: 500 mm
In accordance with the UN-R-55 guideline,
Only use rear carrier systems that have been (approx. 19.7 in)
SEAT recommends not carrying more bicycles
specified by the respective manufacturer for than recommended on the rear rack system. B With 75 kg load capacity: 700 mm (approx.
the vehicle model, model year and version of 27.6 in)
the vehicle in question ››› . Maximum vertical
Maximum The maximum overhang shall not exceed
load on the vehi- Number of
SEAT recommends the use of genuine SEAT load ca- 500 mm from the centre of the ball head to
cle's specific cou- bicycles
spare parts and accessories, which can be pur- pacity the to the centre of the rail of the last support
pling
chased from the brand’s dealers. Install the rear ››› Fig. 200 A for two-bicycle racks. In the
carrier system according to the manufacturer’s 50 kg 50 kg 2 case of three-bicycle racks, the overhang must
installation instructions.
55 kg 55 kg 2 not exceed 700 mm ››› Fig. 200 B .
The load capacity results from the weight of the
From 75 kg 75 kg 3
rear carrier system and the weight of the load
carried on it.

298
 Storing
Trailerobjects
mode

Retrofitting a towing bracket B 65 mm (minimum)

WARNING
C 350 mm to 420 mm (fully laden vehicle)
The incorrect use of a rear carrier system in-
stalled on the tow hook can cause accidents D 1,043 mm
and injury. E 344 mm / 333 mm (PHEV)
● Make sure that the carrier system is suita- F 564 mm / 553 mm (PHEV)
ble for your vehicle.
G 885 mm (Leon) / 874 mm (Leon
● Read and observe the installation instruc- PHEV) / 1.162.5 mm (Leon Sportstourer) /
tions of the rear carrier system manufacturer. 1.151.5 mm (Leon Sportstourer PHEV)
● Never attach a rear carrier system below SEAT recommends that towing brackets be ret-
the ball head of the trailer hitch. The system rofitted at a specialised workshop. For exam-
could slip due to the shape of the hitch. ple, it may very well be necessary to adjust
the cooling system or mount thermal protection
Note plates. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT deal-
ership for this.
Before setting off, SEAT recommends remov-
ing, to the extent possible, all accessories
If a towing bracket is retrofitted, the distance
from the load attached to the carrier system. specifications should always be kept in mind.
Examples of these accessories are baskets The distance between the centre of the ball
and panniers, child seats or batteries. This head and the road ››› Fig. 201 C must never
improves the aerodynamics and centre of be less than that indicated. This also applies
gravity of the rear carrier system. when the vehicle is fully loaded, including the
technically permissible maximum vertical load
on the coupling device.

Fig. 201 Limits and attachment points for

retrofitting a towing bracket.

Distance measurements (measurements can

vary depending on the different chassis combi-
nations):
A Mounting points on the vehicle

299
 Storing objects

WARNING
If the cables are improperly or incorrectly
connected, this may lead to malfunctions in
the entire vehicle electronic system, as well
as to accidents and serious injuries.
● Never connect the trailer's electric sys-
tem to the electrical connections of the tail
lights or any other unsuitable power sources.
Only use suitable connectors to connect the
trailer.
● The towing bracket should be retrofitted
only at a specialised workshop.

WARNING
If the towing bracket is badly fitted or unsuit-
able, the trailer may separate from the ve-
hicle while driving. This could cause serious
accidents and fatal injuries.

Note
● According to regulation EU2021_535 it is
not permitted to install a towing device that
cannot be removed or retracted.
● Only use towing brackets that have been
approved by SEAT for the model in question.
● In some versions, the fitting of a conven-
tional towing hook solution is not recommen-
ded. Please consult your Technical Service.

300
 Fuel and exhaust
Refuelling
gas cleaning

Fuel and exhaust gas – Never fill fuel into the spare fuel canister
if it is inside or on top of the vehicle. This
For the sake of the environment

cleaning could cause an explosion. Always place Do not overfill the fuel tank, it may cause the
the canister on the ground to fill it. fuel to overflow if it becomes warm.

– Insert the filling nozzle as far as possible

Refuelling into the spare fuel canister. Note
– If the spare fuel canister is made of There is no emergency mechanism for the
Safety warnings regarding fuel han- metal, the filling nozzle must be in contact manual release of the fuel tank flap. If nec-
dling with the canister during filling. This helps essary, request assistance from specialised
prevent an electrostatic charge building personnel.
WARNING up.
– Never spill fuel in the vehicle or in the
Fuel is highly flammable and can cause seri- Note
luggage compartment. Fuel vapour is ex-
ous burns and other injuries.
plosive. Risk of fatal accident! Diesel vehicles are fitted with a protective
● When refuelling, turn off the engine and
device that prevents the insertion of the
turn off the ignition for safety reasons.
NOTICE wrong fuel hose1). It is only possible to refuel
● The fuel system of PHEV models is pressur- with Diesel nozzles.
ized to prevent petrol vapours from escaping ● If any fuel is spilt onto the vehicle, it should
● If the pump nozzle is worn, damaged, or if
into the atmosphere. be removed immediately. It could otherwise
it is very small, it is possible that it will not
● Do not smoke when filling the fuel tank or damage the paintwork.
be able to open the protective device. Before
a canister. Naked flames are forbidden in the ● Never run the tank completely dry. The trying to insert the pump nozzle by turning
vicinity due to the risk of explosion. catalytic converter can be damaged. it, try a different pump or request specialist
● Observe legislation governing the use, ● When filling the fuel tank after having run help.
storage and carrying of a spare fuel canister it completely dry on a vehicle with a diesel ● If you fill the tank from a reserve fuel canis-
in the vehicle. engine, the ignition must be switched on for ter, the protective device will not open. One
● For safety reasons we do not recommend at least 30 seconds before starting the en- way to resolve this is to pour the fuel in very
carrying a spare fuel canister in the vehicle. gine. When you then start the engine it may slowly.
In an accident the canister could be dam- take longer than normal (up to one minute) to
aged and could leak. start firing.

● If, in exceptional circumstances, you have

to carry a spare fuel canister, please observe
the following points:

1) Depending upon country.

301
 Fuel and exhaust gas cleaning

Refuelling ● Start refuelling. The tank is full as soon as Purging the fuel tank
the pump’s automatic nozzle cuts off the fuel
supply. Do not try to put in more fuel after the ✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles.
nozzle cuts out, as this will fill the expansion
chamber in the fuel tank.
● Unscrew the cap by turning it to the right as
far as it will go.
● Close the lid.
The correct fuel grade for your vehicle is given
on a sticker on the inside of the fuel tank
flap. Further notes on fuel can be found at
››› page 303.
Fig. 202 Fuel tank flap with tank cap
attached. The capacity of your vehicle's fuel tank is given
in ››› page 377. Fig. 203 Driver’s door: tank cover release.

The fuel tank flap is on the rear right of the Before refuelling the fuel system must be dep-
vehicle. Hybrid vehicles
ressurised ››› in Safety warnings regard-
● The tank flap is unlocked when the car is un- Every 6 months it is necessary to run on petrol ing fuel handling on page 301. To do this,
locked using the central locking remote control until the control lamp switches off and then press the button on the driver’s door.
››› page 91. the tank must be refilled. This is necessary to
An audible sound will be played and a warning
ensure that the system works properly, as well
Hybrid vehicles: Use the button on the driver’s will be displayed on the instrument cluster dis-
as the fuel quality required for driving with pet-
door to release the tank flap ››› page 302. play.
rol.
● Open the fuel tank flap by pressing on the After a few seconds the fuel tank flap will un-
retainer zone. lock and remain unlocked for a few minutes. If
● Unscrew the cap by turning it to the left. you have not refuelled after this time, you must
press the button again before refuelling.
● Place it in the space on the hinge of the open
flap ››› Fig. 202. Avoid touching the fuel tank flap lock button
››› Fig. 202 (arrow). The system will interpret
that you have finished and cannot continue re-
fuelling. Press the button on the driver’s door
again to continue.

302
 Fuel and exhaust
Fuel types
gas cleaning

Diesel according to EN590 standard. The

Fuel types 2
number indicates the maximum percent-
Super unleaded petrol, 95 octanes at least
You should use super 95 octane petrol (91 AKI)
age of Biodiesel in the fuel. “B7” means a
Identification of fuels1) at least.
maximum of 7% Biodiesel.
If super petrol is not available, if necessary, use
3 Synthetic diesel according to EN15940
normal 91 octane petrol (87 AKI). In this case
standard.
only use moderate engine speeds and a light
4 Natural gas: “CNG” means Compressed throttle. Refuel with super as soon as possible.
Natural Gas
Unleaded super plus 98 octane petrol or su-
Type of petrol per 95 octane petrol at least
We recommend refuelling with super plus 98
The correct grade of petrol is listed inside the
octane petrol (93 AKI). If not available: super 95
fuel tank flap.
octane petrol (91 AKI) (with a slight power loss).
The vehicle is equipped with a catalytic con-
If super petrol is not available, if necessary, use
verter and must only be run on unleaded pet-
normal 91 octane petrol (87 AKI). In this case
rol. The petrol must comply with the standard
Fig. 204 Identification of fuels according to only use moderate engine speeds and a light
EN 228 and be sulphur-free. Follow the regula-
European Union (EU) Directive 2014/94/ throttle. Refuel with super as soon as possible.
tions of the country you are driving in. The types
of petrol are differentiated by using the octane
Fuels are identified by different symbols on the NOTICE
numbers (RON) or via the anti-knock index
pump and on your vehicle's tank flap. The
(AKI). ● Fuels with a high percentage of ethanol,
identification serves to prevent confusion when
choosing the fuel. e.g. E30 - E100 button must not be used. The
Super unleaded petrol 95 octane petrol or fuel system would be damaged.
1 Petrol with ethanol (“E” stands for Ethanol). normal 91 octane petrol at least ● A single refuelling with leaded fuel or other
The number indicates the percentage of
We recommend refuelling with super 95 octane metal additives entails a permanent deterio-
ethanol in the petrol:
ration of the effectiveness of the catalytic
“E5” means an ethanol ratio of 5% max. petrol (91 AKI). If not available, normal 91 oc-
converter.
“E10” means an ethanol ratio of 10% max. tane petrol (87 AKI) (with a slight power loss)
may be used. ● Only use fuel additives that have been ap-
“E20” means an ethanol ratio of 20% max.
proved by SEAT. The products that contain
substances to increase the octane rating or
decrease knocking may contain metal addi-

1) Depending upon country.

303
 Fuel and exhaust gas cleaning

tives that damage the engine and catalytic Vehicles with Totalflex engine can run with un- Water in the fuel filter.
converter. This type of products must not be leaded petrol (95 octane / 91 AKI) according If this is the case, take the vehicle to a special-
used. to ANP No. 57 and with fuels with any high per- ised workshop so that they can drain the fuel
● Do not use fuels shown in the pump as centage of ethanol. The vehicle is refuelled in filter.
containing metals. LRP (lead replacement the same way as petrol refuelling.
petrol) fuels contain high concentrations of Also consider that ››› page 303, Type of pet-
metal additives. Risk of engine damage!
NOTICE
rol.
● High engine speed and full throttle can ● Never use of FAME (biodiesel that does not
damage the engine when using petrol with Note meet the EN590 standard), petrol, heating
an octane rating lower than the correct oil, other fuels or thinning agents as they can
SEAT recommends filling the tank exclusively
grade for the engine. cause severely damage the fuel system and
with petrol every 10,000 km to decrease im-
the engine.
purities that using E100 ethanol fuel might
have left in the engine. ● If the wrong fuel has been filled, do not
Note start the engine under any circumstances.
● Fuel with an octane rating higher than the Risk of damaging the fuel system and the en-
one required by the engine can be used. Diesel gine! Seek professional assistance.
● In countries in which there is no sulphur-
free fuel, it is also allowed to use low sulphur ✓ Valid for: vehicles with diesel engines
content fuel. Please note the information on the inside of the AdBlue®
fuel tank flap.
The diesel can thicken at very low tempera-
Information about AdBlue®
Ethanol fuel
tures, thus affecting the start or operation of AdBlue® consumption depends on your per-
✓ Valid for: vehicles with Totalflex engines the engine. Ask your service station attendant if sonal driving style, the temperature of the sys-
their diesel is suitable for winter use. tem and the outdoor temperature when the ve-
You can recognise vehicles with Totalflex en-
gines1) by label on the fuel tank lid with the hicle is used.
marking “Petrol/ethanol”. Water in the fuel filter2)
AdBlue® freezes at temperatures of -11 °C
If your vehicle has a diesel engine and is equip- (+13°F). The system has heating elements that
ped with a fuel filter with a water separator, guarantee its operation even at low tempera-
the instrument panel may display the following tures.
warning:

1) This motor is only available in some markets.

2) Depending upon country.

304
 Fuel and exhaust
AdBlue®
gas cleaning

When the range is less than 2,000 or 2,400 Fill AdBlue® ● Unscrew the tank cap by turning it in an anti-
km (1,200 or 1,500 miles), depending on the clockwise direction.
version, a message appears on the instrument ● Please observe the manufacturer's instruc-
panel display requesting AdBlue refuelling®. tions, indicated on the refill bottle.
If this message is ignored, the yellow warning ● Check the expiry date.
lamp will come on when the remaining
● Remove the cap of the refill bottle.
range is less than 1000 km. The indication
that in XXX km (XXX miles) it will no longer be ● Insert the neck of the bottle in the tank filler
possible to restart the engine will appear on the neck vertically and screw the bottle on by
instrument cluster display. hand, by turning it in a clockwise direction.

If the yellow indicator lamp is ignored, when ● Press the refill bottle in the direction of the
a remaining range of 0 km (0 miles) is dis- filler neck and hold it in this position.
played, it will no longer be possible to restart Fig. 205 AdBlue tank cap®. ● Wait until the contents of the refill bottle have
the engine. The red warning lamp will light up been poured into the AdBlue® tank. Do not
. Operations prior to refilling compress or break the bottle!
AdBlue® is a registered trademark of the Ger- Park the vehicle on a flat surface and turn off ● Turn the bottle in a counter-clockwise direc-
man Association of the Automotive Industry the ignition. If the vehicle is on a slope or on a tion and gently pull it upwards ››› page 306.
(VDA) and is also known as AUS32 or DEF (Die- curb, the level indicator may not detect the refill ● The AdBlue® tank is full when no more liquid
sel Exhaust Fluid). properly. comes out of the bottle.
If an AdBlue® warning message is shown on the ● Screw on the tank cap in a clockwise direc-
NOTICE instrument cluster display, fill with at least the tion until it is tightly closed.
Overfilling with AdBlue® can cause damage minimum required amount (approx. 5 litres). ● Close the fuel tank flap.
to the tank system. Only after adding this amount will the system
detect that AdBlue® has been added and you
Refilling AdBlue® at the dispenser
will be able to start the engine again.
Valid for vehicles with selective catalytic reduc-
Fill with a refill bottle tion.

Only use AdBlue® that complies with the ISO ● Open the tank cap.
22241-1 standard. ● Turn the SCR tank cap anti-clockwise
● Only use original containers. ››› Fig. 205.
● Open the tank cover ››› Fig. 205.

305
 Fuel and exhaust gas cleaning

● Fill with AdBlue® until the nozzle stops for the ● Never mix AdBlue® with water, fuel or addi- together with : Fault in the AdBlue
first time. tives. Any type of damage caused by such a system®
● Close the SCR tube by turning it clockwise mixture will not be covered by the warranty.
until you hear a click. The indicator lamps light up red. The engine
● Never pour AdBlue® into the fuel tank! This
cannot be restarted!
could result in engine damage.
Operations before driving ● Do not carry the refill bottle inside the Go to a specialised workshop and get the sys-
vehicle. If there is a leak (due to tempera- tem checked.
● After refilling the tank, only switch on the igni-
ture changes or damage to the bottle), the
tion.
AdBlue® may damage the vehicle's interior. The AdBlue® reserve is low
● Leave the ignition on for at least 30 seconds
for the system to detect the fluid load. The indicator lamp lights up yellow.
For the sake of the environment
● Make sure you wait for at least 30 seconds To up AdBlue® within the number of kilometres
before starting the engine! Dispose of the refill bottle in an environment- (or miles) that are indicated ››› page 305.
friendly manner.

WARNING together with : Fault in the

Note AdBlue® system.
AdBlue® should only be stored in its origi-
nal container, which should be tightly closed Suitable AdBlue® refill bottles can be pur- The control lamps light up yellow. There is a
and kept in a safe place. chased from SEAT dealerships. fault in the AdBlue® system or non-conforming
AdBlue® fluid has been added. Go to a special-
NOTICE ised workshop and get the system checked.
Troubleshooting
● When refilling, the nozzle grip should be
aligned downward. Otherwise the nozzle will
not connect automatically.
AdBlue® level too low Engine management and
The indicator lamp lights up red. The engine
● Do not try to add any more additive after
cannot be restarted!
emissions control system
the nozzle has stopped for the first time. The
AdBlue® tank could overflow and AdBlue® Stop the vehicle in a suitable, safe and flat area Introduction
could spill out. then top up with the minimum required quantity
● Only use AdBlue® that complies with the of AdBlue® ››› page 305.
WARNING
ISO 22241-1 standard. Only use original con-
tainers. Due to the high temperatures reached by the
exhaust gas scrubbing system, you should
not park your vehicle near a surface that can
catch fire easily. Fire hazard!

306
 Engine management
Fuel and exhaust
and emissions
gas cleaning
control system

The particulate filter needs cleaning (regenera-

WARNING NOTICE
tion).
Do not apply wax underneath the vehicle Never run the fuel tank completely dry be-
around the area of the exhaust system: Fire cause an irregular fuel supply can cause ig-
Regeneration of the petrol and diesel partic-
hazard! nition faults. This allows unburnt fuel to enter
the exhaust system, which could cause over- ulate filter1)
heating and damage the catalytic converter. Requirements for the regeneration journey: the
Catalytic converter engine is at operating temperature.
To maintain the useful life of the catalytic For the sake of the environment ● Drive at a speed of between 50120 km/h
converter Even when the emission control system is (31-75 mph). This increases the temperature
working perfectly, there may be a smell of and burns the soot in the filter ››› page 308.
● Only use unleaded petrol with petrol en-
sulphur from the gases on occasions. This ● Consider the legal speed limits as well as the
gines. depends on the sulphur content of the fuel recommended gears.
● Never run the fuel tank dry. used. This can quite often be avoided by
changing to another brand of fuel.
● End the regeneration journey once the con-
● When changing or adding engine oil, do not trol warning lamp has gone out.
exceed the necessary amount ››› page 332,
If the warning lamp stays on after 30 minutes
Checking and topping up the engine oil
Particulate filter of running in regeneration mode, have a speci-
level.
alised workshop repair the fault.
● Never tow the vehicle to start it, use jump Valid for: vehicles with petrol or diesel particu-
leads if necessary ››› page 311. late filters
Regeneration of the particulate filter (only
If you should notice misfiring, uneven running or The particulate filter eliminates most of the for 2.0l and 2.5l TSI engines)
loss of power when the car is moving, have the soot from the exhaust gas system. Under nor-
vehicle inspected by a specialised workshop. mal driving conditions the filter cleans itself. Requirements for the regeneration journey: the
In general, the emissions warning lamp will If the filter does not clean itself (e.g. if short engine is at operating temperature.
light up when any of these symptoms occur. If journeys are made continuously), it becomes ● Drive at a speed of at least 80 km/h
this happens, any unburnt fuel can enter the ex- blocked with soot and the following indication is ››› page 308.
haust system and escape into the atmosphere. displayed to the driver:
● Completely remove your foot from the accel-
The catalytic converter can also be damaged Particulate filter: cleaned erator pedal for a few seconds to let the vehicle
by overheating. while the vehicle is moving. See roll with the gear engaged.
Manual.

1) Except 2.0l and 2.5l TSI petrol engines.

307
 Fuel and exhaust gas cleaning

● Consider the legal speed limits as well as the Particulate filter blocked
NOTICE
recommended gears.
● When the exhaust system detects that the The indicator lamp lights up yellow
● Repeat this procedure (accelerate and let
particulate filter is close to saturation, the ››› page 307..
roll) until the control lamp turns off.
self-cleaning function of this system recom-
This procedure involves an autonomous par- mends optimal driving for this function.
Fault in the petrol engine manage-
ticulate filter cleaning process and may take ● Due to the high temperatures caused by
some time. ment.
the regeneration of the particulate filter, it is
If the warning lamp does not turn off, go imme- possible that the radiator fan will activate af- The indicator lamp lights up yellow.
diately to a specialised workshop to repair the ter stopping the engine, even it its operating
Have the engine checked as soon as possible
temperature has not been reached.
fault. by a specialised workshop.
● Noise, smells and high idle speeds can oc-
cur during regeneration. When the ignition is switched on, the (Elec-
tronic Power Control) lamp lights up and should
● Always use the correct engine oil and the
WARNING go off once the engine has started.
correct fuel to make sure the useful life of the
Always adjust your speed to suit the weather particulate filter is not affected. Also avoid
conditions, roads, braking distance and traf- making short trips all the time. Diesel engine preheating system
fic if the particulate filter is in its regeneration
The indicator lamp lights up yellow.
phase. Route recommendations should never
make you disregard each country's specific Troubleshooting The engine can be started straight away when
traffic regulations. the lamp switches off.
Fault in the emission control system.

Note The indicator lamp lights up yellow. Fault in the diesel engine management

If during the particulate filter regeneration Reduce speed and drive carefully to the near- The control lamp flashes yellow.
process you also get a fuel reserve warning est specialised workshop to have the engine Have the engine checked as soon as possible
, the process may be interrupted. Refuel checked. by a specialised workshop.
and continue with the particulate filter re-
generation process.
Combustion failures that can damage NOTICE
the catalytic converter.
While the indicator lamps , , or
The control lamp flashes yellow. are on, there might be faults in the engine,
fuel consumption may go up and the engine
Reduce speed and drive carefully to the near-
might lose power.
est specialised workshop to have the engine
checked.

308
 Changing
Miscellaneous
the windscreen
situations
wiper blades

Miscellaneous situa- 6

7
Hook for extracting the central wheel trims
Clip for removing the wheel bolt caps
Changing the windscreen
tions wiper blades
Some of the items listed are only provided in
certain model versions, or are optional extras. Wiper service position
Vehicle tool kit
On-board toolkit WARNING
When the vehicle tool kit, tyre mobility set
and spare wheel are loose in the interior they
can be violently thrown in case of a sudden
manoeuvre or braking and especially in acci-
dents, causing serious injury.
● Ensure that the vehicle tool kit, the tyre
mobility set and the spare wheel or tempo-
rary spare wheel are safely secured in the
luggage compartment.
Fig. 207 Wipers in service position.

WARNING Ensure that the wiper blades are not frozen.

Fig. 206 Underneath the floor panel of the
luggage compartment: on-board tools. Unsuitable or damaged vehicle tools can With the wiper in service position, it is possible
cause injury or accidents. to the fold the wiper arms ››› Fig. 207.
The vehicle tool kit is located under the floor ● Never work with inappropriate or damaged
panel in the luggage compartment. To access tools. ● Close the bonnet ››› page 322.
the on-board tools ››› page 279. ● Switch the ignition on and off.
The tool kit includes: Note ● Briefly press the wiper lever downwards.

The jack does not generally require any Before driving, always lower the wiper arms. Us-
1 Adapter for the anti-theft bolt ing the windscreen wiper lever, the windscreen
maintenance. If required, it should be
2 Towing eye, removable greased using universal type grease. wiper arms return to their initial position.
3 Wheel spanner
4 Crank handle for jack
5 Jack

309
 Miscellaneous situations

Check the condition of the wiper blades regu- ● Fit a new wiper blade of the same length
Note
larly. If the wipers scrape across the glass, and design on to the wiper arm and hook it into
● The wiper arms can be moved into the re- they should be changed if they are damaged, place.
placement position when the front bonnet is or cleaned if they are dirty ››› . ● Rest the wiper arms back onto the wind-
fully closed.
If this does not produce the desired results, screen.
● You can also use the service position, for
the setting angle of the windscreen wiper arms
example, if you want to fix a cover over the
might be incorrect. They should be checked by Changing the rear window wiper blade
windscreen in the winter to keep it clear of
a specialised workshop and corrected if neces-
ice. ● Separate the wiper arm from the rear win-
sary.
dow.
Damaged windscreen wiper blades should ● Remove the blade from the holder below the
Changing the wiper rear wiper be replaced immediately. These are available
centre. During this operation, hold the wiper
blades from qualified workshops.
arm firmly.
● Fit the new blade (of the same length and
Raising and lowering windscreen wiper arms
type) into the housing of the wipe arm by press-
● Place the windscreen wipers in the service ing it in place. When doing so, hold the wiper
position ››› page 309. arm by the upper end.
● Grip the wiper arms only by the blade's fas- ● Fold the wiper arm and rest it on the window.
tening point.

WARNING
Cleaning windscreen wiper blades
Worn or dirty windscreen wiper blades re-
● Raise the wiper arms. duce visibility and increase the risk of acci-
● Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from dent and serious injury.
Fig. 208 Changing the windscreen wiper the windscreen wiper blades. ● Always replace damaged or worn wind-
blades ● If the blades are very dirty, a sponge or damp screen wiper blades or blades that no longer
cloth may be used ››› . clean the windscreen properly.
The windscreen wiper blades are supplied as
standard with a layer of graphite. This layer is
Changing the windscreen wiper blades
responsible for ensuring that the wipe is silent. If
the graphite layer is damaged, the noise of the ● Lift and unfold the wiper arms.
water as it is wiped across the windscreen will ● Press and hold release button ››› Fig. 208
be louder. 1 and pull gently on the wiper blade in the
direction of the arrow.

310
 Miscellaneous
Jump start
situations

Jump leads complying with the DIN 72553 Jump start: description
NOTICE
standard are needed for starting (see cable
● Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers could manufacturer's instructions). The wire cross
scratch the glass. section must be at least 25 mm2 for petrol en-
● If products containing solvents, rough gines and at least 35 mm2 for diesel engines.
sponges or sharp objects are used to clean
the blades, the graphite layer will be dam-
aged. NOTICE
● Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint To avoid considerable damage to the vehicle
thinner or similar products to clean the win- electrical system, note the following care-
dows. fully:
● In icy conditions, always check that the ● If the jump leads are connected incor-
wiper blades are not frozen to the glass be- rectly, a short circuit may occur.
fore using the wipers. In cold weather, it may Fig. 209 Diagram of connections for vehicles
● Use only jump leads with fully insulated
help to leave the vehicle parked with the wip- without Start Stop system
clamps.
ers in service position ››› page 309.
● Do not allow the vehicles to come into con-
tact with each other, otherwise current may
NOTICE start to flow as soon as the positive poles are
connected.
● To prevent damage to the bonnet and the
wiper arms, only leave them in the service
position.
● Before driving, always lower the wiper
arms.

Jump start Fig. 210 Diagram of connections for vehicles

with Start Stop system
Introduction
The discharged battery must be properly con-
If the engine fails to start because of a dis-
nected to the on-board network.
charged 12-volt battery, the battery can be
connected to the battery of another vehicle to Make sure the battery clamps have sufficient
start the engine. metal-to-metal contact with the battery termi-
nals.

311
 Miscellaneous situations

Jump lead terminal connections Starting WARNING

The jump leads should only be connected in 7. Start the engine of the vehicle with the ● Please note the safety warnings refer-
the order 1 > 2 > 3 > 4 ››› Fig. 210. boosting battery and let it run at idling ring to working in the engine compartment
speed. ››› page 322.
1. Switch off the ignition of both vehicles
››› . 8. Start the engine of the vehicle with the flat ● The battery providing assistance must
battery and wait for 2 or 3 minutes until the have the same voltage as the flat battery
2. Connect one end of the red jump lead to
engine is running. (12V) and approximately the same capacity
the positive + terminal of the vehicle with
(see imprint on battery). Failure to comply
the flat battery A .
Removing the jump leads could result in an explosion.
3. Connect the other end of the red jump lead ● Never use jump leads when one of the bat-
to the positive terminal + in the vehicle 9. Before you remove the jump leads, switch
teries is frozen. Danger of explosion! Even
providing assistance B . off the dipped beam headlights if they are
after the battery has thawed, battery acid
switched on.
4. Vehicles without a Start-Stop system: could leak and cause chemical burns. If a
connect one end of the black jump lead 10. Turn on the heater blower and heated rear battery freezes, it should be replaced.
to the negative terminal – of the vehicle window in the vehicle with the flat battery. ● Keep sparks, flames and lighted cigarettes
providing the current B ››› Fig. 209. This helps minimise voltage peaks which away from batteries, danger of explosion.
Vehicles with a Start-stop system: connect are generated when the leads are discon- Failure to comply could result in an explo-
one end of the black jump lead X to a nected. sion.
suitable ground terminal, to a solid piece of 11. When the engine is running, disconnect the ● Observe the instructions provided by the
metal in the engine block, or to the engine leads in reverse order to the details given manufacturer of the jump leads.
block itself ››› Fig. 210. above. ● Do not connect the negative cable from
5. Connect the other end of the black jump If the engine fails to start after about 10 sec- the other vehicle directly to the negative ter-
minal of the flat battery. The gas emitted
lead X to a solid metal component bolted onds, switch off the starter and try again after
from the battery could be ignited by sparks.
to the engine block or to the engine block about 1 minute.
Danger of explosion.
itself of the vehicle with the flat battery. Do
not connect it to a point near the battery A. ● Never attach the negative cable to fuel
system components or the brake lines in the
6. Position the leads in such a way that they other vehicle.
cannot come into contact with any moving
● The non-insulated parts of the battery
parts in the engine compartment.
clamps must not be allowed to touch. The
jump lead attached to the positive battery
terminal must not touch metal parts of the
vehicle, this can cause a short circuit.

312
 Miscellaneous
Towing the vehicle
situations

● Position the leads in such a way that they Tow start Towing vehicles with four-wheel drive
cannot come into contact with any moving Tow starting means starting a vehicle's engine (4Drive)
parts in the engine compartment.
while another puts it in motion by pulling it. Four-wheel drive vehicles (4Drive) can be
● Do not lean on the batteries. This could re- towed using a tow bar or tow rope. If the vehicle
The vehicle can be towed with a tow bar or
sult in chemical burns. is towed with the front or rear axle suspended,
cable
● Take into account the instruction manual of the engine must be switched off, otherwise the
the jump lead manufacturer and the instruc- transmission may be damaged.
Towing
tion manual of the other vehicle.
Towing means a vehicle pulling another vehicle
that is not in a condition to run. WARNING
NOTICE
The vehicle can be towed with a tow bar or During the towing of a vehicle, the driving
Immediately go to a specialist workshop and behaviour and braking capacity change con-
cable.
have the 12 volt battery checked. siderably.
● The maximum permitted speed is 50 km/h
(30 mph).
WARNING
Towing the vehicle ● The maximum permitted distance is 50 km
(30 miles). Never allow the vehicle to be towed if it has
no power.
Introduction
Tow cable and tow bar ● When towing, never remove the key from
It takes practice to tow a vehicle, especially the ignition or disconnect the ignition with
It is safer for the vehicle to be towed using a tow
when using a tow cable. Both drivers should be the ignition and start button. Otherwise, the
bar, avoiding damage to the vehicle. The tow
well informed of the special features of towing. electronic lock of the steering column could
cable should only be used if a tow bar is not suddenly get blocked and it would be impos-
Inexperienced drivers should refrain from tow-
available. sible to steer the vehicle. This could cause an
ing.
A tow rope should be slightly elastic to avoid accident, serious injury and loss of control of
During towing, make sure at all times that no the vehicle.
damage to both vehicles. It is advisable to use
inadmissible traction forces or jolts are gener-
a tow rope made of synthetic fibre or similarly ● If the vehicle runs out of power during tow-
ated. On roads without a firm surface there is
elastic material. ing, stop the process immediately and seek
always the danger of overloading the attach-
the assistance of specialised personnel.
ment parts.
Tow with a tow truck
Take into account the legal provisions regarding
tow starting and towing. If a breakdown lorry is used, vehicles with au-
tomatic transmission are only allowed to be
towed with the front wheels suspended.

313
 Miscellaneous situations

● If a distance above 50 km needs to be travel-

NOTICE NOTICE
led.
Towing the vehicle with a tow cable or a tow Using a towing eye that is not suitable for the
● There is no guarantee that the wheels will
bar can cause damage to the vehicle. vehicle can damage it.
turn smoothly or that the steering will work after
● If the vehicle is towed with a tow cable or ● When towing, always use the vehicle’s tow- an accident.
tow bar, special care must be taken. ing eye, which forms part of the on-board
tools, or an appropriate eye for towing. If the vehicle cannot be towed on its wheels for
● If possible, have the vehicle transported on
any of the reasons mentioned above, request
a tow truck.
assistance from specialised personnel and, if
Instructions for tow-starting and necessary, have the vehicle transported with-
NOTICE towing out the wheels touching the ground.
If the vehicle is pushed by hand, the tail light
units, the side spoilers of the rear window During towing, the change of direction can be
Tow start
and large sheet metal surfaces may be dam- signalled on the towed vehicle even when the
aged. In addition, the rear spoiler could be hazard warning lights are on. To do so, at the Steps to be taken prior to tow starting
detached. same time, the turn signal lever must be oper-
ated with ignition switched on. During this time Vehicles with an automatic gearbox: Due to
● If the vehicle is pushed by hand, the tail
the hazard warning lights remain disconnected. technical reasons, tow starting the vehicle is not
light units, the side spoilers of the rear win-
When the turn signal lever is returned to the allowed. Attempt to start the engine using the
dow, large sheet metal surfaces or the rear
rest position, the hazard warning lights will be starting aid ››› page 311.
spoiler.
automatically reactivated. Vehicles with a manual gearbox: In general, it
is not recommended to tow start the vehicle. If
NOTICE
Cases where tow starting and towing the ve- the engine does not start, try the starting aid
Removing and attaching the cover and the hicle are not permitted first ››› page 311. Please note that, in the case
towing eye may cause damage to the vehi- of petrol engines, the maximum permitted dis-
cle, for example, on the paintwork. Do not allow the vehicle to be towed in the
tance for tow starting is 50 m.
following situations:
● To avoid damaging the vehicle, remove and ● Secure the tow cable or tow bar using only
replace the cover and the towing eye care- ● The vehicle’s gearbox is damaged or has no
the attachment points provided for this pur-
fully. lubricant.
pose.
● The 12-volt battery is discharged. In vehicles
● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warning
with the “Keyless Access” locking and ignition
lights.
system the steering remains locked and the
parking brake cannot be deactivated and the ● Engage 2nd or 3rd gear while the vehicle is
steering column lock cannot be released if they stopped.
are connected. ● Press the clutch and hold it down.

314
 Miscellaneous
Towing the vehicle
situations

● When both vehicles are in motion, release the Towing vehicle (front) WARNING
clutch pedal.
● Do not actually start driving until the cable is Never attach the tow rope or tow bar to axle
● As soon as the engine starts, depress the tight. or running gear components. They could be
clutch and disengage the gear to avoid collid-
● Accelerate with particular care. damaged, resulting in an accident and seri-
ing with the towing vehicle. ous injury.
● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
● Seek specialist assistance and, if applica-
NOTICE Vehicles with a manual gearbox:
ble, have the vehicle transported on a tow
● When starting to drive, use the clutch very truck.
When tow-starting, unburnt fuel could enter
the catalytic converter and damage it. gently.
NOTICE
Towed vehicle (behind)
Towing The vehicle can only be towed if the state of
● Make sure the ignition is switched on so that charge of the 12-volt battery is sufficient to
the steering wheel does not lock and so that, if disengage the electronic parking brake and
Previous steps
necessary, you can use the turn signals and the the steering column lock. If the vehicle has
● Secure the tow cable or tow bar using only windscreen wiper. no power supply or there is an electric sys-
the attachment points provided for this purpose tem fault, the engine must be jump-started
● The brake servo and power steering only
››› . Depending on the equipment, these work when the engine is running. Otherwise, to release the electronic parking brake and
points may be a towing device or a towing eye. you will have to depress the brake pedal con- deactivate the electronic lock of the steering
● Make sure the tow cable is not twisted. Other- column.
siderably harder and more force will be needed
wise the towing eye could unscrew during tow- to turn the steering wheel.
ing. ● Release the electronic parking brake.
● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warning ● Make sure the tow cable is always taut.
lights of both vehicles. If necessary, take into
account other different provisions that may ex- ● Disengage the gear or place the gear selec-
ist in this regard. tor in the Nposition.

● Take into account the instructions on towing

provided in the instruction manual of the other
vehicle.

315
 Miscellaneous situations

Front towline anchorage Bear in mind the instructions for towing Rear towline anchorage
››› page 314.

Fitting the towline anchorage

● Remove the towing eye from the vehicle tool
kit in the luggage compartment ››› page 309.
● Remove the cover by pressing down on its
base and leave it hanging from the vehicle
››› Fig. 211.
● Screw the towing eye in the housing by
turning it to the maximum anticlockwise
Fig. 211 Front bumper on right: remove the lid. ››› Fig. 212 , ››› . Use a suitable object that Fig. 213 Rear bumper on right: remove the lid.
can completely and securely tighten the towing
eye in its housing.
● After towing, unscrew the towing eye clock-
wise with a suitable object.
● Replace the cover and push it in until it clicks
into place.
● Clean the towing eye if necessary and then
store it in the luggage compartment along with
the other vehicle tools.

NOTICE
Fig. 212 Right side of the front bumper: towline Fig. 214 Right side of the rear bumper: towline
The towing eye must always be completely
anchorage screwed in. anchorage screwed in.
and firmly tightened. Otherwise, it could
jump out of the housing during towing.
The housing of the removable towline anchor- The housing of the screw towing eye is on
age is on the right side of the front bumper un- the right side of the rear bumper behind a lid
derneath a cover ››› Fig. 211. ››› Fig. 213.
The towing eye should always be kept in the
vehicle.

316
 Miscellaneous
Fusessituations

Vehicles fitted as standard with a towing

NOTICE WARNING
bracket do not have any housing for the screw
towing eye behind the lid. In this case, the tow ● The towing eye must always be com- The high voltages in the electrical system
hitch needs to be extracted or installed and pletely and firmly tightened. Otherwise, it can give serious electrical shocks, causing
could be released while towing and tow- burns and even death!
used for towing ››› page 289 , ››› .
starting. ● Never touch the electrical wiring of the ig-
Bear in mind the instructions for towing
● If the vehicle is factory-equipped with a nition system.
››› page 314. towing bracket, it is only allowed to tow with ● Take care not to cause short circuits in the
a tow bar if this has been specially designed electrical system.
Assemble the rear towing eye (cars without to be installed with a tow hitch. If an unsuita-
a factory-equipped towing bracket) ble tow bar is used, both the tow hitch and
the vehicle may be damaged. Instead, a tow WARNING
● Remove the towing eye from the vehicle tool
rope should be used.
kit in the luggage compartment ››› page 309. Using unsuitable fuses, repairing fuses or
bridging a current circuit without fuses can
● Press the lower side of the lid ››› Fig. 213 to cause a fire and serious injury.
unclip it. Fuses ● Never use a fuse with a higher value. Only
● Remove the lid and let it hang from the vehi- replace fuses with a fuse of the same amper-
cle. Introduction age (same colour and markings) and size.
● Screw the towing eye in the housing by ● Never replace a fuse by a metal strip, sta-
In general, a fuse can be assigned to various
turning it to the maximum anticlockwise ple or similar.
electrical components. Likewise, an electrical
››› Fig. 214 , ››› . Use a suitable object that component can be protected by several fuses.
can completely and securely tighten the towing
eye in its housing. Only replace fuses when the cause of the NOTICE
problem has been solved. If a newly inserted ● To prevent damage to the vehicle’s electri-
● After towing, unscrew the towing eye clock-
fuse blows after a short time, you must have cal system, before replacing a fuse always
wise with a suitable object.
the electrical system checked by a specialised turn off the ignition, the lights and all electri-
● Replace the cover and press until the tab workshop as soon as possible. cal elements.
snaps into the bumper.
● Protect the fuse boxes when open to pre-
● Clean the towing eye if necessary and then vent the entry of dust or humidity as they can
store it in the luggage compartment along with damage the electrical system.
the other vehicle tools.

317
 Miscellaneous situations

Note Identifying fuses below the dashboard by Fuses in the engine compartment
colours
In the vehicle, there are more fuses than
those indicated in this chapter. These should Current intensity in
only be replaced by a specialist workshop. Colour
amps
Orange 5
Fuses inside the vehicle Brown 7.5
Red 10
Blue 15
Yellow 20
Fig. 216 In the engine compartment: lid of the
White or transparent 25
fuse box.
Green 30
To open the engine compartment fuse box
Orange 40
● Raise the bonnet ››› on page 322.
● Press the locking tabs to unlock the fuse box
Fig. 215 On the dashboard on the driver side: NOTICE cover ››› Fig. 216.
lid of the fuse box. ● Always carefully remove the fuse box cov- ● Then lift the cover out.
ers and refit them correctly to avoid prob-
lems with your vehicle. ● To fit the cover, place it on the fuse box. Push
Opening and closing the fuse box located
the locking tabs down until they click audibly
below the instrument panel ● Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid
into place.
the entry of dust or humidity. Dirt and humid-
● Open: fold the cover down ››› Fig. 215. ity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to
● Close: push back the cover it in until it clicks the electrical system.
into place.

318
 Miscellaneous
Fusessituations

Replace a blown fuse To replace a fuse No. Consumers/Amps

● Remove the fuse. 19 Instrument panel 7.5
● Replace the blown fuse by one with an iden-
20 Connectivity Box 7.5
tical amperage rating (same colour and mark-
ings) and identical size. 21 Rear camera 7.5
● Replace the cover again or close the fuse box 24 4x4 Haldex Control Unit 15
lid.
25 RGS+EBSS front seat belts 25
26 Right door 30
Fuse placement
27 RGS+EBSS front seat belts 25
Fuses in the vehicle interior
PHEV. Switching off the high
Fig. 217 Image of a blown fuse.
No. Consumers/Amps 28 voltage system for rescue tasks. 10
Identified by a yellow label.
Preparations 3 Trailer 25
29 Trailer 15
● Switch off the ignition, lights and all electrical 4 SCR, Adblue® 20
equipment. 30 Radio 30
5 Automatic gearbox lever 25
● Open the corresponding fuse box 31 Trailer 25
6 Interior light 30
››› page 318, ››› page 318. 34 230V socket 30
8 Sunroof 20
Recognise a blown fuse 35 Left lights 40
7 Heated seats 30
A blown fuse can be recognised if the metal 36 Air conditioner fan 40
9 Left door 30
strip is melted ››› Fig. 217. 37 Electric rear lid 30
11 Trailer 15
● Point a lamp at the fuse to see if it has blown. 39 Heated steering wheel 10
12 Right lights 40
40 Alarm horn 7.5
13 Central locking 40
41 Gateway 7.5
14 External Ethernet Amplifier 30
42 Automatic gearbox lever 7.5
16 Airbag 7.5
Air conditioning and heating
17 SCR, engine relay, 1.5 10 43 control panel, rear window 10
18 KESSY 7.5 heating, AA compressor

319
 Miscellaneous situations

No. Consumers/Amps Fuse arrangement in engine compartment No. Consumers/Amps

Diagnosis, handbrake switch, No. Consumers/Amps 24 Engine sensors 7.5/10
44 light switch, reverse light, inte- 7.5
2 Engine control unit 7.5 25 Engine sensors 7.5/10
rior lighting, lit-up door sill
7.5/10/ 7.5/10/1
45 Steering column 7.5 3 Fuel pump control unit 26 Engine power supply
20 5
46 Radio display 7.5
4 Left headlight KL 30 Signal 15 27 Lambda probe 10/15
47 Driving mode 10
5 Right headlight KL 30 Signal 15 28 Engine 10/20
48 USB 7.5
7 Automatic gearbox pump 30 15/20/3
29 Fuel pump control unit
52 12V socket 20 0
8 KL 30 Signal brake servo 40
Parking sensors, park distance 30 Pressure pump 1.0 10
58 7.5 9 Horn 15
control unit, front camera, radar
33 PTC 40
10 Front windscreen washer 30
Reverse switch, clima sensor,
59 7.5
electrochromic mirror 11 PHEV Climate 7.5
Diagnosis, headlight control
Note
12 Automatic gearbox control unit 15/30
60 7.5
unit, headlight adjuster ● In the vehicle, there are more fuses than
13 ESP control unit 25
those indicated in this chapter. These should
61 Starter motor; clutch sensor 7.5
14 Standheizung 20 only be changed by a specialised workshop.
65 Sound amplifier 10 ● Positions not containing a fuse do not ap-
15 ESP control unit 40
66 Rear window wiper 15 pear in the following tables.
16 PHEV, Automatic gearbox unit 50
● Some of the equipment listed in the tables
67 Heated rear window 30
17 PTC 40 below pertain only to certain versions of the
model or are optional extras.
In-line fuse/Amps 18 PTC 40
● Please note that the above lists, while cor-
230 V rear power sockets 30 20 Front electronic differential 15 rect at the time of printing, are subject to
change.
Electric driver's seat 15 21 Engine control unit 7.5
22 Starter motor 30
Engine control unit (diesel/pet-
23 15
rol)

320
 Miscellaneous
Changing bulbs
situations

Changing bulbs
Change a bulb
LED technology lights
Full-LED headlights handle all light functions
(daylight, side light, turn signal, dipped beam
and route light) with light emitting diodes (LEDs)
as a light source.
Full-LED headlights are designed to last the
lifetime of the car and light bulbs cannot be
replaced. In case of headlight failure, go to an
authorised workshop to have it replaced.

The fog lights, tail lights, number plate light, side

turn signals and additional brake light are all
LED bulbs. With this in mind, they should be re-
placed by a technical service.

321
 Checking and refilling levels

Checking and refilling ● If work must be performed underneath the

vehicle, take the extra precaution of support-
● Touching hot engine or exhaust system
components could result in skin burns.
levels ing it safely using suitable assembly support.
The jack is not suitable for this purpose and
● Turn off the ignition and keep the vehicle
key in a safe place at a safe distance from
may not withstand, which could lead to seri- the vehicle to prevent the ignition from being
Engine compartment ous injuries. turned on and the combustion engine started
● The Start-Stop system must be switched by mistake.
Working in the engine compartment off manually. ● Always keep children away from the en-
gine compartment and never leave them un-
The engine compartment of the vehicle is a
WARNING supervised.
dangerous area. You should only perform works
● When the motor is hot, its cooling system is
in the engine compartment if you have good The engine compartment of any vehicle is a
pressurised. Do not open the expansion tank
knowledge of the necessary operations and the dangerous area in which serious injuries can
cap, hot coolant may splash out and cause
general safety measures, and if you have ade- be caused!
severe burns and other injuries.
quate tools, means and operating fluids. Works ● When performing any type of work, always
performed inadequately, could lead to serious – Turn the coolant expansion tank cap
ensure you are extremely cautious, and bear
slowly and very carefully anticlockwise
injuries ››› . In this case, seek a specialised in mind the general safety measures. Never
while pressing it down slightly.
workshop to perform all the works. SEAT rec- put yourself at risk.
ommends visiting a SEAT dealership for this. – Always protect your face, hands and
● Never perform works in the engine com-
arms from the hot coolant and steam with
Before performing any work in the engine com- partment if you do not have solid knowledge
a large thick cloth.
partment, always park the vehicle on level and of the necessary operations. If you are un-
sure of what needs to be done, seek a speci- ● When refilling operating fluids, ensure they
firm ground, taking all necessary safety pre-
alised workshop to perform the works. Works do not spill onto the components of the en-
cautions.
performed inadequately, could lead to seri- gine or onto the exhaust system. These liq-
ous injuries. uids could cause a fire.
WARNING ● Never open or close the bonnet if you
Any accidental movement of the vehicle dur- see steam or coolant escaping from the en-
ing maintenance work could cause serious gine compartment. Steam or hot coolant can
injuries. cause severe burns. Always wait until you
stop hearing or seeing the steam or coolant
● Never perform works underneath the vehi-
discharging from the engine compartment.
cle without having first immobilised it to pre-
vent it from moving. When working under the ● Before opening the bonnet, always wait for
vehicle with the wheels on the ground, the the engine to cool down.
vehicle must be on a level surface and the
wheels must be locked.

322
 Checking
Engineand
compartment
refilling levels

WARNING – Do not press the accelerator pedal while NOTICE

not paying attention. Always do so with ex-
The electrical system is under high voltage treme care. The vehicle could move, even if When refilling or changing the operating flu-
and can cause electrical shocks, burns, seri- the electronic parking brake is activated. ids, ensure you pour the correct fluids into
ous injuries and even death! their corresponding filler caps. Using the
● Do not leave objects in the engine com- wrong operating fluids can lead to serious
● Never short circuit the electrical system. partment, e.g. rags or tools. malfunctions and motor damage.
The 12-volt battery could explode.
● To reduce the risk of electric shock and se-
rious injury, never touch the electrical wires WARNING For the sake of the environment
of the ignition system while the engine is run- The operating fluids and some materials of Operating fluids that overflow from the ve-
ning or when starting. the engine compartment are highly flamma- hicle contaminate the environment. There-
ble and could cause a fire and serious inju- fore, check underneath the vehicle on a reg-
ries! ular basis. If there are marks left by operat-
WARNING
● Never smoke in the vicinity of the engine ing fluids on the ground, consult a special-
There are rotating parts in the engine com- compartment. ised workshop and request the vehicle be
partment which could cause serious injury. checked. If any operating fluid leaks out, dis-
● Never perform works close to unprotected
● Never insert your hand in the radiator fan flames or sparks. pose of it in the correct manner.
or around that area. All the rotor blades can
● When you must perform works on the on-
cause serious injuries. The fan activates de-
board 12 volt electrical system, bear in mind
pending on the temperature and can switch Preparing the vehicle for work in the
the following:
on automatically, even if the ignition is off. engine compartment
– Always disconnect the 12 volt battery.
● If any work has to be done during engine
Ensure the vehicle is unlocked when dis- Before performing works in the engine com-
start-up or when it is running, take into ac-
connecting the 12-volt battery, otherwise partment, always perform the following opera-
count that the rotating parts (e.g. the poly-
the anti-theft alarm will trigger.
V belt, alternator and the radiator fan) and tions in the order indicated ››› :
the high-voltage ignition system pose a fatal – Never perform works in the vicinity of
heating elements, water boilers or unpro-
1. Place the vehicle on level and firm ground,
hazard. Always act with extreme care.
tected flames. taking all necessary safety precautions.
– Ensure that no part of your body, or any
jewellery or tie, loose clothing, loose long ● Always have a fire extinguisher close-by, 2. Press the brake pedal and keep it pressed
hair can become trapped in the rotating ensuring it is operational and had been until the ignition is switched off.
parts. Before performing works in the en- checked. 3. Apply the electronic parking brake.
gine compartment, remove any jewellery
4. Manual transmission: place the gear lever
or tie you may be wearing, tie up your hair
in neutral.
if it is long and gather any loose clothing.

323
 Checking and refilling levels

Automatic transmission: press the parking Opening and closing the bonnet ● Open the door and pull the lever that is un-
lock button P. derneath the instrument panel ››› Fig. 218 1 .
5. Switch the ignition off ››› page 151. ● To lift the bonnet, press towards the left on
6. Remove the vehicle key from the vehicle the lever located under the bonnet, in the cen-
and store it outside to avoid inadvertently tre ››› Fig. 219 2 . The fastening hooks are
starting the engine. unlocked.

7. Wait for the engine to cool down suffi- ● The bonnet can be opened. Release the bon-
ciently. net stay and secure it in the fixture designed for
this in the bonnet.
8. Always keep other people away from the
engine compartment.
Closing the bonnet
9. Immobilize the vehicle so that it cannot
move. ● Slightly lift the bonnet.
Fig. 218 Release lever in the driver's footwell
area. ● Release the bonnet stay and replace it in its
support.
WARNING
● At a height of approximately 20 cm let it fall
For your own safety, do not ignore this impor-
so it locks.
tant check list, otherwise this could cause
accidents and serious injuries. If the bonnet does not close, do not press
● Always follow the indications on the check downwards. Open it again and let it fall as
list and always bear in mind the general mentioned above.
safety measures.
WARNING
Make sure that the bonnet is properly closed.
If it opens when driving, it can cause an acci-
dent.
Fig. 219 Lever under the bonnet.

Opening the bonnet NOTICE

The bonnet is released from inside the vehicle. In certain weather conditions, ice or snow
may build up between the bonnet and wind-
Before opening the bonnet, make sure that the screen; do not force the bonnet open until
windscreen wiper arms are in place against the you are sure that there is no ice or snow, es-
windscreen. pecially in the hinge area.

324
 Checking
Cooling
and refilling
system levels

NOTICE ● Always read and observe the information WARNING

and warnings given on containers of operat-
To avoid damage to the bonnet and to the ing fluids. Engine coolant is toxic!
windscreen wiper arms, only open it when ● Only store coolant in its original container,
the windscreen wipers are in place against ● When using products that emit harmful va-
pours, always work outdoors or in a well-ven- tightly closed and in a safe place.
the windscreen.
tilated area. ● Never store motor coolant in empty food
cans, bottles or other empty containers, as it
could be ingested by another person.
Fluids and consumables NOTICE ● Always keep motor coolant out of reach of
Use only appropriate operating fluids. Never children.
Introduction confuse operating fluids. This could result in ● Ensure that the coolant fluid additive per-
serious malfunctions and motor damage! centage is correct, taking into account the
All fluids and consumables, such as engine
coolant or vehicle batteries, are subject to con- lowest ambient temperature expected in the
tinuous development. For this reason, whenever location where the vehicle is to be used.
For the sake of the environment
a fluid or consumable needs to be replaced, ● When the outside temperature is very low,
please contact a specialist workshop. Leakages of operating fluids can contami- the coolant could freeze and the vehicle
nate the environment. If any operating fluid could be immobilised. In this case, the heat-
SEAT dealers always promptly receive informa- leaks, collect it in an appropriate container ing would not work either and inadequately
tion about any modifications. and dispose of it properly and in an environ- dressed passengers could die of cold.
mentally friendly manner.
WARNING
For the sake of the environment
If unsuitable fluids and consumables are
used or used improperly, accidents, injuries,
Cooling system Coolants and additives can contaminate the
environment. If any operating fluid leaks out,
burns and severe poisoning can occur.
Introduction collect it and dispose of it properly and in an
● Only store operating fluids in their original environmentally friendly manner.
containers, tightly closed. Only carry out work on the motor cooling sys-
● Never store operating fluids in empty food tem yourself if you are familiar with the neces-
cans, bottles or other empty containers, as sary operations and the generally applicable Coolant specifications
they could be ingested by somebody. safety measures, and if you have the appro-
priate tools, equipment and operating fluids. The factory fitted motor cooling system is filled
● Keep all fluids and consumables out of
reach of children. Works performed inadequately could lead to with a mixture of specially treated water and at
serious injuries . In this case, seek a specialised least 40% coolant additive G12evo (TL-VW 774
workshop to perform all the works. SEAT rec- L).
ommends visiting a SEAT dealership for this.
325
 Checking and refilling levels

Get information from a specialist workshop

WARNING For the sake of the environment
about which coolant is suitable for your vehicle.
SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT dealership If the vehicle’s cooling system does not have Motor coolant and its additives can pollute
for this. sufficient antifreeze protection, the engine the environment. If any operating fluid leaks
could fail and this could result in serious in- out, collect it and dispose of it properly and
To protect the engine cooling system, the ad- jury. in an environmentally friendly manner.
ditive percentage should always be at least
● Ensure that the coolant fluid additive per-
40%. If more antifreeze protection is required
centage is correct, taking into account the
for climatic reasons, the additive proportion
lowest ambient temperature expected in the Coolant tank
can be increased. However, it should only be
location where the vehicle is to be used.
increased up to a maximum of 55 %, otherwise ✓ Valid for: hybrid vehicles.
● When the outside temperature is very low,
the antifreeze protection would be reduced and
the coolant could freeze and the vehicle
the cooling effect would be impaired.
could be immobilised. In this case, the heat-
The G12evo (TL-VW 774 L) can be recognised ing would not work either and inadequately
by its lilac colouring. This mixture of water dressed passengers could die of cold.
and additive not only provides antifreeze pro-
tection down to -25°C (-13°F), but also pro-
tects the light alloy parts of the cooling system NOTICE
against corrosion, prevents limescale build-up Never mix the original additives for the
and considerably raises the boiling point of the G12evo coolant (TL-VW 774 L) with motor
coolant. coolant fluid not authorised by SEAT.
When topping up the coolant, a mixture of dis- ● If the fluid in the expansion tank does not Fig. 220 Engine compartment: Coolant tanks
tilled water and at least 40% of the appropri- have a pink colour (resulting from mixing the
ate coolant additive should be used for opti- lilac additive with distilled water), but is, for
Hybrid vehicles have 2 independent coolant ex-
mum corrosion protection ››› page 327. example, brown, the suitable coolant may
pansion tanks.
have been mixed with another unsuitable
one. The coolant must be changed as soon ››› Fig. 220
as possible if this is the case! Otherwise se-
1 Coolant expansion tank for the combustion
rious malfunctions or damage to the engine
engine.
and the cooling system could occur!
2 Coolant expansion tank for the high-volt-
age system. Visually check the coolant
level of the high-voltage system Do not
open it! It is sealed.

326
 Checking
Cooling
and refilling
system levels

If the coolant level in the cooling system of the ● If the level is below the minimum level mark
high-voltage system is too low: ( ) on the tank, top up with coolant. When the
● Do not top up coolant! motor is warm, the coolant level may be slightly
above the upper mark.
● Contact a specialised workshop immediately.
Topping up the fluid
Check and refill the coolant When the motor coolant level is too low, the
coolant warning light comes on. In this case,
immediately seek assistance from specialist
personnel.
Fig. 222 Front compartment: coolant If the coolant level is too low and there is no
expansion tank cap. workshop nearby, note the following:
● Always protect your face, hands and arms
Previous steps
from hot coolant or steam by placing a suitable
● Park the vehicle on a firm, flat surface. cloth over the cap of the motor coolant expan-
● Wait until the engine has fully cooled ››› . sion tank.

● Open the front bonnet. ● Carefully unscrew the cap ››› .

Fig. 221 In the front compartment: marking on ● Only top up with fresh coolant according to
● The motor coolant expansion tank can be
coolant expansion tank. SEAT specifications ››› page 325.
recognised by the symbol on the cap
››› Fig. 222 ● Only top up with coolant if there is still some
coolant left in the expansion tank; otherwise the
Check the level motor could be damaged! If you do not see any
coolant in the expansion tank, do not continue
When the vehicle is delivered (new vehicles),
driving and seek specialist assistance.
the coolant may be above the marked area.
This is normal. It is not necessary to suck the ● If there is still some coolant left in the expan-
coolant out. sion tank, top up with coolant up to the tank’s
upper mark and check the level the next day.
● When the engine is cold, check the coolant
If the level drops again, go to a workshop and
level using the side marking on the expansion request a check of the cooling system.
tank ››› Fig. 221. The coolant level should be
● The coolant level must be between the marks
between the marks.
on the expansion tank ››› Fig. 221. Never ex-
ceed the top edge of the marked area ››› .

327
 Checking and refilling levels

● Screw the cap on tightly. ● When the motor is hot, its cooling system is ● Do not add coolant if the expansion tank
● If engine coolant with the recommended pressurised. Do not open the expansion tank is completely empty! Air may have got into
specifications is not available in an emergency, cap, hot coolant may splash out and cause the cooling system. Do not continue driving
do not use any other coolant additive! In this severe burns and other injuries. and seek assistance from specialist person-
case, top up with distilled water ››› only. – Turn the cap slowly and very care- nel. This could result in motor damage.
Next, ensure that the recommended additive is fully anticlockwise while pressing it down ● When changing the operating fluids, make
topped up as soon as possible in the correct slightly. sure that you pour the correct fluids into the
proportion ››› page 325. – Always protect your face, hands and correct filler necks. Using the wrong operat-
arms from the hot coolant and steam with ing fluids can lead to serious malfunctions
a large thick cloth. and motor damage.
WARNING
Steam and hot motor coolant can cause se-
vere burns. NOTICE Brake fluid
● Never open the front bonnet if you see or Only use distilled water! Other types of wa-
hear steam or coolant escaping from the ter contain chemical substances that could Check and refill the brake fluid
front compartment. Always wait until you can cause significant corrosion damage. If you
no longer see or hear steam or coolant es- have added non-distilled water, have all of
caping. Touching hot parts can result in skin the motor cooling system fluid changed im-
burns. mediately by a specialist workshop.
● Before opening the front bonnet, please ● When topping up the, do not fill over the
note the following: upper edge of the marked area ››› Fig. 221.
– Apply the electronic parking brake. Otherwise, when the temperature rises the
excess fluid will be expelled from the motor
– Always keep children away from the front
cooling system and could cause damage.
compartment and never leave them unat-
tended. ● If the system leaks a lot of coolant, only
refill once the motor has cooled down com-
pletely. If there is a significant loss of cool-
Fig. 223 Engine compartment: brake fluid
ant, there may be leaks in the cooling sys-
reservoir cap.
tem. Immediately go to a specialist workshop
to have the system checked. This could result
in motor damage. Checking the brake fluid level
The brake fluid level must be between the
and markings.

328
 Windscreen
Checking and
washer
refilling
reservoir
levels

However, if the brake fluid level goes down no-

ticeably in a short time, or drops below the
ing power, notably increasing braking dis- Windscreen washer reser-
tance, and could result in the total failure of
mark, there may be a leak in the brake system. the brake system. voir
Seek specialist assistance. A warning light on ● Be sure to always use the correct brake
the instrument panel display monitors the brake fluid. Only use brake fluid that expressly Checking the level of the window
fluid level. meets the VW 501 14 standard.
washer tank and refilling it
● You can buy VW 501 14 standard brake
Brake fluid level fluid in a SEAT dealership or a SEAT Offi-
cial Service. If none is available, use only
The control lamp lights up red.
high-quality brake fluid that meets DIN ISO
Brake fluid level is too low. 4925 CLASS 4 standards, or USA Standards
● Stop driving! FMVSS 116 DOT 4.
● The replacement brake fluid must be new.
● Check the brake fluid level.
● Brake fluid should be stored in the closed
● If the brake fluid level is too low, seek special-
original container in a safe place out of
ist assistance.
reach of children. Risk of poisoning!

Changing brake fluid

NOTICE Fig. 224 In the engine compartment: blue cap
We recommend that you have the brake fluid
Brake fluid should not come into contact with of the windscreen washer tank.
changed by a Technical Service.
the vehicle paintwork, as it is abrasive.
Check the water level in the windscreen washer
WARNING reservoir regularly and top up as required.
Note
If the brake fluid level is low or unsuitable/old The window washer tank contains liquid deter-
brake fluid is used, the brake system may fail Brake fluid is an environmental pollutant. gent for the windscreen and rear window.
or braking power may be reduced. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a
professional to dispose of them. There is a sieve in the filler neck of the washer
● Check the brake system and the brake fluid fluid tank. When filling the tank, this sieve re-
level regularly! tains large dirt particles so that they do not
● When the brake fluid is used and brakes reach the nozzles. Do not remove the sieve ex-
are subjected to extreme braking forces, cept for cleaning. If the sieve is damaged or
bubbles of vapour form in the brake system. not fitted, these dirt particles could enter the
These bubbles can significantly reduce brak- system during filling and clog the windscreen
washer nozzles.

329
 Checking and refilling levels

● Raise the bonnet ››› on page 322. NOTICE NOTICE

● The windscreen washer reservoir is marked
If the water from the windscreen washer ● Do not mix cleaning products recommen-
with the symbol on the cap.
does not contain enough anti-freeze, it may ded by SEAT with other products. This could
● Check if there is enough fluid in the tank. freeze on the windscreen and rear window, lead to flocculation and may block the wind-
reducing forward and rear visibility. screen washer jets.
Plain water is not enough to clean the wind-
screen and headlights. We recommend that ● In winter, ensure the windscreen washer ● When topping up service fluids, make ab-
you always add a product to the windscreen contains enough anti-freeze. solutely certain that you fill the fluids into
washer fluid. ● In cold conditions, you should not use the the correct reservoirs. Using the wrong fluids
could cause serious malfunctions.
windscreen wiper system unless you have
Recommended windscreen wipers warmed the windscreen with the ventilation ● Lack of window washer fluid causes the
system. The antifreeze could freeze on the view through the windscreen to be obscured.
● For the hottest seasons we recommend sum- windscreen and reduce visibility.
mer G 052 184 A1 for clear glass. Proportions of
the mixture in the washer fluid tank: 1:100 (1 part
concentrate per 100 parts water). NOTICE
Engine oil
● All year round, G 052 164 A2 for clear glass. Never mix an unsuitable antifreeze or other General notes
Approximate proportion of the winter mixture, similar additives with the windscreen washer
up to -18°C (0°F): 1:2 (1 part concentrate per water. A greasy layer may be formed on the
2 parts water); otherwise, a 1:4 proportion of windscreen which will impair visibility.
mixture in the washer fluid tank. ● Use clean water with a window cleaner
recommended by SEAT.
The capacity of the windscreen washer tank is ● If necessary, add a suitable antifreeze to
approximately 3 litres. the water in the reservoir.

Fig. 225 In the engine compartment: engine

oil label

330
 CheckingEngine
and refilling
oil levels

For vehicles without an engine oil label Engine oil additives

Contact a specialised workshop or SEAT of- No type of additive should be mixed with the
ficial service for information about the corre- engine oil. The deterioration caused by these
sponding standard. additives is not covered by the warranty.

If the engine oil level is too low NOTICE

If the recommended engine oil is not availa- 0.5 l of engine oil of one of the indicated en-
ble, in the event of an emergency you can gine oil standards may be used, only in the
Fig. 226 In the engine compartment: area change the oil once with a maximum of 0.5 l of event of an emergency and in exceptional
where the engine oil label is located the next oil until the next oil change: cases.
– Petrol engines: standard VW 504 00,
Key to the ››› Fig. 225: ACEA C3, ACEA C4, API SN or IL- NOTICE
A Information about the engine oil standard. SAC GF-6A.
Take the following into account if you have
B Information about engine oil viscosity. – Diesel engines: standard VW 507 00, refilled with an engine oil different to those
ACEA C3, ACEA C4 or API CK-4. specified in the aforementioned standards,
The engine comes with a special, multi-grade
oil that can be used all year round. SEAT recommends changing the oil at a speci- or by your SEAT technical service centre:
alised workshop. SEAT recommends an Official ● There is no way of completely avoiding the
Because the use of high-quality oil is essential
SEAT Service. danger of causing damage to the engine and
for the correct operation of the engine and its
particulate filter.
long useful life, when topping up or changing NOTICE
oil, use only those oils that comply with VW ● You can continue driving with the vehicle if
standards. SEAT recommends the use of engine oils the refill was no more than 0.5 l of engine
approved according to the appropriate VW oil. Go to a specialised workshop as soon
standard. Use of engine oils that do not meet as possible and request an oil change. Oth-
For vehicles with an engine oil label
these quality requirements can cause engine erwise, there is a danger of engine damage.
If the engine oil has to be topped up, use one damage. ● If you have topped up more than 0.5 l of
of the oils shown on the label ››› Fig. 225. engine oil, drive with the engine at low load
The label with the prescribed standard is loca- SEAT recommends the use of Original SEAT levels and within the medium RPM range as a
ted at the front of the engine compartment Spare Part engine oils. maximum. Do not drive at more than 80 km/h
››› Fig. 226 1 . If you use the recommended and do not travel more than 300 km (approx-
engine oil, you can top up the oil as often as imately). Go to a specialised workshop as
necessary. soon as possible and request an oil change.
Otherwise, there is a danger of engine dam-
age.

331
 Checking and refilling levels

● You are responsible for the risk of possible Checking and topping up the engine C The oil level is too low. Add oil up to zone
damage to the vehicle (engine, exhaust sys- B .
oil level
tem). If in doubt, do not start the engine and
request assistance from the technical serv- Before opening the bonnet, read and observe
ice centre. the warnings ››› page 322, Working in the en-
● Do not start the engine if you have topped gine compartment.
up with a fluid other than engine oil. Request
assistance from the technical service centre. Check the oil level
Danger of engine damage!
The engine oil dipstick indicates the level of the
oil.
Note ● Park the vehicle in a horizontal position.
Before a long trip, we recommend finding an ● Briefly run the engine at idle speed until the
engine oil that conforms to the correspond- operating temperature is reached and then
ing VW specifications and recommend keep- Fig. 227 Engine oil dipstick. stop.
ing it in the vehicle. This way, the correct en-
gine oil will always be available for a top-up ● Wait for about two minutes.
if needed. ● Locate the oil level dipstick. It can be recog-
● If the label showing the engine oil specifi- nized by its coloured upper end.
cations is missing ››› Fig. 225, please con- ● Pull out the dipstick. Wipe the dipstick with a
tact a specialist workshop. clean cloth and insert it again, pushing it in as
far as it will go.
● Then pull it out again and check the oil level
››› Fig. 227. Top up with engine oil if necessary.
The oil should leave a mark between the areas
A and C . It must never exceed zone A .
Fig. 228 Oil filler cap cover in the engine
Depending on how you drive and the conditions
compartment.
in which the vehicle is used, oil consumption
can be up to 0.5 l/1000 km. Oil consumption
Key to the ››› Fig. 227:
is likely to be higher for the first 5,000 km. For
A Do not top up oil in any case. this reason the engine oil level must be checked
B You can add oil but keep the level in that at regular intervals, preferably when filling the
zone. tank and before a journey.

332
 CheckingEngine
and refilling
oil levels

Topping up engine oil NOTICE WARNING

● Locate the engine oil filler cap. It can be If the oil level is above zone A , do not start Only change the engine oil yourself if you
recognized by the symbol on the cover the engine. This could result in damage to have the specialist knowledge required!
››› Fig. 228. the engine and catalytic converter. Contact ● Before opening the bonnet, read and ob-
● Unscrew cap from the oil filler mouth a Technical Service.
serve the warnings ››› page 322.
››› Fig. 228. ● Wait for the engine to cool down. Hot oil
● Carefully add oil in small quantities (no more For the sake of the environment may cause burn injuries.
than 0.5 l). Under no circumstances should the oil level ● Wear eye protection to avoid injuries, such
● To avoid adding too much oil, whenever you be above zone A . Otherwise oil can be as acid burns, caused by splashes of oil.
add a certain amount, wait about 2 minutes drawn in through the crankcase breather and ● When removing the oil drain plug with your
and recheck the oil level ››› page 332. leak into the atmosphere via the exhaust sys- fingers, keep your arm horizontal to help pre-
tem. vent oil from running down your arm.
● If necessary, add some more oil.
● Wash your skin thoroughly if it comes into
● When the oil level reaches at least zone
Note contact with engine oil.
››› Fig. 227 B , carefully screw on the engine
oil filler cap ››› . ● Engine oil is poisonous! Used oil must be
Before a long trip, we recommend finding an
stored in a safe place out of the reach of
Engine oil specification ››› page 330. engine oil that conforms to the correspond-
children.
ing VW specifications and recommend keep-
ing it in the vehicle. This way, the correct en-
WARNING gine oil will always be available for a top-up NOTICE
if needed.
Any work carried out in the engine compart- No additives should be used with engine
ment or on the engine must be carried out oil. This could result in engine damage. Any
cautiously. damage caused by the use of such additives
Engine oil change
● When working in the engine compart- would not be covered by the factory war-
ment, always observe the safety warnings We recommend that you have the engine oil ranty.
››› page 322. changed by a Technical Service.

WARNING
Oil is highly inflammable! Ensure that no oil
comes into contact with hot engine compo-
nents when topping up.

333
 Checking and refilling levels

● Check the engine oil level as soon as possible Battery warning indications
For the sake of the environment
››› page 332. Wear protective goggles.
● We recommend that you change the en-
● Change the oil as soon as you have the op-
gine oil and the filter at a technical service
centre. portunity to do so.
Battery acid is extremely corrosive. Wear
● Never pour oil down drains or into the protective gloves and eye protection.
ground. Fault in the oil level sensor Rinse any splashes of electrolyte with
● Use a suitable container when draining the The control lamp flashes yellow. plenty of water.
used oil. It must be large enough to hold all Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking
● Have the check done by a specialised work-
the engine oil. are prohibited.
shop.
● Until then it is advisable to check the oil level The battery should only be charged in a
Troubleshooting every time you refuel. well-ventilated zone. Risk of explosion!
Keep children away from acid and the
Engine oil pressure too low battery.
The indicator lamp lights up red.
12-volt battery Always follow the instruction manual.
Do not carry on driving! Switch off the en- Introduction
gine. Check the engine oil level.
The 12 volt battery is located in the engine If the vehicle is not used for long periods
● If this warning lamp starts to flash, and
compartment or in the luggage compartment
is accompanied by three audible warnings, The vehicle has a system for monitoring
(PHEV hybrid vehicles). The 12 volt battery is
switch off the engine and check the oil level. If the current consumption when the engine
checked and, if necessary, replaced as part of
necessary, add more oil ››› page 332. is left unused for extended periods of time
maintenance work.
● If the warning lamp flashes although the ››› page 340. Some functions, such as the in-
oil level is correct, stop driving. Do not even terior lights, or the remote door opening, may
All work on batteries requires specialist knowl-
run the engine at idle speed! Seek professional be temporarily disabled to prevent the battery
edge. Please refer to a SEAT Official Service
assistance. from running flat. These functions will come
or a workshop specialising in batteries: risk of
back on as soon as the ignition is switched on
burns or exploding battery!
and the engine started.
Engine oil level too low The battery must not be opened! Never try to
The indicator lamp lights up yellow. change the fluid level of the battery. Otherwise
explosive gas is released from the battery that
could cause an explosion.

334
 Checking
12-volt
and battery
refilling levels

WARNING NOTICE Check the electrolyte level

Working on the 12-volt battery and electri- Do not expose the 12-volt battery to direct
cal system can cause severe burns, fire and sunlight for a prolonged period of time.
electric shock. Always read and observe the ● Ultraviolet rays can damage the battery
following warnings and safety precautions casing.
before working on the battery:
● Before working on the 12-volt battery,
switch off the ignition and all electrical con- NOTICE
sumers and disconnect the negative cable
If the vehicle is not to be used for a long pe-
from this battery.
riod of time, protect the 12-volt battery from
● Always keep children away from the 12-volt frost.
battery electrolyte and the battery itself.
● The battery may freeze and, as a result,
● Always wear eye protection and protective
Fig. 229 Hybrid vehicles (PHEV): location of
suffer irreparable damage.
gloves.
the battery in the luggage compartment

● The battery electrolyte is very corrosive It

can cause skin burns and blindness. When Note
handling the 12-volt battery, protect your After starting the engine with a deeply dis-
hands, arms and face in particular from acid charged or newly replaced 12-volt battery,
splashes or after a jump start, some system settings
● Do not smoke while working and never (time, date, personalised comfort settings
work in the vicinity of naked flames or sparks. and programs) may be incorrectly set or de-
● Avoid sparks caused by electrostatic dis- leted. Check and correct these settings once
charges, just like when handling electric ca- the battery is sufficiently charged.
bles and devices.
● Never short the battery terminals. Note
● Never use damaged 12-volt batteries. They Fig. 230 Sight glass on the top of the 12 volt
During the winter, the starting power may battery (schematic representation).
could explode. If the 12-volt battery is dam- be reduced, and if necessary, the battery
aged, replace it immediately. should be charged.
● Never use a frozen 12 volt battery. When Access to the 12 volt battery
the battery is discharged, it may freeze at The 12-volt battery is located in the engine
temperatures close to 0°C (+32 °F). If the 12- compartment (conventional vehicles) or under
volt battery is frozen, replace it immediately. the luggage compartment floor (PHEV hybrid
vehicles).

335
 Checking and refilling levels

Valid for conventional and Mild Hybrid vehicles: Black: The battery’s electrolyte level is correct. The degassing hole of the 12 volt battery must
● Raise the bonnet ››› always be on side of the negative pole. The
in Working in the
degassing hole on the side of the positive pole
engine compartment on page 322. Charging, replacing, disconnecting must always be sealed.
● Lift the cover that protects the front of the and connecting the 12-volt battery
battery. Only use maintenance-free 12 volt batteries
If you suspect that the 12-volt battery is dam- that comply with the TL 825 06 and VW 7 50 73
Valid for hybrid vehicles (PHEV): standards. These standards must be dated Oc-
aged or defective, have it checked by a quali-
● Open the luggage compartment. fied specialist workshop. tober 2014 or later.
● Raise the floor of the luggage compartment The 12 volt battery must always be replaced
››› page 282 to gain access to the 12-volt bat- Charging the 12-volt battery by a qualified technician, as the vehicle's elec-
tery cover ››› Fig. 230. tronic system must also be adjusted as part
Contact a specialist workshop for charging the
● A suitable tool must be used to open and of the replacement. In addition, the battery pa-
12-volt battery, as the battery model fitted in
close the cover. rameters relating to operational safety can only
the vehicle in the factory uses a technology
be determined with the original battery. Only a
that requires limited voltage charging ››› .
qualified technician has both the right technol-
Check the level SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT dealership
ogy to make the adjustment and the correct
for this.
The electrolyte level should be checked regu- replacement batteries.
larly in high-mileage vehicles, in hot countries
Replacing the 12-volt battery The use of unsuitable batteries will invalidate
and in older batteries.
the approval.
● Check the colour display in the sight glass on The 12-volt vehicle battery has been designed
to suit its location and has special safety fea- Vehicles with Start-Stop functions (
the top of the battery ››› Fig. 230.
tures. If a 12 volt battery needs to be replaced, ››› page 158) are fitted with a special battery.
● If there are air bubbles in the window, tap the Therefore, it must only be replaced with a bat-
the replacement battery must be installed by
window gently until they disperse. tery of the same specifications.
a qualified technician. SEAT recommends visit-
The “magic eye” indicator, located on the top ing a SEAT dealership. Component information
of the battery changes colour, depending on regarding size, maintenance, power and safety Disconnecting the 12-volt battery
the charge state and electrolyte level of the characteristics to be met can be obtained from If the 12 volt battery is to be disconnected from
battery. a qualified technician, who should have the the vehicle's electrical system, please note the
There are two different colours: necessary documentation and technical equip- following:
ment. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT deal-
Yellow or colourless: The battery's electrolyte
ership.
level is too low. Go to a specialised work-
shop to have the battery checked and re-
placed if necessary.

336
 Checking
12-volt
and battery
refilling levels

● Switch off all electrical consumers.

WARNING NOTICE
● Before disconnecting the battery, unlock the
Attaching the 12-volt battery incorrectly or ● Never connect or disconnect the 12-volt
vehicle, otherwise the alarm will be triggered.
using unsuitable batteries may result in short battery when the ignition is switched on or
● First disconnect the negative cable and then circuits, fire and serious injury. the engine is running. Also, never use a 12-
the positive cable ››› . ● Use only maintenance-free 12 volt batter- volt battery that does not meet the vehicle's
ies with an anti-spill system with the same battery specifications. The electrical system
Connecting the 12-volt battery properties, specifications and dimensions as or certain electronic components could be
the factory-fitted battery. damaged and electrical malfunctions could
● Switch off all electrical consumers before re- occur.
connecting the 12 volt battery.
● Never connect accessories that supply
● First reconnect the positive cable and then WARNING power, such as solar panels or battery
the negative one ››› . chargers, to the 12-volt socket or cigarette
Charging the 12-volt battery creates a highly
lighter, to charge the 12-volt battery. This
After connecting the 12 volt battery and switch- explosive mixture of detonating gases.
could damage the vehicle's electrical sys-
ing on the ignition, several control lamps may ● Only charge the 12-volt battery in a well- tem.
light up. These lamps go out after a short dis- ventilated place.
tance at a speed of approx. 15 to 20 km/h (10
● Never charge a 12-volt battery that is fro-
to 12 mph). If the warning lights do not go out, For the sake of the environment
zen or has thawed. When the battery is dis-
visit a specialist workshop and have the vehicle charged, it may freeze at temperatures close ● The battery may contain toxic substances,
checked. to 0°C (+32°F). such as sulphuric acid and lead. Dispose of
If the 12-volt battery has been disconnected for ● If the 12-volt battery has frozen, have it re- the 12 volt battery in accordance with the
a long period of time, it is likely that the next placed without fail. applicable regulations.
service is not correctly indicated or calculated ● A short circuit may occur if the wires are ● Electrolyte can contaminate the environ-
››› page 18 . In this case it will be necessary incorrectly connected to the poles. First ment. If any operating fluid leaks out, collect
to take into account the maximum maintenance connect the positive cable and then the neg- it and dispose of it properly.
intervals allowed ››› page 359. ative one.
Vehicles with a “Keyless Access” system
››› page 89: If the ignition cannot be switched Troubleshooting
on after connecting the 12 volt battery, lock and
unlock the vehicle from the outside. Then try to Alternator fault
switch on the ignition again. If the ignition does Only valid for: conventional vehicles.
not work, seek professional assistance.
The control lamp lights up in RED.

337
 Checking and refilling levels

The vehicle battery stops charging from the al- There is a fault in the connection between the ● Contact a specialised workshop.
ternator. You should immediately drive to the on-board network and the 12-volt battery. ● Have the 12 volt battery checked and re-
nearest specialised workshop. If the drive system is switched off in this situa- placed if necessary ››› page 336.
You should avoid using electrical equipment tion, it cannot be switched on again. If neces-
that is not absolutely necessary because this sary, use the jump leads ››› page 311 or seek 12 volt battery
will drain the battery. assistance from qualified personnel.
The indicator lamp lights up YELLOW. The fol-
● Contact a specialised workshop.
lowing message is displayed:
12 volt battery ● Request a check of the electrical system.
Error: The 12V power supply is cur-
The control lamp lights up in RED. The following rently limited.
messages may be displayed: 12 volt battery
The 12-volt power supply is limited, maybe be-
Error: 12 V battery not charging. The indicator lamp lights up YELLOW. The fol- cause the 12 volt battery is discharged or not
Stop vehicle safely! lowing message is displayed: working at full performance, for example due
Error: 12V power supply. Stop Low level of the 12 V vehicle bat- to very cold outside temperatures. The 12-volt
safely! Manual! tery. Charge while driving battery can be charged while driving. Until the
Stop driving! Stop the vehicle at the next op- warning disappears, you should drive with care.
Starting capacity may be limited. If this driver
portunity and in a safe place. The 12-volt bat- message goes out after a certain amount of Error: 12V power supply. Visit the
tery will not be charged while driving or there is time, the vehicle's battery has recharged while workshop
a fault in the on-board 12-volt network. driving and reached a sufficient level. If the There is a fault in the 12-volt power supply:
● Switch off the ignition and any electrical con- driver message does not go out, take the vehi- ● Contact a specialised workshop.
sumers that are not required. cle to a specialized workshop.
● Have the electrical system checked.
● Contact a specialised workshop.
● Request a check of the electrical system. 12 volt battery
The indicator lamp lights up YELLOW. The fol-
12 volt battery lowing message is displayed:

The indicator lamp lights up YELLOW. The fol- Replace the 12V vehicle battery.
lowing message is displayed: Please visit workshop.

Error: 12 V vehicle battery. Engine The 12 volt battery has almost reached the end
cannot be started. Go to the work- of its service life.
shop.

338
 Checking
48-volt
and battery
refilling levels

All maintenance works involving the 48 volt

48-volt battery 5
battery should only be performed by duly
WARNING
qualified and trained technical staff . An inappropriate handling of the 48 volt bat-
General information tery can cause serious injuries or death.
6 Take care when handling flammable sub-
stances. ● All maintenance works involving the 48 volt
✓ Valid for: Mild Hybrid vehicles (MHEV)
In addition to a 12-volt battery, the vehicle may battery should only be performed by duly
qualified and trained technical staff .
be fitted with a 48-volt battery located under-
neath the front passenger seat. ● Never make any changes to the 48 volt
battery.
The works that are to be carried out on the
48 volt battery should be performed exclusively
by a specialised workshop with duly qualified WARNING
technical staff, trained according to the SEAT Make sure the 48 volt battery does not come
guidelines. into contact with water or other fluids.
● Liquids may cause short circuits, electrical
Overview of the 48 volt system
shocks and burns.
The 48 volt system consists of the following
components, among others:
Fig. 231 48-volt battery: hazard warning
● 48-volt battery
Troubleshooting
● 12V/48V voltage converter ✓ Valid for: Mild Hybrid vehicles
1 Never expose the 48 volt battery to sources
● 48 volt alternator/starter motor Indicator lamps and driver messages on the in-
of fire, sparks or unprotected flames.
● Purple 48 volt cables strument cluster display or infotainment system:
2 The instruction manual and the workshop
information contain further information and
warnings to this regard. 48 volt battery warnings 48 volt battery
3 Always keep children away from the 48 There is a hazard warning sign on the 48 volt The indicator lamp lights up red while driving.
volt battery. battery ››› Fig. 231. The following message is displayed:
4 If the 48-volt battery is damaged, fluid can Error: 48V electrical system. Stop
leak and very corrosive acids can form. The safely! Check the manual.
battery should only be handled by quali- The charge level of the 48 volt battery is too
fied personnel. low.
● Park the vehicle in a safe place.
● Switch off the ignition and wait for 3 seconds.
339
 Checking and refilling levels

● Switch ignition back on. If the yellow warning lamp does not switch Battery diagnosis
● The indicator lamp lights up yellow. off within 3 minutes, seek professional assis-
The battery diagnosis function constantly reg-
tance.
● Leave the engine running with the vehicle isters the condition of the battery. Sensors de-
stopped until the warning lamp switches off. tect the battery voltage, battery current and
● Start driving when all the warning lamps have Energy management battery temperature. This enables the system to
calculate the current power level and charge
switched off.
condition of the battery.
If the yellow warning lamp does not switch Optimisation of the starting capacity
off within 3 minutes, seek professional assis-
The power management controls the distribu- Residual current management
tance.
tion of electrical energy and thus helps to en- The residual current management reduces
sure that there is always enough power availa- power consumption while the vehicle is parked.
48 volt battery ble to start the engine. It controls the supply of power to the various
The warning lamp lights up yellow when the If a vehicle with a conventional electrical sys- electrical devices while the ignition is switched
vehicle is stopped. The following message is tem is left parked for a long time, the battery off. The system takes the battery diagnosis
displayed: will gradually lose its charge because certain data into consideration.
Error: 48V electrical system. Do electrical devices, such as the electronic gear- Depending on the power level of the battery,
not start driving. Check the man- box lock continues to draw current even when switch off the individual electrical devices one
ual. the ignition is off. In some cases there may not after the other to prevent the battery from los-
be enough power available to start the engine. ing too much charge and to ensure that the
The charge level of the 48 volt battery is too
low. Your vehicle is equipped with an intelligent engine can be started reliably.
power management system to control the dis-
● Do not start driving.
tribution of electrical energy. This significantly Dynamic power management
● Leave the engine running with the vehicle improves reliability when starting the engine,
While the vehicle is moving, this function distrib-
stopped until the warning lamp switches off. and also prolongs the useful life of the battery.
utes the available power to the various elec-
● Start driving when all the warning lamps have The main functions incorporated in the power trical devices and systems according to their
switched off. management system are battery diagnosis, requirements. The power management ensures
residual current management and a dy- that on-board systems do not consume more
namic power management system. electrical power than the alternator can sup-
ply, and thus maintains the maximum possible
battery power level.

340
 Checking
Energyand
management
refilling levels

starting even after a long period. Some conven- switched off or regulated to a lower heat out-
Note
ience functions, such as remote vehicle open- put. These systems will be available again as
● Neither is the power management system ing, may not be available under certain circum- soon as sufficient electrical power is available.
able to overcome the given physical limits. stances. These functions will be restored when You may also notice that the engine runs at
Please remember that the power and useful you switch on the ignition and start the engine.
life of the battery are limited.
a slightly faster idling speed when necessary.
This is quite normal, and no cause for concern.
● When there is a risk that the vehicle will not With the engine switched off The increased idling speed allows the alterna-
start, the alternator power failure or low bat-
For example, if you listen to the sound system tor to meet the greater power requirement and
tery charge level warning lamp will be shown
with the engine switched off the battery will run charge the battery at the same time.
››› page 337.
down.
If the energy consumption means there is a risk
Flat battery that the engine will not start, a text will be dis-
played in vehicles with a driver information sys-
Starting ability has first priority. Short trips, city
tem.
traffic and low temperatures all place a heavy
load on the battery. This driver indicator tells you that you must start
the engine so that the battery can recharge.
In these conditions a large amount of power is
consumed, but only a small amount is supplied.
When the engine is running
The situation is also critical if electrical devices
are in use when the engine is not running. In this Although the alternator generates electrical
case power is consumed when none is being power, the battery can still become discharged
generated. while the vehicle is being driven. This can occur
In these situations you will be aware that the when a lot of power is being consumed but only
power management system is intervening to a small amount supplied, especially if the bat-
control the distribution of electrical power. tery is not fully charged initially.
To restore the necessary energy balance, the
When the vehicle is parked for long periods system will then temporarily shut off the elec-
trical devices that are using a lot of power, or
If you do not drive your vehicle for a period
reduce the current they are consuming. Heat-
of several days or weeks, the power manage-
ing systems in particular use a large amount of
ment will gradually shut off the electrical devi-
electrical power. If you notice, for instance, that
ces one by one or reduce the amount of cur-
the seat heating or the rear window heater is
rent they are using. This limits the amount of
not working, they may have been temporarily
power consumed and helps to ensure reliable

341
 Wheels and tyres

Wheels and tyres Low profile tyres may deteriorate more quickly
than standard tyres, for instance due to
Foreign objects inserted in the tyre
● Do not remove foreign bodies if they have
strong knocks, potholes, manhole covers and
penetrated through the tyre wall!
Important information kerbs. Correct tyre pressure is very important
››› page 344. ● If the vehicle comes with a tyre mobility sys-
about wheels and tyres To avoid damage to tyres and wheels, drive
tem, where necessary seal the damaged tyre
as shown in section ››› page 356. Use a spe-
with special care when driving on roads in poor
General notes condition.
cialised workshop for repair or replacement.
SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT dealership
● When driving with new tyres, be especially Visually check your wheels every 3000 km. for this.
careful during the first 600 km (300 miles). If the tyres or rims have received a heavy im- The sealant at the lower part of the tyre tread
● If you have to drive over a kerb or similar ob- pact or have been damaged, have a special- wraps around the foreign body and provision-
stacle, drive very slowly and as near as possi- ised workshop check whether or not it is neces- ally seals the tyre.
ble at a right angle to the obstacle. sary to change the tyre.
● Check from time to time if the tyres are Low profile tyres may deteriorate more quickly Tyres with directional tread pattern
damaged (punctures, cuts, cracks or dents). than standard tyres. An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates the di-
Remove any foreign objects embedded in the rection of rotation on single drive tyres. Always
treads. Concealed damage note the direction of rotation indicated when
● Damaged wheels and tyres must be replaced mounting the wheel. This makes sure that opti-
Damage to tyres and rims is often not readily
immediately. mal use is made of tyre properties in terms of
visible. If you notice unusual vibration or the
● Keep grease, oil and fuel off the tyres. car pulling to one side, this may indicate that aquaplaning, grip, excessive noise and wear.
● Replace any missing valve caps as soon as one of the tyres is damaged. Reduce speed im-
possible. mediately if there is any reason to suspect that Subsequent fitting of accessories
damage may have occurred. Inspect the tyres If you wish to change or fit wheels, rims or
● Mark the wheels before taking them off so
for damage. If no external damage is visible, wheel trims, we recommend that you consult
that they rotate in the same direction when put
drive slowly and carefully to the nearest speci- with a SEAT Official Service for advice regard-
back.
alised workshop and have the car inspected. ing current techniques.
● When removed, the wheels or tyres should be
stored in a cool, dry and preferably dark place.
Speed symbols

Low profile tyres The speed rating indicates the maximum speed
permitted for the tyres.
Low profile tyres have a wider tread, a larger
wheel diameter and a lower sidewall height. P max. 150 km/h (93 mph)
Therefore, its driving behaviour is more agile.
342
 Important information
Wheels and
about
tyres
wheels and tyres

Q max. 160 km/h (99 mph) New wheels and tyres In vehicles with four-wheel drive, the 4 wheels
R max. 170 km/h (106 mph) must be fitted with tyres of the same brand,
It is best to have all wheels and tyres serviced type and tread so that the traction system is
S max. 180 km/h (112 mph) by a specialised workshop. There they have the not damaged by a difference in the number of
T max. 190 km/h (118 mph) required knowledge, the special tools and the turns of the wheels. Therefore, in the event of
corresponding spare parts. a puncture, only a spare wheel with the same
U max. 200 km/h (124 mph)
● Even winter tyres lose their grip on ice. If you perimeter as normal tyres should be used.
H max. 210 km/h (130 mph)
have installed new tyres, drive the first 600 km
V max. 240 km/h (149 mph) carefully and at a moderate speed. Manufacturing date
Z max. 240 km/h (149 mph) ● All four wheels must be fitted with tyres of the The manufacturing date is also indicated on
W max. 270 km/h (168 mph) same type, size (rolling circumference) and, if the tyre sidewall (or on the inside face of the
possible, tread pattern. wheel):
Y max. 300 km/h (186 mph)
● When changing tyres, do not change just one; DOT ... 2220 ...
change at least two on the same axle. it means, for example, that the tyre was manu-
WARNING
● If you want to equip your vehicle with a com- factured in the 22nd week of 2020.
● New tyres do not have maximum grip dur- bination tyres and rims that are different to
ing the first 600 km. Drive particularly care- those fitted in the factory, inform your special-
fully to avoid possible accidents. WARNING
ised workshop before purchasing them ›››
● Never drive with damaged tyres. This may ● Use only combinations of tyres and rims,
The sizes of the rims and tyres approved for
cause an accident. as well as suitable wheel nuts, approved
your vehicle are listed in the vehicle documen-
● If you notice unusual vibrations or if the ve- by SEAT. Otherwise the vehicle may be dam-
tation (e.g. EC Certificate of Conformity or aged, causing an accident.
hicle pulls to one side when driving, stop the
COC document1)). The vehicle documentation
vehicle immediately and check the tyres. ● For technical reasons it is not possible to
varies depending on the country of residence. use wheels of other vehicles; in some ca-
● Never use old tyres or those with an un-
known history of use. If the type of spare wheel is different form the ses not even wheels from the same vehicle
normal wheels — e.g. in the case of winter tyres model should be used.
or particularly wide tyres — the spare wheel ● Always ensure that the tyres you have
should only be used temporarily in the event chosen have adequate clearance. When se-
of a puncture, and the vehicle should be driven lecting replacement tyres, do not rely en-
with care. Refit the normal road wheel as soon tirely on the nominal tyre size marked on the
as possible. tyre, since the nominal tyre size can differ
significantly depending on the manufacturer.

1) COC = certificate of conformity.

343
 Wheels and tyres

Lack of clearance can damage the tyres or For the sake of the environment Tyre life
the vehicle and, as a result, endanger road
safety. Accident hazard! Old tyres must be disposed of according to
the laws in the country concerned.
● Only use tyres that are over 6 years old in
an emergency, and drive with due care.
● The fitting of tyres with run-flat properties Note
is not permitted on your vehicle! Prohibited
● A SEAT Service Centre should be consul-
use can cause accidents or can damage
ted to find out whether wheels or tyres of
your vehicle.
different sizes to those originally fitted by
● If decorative hubcaps are subsequently fit- SEAT can be fitted, and to find out about the
ted, make sure that they allow enough air in combinations allowed between the front axle
to cool the braking system. Accident hazard! (axle 1) and the rear axle (axle 2).
● Models with aerodynamic wheel rims ● Never mount used tyres if you are not sure
and/or with bolt-on plastic elements (more of their “previous history”.
closed design) increase the likelihood of ice
and snow accumulating on the inside. This
should be taken into account, depending on
the driving situations, as snow or ice accu-
mulated in the wheels can cause vibration in
Fig. 232 Location of the tyre pressure sticker.
the vehicle when it drives at over 40 km/h. It
is advisable to remove ice and snow from the Correct inflation pressures and sensible driving
inside of the wheels using hot water. habits will increase the useful life of your tyres.
● If you drive on dirt or gravel tracks, the ● Check tyre pressure at least once a month,
likelihood of stones becoming trapped inside and also prior to any long trip.
wheel rims with plastic elements increases
● The tyre pressure should only be checked
when driving at high speed or in a sporty
when the tyres are cold. Do not reduce the
manner. If you see that there are stones trap-
pressure of warm tyres.
ped between the aluminium wheel rim and
the insert, you can attempt to remove them ● Adjust tyre pressure to the load being carried
using pressurised water. by the vehicle ››› Fig. 232.
● In vehicles with a tyre pressure indicator, save
the modified tyre pressure ››› page 354.

344
 Important information
Wheels and
about
tyres
wheels and tyres

● Avoid fast cornering and hard acceleration. Wheel balance ● Tyre pressure should be that indicated on
● Inspect the tyres for irregular wear from time The wheels on new vehicles are balanced. the label when the tyres are cold at all times
to time. However, certain circumstances may lead to ››› Fig. 232.
imbalance (run-out), which is detected as vi- ● Regularly check the cold inflation pressure
Tyre pressure brations in the steering wheel. of the tyres. If necessary, change the tyre
pressure of the vehicle tyres while they are
The values of the tyre pressure are shown on Unbalanced wheels should be rebalanced, as
cold.
the sticker label located on the read frame of they otherwise cause excessive wear on steer-
● Regularly check your tyres for damage and
the front left door ››› Fig. 232. ing, suspension and tyres. A wheel must also be
wear.
rebalanced when a new tyre is fitted or if a tyre
Insufficient or excessive pressure greatly re- ● Never exceed the maximum permitted
is repaired.
duces the useful life of the tyres and adversely speed or loads specified for the type of tyre
affects vehicle performance and ride. Correct fitted on your vehicle.
inflation pressures are very important, espe- Incorrect wheel alignment
cially at high speeds. Incorrect running gear alignment causes ex-
The tyre pressure must be adjusted according cessive tyre wear, impairing the safety of the For the sake of the environment
to the load the vehicle is carrying. If the vehicle vehicle. If you notice excessive tyre wear, you Under-inflated tyres will increase fuel con-
is going to be fully loaded, increase the tyre should check wheel alignment at a SEAT Offi- sumption.
pressure to the maximum load value shown on cial Service.
the sticker label ››› Fig. 232.
WARNING Tread wear indicators
Do not forget the spare wheel when checking
the tyre pressures: Keep this spare wheel infla- Unsuitable handling of the wheels and tyres
ted to the highest pressure required for the road may lead to sudden tyre pressure losses, to
wheels. tread separation or even to a blow-out.
In the case of a minimised temporary spare ● The driver is responsible for ensuring that
wheel (125/70 R16 or 125/70 R18) inflate to a all of the vehicle tyres are correctly infla-
pressure of 4.2 bar as indicated on the tyre ted to the right pressure. The recommen-
pressure label ››› Fig. 232. ded tyre pressure is indicated on the label
››› Fig. 232.
Driving style ● Check tyre pressures regularly and ensure
they are maintained at the pressures indica-
Fast cornering, heavy acceleration and hard
ted. Tyre pressure that is too low could cause
braking (squealing tyres) all increase tyre wear. overheating, resulting in tread detachment
Fig. 233 Tyre profile: tread wear indicators.
or even burst tyres.

345
 Wheels and tyres

Changing wheels around Wheel nuts

In order to wear the wheels in a uniform manner,
The wheel bolts and rims have been designed
it is recommended to interchange them regu-
to be part of an assembly. When installing
larly according to the diagram ››› Fig. 234. The
different wheels (for instance alloy wheels or
useful life of all the tyres will then be about the
wheels with winter tyres) it is important to use
same time.
the correct wheel bolts with the right length
and correctly shaped bolt heads. This ensures
WARNING that wheels are fitted securely and that the
brake system functions correctly.
The tyres must be replaced at the latest
when the tread is worn down to the tread The wheel bolts must be clean and turn easily.
Fig. 234 Interchanging tyres.
wear indicators. Failure to follow this instruc-
A special adapter is required to turn the anti-
tion could result in an accident.
Wear indicators around 1.6 mm high can be theft wheel bolts ››› page 351.
found on the base of the original tyre treads, ● Particularly in difficult driving conditions
ordered at regular intervals and running across such as wet or icy roads. It is important that
the tyre tread be as deep as possible and be WARNING
the tread ››› Fig. 233. The letters “TWI” or trian-
approximately the same on the tyres of both Wheel nuts should never be greased or oiled.
gles on the sidewall of the tyre mark the posi-
the front and the rear axles.
tion of the wear indicators. ● Use only wheel bolts which belong to the
● The scant driving safety due to insufficient wheel.
The minimum permitted profile depth 1) have tread depth is particularly evident in vehicle
been reached when the tyres have worn down ● If the prescribed torque of the wheel bolts
handling, when there is a risk of “aquaplan-
is too low, they could loosen whilst the vehi-
to the wear indicators. Replace the tyres with ing” in deep puddles of water and when driv-
cle is in motion. Risk of accident! If the tight-
new ones ››› . ing through corners, and braking is also ad-
ening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and
versely affected.
With a sporty driving style, check the tread threads can be damaged.
depth every 5,000 / 10,000 km (3,000 / ● The speed has to be adapted accordingly,
6,000 mi). When checking the tread depth, otherwise there is a risk of losing control over
the vehicle. NOTICE
check the wear indicators in all the tyre
grooves. See ››› page 353 to find out the recommen-
ded tightening torque for wheel nuts for steel
and alloy rims.

1) Follow the regulations of the country you are driving in.

346
 Important information
Wheels and
about
tyres
wheels and tyres

Winter tyres The performance of winter tyres is also severely

WARNING
impaired by ageing, even if the tread is still
● Winter tyres must be fitted on all four wheels. much deeper than 4 mm. Exceeding the maximum speed permitted for
the winter tyres fitted on your car can cause
● Only use winter tyres that are approved for A code letter indicating the speed limit is stam- tyre failure, resulting in a loss of control of
your vehicle. ped on all winter tyres ››› page 342. the vehicle – risk of accident.
● Please note that the maximum permissible In the infotainment system's Vehicle settings
speed for winter tyres may be lower than for menu, a speed warning can be set in the Tyres
summer tyres. menu.
For the sake of the environment
● Also note that winter tyres are no longer ef- Vehicles capable of exceeding these speeds When winter is over, change back to summer
fective when the tread is worn down. tyres at an appropriate moment. In tempera-
must have an appropriate sticker attached so
tures above +7°C (+45°F), performance will
● After fitting the wheels you must always that it is visible to the driver. Suitable stickers are
be improved if summer tyres are used. Rolling
check the tyre pressures. When doing so, take available from the SEAT Official Service and
noise, wear and energy consumption will all
into account the correct tyre pressures lis- specialised workshop. Please note the regula- be reduced.
ted on the rear of the front left door frame tions to this effect in your country.
››› page 344. “All-weather” tyres can also be used instead of
In winter road conditions winter tyres will con- winter tyres. Snow chains
siderably improve vehicle handling. The design
Snow chains are only permitted on the front
of summer tyres (width, rubber compound, Using winter tyres with V-rating
wheels, even on 4-wheel drive vehicles.
tread pattern) gives less grip on ice and snow.
Please note that the generally applicable
This applies particularly to vehicles equipped ● Check that they are correctly seated after
240 km/h (149 mph) speed for winter tyres
with wide section tyres or with high speed driving for a few yards; correct the position if
with the letter V is subject to technical restric-
tyres (code letters H, V or Y on the sidewall). necessary, in accordance with the manufactur-
tions; the maximum permissible speed for
er's fitting instructions.
Only use winter tyres of the correct type ap- your vehicle may be significantly lower. The
proved for your vehicle. The sizes of these tyres maximum speed limit for these tyres depends ● Keep your speed below 50 km/h (30 mph).
are specified in the vehicle's documents (e.g. directly on the maximum axle weights for your ● If there is a danger of being trapped despite
EC Certificate of Conformity or COC1)). The ve- car and on the listed weight rating of the tyres having fitted the chains, it is best to disable the
hicle documentation varies depending on the being used. traction control (TCS) in the ESC ››› page 174.
country of residence. It is best to contact a SEAT Official Service to
Winter tyres lose a great deal of their properties check the maximum speed which is permissible Snow chains will improve braking ability as well
when the tread is worn down to a depth of for the V-rated tyres fitted on your car on the as traction in winter conditions.
4 mm. basis of this information.

1) COC = certificate of conformity.

347
 Wheels and tyres

For technical reasons, the use of snow chains ● Lay out the on-board tools ››› page 309 and
NOTICE
is only permitted on the following rim and tyre the wheel to be changed.
combinations: ● Remove the snow chains to drive on roads
● Follow the legal provisions of each country
without snow. Otherwise they will impair ve-
hicle handling, damage the tyres and wear (reflective vest, warning triangles, light beacon,
out very quickly. etc.).
Tyres Wheel rim Chains
● Wheel rims may be damaged or scratched ● Get all occupants out of the vehicle and
195/65 R15 6Jx15 ET43
if the chains come into direct contact with keep them out of the danger zone (e.g. behind
205/55 R16 6.5Jx16 ET46 Max. link 12 mm them. SEAT recommends the use of covered the guard rail).
snow chains.
205/55 R16 7Jx16 ET43
WARNING
225/45 R17 7.5Jx17 ET46
205/50 R17 7.5Jx17 ET46 Changing a wheel ● Always observe the above steps and pro-
tect yourself and other road users.
Max. link 9 mm
225/40 R18 7.5Jx18 ET46 ● If you change the wheel on a slope, block
Introduction
the wheel on the opposite side of the car with
225/35 R19 8Jx19 ET49
Only change a wheel yourself if you are famil- a stone or similar to prevent the vehicle from
Other dimensions do not allow chains iar with the necessary operations and safety moving.
measures, if you have the necessary tools and if
the vehicle is parked safely.
Remove any central wheel trims before fitting
snow chains.
Preliminary actions

WARNING ● Stop the vehicle on a level surface and in a

safe place, as far away from road traffic as
The use of unsuitable or incorrectly fitted possible.
chains could lead to serious accidents and
damage. ● Apply the electronic parking brake.

● Always the appropriate snow chains. ● Switch on the hazard warning lights.
● Observe the fitting instructions provided by ● Manual transmission: engage 1st gear.
the snow chain manufacturer. ● Automatic transmission: switch on the parking
● Never exceed the maximum permitted lock P.
speeds when driving with snow chains. ● If towing a trailer, unhitch the trailer from your
vehicle.

348
 Changing
Wheels and
a wheel
tyres

Location and use of the temporary The temporary spare wheel is stored under the ● Disconnect the subwoofer’s speaker cable
spare wheel floor panel in the luggage compartment and is ››› Fig. 2361 .
attached by a thumbnut. ● Turn the securing wheel anti-clockwise
The temporary spare wheel has been designed ››› Fig. 236 2 .
to be used for short periods of time. Have the ● Remove the subwoofer speaker and the
tyres checked and replaced as soon as possi- spare wheel.
ble at a SEAT Official Service or at a special-
● When re-mounting the spare tyre, place the
ised workshop.
subwoofer on the base of the wheel rim with
The spare wheel must not be switched for a care. When doing so, the tip of the “FRONT”
spare wheel from another vehicle. arrow on the subwoofer should point forward.
● Reconnect the speaker cable and firmly
Removing the temporary spare wheel
rotate the securing wheel clockwise so that
● Lift and hold up the floor panel to remove the the subwoofer system and wheel are firmly in
temporary spare wheel ››› page 282. place.
Fig. 235 In the luggage compartment: raised ● Turn the thumb wheel anticlockwise
load floor. ››› Fig. 235. Chains
● Take out the temporary spare wheel. For technical reasons, snow chains must not be
used on the temporary spare wheel.
Getting the spare wheel out of vehicles fit- If you have a puncture on one of the front
ted with the optional sound system (with wheels when using snow chains, fit the tempo-
subwoofer) rary spare wheel in place of one of the rear
wheels. Fit the snow chains on the rear wheel
To remove the spare wheel, you must first re-
that you have removed and replace the punc-
move the subwoofer.
tured front wheel with this wheel.
● Vehicles without a variable floor in the lug-
gage compartment: pull the floor of the lug-
gage compartment (carpet) upwards to get it
out.
● Vehicles with a variable luggage compart-
Fig. 236 In the boot: remove the subwoofer.
ment floor: lift and secure the floor storage
compartment as explained in ››› page 282.

349
 Wheels and tyres

WARNING Integral wheel trim Fitting

● After fitting the temporary spare wheel, ● Press the trim against the wheel so that the
check the tyre pressures as soon as possible. hole for the valve fits over the tyre valve.
Failure to do so may cause an accident. The ● Make sure that the trim is correctly fitted all
tyre pressure is listed on the back of the left the way around the wheel. If you are using an
front door frame ››› page 344. anti-theft wheel lock, screw it in the opposite
● Do not drive at over 80 km/h (50 mph) position to the valve.
when the temporary spare wheel is fitted on
the vehicle: risk of accident!
Wheel bolt caps
● Never travel more than 200 km using a
temporary spare wheel.
● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking
Fig. 237 Remove the wheel cover.
and fast cornering: risk of accident!
● Never use more than one temporary spare
The wheel covers must be removed for access
wheel at the same time, risk of accident.
to the wheel bolts.
● No other type of tyre (normal summer or
winter tyre) may be fitted on the compact
Removing
temporary spare wheel rim.
● If you are driving using the spare wheel, ● Take the wheel brace and the wire hook from
the ACC system could automatically switch the vehicle tool kit››› page 309 .
off during the journey. Switch off the system ● Hook the wire through one of the grooves of Fig. 238 Wheel: wheel bolts with caps.
when starting off. the trim.
● Insert the box spanner through the hook, Removal
rest it on the tyre and remove the wheel trim
● Fit the plastic clip (vehicle tools ››› Fig. 206)
››› Fig. 237.
over the cap until it clicks into place
››› Fig. 238.
● Remove the cap with the plastic clip.
The caps protect the wheel bolts and should be
remounted after changing the tyre.

350
 Changing
Wheels and
a wheel
tyres

The anti-theft wheel locking bolt has a spe-

Note
cial cap. This only fits on anti-theft locking bolts
and is not for use with standard wheel bolts. Make a note of the code number of the anti-
theft wheel bolt and keep it in a safe place,
but not in your vehicle. If you need a new
Anti-theft wheel nuts adapter, you can obtain it from the SEAT Offi-
cial Service, indicating the code number.

Loosening wheel nuts

Fig. 241 Tyre change: tyre valve 1 and the

correct position for the anti-theft wheel locking
bolt 2 or 3 .

Use only the wheel wrench belonging to the car

to loosen the wheel bolts.
Fig. 239 Anti-theft wheel bolt with cap and Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn be-
adapter. fore raising the vehicle with the jack.
If the wheel bolt is very tight, carefully push on
Loosening the anti-theft wheel bolt the end of the wheel wrench with your foot.
Fig. 240 Tyre change: slacken the wheel bolts.
● Remove the wheel trim or hub cap. Hold on to the vehicle for support and take care
not to slip during this operation.
● Insert the special adapter ››› Fig. 239 1 (ve-
hicle tools ››› page 309) onto the anti-theft
Loosening wheel nuts
wheel bolt and push it on as far as it will go.
● Insert the wheel brace (vehicle tools) onto ● Fit the box spanner into the bolt as far as it will
the adapter as far as it will go. go ››› Fig. 240.

● Remove the wheel bolt ››› page 351. ● Hold the wrench at the end and rotate
the bolt approximately one turn anticlock-
wise ››› .

351
 Wheels and tyres

Important information about wheel bolts ● The wheel bolts should only be loosened
Factory-fitted rims and wheel bolts are spe- slightly (about one turn) before raising the
vehicle with the jack. Risk of accident!
cially matched during construction. Therefore, if
different rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts ● Never apply grease or oil to wheel bolts or
with the right length and heads must be used. to the wheel hub threads. Even if the bolts
This ensures that wheels are fitted securely and have been tightened to the prescribed tor-
that the brake system functions correctly. que, they could come loose while driving.
● Never loosen the screwed joints of wheel
In certain circumstances, you should not even
rims with bolted ring trims.
use wheel bolts from vehicles of the same
model. ● If wheel bolts are tightened below the
prescribed torque, the bolts and rims could Fig. 243 Crossbar: mounting the jack on the
come loose while driving. If tightening torque vehicle.
On wheels with integral hubcaps, the anti-theft
is too high, the wheel bolts or threads can be
wheel locking bolt must be screwed in the posi-
damaged.
tions ››› Fig. 241 2 o 3 , taking as reference ● Rest the jack (vehicles tools) on firm ground.
the position of the tyre valve 1 . Otherwise it If necessary use a large, strong board or similar
will not be possible to mount the hubcap. support. If the surface is slippery (for example
Raise the vehicle
tiles) place the jack on a rubber mat or similar
to prevent it from slipping ››› .
WARNING
● Look on the strut for the mark of the jack sup-
If the wheel bolts are not properly tightened, port point (sunken area) closest to the wheel to
they could come loose while driving and
be changed ››› Fig. 242.
cause an accident, serious injury and loss of
vehicle control. ● Turn the jack crank handle, located below the
strut support point, to raise it until the tab 1
● Use only wheel bolts which correspond to
the rim in question.
››› Fig. 243 is below the housing that is provi-
ded.
● Never use different wheel bolts.
● Align the jack so that the tab 1 “grips” onto
● Wheel bolts and threads should be clean,
the housing provided on the cross member and
free of oil and grease, and it should be possi-
Fig. 242 Jack position points. the mobile base 2 is resting on the ground. The
ble to screw them easily.
base plate 2 should fall vertically with respect
● To loosen and tighten wheel bolts, only
to the support point 1 .
use the wheel wrench that came with the car
from the factory. ● Continue turning the jack until the wheel is
slightly lifted off the ground.

352
 Changing
Wheels and
a wheel
tyres

● Place the spare wheel or temporary spare

WARNING NOTICE
wheel into position.
The factory-supplied jack is only designed ● The vehicle must not be raised on the
● Screw in the wheel bolts and tighten them a
for changing wheels on this model. On no crossbar. Place the jack only at the support
little with the wheel wrench.
account attempt to use it for lifting heavier points provided on the strut and align it. Oth-
vehicles or other loads. Risk of injury. erwise, the vehicle may be damaged. ● Use the appropriate adapter to tighten the
● Make sure the jack remains stable. If the ● Any type of load or weight applied to the anti-theft wheel bolts.
surface is slippery or soft, the jack could slip external trim/door will (stepped on, fitting ● Carefully lower the vehicle using the jack.
or sink, respectively, with the consequent risk the jack, resting heavy objects, etc.) can
● Use the wheel spanner to tighten all of the
of causing injuries. cause damage to it. SEAT accepts no re-
wheel nuts clockwise. Tighten the bolts in diag-
● Lift the vehicle using only the jack supplied sponsibility for any damages caused by im-
onal pairs (not in a circle).
proper use of the external trim or body.
from the factory. Other jacks, even those ap-
● Put the caps, trim or full hubcap back on.
proved for other SEAT models could slip, with
the consequent risk of injury. The wheel bolts should be clean and turn
Removing and installing a wheel easily. Before fitting the spare wheel, inspect
● Place the jack only at the support points
provided on the strut and align it. Otherwise, Change the wheel after loosening the wheel the wheel condition and hub mounting surfa-
the jack could slip because it does not have bolts and raising the vehicle with the jack. ces. These surfaces must be clean before fitting
sufficient grip on the vehicle: risk of injury! the wheel.
When removing/fitting the wheel, the rim may
● You should never place a body limb such as
hit and damage the brake disc. For this reason,
an arm or leg under a raised vehicle that is Tightening torque of the wheel nuts
please take care and get a second person to
solely supported by the jack.
assist you. The prescribed tightening torque for wheel
● If you have to work underneath the vehicle, bolts for steel and alloy wheels is 140 Nm. After
you must use suitable stands additionally to changing a wheel, have the tightening torque
Taking off the wheel
support the vehicle, there is a risk of acci- checked immediately with a torque wrench that
dent!. ● Unscrew the bolts with the wheel wrench and is working perfectly.
● Never raise the vehicle if it is tilting to one place them on a clean surface.
side or the engine is running. ● Remove the wheel. Before checking tightening torque, have any
● Never start the engine when the vehicle is rusty wheel bolts that are difficult to screw re-
raised. The vehicle may come loose from the Putting on the spare wheel placed and clean the wheel hub threads.
jack due to the engine vibrations.
Check the direction of rotation of the tyre Never apply grease or oil to wheel bolts or to
››› page 354. the wheel hub threads. Even if the bolts have
been tightened to the prescribed torque, they
could come loose while driving.

353
 Wheels and tyres

Tyres with directional tread pattern ● Have the tightening torque of the wheel nuts panel through a warning lamp and a warning to
checked as soon as possible with a torque the driver ››› Fig. 244. When only one specific
Tyres with directional tread pattern have been wrench ››› page 353. Meanwhile, drive care- tyre is affected, its position within the vehicle
designed to operate best when rotating in only fully. will be indicated.
one direction. An arrow on the tyre sidewall in- ● Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly as pos- Loss of pressure: Check left tyre
dicates the direction of rotation on tyres with
sible. pressure!
directional tread. Always observe the indicated
direction of rotation in order to guarantee opti-
Wheel tread change
mum grip and help avoid aquaplaning, exces- Tyre pressure monitor sys-
sive noise and wear. The wheel diameter changes when:
If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direction tem ● Tyre pressure is changed manually.
of rotation, drive with extreme caution, as the ● Tyre pressure is insufficient.
tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is Tyre pressure monitor indicator
● The tyre structure is damaged.
of particular importance when the road surface
is wet. Change the tyre as soon as possible or ● The vehicle is unbalanced because of a load.
remount it with the correct direction of rotation. ● The wheels on an axle are subject to a heav-
ier load (e.g. with a heavy load).
Works after changing a wheel ● The vehicle is fitted with snow chains.
● The temporary spare wheel is fitted.
● Replace the hub caps or wheel bolt caps
(depending on equipment). ● The wheel on one axle is changed.

● Return all tools to their proper storing loca- There may be a delay in the reaction of the tyre
tion. pressure monitoring indicator or it may not
indicate anything under certain circumstances
● If the replaced wheel does not fit in the spare
Fig. 244 Instrument panel: warning of loss of (e.g. sporty driving, snow-covered or unpaved
wheel housing, store it safely in the luggage
tyre pressure. roads, or when driving with snow chains).
compartment ››› page 278.
● Check the tyre pressure of the newly moun- The tyre pressure monitoring system compares
ted tyre as soon as possible. the individual speeds of each wheel and thus
● In vehicles fitted with a tyre pressure indica- the dynamic radius with the help of the ABS
tor, adjust the pressure and store it in memory sensors.
››› page 354. If the rolling circumference of one or more
wheels has changed, the tyre pressure monitor-
ing indicator will indicate this on the instrument

354
 Tyre pressure
Wheels monitor
and tyres
system

Calibrate the tyre pressure monitoring indi- ● Driving on unpaved roads for a long pe-
WARNING
cator riod of time, or sporty driving, may tempora-
When the tyres are inflated at different pres- rily deactivate the system. The control lamp
After changing the tyre pressure or replacing sures or at a pressure that is too low then a shows a fault, but disappears when road
one or more wheels, the tyre pressure moni- tyre may be damaged resulting in a loss of conditions or the driving style change.
toring indicator must be recalibrated. Do the control of the vehicle and a serious or fatal
● Do not only rely on the tyre pressure moni-
same, for example, when the front and rear accident.
toring system. Regularly check your tyres to
wheels are swapped. ● If the lamp lights up, reduce speed im- ensure that the tyre pressure is correct and
It should be calibrated with the vehicle stopped mediately and avoid any sudden turning or that the tyres are not damaged due to punc-
and its tyres cold. If calibrated while the tyres braking manoeuvres. Stop when possible, ture, cuts, tears and impacts/dents. Remove
are hot, the pressure check and calibration pro- and check the tyre pressure and status. objects from the tyres only when they have
cedure should be repeated when cold before ● The tyre pressure loss indicator only works not pierced the tyres.
the next trip. correctly if all the tyres are at the correct ● The tyre pressure monitoring indicator
pressure when cold, and it is subsequently does not function when there is a fault in the
● Switch the ignition on.
calibrated according to the described pro- ESC or ABS ››› page 172.
● Memorise the new inflation pressure in the cedure.
Infotainment system: function button > ● If a tyre has not been punctured and it does
Vehicle info > Vehicle status ››› page 38. not have to be changed immediately, drive to Troubleshooting
● OR: through the Service menu on the instru- the nearest specialised workshop at a mod-
ment cluster ››› page 31. erate speed and have the tyre checked and Low tyre pressure
inflated to the correct pressure.
The tyre pressure loss indicator uses the The control lamp switches on yellow.
ABS sensors to compare the turns of each The inflation pressure of one or more wheels is
wheel and, therefore, their tread circumferen- Note much lower than the value set by the driver, or
ces, among other aspects. After a long journey the tyre has structural damage. In addition, a
● Driving for the first time with new tyres at
with varied speeds the programmed values are audible warning sounds and a text message is
a high speed can cause them to slightly ex-
collected and monitored. displayed on the instrument panel screen.
pand, which could then produce an air pres-
With the wheels under very heavy loads, the sure warning. ● Stop the vehicle! Stop the vehicle safely
tyre pressure must be increased to the total ● If excessively low tyre pressure is detected as soon as possible.
recommended tyre pressure before the calibra- with the ignition on, an audible warning will ● Check all tyres and pressures.
tion ››› Fig. 244. sound. In the event that there is a fault in the
system, an audible warning will sound. ● Replace any damaged tyres.

355
 Wheels and tyres

Fault in the tyre pressure loss indicator Do not use the tyre sealant in the following lock button P if fitted with an automatic gear
cases: box, to reduce the risk of involuntary move-
The control lamp flashes for approximately 1 ment of the vehicle .
minute and then lights up permanently in yel- ● If the wheel rim has been damaged.
● Use the tyre mobility system only if you
low. ● In outside temperatures below -20°C (-4°F).
are familiar with the necessary procedures.
● If the tyre is inflated correctly, switch the igni- ● In the event of cuts or perforations in the tyre Otherwise, you should seek professional as-
tion off and on again. greater than 4 mm. sistance.
● Re-calibrate the tyre pressure monitoring sys- ● If you have been driving with very low pres- ● The tyre mobility set is intended for tempo-
tem ››› page 354 sure or a completely flat tyre. rary emergency use only until you can reach
the nearest specialised workshop.
● If the fault continues, go to a specialised ● If the sealant bottle has passed its use by
workshop. date. ● Replace the repaired tyre with the tyre mo-
bility set as soon as possible.
● The sealant is a health hazard and must be
Tyre repair WARNING cleaned immediately if it comes into contact
Using the puncture repair kit can be danger- with the skin.
TMS (Tyre Mobility System) puncture ous, particularly when filling the tyre on the ● Always keep the tyre mobility set out of the
roadside. To reduce the risk of serious injury, reach of small children.
repair kit consider the following:
The puncture repair kit (Tyre Mobility System) ● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
WARNING
will reliably seal punctures caused by the pen- Park it at a safe distance from surrounding
etration of a foreign body of up to about 4 mm traffic to fill the tyre. A tyre filled with sealant does not have the
in diameter. Do not remove foreign objects, ● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat same performance properties as a conven-
e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre. and solid. tional tyre.

● All passengers and particularly children ● Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
After inserting the sealant residue in the tyre,
you must again check the tyre pressure about must keep a safe distance from the work ● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking
10 minutes after starting the engine. area. and fast cornering.
● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn ● Drive for only 10 minutes at a maximum
You should only use the tyre mobility set if the
other road users. speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) and then check
vehicle is parked in a safe place, you are famil-
● Always stop the engine, apply the elec- the tyre.
iar with the procedure and you have the nec-
essary tyre mobility set. Otherwise, you should tronic parking brake and put it in gear if fitted
seek professional assistance. with a manual gearbox, or press the parking
For the sake of the environment
Dispose of used or expired sealant observing
any legal requirements.

356
 Wheels
Tyre and
repair
tyres

2 A sticker to be adhered to the instrument ● Screw the tyre inflation hose ››› Fig. 245 3
Note
cluster, within the driver's visual field, to re- into the tyre sealant bottle. The bottle's seal will
A new bottle of sealant can be purchased at mind that the maximum advisable speed break automatically.
SEAT dealerships. “max. 80 km/h” or “max. 50 mph” ● Remove the filler cap ››› Fig. 245 3 and
3 Filler tube with cap screw the open end of the tube into the tyre
Note 4 Air compressor (depending on the version, valve.
Take into account the separate instruction the model may vary). ● With the bottle upside down, empty all of the
manual provided by the tyre mobility system 5 ON/OFF switch contents into the tyre.
manufacturer. ● Remove the bottle from the valve.
6 Air bleed screw (it can also be integrated in
the inflator tube). ● Replace the howitzer with the device
Anti-puncture kit contents 7 Warning provided by tyre pressure monitor-
››› Fig. 2451 onto the tyre valve.

ing system (it can also be integrated in the

inflator tube). Inflating the tyre

8 Tube for inflating tyres ● Screw the tyre inflation tube of the compres-
sor ››› Fig. 245 8 on the tyre valve.
9 12 volt connector
● Check that the air evacuation screw is
10 Bottle of sealant
closed ››› Fig. 245 6 .
11 Spare tyre valve ● Start the engine and leave it running.
The valve insert remover 1 has a gap at the ● Attach the connector ››› Fig. 245 9 to the
lower end for a valve insert. The valve insert can
vehicle’s 12 volt power outlet ››› page 231.
only be screwed or unscrewed in this way. This
also applies to its replacement part 11 . ● Switch on the air compressor with ON/OFF
switch ››› Fig. 245 5 .
● Keep the air compressor running until it rea-
Fig. 245 Standard display: contents of the Sealing and inflating a tyre ches a pressure of 2.0-2.5 bar (29-36 psi/
anti-puncture kit. 200-250 kPa). A maximum of 8 minutes.
Sealing the tyre
● Disconnect the air compressor.
The anti-puncture kit is located underneath the ● Unscrew the tyre valve cap and insert. Use
the device ››› Fig. 245 1 to remove the valve ● If it does not reach the pressure indicated,
floor covering in the luggage compartment. In-
cap. Place it on a clean surface. unscrew the tyre inflator tube from the valve.
cludes the following components ››› Fig. 245:
● Shake the tyre sealant bottle vigorously ● Move the vehicle 10m so that the sealant is
1 Valve insert remover
››› Fig. 245 10 . distributed throughout the tyre.

357
 Wheels and tyres

● Screw the compressor tyre inflator into the

NOTICE WARNING
valve.
Switch off the air compressor after a maxi- Driving with an unsealed tyre is dangerous
● Repeat the inflation process.
mum of 8 operational minutes to avoid over- and can cause accidents and serious injury.
● If it still does not come up to pressure, the heating! Before switching on the air com- ● Do not continue driving if the tyre pressure
tyre is too badly damaged. Stop and seek as- pressor again, let it cool for several minutes. is 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower.
sistance from authorised personnel.
● Seek specialist assistance.
● Disconnect the air compressor. Unscrew the
tyre inflation tube from the tyre valve. Check after 10 minutes of driving
● When the tyre pressure is between 2.5 and Screw in the inflator tube ››› Fig. 245 8 again
2.0 bars, continue driving without exceeding and check the pressure on the gauge 7 .
80 km/h (50 mph).
● Attach the sticker ››› Fig. 245 2 to the instru- 1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower:
ment panel display, within the driver's field of ● Stop the vehicle! The tyre cannot be sealed
vision. sufficiently with the tyre mobility set.
● Check the pressure again after 10 minutes ● You should obtain professional assistance
››› page 358. ››› .

WARNING 1.4 bar (20 psi/140 kPa) and higher:

When inflating the wheel, the air compressor ● Set the tyre pressure to the correct value
and the inflator tube may become hot. again.
● Protect hands and skin from hot parts. ● Carefully resume your journey until you reach
● Do not place the hot flexible inflator tube the nearest specialised workshop without ex-
or hot air compressor on flammable material. ceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).
● Allow them to cool before storing the de- ● Have the damaged tyre replaced.
vice.
● If it is not possible to inflate the tyre to at
least 2.0 bars (29 psi / 200 kPa), the tyre is
too badly damaged. The sealant is not in a
good condition to seal the tyre. Do not con-
tinue driving. Seek specialist assistance.

358
 Maintenance
Service

● When each one of the services was carried

Maintenance out.
Note
Regular services on the vehicle not only
● Whether a specific repair has been sugges-
Service ted, e.g. changing the brake pads in the near
maintain its value, but also its correct opera-
tion and road safety. For this reason, conduct
future.
the services in accordance with SEAT guide-
Service work and the Digital Mainte- ● If you have expressed a special request for lines.
nance Plan the maintenance. Your Service Advisor will write
the work order.
Log of services performed (“Digital Mainte- Set Service or Flexible Service Inter-
● The components or fluids that were changed.
nance Plan”) vals
● The date of the next service.
The SEAT dealership or a specialised workshop
records Service receipts in a central system. The Long Life Mobility Warranty is valid until the Services are classified as oil change service
Thanks to this comprehensive documentation next inspection. This information is documented and inspection. The service interval display
of the service history, it is possible to reproduce in all checks performed. on the instrument panel display serves as a re-
the services performed any time. SEAT recom- The type and the volume of the service may minder of the next service.
mends requesting a Service receipt after every vary from one vehicle to another. A specialised Depending on the features, the engine and the
service carried out containing all the services workshop will be able to provide specific infor- conditions of use of the car, either the Fixed
carried out on the system. mation on the jobs for your vehicle. service or the Flexible service will be applied
Whenever there is a new service the receipt is for an oil change service..
replaced with a current one. WARNING
How to know which type of service needs to
The Digital Maintenance Plan is not availa- If the services are insufficient or not per-
his vehicle
ble in some markets. In this case, your SEAT formed and if the service intervals are not
dealer will inform you about the current observed, the vehicle may be immobilised in Check the tables below:
documentation of the work. traffic cause an accident and severe injuries.
● Make sure that any repairs are carried out
Service works by a SEAT authorised service or specialised
workshop.
In the Digital Maintenance Plan, your SEAT au-
thorised service or specialised workshop docu-
ments the following information: NOTICE
SEAT cannot be held liable for any damage
to the vehicle due to insufficient work or of
lack of availability of spare parts.

359
 Maintenance

Oil change servicea) style. A major component of the flexible service Conditions of use adverse include:
the use of LongLife oil instead of conventional
Type of ● The use of fuel with a high sulphur content.
PR No. Service interval engine oil.
service ● Frequent short trips.
Bear in mind the information about the specifi-
Every 5000 km or after cations of the engine oil according to the VW ● Letting the engine idle for a long period of
QI1 time, as in the case of taxis.
1 yearb) standard ››› page 330.
● Using the vehicle in areas with thick dust.
Every 7500 km or after If you do not want to the flexible service you
QI2 ● Frequent driving with a trailer (depending on
1 yearb) can select the fixed service. However, a fixed
Fixed service may affect service costs. The Service equipment).
Every 10000 km or after
QI3 Advisor will gladly advise you. ● Using the vehicle mostly in situations with a
1 yearb)
lot of traffic and stops (e.g. in the city).
Every 15000 km or after At SEAT, the dates of the services are indicated
QI4 ● Using the vehicle mostly in winter.
1 yearb) by the service intervals display:
According to the service in- ● on the instrument panel ››› page 32 This applies especially for the following
QI6 Flexible
terval display. ● in the infotainment system: menu parts (depending on equipment):
> Set-
a) The data are based on normal conditions of use. tings > Service; OR > Vehicle sta- ● Dust and pollen filter
b) Whatever happens first. tus > Service ››› page 38.
● Air Care allergen filter
The service interval display gives information
Inspection Servicea) ● Air filter
for service dates that involve an engine oil
change or an inspection. When the time for the ● Toothed chain
According to the service interval display.
corresponding service comes, additional work ● Particulate filter
a) The data are based on normal conditions of use. required, such as the change of brake fluid and
● Engine oil
the spark plugs, can be carried out.
The Service Advisor of your specialised
Particular characteristics of the Flexible
workshop will gladly inform you about the
Service Information about the terms of use need of performing service work between nor-
Regarding the Flexible Service the oil change mal service intervals, always considering the
The service intervals and groups are usually
service only has to be performed when the ve- conditions of use of your vehicle.
based on normal conditions of use.
hicle needs it. To calculate when you have to
carry out this service, take into account the in- If, on the other hand, the vehicle is under ad-
dividual conditions of use and personal driving verse conditions of use, some of the work
must be carried out before the next service pe-
riod or even between service intervals.

360
 Additional
Maintenance
service offers

Due to technical reasons (continuous develop- Original accessories

WARNING
ment of components) the sets of services may
If the services are insufficient or not per- vary. Your SEAT authorised service or special- We recommend you only use SEAT Original Ac-
formed and if the service intervals are not ised workshop is always receiving updates in cessories and SEAT approved accessories for
observed, the vehicle may be immobilised in time. your vehicle. The reliability, safety and suitabil-
traffic and cause accidents and severe inju- ity of these accessories have been inspected
ries.
specifically for this type of vehicle. SEAT cannot
● Have the services conducted at authorised Additional service offers be held liable for the safety and suitability of
SEAT services or specialised workshops. parts from other manufacturers.
Approved spare parts
NOTICE Original SEAT Spare Parts have been con- Service Mobility
SEAT cannot be held liable for any damage ceived for their vehicles and approved by SEAT,
As of the moment you purchase your SEAT ve-
to the vehicle due to insufficient work or of with a special emphasis on safety. These parts
hicle you will be able to enjoy the benefits and
lack of availability of spare parts. correspond exactly to the manufacturer's re-
coverage of Service Mobility.
quirements in terms of design, accuracy of the
measurements and materials. The original SEAT For the first two years after the purchase, your
Service sets Spare Parts have been conceived exclusively new SEAT vehicle is automatically covered by
for your vehicle. For this reason, we always rec- Service Mobility at no additional cost.
Sets of services include all the maintenance ommend the use of Original SEAT Spare Parts. If you wish to enjoy this service after this period,
works needed to ensure the safety and the SEAT cannot be held liable for the safety and you can extend SEAT Service Mobility as long
smooth running of the vehicle (depending on suitability of parts from other manufacturers. as you carry out the recommended Inspection
the conditions of use and the features of the
and Maintenance Services at a SEAT Author-
vehicle, such as the engine, gearbox, or oper-
ised Service.
ating fluids). Approved spare parts
If your SEAT vehicle is immobilised due to a fault
Maintenance services are divided into inspec- Approved spare parts, following the manufac- or an accident, our assistance services will help
tion and review services. Consult the details of turer's requirements, are an additional service you keep moving.
the jobs required for your vehicle at: to you, offering the possibility of replacing com-
Take into account that the SEAT Mobility Serv-
● Your SEAT authorised service plete sets, such as: light engine, gearboxes,
ice differs depending on the country in which
● Your specialised workshop heads, control units, electrical components,
the vehicle was purchased. For further informa-
etc.
tion ask your SEAT dealership or the SEAT web-
These parts are, approved parts, and are the site in your country.
same as the factory parts, which are also ap-
proved spare parts.

361
 Maintenance

The water temperature must not exceed 60°C.

Vehicle upkeep and clean- Washing the vehicle

ing The longer you take to clean the tanks, e.g. re- Automatic car washes
mains of insects, bird excrements, tree resin or
Spray the vehicle before starting the car wash.
anti frost salt adhered to your vehicle, the more
Basic observations
damage it can cause to the surface. High tem- Make sure that the windows and sunroof are
Regular and careful care helps to maintain the peratures, for instance strong sunlight, further closed and the wipers are deactivated. Bear
value of your vehicle. In addition, it may be- intensify the damage. in mind the instructions of the car wash tunnel
come a prerequisite to demand the warranty operator, especially if your vehicle has detach-
Before washing the car, soften the dirt using
in the event of corrosion damage and deficien- able parts.
plenty of water.
cies in the paint coat of the bodywork. Use of car washes without brushes if possible.
To remove encrusted dirt such as insects, bird
Specialised workshops have the necessary droppings or tree resin, use a lot of water and a
care products. Please follow the instructions for microfibre cloth. Washing by hand
application on the packaging. Clean your vehicle from top to bottom with a
Have the underside of the vehicle washed after
the end of the anti frost salts in winter. soft sponge or with a brush. Only use cleaning
WARNING products that do not contain solvents.
● Cleaning products and other materials High pressure cleaning equipment
used for car care can be damaging to your Polishing
When washing the vehicle with a high-pressure
health if misused. cleaner, always follow the operating instruc- Polishing is only necessary when the vehicle's
● Always keep care products in a safe place, tions for the equipment. This applies particu- paintwork has lost its gloss and cannot be re-
out of the reach of children. Danger of poi- larly to the operating pressure and the distance stored with care products.
soning! between the spraying water. Do not polish matt painted surfaces! If the
Do not aim the jet directly towards the side paintwork is polished, the surface will be irrep-
For the sake of the environment windows, doors, sunroof or covers; the same arably damaged.
applies for the tyres, rubber hoses, damping
● When purchasing car care products, chose
material, sensors or camera lenses. Keep a dis- Washing vehicles with matte paintwork
products that are compatible with the envi-
tance of at least 40 cm. To wash the vehicle, it is best to use a spe-
ronment.
● The waste from car-care products should Do not remove snow and ice with a high-pres- cial cleaner for matte paintwork. For further
not be disposed of with ordinary household sure cleaner. information, please contact an official service
waste. Do not use a nozzle that sprays the water out in centre.
a direct stream or one that has a rotating jet for
forcing off dirt.

362
 Vehicle Maintenance
upkeep and cleaning

Apply the product by spraying it onto the body- ● After cleaning the brakes could act more ● Vehicle parts with matte paint:
work. Work in one zone at a time and leave the slowly due to moisture or, in winter, the ice on – Do not use polish or hard wax. Risk of
product to act for at least 2 minutes. Wipe it the brake discs and pads. Accident hazard! damaging the surface!
with a microfibre cloth and avoid placing ex- In this case the brakes should be dried by
– Never select washing programmes that
cessive pressure on the treated area until the pressing the brake pedal several times.
include the use of wax. This could damage
dirt is removed. Once clean, repeat the appli-
the appearance of matte paint.
cation of the product area by area and spread
WARNING – Do not put stickers or magnets on parts
it until a uniform finish is achieved.
Incorrect use of high-pressure cleaning with matte paint, as removing them may
If the vehicle is affected by mosquitoes or damage the paint.
equipment can cause damage. This can lead
larger amounts of dirt, spray the product on the
to accidents and serious injuries.
entire surface, leave it to act for 2 minutes and
apply pressurised water until it is completely ● Never direct the jet of the high-pressure For the sake of the environment
clean. Once dry, apply the product one zone at cleaning equipment directly at the orange
The car should only be washed in special
high-voltage cables, the high-voltage sys-
a time and spread it with microfibre, avoiding wash bays. These places are prepared to
tem components or the 12-volt on-board net-
excessive pressure, to achieve a uniform finish. prevent oily water from getting into the pub-
work.
In both cases, the final application cares for the lic drains.
vehicle in an optimal manner and provides a
protective layer against dirt and water. NOTICE
● Before washing the vehicle in an automatic
Cleaning the exterior
car wash, the exterior mirrors should be fol- Below can be found some recommendations on
WARNING
ded in to prevent them from being damaged.
the cleaning and upkeep of individual vehicle
● Only wash the vehicle with the ignition The electric folding exterior mirrors should
components.
switched off or according to the specifica- only be folded or unfolded electrically!
tions of the car wash tunnel operator. Acci- ● Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight.
Go to your specialised workshop if you have
dent hazard! Risk of damaging the paint job! special questions or parts that are not listed.
● When cleaning the underbody or the inside ● Do not use sponges, abrasive household Take the general considerations into account
of the wheel arches, protect yourself from sponges or similar to clean insect remains. ››› page 365, Take special care with....
sharp or pointy metal parts. Risk of cuts! Risk of damaging the surface!
Windscreen wipers
● Dirt: Soft cloth with windscreen cleaner.

363
 Maintenance

Headlights / Tail lights Paint Decoration slides

● Dirt: Soft sponge with neutral soap solution1). ● Paint flaws: Check the paint's colour code at ● Dirt: Soft sponge with neutral soap solution1).
an authorised service and restore with a touch-
Sensors / Camera lenses up pencil.
Interior cleaning
● Spilled fuel: Immediately rinse with water.
● Dirt:
● Tank with environmental rust: Apply rust re- Below can be found some recommendations on
– Sensors: soft cloth with a solvent-free
mover and then apply hard wax. Go you your the cleaning and upkeep of individual vehicle
cleaning product.
specialised workshop if you have any queries. components.
– Camera lenses: soft cloth with an alcohol-
● Corrosion: Have your specialised workshop Go to your specialised workshop if you have
free cleaning product.
take care of this. special questions or parts that are not listed.
● Snow/ice: Hand brush/Solvent-free antifreeze
● Water does not form droplets on the clean Take the general considerations into account
spray
paint: Maintain with hard wax (at least twice a ››› page 365, Take special care with....
year).
Wheels
● No shine despite maintenance/unattractive Windows
● Antifreeze salt: Water. paint: Treat with suitable wax and apply paint ● Dirt: Apply windscreen cleaner and then dry
● Brake abrasion dust: Special acid-free clean- preservative afterwards if the wax used does with a cloth.
ing product. not contain preservative ingredients.
● Tanks, e.g. insect remains, bird droppings, tree Covers / Trims
End exhausts sap, road salt: Immediately soak with water and
remove with a microfibre cloth. ● Dirt: Neutral soap solution1).
● Antifreeze salt: Water, if a fine steel cleaning
product is required, or a non-abrasive and non- ● Grease-based dirt, e.g. cosmetic products or
corrosive cleaning product. sunscreen: Remove immediately with a neutral Plastic parts

soap solution1) and a soft cloth. ● Dirt: Damp cloth.

Covers / Trims
● Encrusted dirt: Neutral soap solution1), if possi-
● Dirt: Neutral soap solution1), if a fine steel Carbon fibre parts ble a solvent-free plastic cleaning product.
cleaning product is required. ● Dirt: Clean in the same way as painted parts
››› page 362. Displays/instrument panel
● Dirt: Soft cloth with a liquid crystal display
cleaner.

1) Neutral soap solution: maximum of two tablespoons in 1 l of water.

364
 Vehicle Maintenance
upkeep and cleaning

Control panels ● Water-based dirt, e.g. coffee, tea, blood etc.: Wheels
● Dirt: Soft brush, then a soft cloth with a neu- – Recent stains: absorbent cloth. ● Do not use for paint wax or other abrasive
tral soap solution1). – Dry stains: stain remover suitable for products.
leather. ● If the protective coating on the paint of the
Seat belts ● Grease-based dirt, e.g. oil, make-up, etc.: rim has been damaged due to stone impacts,
– Recent stains: absorbent cloth and suitable scratches, etc., the damage should be repaired
● Dirt: Neutral soap solution1), allowed to dry
immediately.
before retracting. stain remover for leather.
– Dry stains: grease solvent spray.
Camera lenses
Fabrics, artificial, Alcantara leather ● Special dirt, e.g. pens, nail polish, dispersion
● Do not use hot or warm water to remove ice
● Particles of dirt stuck to surfaces: Vacuum paint, shoe cream etc.: Stain remover suitable
or snow from the camera lenses. Risk of crack-
cleaner. for leather.
ing the lens!
● Water-based dirt, e.g. coffee, tea, blood etc.: ● Care: Apply preservative cream regularly to
● To clean the camera lens, never use abra-
Absorbent cloth and neutral soap solution1). protect from sunlight. Use a coloured preserva-
sive cleaning products or products with alcohol.
tive if required.
● Grease-based dirt, e.g. oil, make-up, etc.: Ap- Risk of scratches and cracks!
ply a neutral soap solution1). Absorb the dis- Carbon fibre parts
solved grease and paint particles drying with Windows
an absorbent cloth, in case you must treat it ● Dirt: Clean as with plastic parts.
● Remove snow and ice from windows and ex-
with water afterwards. terior mirrors with a plastic scraper only. To
● Special dirt, e.g. pens, nail polish, dispersion Take special care with... avoid scratches, the scraper should only be
paint, shoe polish, etc.: Special stain remove: pushed in one direction and not moved to and
dry with an absorbent cloth, if applicable, ap- Headlights/tail lights fro.
ply neutral soap solution afterwards1). ● Do not clean the headlights/tail lights with a ● Never remove snow or ice from windows and
dry cloth or sponge. rearview mirrors with warm or hot water. Risk of
Natural leather ● Do not use cleaning products that contain cracks on the windows!
● Recent dirt: Cotton cloth with neutral soap alcohol. Risk of cracks! ● To prevent damage to the heating of the rear
solution1). window, do not put stickers over the heating
elements.

1) Neutral soap solution: maximum of two tablespoons in 1 l of water.

365
 Maintenance

Covers/trims Seat belts Natural leather

● Do not use cleaning products or chrome ● Do not remove the seat belts to clean them. ● Never use solvents, wax polish, shoe cream,
based cleaning agents. ● Seat belts and their components must never spot removers or similar products on leather.
be cleaned with chemical products, nor should ● Sharp objects on clothing, such as zips, rivets
Paint they be allowed to come into contact with cor- or belts can damage the surface.
● The vehicle must be free from dirt and dust rosive liquids, solvents or sharp objects. Risk of ● Do not use steam cleaners, brushes, hard
before applying wax or care products. Risk of damaging the fabric! sponges, etc. to clean.
scratches! ● If you find any damage to the belt webbing, ● Do not turn on seat heating to dry the seats.
● Do not apply wax or care products if the vehi- belt fittings, the belt retractor or the buckle, ask
● Avoid exposing leather to direct sunlight for
cle is exposed to direct sunlight. Risk of damag- your specialised workshop to replace the belt
long periods, otherwise it may tend to lose
ing the paint job! in question.
some of its colour. If the car is left for a pro-
● The ambient rust deposits must not be re- longed period in the bright sun, it is best to
Fabrics/artificial leather/microfibre
moved through friction. Risk of damaging the cover the leather.
paint job! ● Do not treat artificial leather/microfibre with
● Remove cosmetic products and sunlight im- leather cleaning products, solvents, wax polish,
WARNING
mediately. Risk of damaging the paint job! shoe cream, stain removers or similar products.
Do not use water-repellent coatings on the
● If the stain is very hard to remove, take the
windscreen. In bad visibility conditions such
Displays/instrument panel vehicle to a specialised workshop to have it re-
as humid weather, darkness or when the sun
moved there. This will prevent damage.
● The displays, the instrument panel and the is in its lowest point, visibility may be impac-
trim around it must not be cleaned dry. Risk of ● Do not use steam cleaners, brushes, hard ted. Accident hazard! Such coatings can also
scratches! sponges, etc. to clean. cause the windscreen wiper blades to make
● Do not turn on seat heating to dry the seats. noise.
● Make sure that the instrument panel is
switched off and cooled down before cleaning. ● Sharp objects on clothing, such as zips, rivets
● Make sure that no liquid leaks between the or belts can damage the surface. Note
instrument panel and the trim. Risk of damage! ● Open Velcro, e.g. on clothes can damage the ● Remains of insects can be removed much
seat upholstery. Make sure that Velcro fasten- more easily with previously treated paint.
Control panels ers are closed.
● Regular car care treatments can prevent
● Make sure that no liquid leaks into the control deposits of ambient rust.
panels. Risk of damage!

366
 Accessories, spare
Maintenance
parts and repair work

Remove the vehicle from traffic ability and safety. SEAT Official Services have Technical modifications
the necessary experience and facilities to en-
If you want to leave your vehicle stationary sure that the parts are installed correctly and Unauthorised modifications to the electronic
for a long period of time, contact a qualified professionally. components, software, wiring or data transfer
workshop. They will gladly inform you about in the vehicle may cause malfunctioning.
Although SEAT continuously monitors the mar-
the necessary measures, such as anti-corrosion You will appreciate that your SEAT dealership
ket, it cannot judge whether products not au-
protection, Service and storage. cannot be held liable for any damage caused
thorised by SEAT meet the vehicle’s reliability,
Also take into account the indications relat- safety and suitability requirements. SEAT there- by modifications and/or work performed incor-
ing to the vehicle’s battery ››› page 334 , fore accepts no liability for these products, rectly.
››› page 334, Introduction. even if, in certain cases, they are authorised For this reason we recommend asking official
by an officially recognised technical inspection SEAT service centres to do any necessary work
institute or official body. using genuine SEAT parts®.
Accessories, spare parts Any retro-fitted equipment which has a di-
and repair work rect effect on the vehicle and/or the way it
is driven, such as a cruise control system or
WARNING
electronically-controlled suspension, must Incorrectly performed modifications or other
Introduction work on your vehicle can lead to malfunc-
be approved for use in your vehicle and bear
the e mark (the European Union's authorisation tions and cause accidents.
Always ask your dealer or specialist retailer for
advice before purchasing accessories and re- symbol).
placement parts. If any additional electrical devices are fitted Radio telephones and office equip-
Your vehicle is designed to offer a high standard which do not serve to control the vehicle itself
ment
of active and passive safety. For this reason, we (for instance a refrigerator box, laptop or venti-
recommend that you ask a SEAT Official Serv- lator fan, etc.), they must bear the marking Radio transmitters (fixed installation)
ice for advice before fitting accessories or re- (manufacturer conformity declaration in the Eu-
ropean Union). Any retrofit installations of radio transmitters
placement parts. Your SEAT Official Service has
in the vehicle require prior approval. SEAT gen-
the latest information from the manufacturer
erally authorises in-vehicle installations of ap-
and can recommend accessories and replace- WARNING proved types of radio transmitters provided
ment parts which are suitable for your require-
Accessories, for example telephone holders that:
ments. They can also answer any questions
or cup holders, should never be fitted on the
you might have regarding official regulations.
covers, or within the working range of the air-
We recommend only using SEAT accessories bags. Otherwise, there is a danger of injury if
and genuine SEAT parts®. SEAT has tested the airbag is triggered in an accident.
these parts and accessories for suitability, reli-

367
 Maintenance

● The antenna is installed correctly. mediate control of the vehicle and that any
● The aerial is installed on the exterior of the such equipment carries the mark. Any retro-
vehicle (and shielded cables are used together fit equipment that could influence the driver's
with non-reflective aerial trimming). control of the vehicle must have a type appro-
val for your vehicle and must carry the e mark.
● The effective transmitting power does not ex-
ceed 10 Watts at the aerial base.
WARNING
A SEAT Official Service and specialised work-
shop will be able to inform you about options Mobile telephones or radio equipment which
for installing and operating radio transmitters is operated inside the vehicle without a prop-
with a higher transmitting power. erly installed external aerial can create ex-
cessive magnetic fields that could cause a
health hazard.
Mobile radio transmitters
Commercial mobile telephones or radio equip-
ment might interfere with the electronics of your Note
vehicle and cause malfunctions. This may be ● The posterior fitting of electric and elec-
due to: tronic equipment in this vehicle affects its li-
● No external aerial. cence and could lead to the withdrawal of
the vehicle registration document under cer-
● External aerial incorrectly installed.
tain circumstances.
● Transmitting power more than 10 W.
● Please use the mobile telephone/radio op-
You must, therefore, do not operate portable erating instructions.
mobile telephones or radio equipment inside
the vehicle without a properly installed external
aerial ››› .
Please note also that the maximum range of
the equipment can only be achieved with an
external aerial.

Business equipment
Retrofit installation of business or private equip-
ment in the vehicle is permitted, provided the
equipment cannot interfere with the driver's im-

368
 Information
Information
stored by
forthe
thecontrol
user units

Information for the user Information stored by the behaviour, changing its path in the aforemen-
tioned situations, accelerating or decelerating
control units the vehicle.
Warranty Depending on vehicle equipment, this includes
Storage of accident data (Event Data data from systems such as:
Fault-free operation warranty Recorder) ● the adaptive cruise control
SEAT Authorised Services ensure the perfect ● the lane assist system
Your vehicle has an event data recorder (EDR).
condition of new vehicles. Check the purchase ● parking assistants
agreement or complementary additional docu- The EDR’s function is to record data in the event
of a mild or serious accident. These data are ● the emergency brake functions.
mentation provided by your Technical Service
to see the conditions and the terms of the war- used to support the analysis of how different The EDR data are only recorded in specific ac-
ranty. Consult further information in this regard vehicle systems behaved. cident situations. No data are recorded in nor-
in your SEAT Official Service. The EDR records, over a reduced time range mal driving conditions.
(normally 10 seconds or less), dynamic driving No audio or video data inside or around the
data and data from the restraint systems, such vehicle are recorded. Under no circumstances
Commercial warranty for high volt-
as: are personal data such as name, age, or gen-
age batteries for electric and hybrid der recorded. Nevertheless, third parties (such
● How different vehicle systems worked.
vehicles as criminal proceedings authorities) may relate
● Whether the driver and the occupants were
the contents of the EDR data to other data
To supplement the aforementioned warranties wearing their seat belts.
sources and create a personal reference in the
and guarantees, SEAT Official Services also ● How hard the acceleration or brake pedal context of an accident investigation.
grant a guarantee for high voltage batteries ex- was pressed.
isting in many countries. In order to read the EDR data it is necessary
● Vehicle speed. to access (if legally permitted to do so) the
Consult the details of this guarantee in the
● GPS position. vehicle's ODB (“On-Board-Diagnose”) interface
sales contract or contact a SEAT Official Serv-
These data will provide a better understanding while the vehicle is switched on.
ice.
of the circumstances of the accident. SEAT will not have access to EDR data unless
Data from the driving assist systems are also the owner (or, in “Leasing” cases, the lessee or
recorded. This includes data such as whether hirer) gives their consent. There may be excep-
the systems were inactive or active and if such tions to this, depending on legal or contractual
action had an impact on the vehicle’s dynamic provisions.

369
 Information for the user

Due to legal requirements in safety-related Ban on heavy metals, with the exceptions
products, SEAT may use the EDR data for field
Materials and recycling in- dictated by law (Annex II of ELV Directive
research and in order to improve vehicle system formation 2000/53/EC): cadmium, lead, mercury, hexa-
quality. Any data used for the purposes of re- valent chromium.
search will be treated anonymously (in other
Environmental compatibility
words, no reference will be made to the vehicle, Manufacturing methods
their owner or the lessee/hirer). Environmental protection is a top priority in the ● Reduction of the quantity of thinner in the
design, choice of materials and manufacture of
protective wax for cavities.
your new SEAT.
Vehicle antennas ● Use of plastic film as protection during vehi-
cle transport.
Constructive measures to encourage recy-
Infotainment system and antennas cling ● Use of solvent-free stickers.
● Use of CFC-free coolants in cooling systems.
The infotainment system's antennas are instal- ● Joints and connections designed for easy
led on different locations on the vehicle: dismantling. ● Recycling and energy recovery from residues
(RDF).
● On the roof. ● Modular construction to facilitate disman-
tling. ● Improvement in the quality of waste water.
● On the windscreen, between the layers of
glass. ● Increased use of single-grade materials. ● Use of systems for the recovery of residual
heat (thermal recovery, enthalpy wheels, etc.).
● On the rear and side windows with a printed ● Plastic parts and elastomers are marked in
antenna structure ››› . accordance with ISO 1043, ISO 11469 and ISO ● The use of water-soluble paints.
1629.

NOTICE Recycling of electrical or electronic

Choice of materials
The printed antenna structure on the rear devices
and side windows can be damaged by ob- ● Use of recycled materials.
jects rubbing against it or by the use of ● Use of compatible plastics in the same part if All electrical or electronic devices (EED) that
corrosive products, or products containing its components are not easily separated. are not permanently fitted in the vehicle must
acids. be marked with the following symbol:
● Use of recycled materials and/or materials
● Do not apply any stickers to the rear and originating from renewable sources.
side window areas.
● Reduction of volatile components, including This symbol indicates that EED must not be dis-
● Never clean the antenna structure with odour, in plastic materials. carded as home waste but through selective
corrosive or acidic products.
● Use of CFC-free coolants. waste collection.

370
 Materials
Information
and recycling
for theinformation
user

Product recycling ● Charging socket and watertight seal.

● Vehicle toolbox.
✓ Valid for market: France
● Puncture repair spray.
● Jack.
● Warning triangle.
● High visibility jacket.
Fig. 247 Fire extinguisher recycling notice for
● Tool bag.
France.
For the sake of the environment
Please note the recycling instructions in
The Triman logo and the Info-tri symbol con-
››› Fig. 247 for the following items: tain important classification information for
● Extinguishers. the end user.

Fig. 246 Recycling notice for France.

Product recycling
Please note the recycling instructions in
››› Fig. 246 for the following items: ✓ Valid for market: Italy
● Vehicle keys Environmental labelling
● Remote control of auxiliary heating and venti- Legislative decree no. 116 (3 September 2020),
lation. which transposes EU Directive 2018/851 on
● Compressor. waste, and EU Directive 2018/852 on packag-
Fig. 248 Recycling notice for France. ing and packaging waste, states that all pack-
● Charging cable.
aging must be properly labelled to facilitate
● Mobile key card. Please observe the recycling instructions the collection, reuse, recovery and recycling of
››› Fig. 248 for documentation and packaging packaging, and to give users correct informa-
or bags of the following items: tion about the final destination of the packag-
● Maintenance manual. ing.

● First aid kit. Information about the environmental labelling

of packaging present in the vehicle can be
● Extinguishers.
accessed by scanning the following QR code,
● Compressor. which links to a website where the information
● Charging cable. required by this regulation can be found:

371
 Information for the user

● The Supply of Machinery (Safety) (Amend-

ment) Regulations, 2011
Radioelectrical equipment
● The Noise Emission in the Environment by
Simplified declaration of conformity
Equipment for use Outdoors Regulations, 2001
● The Restriction of the Use of Certain Haz- Your vehicle has different radioelectrical de-
ardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic vices. The manufacturers of these devices
Equipment Regulations, 2012 declare that they comply with Directive
2014/53/EU when legally required.
● The Medical Devices Regulations, 2002
(SISI 2002, no. 618, in its amended version) The full text of the EU compliance declaration is
Declaration of conformity (UK MDR 2002) available online at the following address:
Commercialisation of finished products on ● The Pressure Equipment (Safety) Regulations,
www.seat.com/generalinfo
the British market (England, Wales and Scot- 2016
land): ● The Personal Protective Equipment (Enforce-
ment) Regulations, 2018 United Kingdom
The UKCA (UK Conformity Assessed)
marking is a new British marking used for Note Your vehicle has different radioelectrical devi-
products commercialised in Great Britain ces. The manufacturers of these devices de-
(England, Wales and Scotland). For medical devices, the marking will re- clare that they comply with the UK Radio
main valid in the UK until 30 June, 2023.
Importer: Equipment Regulations 2017 (SI 2017/1206) if
required by law.
Volkswagen Group United Kingdom Ltd. In accordance with the aforementioned regula-
Yeomans Drive, Blakelands The full text of the declaration of conformity
tions, the importer has ensured that:
Milton Keynes, MK 14 5AN is available online at the following Internet ad-
The manufacturer has performed the corre- dress:
United Kingdom
sponding conformity assessment, has drawn
Vehicles commercialised on the British market up the technical documentation and meets the www.seat.com/generalinfo
by the importer mentioned above may include market requirements.
complete products that comply with the follow-
ing provisions: Note Ukraine
● The Electromagnetic Compatibility Regula- Until 31 December 2025, the British market Your vehicle has different radioelectrical devi-
tions, 2016 may be placed on a label that is affixed to ces. The manufacturers of these devices de-
the product or the attached documentation. clare that they comply with Ukraine Decree
● The Electrical Equipment (Safety) Regula-
tions, 2016 355/2017 (TR Radio Equipment) where legally
required.

372
 Radioelectrical
Information forequipment
the user

The full text of the declaration of conformity Mitsumi Electronics Europe GmbH Navigation antenna
is available online at the following Internet ad- Siemensstrasse 32
Hirschmann Car Communication GmbH
dress: 63225 Langen, Germany
Stuttgarter Strasse 45-51
Phone: +49 (0) 6103913-0
www.seat.com/generalinfo 72654 Neckartenzlingen, Germany
Website: www.minebeamitsumi.co.jp
Phone: +49 7127 140
Molex CVS Hildesheim GmbH Website: www.te.com
Daimlerring 31
Addresses of the manufacturers KATHREIN Automotive GmbH
31135 Hildesheim, Germany
Römerring 1
Phone: +49 3377 3160
The address of the manufacturers of compo- 31137 Hildesheim, Germany
Website: www.molex.com
nents that, due to their size or nature, cannot Phone: +498031184-0
include a sticker are listed below, as long as it is Website: www.kathrein.com
Antenna amplifiers
legally required:
ASK Industries S.p.A Connectivity Box
Central control unit (BCM) Via dell'Industria n.12/14/16
Molex CVS Dabendorf GmbH
60037 Monte San Vito (AN), Italy
Robert Bosch GmbH/Braunschweig Märkische Strasse 72
Phone: +3907174521
Theodor-Heuss-Strasse 12 15806 Zossen OT Dabendorf, Germany
Website: www.askgroup.it
38122 - Braunschweig, Germany Phone:+49 3377 3160
Phone: 0049 53188890 Hirschmann Car Communication GmbH Website: www.molex.com
Stuttgarter Strasse 45-51
Keyless Access system and key with radio 72654 Neckartenzlingen, Germany Basic infotainment system
Phone: +49 7127 140
remote control of the central locking system Panasonic Automotive Systems Czech
Website: www.te.com
HELLA GmbH & Co. KGaA/Hamm U Panasonicu 266
KATHREIN Automotive GmbH 530 06, Pardubice, Czech Republic
Roemerstr. 66
Römerring 1
59075 - Hamm, Germany
31137 Hildesheim, Germany
Phone: 0049 23817980 Optional infotainment system
Phone: +498031184-0
Website: www.kathrein.com LG Electronics Mlawa SP
Roof antenna LG Electronics 7
Molex CVS Hildesheim GmbH
ASK Industries S.p.A 06 500, Mlawa
Daimlerring 31
Via dell'Industria n.12/14/16 31135 Hildesheim, Germany
60037 Monte San Vito (AN), Italy Phone: +49 3377 3160
Phone: +3907174521 Website: www.molex.com
Website: www.askgroup.it

373
 Information for the user

Radio remote control of the auxiliary heating CUPRA Born Digital Cockpit Radio equipment, frequency band,
Europe - CE
Digades GmbH Digitales Und Ana/Zittau maximum transmitting power
LG Electronics Inc. Single Point of Contact
Äußere Weberstr. 20
Krijgsman 1, 1186 DM Amstelveen, Below can be found details of the radio equip-
02763 - Zittau, Germany
The Netherlands ment1) that can be fitted to all SEAT models.
Phone: 0049 358357750
United Kingdom – UKCA Unless otherwise stated, the data are valid for
Instrument panel LG Electronics U.K. Ltd, all models (variations are indicated in footnotes
Velocity 2, Brooklands Drive, to the tables):
Analogue SE38x/SE316 Weybridge, KT13 0SL
Visteon Electronics Germany GmbH Max. station
Frequency band
Visteonstr. 4-10 power
Front radar sensors
50170 Kerpen, Germany
MRR for SE38X Key with radio-operated remote control
Analogue all other models (vehicle)
Robert Bosch GmbH
Continental Automotive Spain, S.A.
Markwiesenstrasse, 46 433.05-434.78 MHz 10 mW (ERP)
Crta. de Rubí a Ullastrell, nº 12-30
72770 Reutlingen (Kusterdingen) Germany
08191 Rubí (Barcelona - Spain) 433.05-434.79 MHz 10 mW
MRR for Tarraco, Ateca, Ibiza, Arona
FPK (digital) 868.0-868.6 MHz 25 mW
Automotive Distance Control Systems GmbH
Continental Automotive GmbH
Peter-Dornier-Strasse, 10 434.42 MHz 32 µW
VDO-Strasse 1,
88131, Lindau, Germany
64832 Babenhausen, Germany
Radio-operated remote control (auxiliary
Panasonic Automotive Systems Europe GmbH Rear radar sensors heater)
Robert Bosch Str. 27-29
63225 Langen, Germany Hella GmbH & Co. KGaA 868.7-869.2 MHz (869.0 MHz) 25 mW
Rixbecker Straße 75
Panasonic Automotive Systems Czech, s.r.o. 59552 Lippstadt (Germany) ✓ Valid for: Leon, Ateca, Tarraco
U Panasonicu 266
530 06, Pardubice, Czech Republic
Online Connectivity Unit Transmitter-Receiver (auxiliary heater)
LG ELECTRONICS INC. 868.7-869.2 MHz (869.0 MHz) 23.5 mW
10, Magokjungang 10-ro,
✓ Valid for: Leon, Ateca, Tarraco
Gangseo-gu, Seoul, Republic of Korea

1) The commissioning or authorisation of radioelectrical technology may be restricted in some European countries, forbidden or only allowed with additional
requirements.
374
 Radioelectrical
Information forequipment
the user

Bluetooth Keyless Access Online Connectivity Unit

2402-2480 MHz 6 dBm 434.42 MHz 32 µW EGSM900: 880-915 MHz 33 dBm
2400-2483.5 MHz 10 dBm 125 kHz 89 dBµA/ma) DCS1800: 1710-1785 MHz 31 dBm
a) Valid for market: Ukraine UMTS FDD 1: 1920-1980 MHz 24 dBm
Connection to the vehicle’s external an-
tenna UMTS FDD 3: 1710-1785 MHz 24 dBm
Radar sensors for front assist systems
GSM 900: 880-915 MHz 33 dBm UMTS FDD 8: 880-915 MHz 24 dBm
28.2 dBma)
76 GHz-77 GHz E-UTRA FDD 1: 1920-1980 MHz 23.5 dBm
GSM 1800: 1710-1785 MHz 30 dBm 35.0 dBmb)
WCDMA FDD I: 1920-1980 MHz 24 dBm E-UTRA FDD 3: 1710-1785 MHz 23.0 dBm
a) Valid for: Leon
WCDMA FDD lll: 1710-1785 MHz 21 dBm b) Valid for: Ibiza, Arona, Ateca, Tarraco E-UTRA FDD 7: 2500-2570 MHz 23.5 dBm

WCDMA FDD VIII: 880-915 MHz 21 dBm E-UTRA FDD 8: 880-915 MHz 23.0 dBm
Radar sensors for rear assist systems
LTE FDD1: 1920-1980 MHz 23 dBm E-UTRA FDD 20: 832-862 MHz 23.5 dBm
24050-24250 MHz 20 dBm
LTE FDD3: 1710-1785 MHz 23 dBm E-UTRA FDD 28: 703-748 MHz 23.0 dBm

LTE FDD7: 2500-2570 MHz 23 dBm Wireless charging function

LTE FDD8: 880-915 MHz 23 dBm 110-120 kHz 5W Additional information for countries
LTE FFD20: 832-862 MHz 23 dBm outside the European Union
Instrument cluster
✓ Valid for: Tarraco, Leon Mexico
125 kHz 40 dBµA/m
Your vehicle has different radioelectrical de-
Wireless hotspot vices. The manufacturers of these devices
2400-2483.5 MHz 10 dBm declare that they comply with Directive
RLVCOAR15-0008 when legally required. The
✓ Valid for: Leon, Ateca, Tarraco full text of the declaration of conformity is avail-
able online at the following Internet address:
https://www.seat.mx/servicio/mi-seat/manual-
del-propietario.html

375
 Information for the user

Certificate: RLVHERS17-0286. RS4 Hella Ukraine

KGaA Hueck & Co. short-range radar
Імпортер:
IFT:RLVHERS17-0286. The operation of this
ТОВ «Порше Україна»
equipment is subject to the following two con-
просп. Павла Тичини, 1В, офіс „В“, 4-й
ditions: (1) this equipment or device may not
поверх
cause harmful interference, and (2) this equip-
02152 Київ, Україна.
ment or device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause unde- Importer:
sired operation. Porsche Ukraine LLC
Pavla Tychyny ave. 1V, Office “B”, 4th floor
United Kingdom 02152 Kyiv, Ukraine.

The following applies to importers in the UK

market:
Volkswagen Group United Kingdom Ltd.
Yeomans Drive, Blakelands
Milton Keynes, MK 14 5AN
United Kingdom

Turkey
Telsiz Ekipmanları Yönetmeliği (2014/53/AB)
Aracınızda çeşitli telsiz ekipmanları bulunmak-
tadır.
Telsiz Ekipmanlari Yönetmeliği (2014/53/AB)
açısından Türkiye pazarı için radyo ekipmanı
ithalatçısı (bu bilgi sadece resmi temsilcimiz
olan Doğuş Otomotiv Servis ve Ticaret A.Ş.’nin
ithal ettiği ürünler için geçerlidir):
Doğuş Otomotiv Servis ve Ticaret A.Ş.
Şekerpınar Mahallesi, Anadolu Caddesi, No: 22
ve 45
41420 Çayırova/Kocaeli

376
 IndicationsTechnical
about thedata
technical data

Technical data Vehicle ID number The values relating to fuel consumption and
CO2 emissions can be found in the documenta-
The vehicle ID number can be found in the fol-
tion provided to the purchaser of the vehicle at
lowing places:
Indications about the tech- the time of purchase.
● One the vehicle's data label.
nical data ● In front, under the windscreen.
Fuel consumption and CO2 emissions depend
on the equipment/features of each individual
● To the right in the engine compartment. vehicle, as well as on the driving style, road
Vehicle identification data conditions, traffic conditions, environmental
The values indicated in the technical data may Type plate conditions, load or number of passengers.
differ depending on optional equipment or ver- The type plate is located on the vehicle’s right
sion of the model, as well as in the case of spe- Tank level
hand door frame. Vehicles for certain export
cial vehicles and equipment for certain coun- countries do not have a type plate. Rigid axle front wheel 45 l, 7 l reserve
tries.
drive vehicles
The information in the official vehicle documen- Performance
tation takes precedence at all times. Multi-link axle front- 50 l, 7 l reserve
The values apply only to optimal road and wheel drive vehicles
weather conditions.
Abbreviations used in the Technical Specifi- Vehicles with all-wheel 55 l, 8.5 l reserve
The vehicle’s performance has been calculated drive
cations section
without any equipment that would affect it, e.g.
accessories. Plug-in hybrid vehicles 40 l, 8 l reserve
Kilowatt, engine power measure-
kW (PHEV)
ment.
Fuel consumption
Horsepower (not currently used), Adblue® tank volume
PS Approved consumption values are derived from
engine power measurement unit.
measurements performed or supervised by approx. 12 la)
Revolutions per minute – engine
rpm, 1/min certified EU laboratories, according to the legis-
speed. approx. 13 la)
lation in force at the time (for more information,
Newton metres, unit of engine tor- see the Publications Office of the European a) The amount filled using a dispenser nozzle may
Nm
que. Union on the EUR-Lex website: © European Un- be less. In conditions of extreme cold, the amount
ion, http://eur-lex.europa.eu/) and apply to the filled may be less. The values depend on the equip-
Cetane number, indication of the
CZ specified vehicle characteristics. ment.
diesel combustion power.
Research octane number, indication
RON
of the knock resistance of petrol.

377
 Technical data

High-voltage battery

Type and capacity

Plug-in hybrid vehicles Li-ion 12.8 kWh 48V
(PHEV)

Weights
The kerb weight values apply to the vehicle
as ready to drive with a driver (75 kg), oper-
ating fluids and, if applicable, tools and the
spare wheel. The kerb weight increases with
optional equipment and retrofitting of accesso-
ries, which reduces the possible payload ac-
cordingly.

Load on the roof

The maximum authorised load on the roof of
your vehicle is 50 kg (Leon) and 75 kg (Leon
Sportstourer).

Trailer weight
The maximum permitted drawbar load on the
ball head of the towing bracket is 80 kg.

WARNING
The values indicated for the maximum per-
mitted weights must not be exceeded. There
is a risk of accident and damage!

378
 IndicationsTechnical
about thedata
technical data

Engine specifications

1.0 EcoTSI Start-Stop 1.0 EcoTSI Start-Stop MHEV 1.4 Start-Stop

Petrol engines
Leon LEON Sportstourer Leon LEON Sportstourer Leon
Power output in kW (hp) at 1/min 81 (110)/5,500 81 (110)/5,500 110 (150)/5,000-6,000
Maximum torque (Nm at 1/min) 200/2,000-3,000 200/2,000-3,000 250/1,500-3,500
No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) 3/999 3/999 4/1,395
Fuel Super 95 / Normal 91 (with a slight power loss) ROZ
Gearbox manual manual DSG DSG DSG
Top speed (km/h) 197 (V) 199 (V) 192 (VI) 199 (VI) 214 (VI)
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (s) 10.9 11.2 10.8 10.9 8.5
Maximum authorised weight (kg) 1,750 1,910 1,860 1,950 1,850

379
 Technical data

1.4 TSI Start-Stop PHEV

Petrol engine
Leon LEON Sportstourer
TSI engine power in kW (hp) at 1/min 110 (150)/5,000-6,000
Electric motor power in kW (hp) at 1/min 85 (116)/2,600-6,500
TSI engine + electric motor power in kW (hp) at 1/min 150 (204)/5,000-6,000
TSI engine maximum torque (Nm at 1/min) 250/1,550-3,500
Electric motor maximum torque (Nm at 1/min) 330/0-2,600
Maximum torque of TSI engine + electric motor (Nm at
350/0-3,500
1/min)
No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) 4/1,395
Fuel Super 95 / Normal 91 (with a slight power loss) ROZ
Gearbox DSG
Top speed (km/h) 220 (V) 220 (V)
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (s) 7.5 7.7
Maximum authorised weight (kg) 2,060 2,070

380
 IndicationsTechnical
about thedata
technical data

1.5 Start-Stop ACT® 1.5 Start-Stop ACT® 1.5 Start-Stop ACT® MHEV
Petrol engines LEON Sports- LEON Sports- LEON Sports-
Leon Leon Leon
tourer tourer tourer
Power output in kW (hp) at 1/min 96 (130)/5,000-6,000 110 (150)/5,000-6,000 110 (150)/5,000-6,000
Maximum torque (Nm at 1/min) 200/1,400-4,000 250/1,500-3,500 250/1,500-3,500
No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) 4/1,498 4/1,498 4/1,498
Fuel Super 95 / Normal 91 (with a slight power loss) ROZ
Gearbox manual manual manual manual DSG DSG
Top speed (km/h) 208 (V) 209 (V) 217 (V) 218 (V) 217 (VI) 218 (VI)
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (s) 9.4 9.7 8.7 8.9 8.5 8.7
Maximum authorised weight (kg) 1,850 1,950 1,860 1,960 1,900 1,990

1.6 MPI
Petrol engines
Leon LEON Sportstourer
Power output in kW (hp) at 1/min 81 (110)/5,800 81 (110)/5,800
Maximum torque (Nm at 1/min) 152/3,850-4,100 152/3,850-4,100
No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) 4/1,598 4/1,598
Fuel Super 95 / Normal 91 (with a slight power loss) ROZ
Gearbox DSG DSG
Top speed (km/h) 190 (V) 190 (V)
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (s) 12.2 12.6
Maximum authorised weight (kg) 1,780 1,920

381
 Technical data

2.0 TDI Start-Stop 2.0 TDI CR 2.0

Diesel engines
Leon LEON Sportstourer Leon
Power output in kW (hp) at 1/min 85 (116)/2,750-4,250 105 (143)/3,500-4,000
Maximum torque (Nm at 1/min) 300/1,600-2,500 320/1,750-3,000
No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) 4/1,968 4/1,968
Fuel Diesel according to standard EN 590, min. 51 CN
Gearbox manual manual manual DSG
Top speed (km/h) 200 (V) 200 (V) 210 (V) 210 (VI)
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (s) 10.2 10.5 9.0 8.9
Maximum authorised weight (kg) 1,930 2,030 1,870 1,910

2.0 TDI CR Start-Stop 2.0 TDI Start-Stop

Diesel engines
Leon LEON Sportstourer Leon LEON Sportstourer
Power output in kW (hp) at 1/min 110 (150)/3,000-4,200 110 (150)/3,000-4,200
Maximum torque (Nm at 1/min) 340/1,700-2,750 360/1,600-2,750
No. of cylinders/displacement (cm3) 4/1,968 4/1,968
Fuel Diesel according to standard EN 590, min. 51 CN
Gearbox manual manual DSG DSG DSG 4Drive
Top speed (km/h) 215 (V) 217 (V) 215 (VI) 217 (VI) 214 (VI)
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h (s) 8.9 9.2 8.5 8.8 8.4
Maximum authorised weight (kg) 1,960 2,060 1,970 2,070 2,150

382
 IndicationsTechnical
about thedata
technical data

Dimensions.

Fig. 249 Leon

Fig. 250 LEON Sportstourer

383
 Technical data

››› Fig. 249 , ››› Fig. 250 Leon LEON Sportstourer

A/B Front and rear projection (mm) 888/794 888/1,068
C Wheelbase (mm) 2,686 2,686
D Length (mm) 4,368 4,642
E/F Front/reara) track width (mm) 1,550/1,520 1,550/1,520
G Width (mm) 1,799 1,799
H Height at kerb weight (mm) 1,456 1,450
Turning radius (m) 11.2 11.2
a) This data will change depending on the type of wheel rim. Values for wheel 195/65 R15 ET43.

384
 Index

Index specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
special characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Adjust Anti-lock brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 Anti-puncture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Numbers and Symbols headrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
4Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 check after 10 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 seat with memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
assisted start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 inflating the tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
charge level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 time and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 sealing the tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Adjusting the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Anti-puncture set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Anti-theft alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
disconnect and connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 interior monitoring and anti-tow system . . . . . 96
electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 parking ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Anti-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Anti-trap function
48-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
A control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Apple CarPlay
deactivation of the front airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 establish connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Activating SEAT CONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
how it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Adapting the playback volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 special characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
activating and deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Applications (apps) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
control and warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
centre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Approved spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Aspects to think about before starting the vehicle
operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
for the head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
special driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
for the knees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Assistance systems
status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
System limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Auto-Hold function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
AdBlue®
Android Auto™ connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
establish connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 driver alert system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 driving assist (Travel Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
minimum filling capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Emergency Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

385
 Index

emergency braking (Front Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 launch-control program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
front camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 selector lever positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
front radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 steering wheel with shift paddles . . . . . . . . . . . 164 brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
general notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 tiptronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 braking assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
lane departure warning (Side Assist) . . . . . . . 203 Auxiliary heating electronic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
parking aid Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 new brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
PreCrash system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Braking assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
predictive speed adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 electricity consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Braking system
rear camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
rear parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 radio-operated remote control . . . . . . . . 139, 140 Brands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
rear radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 special characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
road signs detection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
safety advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 usage instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
C
speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Average fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Camera
switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 cleaning the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
system limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
tyre pressure monitor indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
B Central armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
tyre pressure monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Background lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
ultrasound sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Backrest of the rear seat anti-theft alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Assisted start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 auto-locking due to involuntary opening . . . . . 91
Audible warning raise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 central locking switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Bag hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231, 286 emergency lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
unbuckled seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Keyless Access system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Audio warning signals Before starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
warning and control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Belt force limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Cetane index (diesel fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Auto Lock (central locking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Belt tightening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Change a bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Auto Unlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Bicycle carrier Change the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Auto-Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 fitting onto the coverable tow hook . . . . . . . . . 298 Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Auto-Hold function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 max. load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 raise the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Biodiesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 subsequent work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
disconnecting the Auto-Hold function . . . . . . 209 Blown bulbs wheel nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Automatic dipped beam headlight control . . . . 117 change a bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Changing parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Automatic gearbox Bonnet Changing the battery
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 of the vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
downhill assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Charging cable
driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 for charging stations (AC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
for sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

386
 Index

Charging socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Clocks high-voltage system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Charging the high-voltage battery set the time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Lane Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196, 197
charging cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 lane departure warning (Side Assist) . . . . . . . 204
charging modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
charging process display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
emergency unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307, 308
Infotainment system settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 press on the brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
programmed charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Clutch (lamp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 302
socket (AC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Coming Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 remote control (independent heating) . 139, 140
troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Connectivity seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Check lists WLAN access point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
requirements for Android Auto™ . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Control and warning lamps Start-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
requirements for Apple CarPlay . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
requirements for MirrorLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 TCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
reverse assist (Rear View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 tow hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Child lock AdBlue® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 tyre pressure monitor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Control lamps
Child seats airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
attachment systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Controls on the steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
group classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 anti-lock brake system ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Convenience close function
i-Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 braking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Convenience open function
safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
securing with the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 cruise control (GRA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Top Tether system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 67 drive system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Cooling system
Cleaning E-MODE operating mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 check the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
high pressure cleaning equipment . . . . . . . . . . 362 electromechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 refilling coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
special care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 emissions control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Copyright . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
vehicle exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Cornering light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Correct position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Climate control ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
rear controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 ESC in Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
setting the temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 ESC off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
stationary air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 fuel reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
high-voltage battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

387
 Index

Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 trips abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122, 150 Emergencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 with the luggage compartment open . . . . . . . 148 anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 with trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Current documentation attached . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Driving Assist (Travel Assist) changing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
see Travel Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 emergency vehicle towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Driving data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
D Driving data indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Dangers of not using the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Driving mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 replace a blown fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Driving on flooded roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Data transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Driving profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Emergency Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Deactivating SEAT CONNECT services . . . . . . . 237 Driving with a loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 connecting and disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Deactivation of the front airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Driving with the luggage compartment open . 148 problems and solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Diesel DSG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 see Emergency Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Duplicate keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Disposal Dust and pollen filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Emergency braking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Dynamic headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 activating and deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Door cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 dodge assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Door handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 pedestrian and cyclist recognition . . . . . . . . . . 192
Door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 E status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Door opening warning (Exit Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 e-Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 E-Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 temporarily deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
child lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 E-MODE operating mode turn assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Downhill assistance function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
downhill assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 E10 Emergency braking warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 see Ethanol (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Emergency call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Drink holder Easy Open Emergency call service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
bottle holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 special characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Emergency locking of the front passenger door
front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Eco-driving notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
in the rear central armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Electric devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Emergency opening
Drive system Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 driver's door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Electrolyte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Driver alert system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Electronic differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Emergency operation
Driving Electronic immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 front passenger door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
driving on flooded roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Electronic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Emissions control system
economical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 AdBlue® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

388
 Index

control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 inspection service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 F

particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 maintenance frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Fabrics: clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 refill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Factors that have a negative influence on safe
Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Engine oil pressure
Fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
running in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Filling capacities
start (driver instructions with the mechanical Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
AdBlue® tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
contact) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Environment
window washer water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 ecological driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Filling the tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Engine and ignition environmental compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
emergency start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 recycling of electrical appliances . . . . . . . . . . 370
Four-wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
preheat the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Frequency bands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Environmental tip
Front bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
starting the engine with Press & Drive . . . . . . . 152 refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Front camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
switching off the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 ESC
Front compartment
Engine compartment connecting and disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325, 327
engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
windscreen washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Ethanol (fuel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Front passenger front airbag
safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Event Data Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Exhaust gases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Fuel
check the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Exit Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Exiting a parking space
ethanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 with the parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
tank (hybrid vehicles) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Exterior lighting
identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 change a bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Exterior mirrors
refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Engine failure driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Fuel consumption
Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
inertia disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
why does consumption increase? . . . . . . . . . . 308
Engine oil External antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330, 333 External audio sources
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
check the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 adapting the playback volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Fuel tank cap
consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

389
 Index

Fuel tank flap High-voltage battery MirrorLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Full Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 warning lettering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 overview and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250
settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 High-voltage battery charging cable . . . . . . . . . . 82 Radio mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Hybrid drive safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Full-LED headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 battery level indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 share a WLAN connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 E-Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 sound settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
colour coded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Hybrid mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 system settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 operating modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
preparations for replacing fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 switching on the drive system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 telephone interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
recognise blown fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 system power indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 vehicle sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 vehicle information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
G I Infotainment system
Gear change i-Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 see Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Identification of fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330, 359
Gear indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Inertia mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Inspection reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Gear-change recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 Inspection service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 adapt menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 17
Android Auto™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 digital (SEAT Digital Cockpit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Apple CarPlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
H assistants and vehicle settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
service intervals display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Hangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 before first use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Hazard warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Head-on collisions and the laws of physics . . . . 47 connecting and disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 time and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 customise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 use with the multifunction steering wheel . . . . 34
Headlights customised menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 warning and control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
change a bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 departure menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 warning and information messages . . . . . . . . . . 26
trips abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 drop-down menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Instrument panel display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 23
Headrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 executing functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 Hybrid vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 function buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Instrument panel lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Interior mirror
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 initial configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 anti-dazzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Internet access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Media mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

390
 Index

Interior monitoring and the anti-tow system L main beam assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 main beam headlight lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Lane Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 main beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
control and warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
ISOFIX system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 reading lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Lane Assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
switching on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
J Lane change assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Lane departure warning (Side Assist)
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Loading the luggage compartment
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
position points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 general advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
how it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Jump start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
lane change Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 positioning the load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
light indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 positioning the luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Launch-control (automatic transmission) . . . . . 165
K Leaving Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
trapdoor for transporting long objects . . . . . . 287
Key switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Legal provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Lock and unlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Keyless Access Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
in the locking cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Press & Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Lift the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
with the central locking switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Light Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 278
troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Lights
electric opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
unlocking and locking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 89 audible warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
emergency unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Keys AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
enlarge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
changing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 background lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
features of the electric rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
instructions for the driver (mechanical contact) change a bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
luggage compartment lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 coming home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
net bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
pull out the key blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
net partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283, 284
remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 control lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
opening and closing controlled by sensors (Easy
spare key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Open) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
synchronise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 cornering light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
removing and fitting the shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
unlock and lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 97 daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
retractable shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
store the rear shelf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
storing the rear shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
variable luggage compartment floor . . . . . . . 282
instrument lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Luggage compartment floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
leaving home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

391
 Index

Luggage compartment shelf Multimedia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245, 258 parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 favourites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Luggage net play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 select source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Lumbar support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
O
N Octane (petrol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
M Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265, 268 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 18
Main beam assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 decrease the navigation map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 partial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Main beam headlight lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 edit route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Maintenance frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 enter an address for a guide destination . . . 268 Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Malfunction favourite destinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 On-board toolkit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 frequent destinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 One-touch signalling function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 function: entering destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Online services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
PreCrash system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 increase the navigation map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
towing device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 last destinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 learn usage pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Media Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 navigation announcements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 operating the navigation map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Opening and closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 route details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Memory function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 save destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Microfiber: clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 saved data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
MirrorLink® saved destinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 in the locking cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
establish connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 traffic reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 rear lid with electric opening and closing . . . . 99
menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 updating navigation data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 use contact details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Net bag windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
special characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 with the central locking switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Net partition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283, 284 Operation in winter
adjusting the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Noise diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
anti-dazzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 auxiliary heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 salt on the roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Mobile phones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Mobility Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Original accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

392
 Index

Overview Parking systems R

of warning and control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 automatic brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Radar sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
overview (left hand drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 reverse assist (Rear View Camera) . . . . . . . . . 223
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
overview (right hand drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
view of the vehicle from inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Parking ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
frequency bands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
view of the vehicle from the front . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7 Partial odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
preset buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
view of the vehicle from the rear . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 9 Particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Ownership accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 146
Traffic information (TP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Petrol
tune station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
P particulate filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
type of reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Radio mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Painting the vehicle refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Radio screen: clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Places with risk of explosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Radio telephones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Park assist Places with special regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Rain sensor
operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Power sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
function control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
parking aid plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Raise the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
rear parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 PreCrash system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
RCTA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
see the Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 Front Assist monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Rear camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
sensors and camera: clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Rear cross traffic alert (RCTA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
surroundings warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 selecting the driving profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Rear fog light
visual indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Predictive speed adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98, 102
at an angle with the reverse assist . . . . . . . . . . . 225 activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Rear mounting
automatic gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
towing device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
with the parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Rear parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Rear radar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
angle parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Preheat the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Rear seat
description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Press & Drive
fold down with the remote unlocking lever . . . 116
leaving a parking space (only when parallel start button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
parked) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222 Rear Traffic Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
parallel parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Rear View Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
parking conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Rear window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
stop early . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Refuelling
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

393
 Index

opening the fuel tank flap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Running in protective function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

safety warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 new brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Releasing the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 new engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Remote control (independent heating) . . . 139, 140 new tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Remote control key unfastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
unlock and lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 SEAT CONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Repair work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
S activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Requirements for Apple CarPlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 154 deactivate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Retractable shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280 Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Reverse assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Safe security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 legal provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Reverse assist (Rear View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 SEAT Digital Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
angle parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Safety SEAT Drive Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 SEAT Drive Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
connecting and disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 see Drive profile selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
cross traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 selecting a profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223, 225 Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246 SEAT Ident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
shown on the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 central airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
usage instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 head-protection airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 adjusting the headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Reverse assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Revolution counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 18, 20 side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 backrest of the rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Road signs using child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 electric settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
shown on the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 using seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 fitting the headrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Road signs detection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Save fuel heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
how it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 inertia mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 incorrect positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
limited operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 manual adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
shown on the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 memory function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
speed warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Seat belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
windscreen damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 removing the headrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Roof carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 Seat belts Selection of driving profile
fix the crossbars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 adjusting the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Selective catalytic reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 automatic retractor, tensioner and belt force Selector lever (automatic transmission)
Rotation direction limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Selling the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
maintenance and disposal of seat belt
tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

394
 Index

Service Start the engine by towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 tyre pressure monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Digital Maintenance plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 special characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 warning and information messages . . . . . . . . . . 26
inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Start-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Steering
proof of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Start-Stop system control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
service sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 disconnect and connect manually . . . . . . . . . 160 electromechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
service works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 driver indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 steering assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
terms of use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 how it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Steering assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Steering wheel
Service intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 stopping and starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . 158 adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Service Menu the engine does not turn off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 the engine starts by itself . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
vehicle identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Stationary air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 shift paddles (automatic transmission) . . . . . . 164
Service Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 activate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Steering wheel heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Set of vehicle keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Shift paddles (automatic transmission) . . . . . . . 164 programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Sound settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Status display on-board documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 adaptive cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 other object holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 doors, front bonnet and rear lid open . . . . . . . . 24 Storage compartment accessories
Special characteristics Eco-driving notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 see Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Android Auto™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Emergency Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Storage of accident data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Apple CarPlay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Emergency brake assistance system (Front Storing objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
high pressure cleaning equipment . . . . . . . . . 296 Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 bag hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
MirrorLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 fastening rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
tow start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 loading the trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 outside temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 net bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
trailer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 PreCrash system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 positioning the load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 road signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 positioning the luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 SEAT Drive Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 roof carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
indication on display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 selector lever positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287, 289
operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 service intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Speed symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 trailer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Stabilisation of the towing vehicle and trailer speed warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 trapdoor for transporting long objects . . . . . . 287
combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 time and date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Start button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Travel Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Sun protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

395
 Index

Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Top Tether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 67 hitching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Top Tether System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 67 LED tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291, 292
convenience open/close function . . . . . . . . . . 106 Torque loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 wheel nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Switching off Touch screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250 power socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Touch zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 retrofitting a towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Symbols Tow cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291, 292 stabilisation of the towing vehicle and trailer
see Warning and control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Tow hook combination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
System settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291, 292
unlocking electrically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 technical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Towable loads tow cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291, 292
T loading the trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 towable loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Tail lights Towing device trailer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
change a bulb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 fitting a bicycle carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 unlocking the tow hook electrically . . . . . . . . 296
Technical data fitting later . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 vertical load on the tow hitch . . . . . . . . . . 289, 294
engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Trailer mode
vehicle dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 tow hook with electric unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . 296 see Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
vertical load on the tow hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Towing the vehicle Transportation of children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Trapdoor for transporting long objects . . . . . . . . 287
Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 front towline anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Travel Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Telephone prior steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 connecting and disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 rear towline anchorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 lane change assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 special characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 problems and solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
favourites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 tow bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
pairing a mobile phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 tow cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Trips abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
phone book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 towing prohibited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
send messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Traction control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Troubleshooting
speed dial buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Traffic information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 AdBlue® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Traffic information (TP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 DSG gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
to call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Traffic programme Emergency Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Telephone interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 see TP (traffic information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Travel Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
places with risk of explosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 adjusting the headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 anti-theft alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Turning off the lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Time connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Turning on the lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Tiptronic (automatic transmission) . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

396
 Index

Tyre pressure monitor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Vehicle W

Tyre pressure monitor systems data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Warning lamps
tyre pressure monitor indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Tyre profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 identification data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Tyre repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 interior view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Tyre repair kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 lending or selling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Washing the vehicle
Tyre tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 overview (left hand drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
cleaning the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Tyre wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 overview (right hand drive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
high pressure cleaning equipment . . . . . . . . . . 362
Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 raise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
interior cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 unlocking and locking (Keyless Access) . . . . . 89
special care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 vehicle ID number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
special characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
directional tread pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342, 354 view from behind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 9
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
for winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 view from the front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6, 7
Wheel balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
foreign objects inserted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Vehicle care
Wheel nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
new tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 wiper blade service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
anti-theft device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Vehicle conservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
speed symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Vehicle conservation products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
loosen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
tread wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Vehicle dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Vehicle information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Wheel spanner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
useful life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Vehicle location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Wheel trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Vehicle seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Wheels
Vehicle settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
U Vehicle sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Ultrasound sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
new wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Unlock and lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
removing and attaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
by remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Vertical load on the tow hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 loading the trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
with the central locking switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Voice control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
wheel nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Android Auto™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
wheel trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Window controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Siri™ (Apple CarPlay™) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Window washer
V start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
window washer lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
wake word: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Volume
Variable luggage compartment floor . . . . . . . . . 282
set for external audio sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

397
 Index

Window washer water

check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
filling quantities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
refill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
automatic opening/closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
lift the blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
rain and light sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
reposition the blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
special characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Winter conditions
sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Winter tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Wiper and rear window wiper blades
cleaning the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310, 363
replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
WLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

398
Vehicle identification data Confirmation of receipt of documentation
and vehicle keys
Model:
The following items were delivered
YES NO
with the vehicle:
Vehicle Registration:
On-board documentation
Vehicle identification
number: First key

Date of vehicle registration Second key

or vehicle delivery:
Correct working order of all keys was
checked
SEAT Official Service:
Location:

SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to understand,
that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason no
Date: right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error or
omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Signature of owner: Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act.
Service advisor:
All rights on changes are reserved.

Telephone:
❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.
© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.06.23
 Inglés 5FA012720CH (06.23)

5FA012720CH

SEAT Leon 5D / Sportstourer ­­Inglés (06.23)

Owner’s manual
5D / Sportstourer

Leon